information on iapmo codes and standards developmentcodes.iapmo.org/docs/2015/usehc/2014 usehc...

Information on IAPMO Codes and Standards Development 1. Applicable Regulations. The primary rules governing the processing of the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code and Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Code are the IAPMO Regulations Governing Consensus Development. Other applicable rules include Technical Meeting Convention Rules, and Guide for the Conduct of Participants in the IAPMO Codes and Standards Development Process. For copies of these documents, contact the Code Development Department at IAPMO World Headquarters at 4755 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA 91761-2816 USA, or at 909-472-4100. These documents are also available at the IAPMO website at www.iapmo.org.

The following is general information on the IAPMO process. All participants, however, should refer to the actual rules and regulations for a full understanding of this process and for the criteria that govern participation.

2. Technical Committee Report (TCR). The Technical Committee Report is defined as the Report of the Technical Committee, consisting of the Report on Proposals (ROP), as modified by the Report on Comments (ROC), published by the Association.

3. Report on Proposals (ROP). The ROP is defined as “a report to the Association on the actions taken by Technical Committees, accompanied by a ballot statement and one or more proposals on text for a new Document or to amend an existing Document”. The ROP and the ROC together comprise the Technical Committee Report. Anyone who does not pursue an issue, either in person or by designated representative in accordance with Section 7.0 (Public review and Comment of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development), as a proposed amendment of the Report on Proposals will be considered as having their objection resolved.

4. Report on Comments (ROC). The ROC is defined as “a report to the Association on the actions taken by Technical Committees, accompanied by a ballot statement and one or more comments resulting from public review of the Report on Proposals (ROP).” The ROP and the ROC together constitute the Technical Committee Report. Anyone who does not pursue an issue, either in person or by designated representative in accordance with Section 8.0 (Public review and Comment of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development), as a proposed amendment of the Report on Comments will be considered as having their objection resolved.

5. Appeals. Anyone can appeal to the Executive Committee concerning procedural or substantive matters related to the development, content, or issuance of any Document of the Association or on matters within the purview of the authority of the Committee. Such appeals must be in written form and filed with the Secretariat (see 9.0 of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development). Time constraints for filing an appeal must be in accordance with Section 9.0. Objections are deemed to be resolved if not pursued at this level.

6. Document Issuance. The USEHC/USPSHTC Executive Committee is the issuer of the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code and Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Code. The committee acts on the issuance of a Document within sixty days from the date of the recommendation from the ROC Technical Committee Meeting, unless this period is extended by the Executive Committee.

Lynne Simnick Recording Secretary IAPMO Executive

Committee

Arnold Rodio Chairman

Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Code TC

Jim Kendzel Chairman

Solar Energy & Hydronics Code TC

Ph: 909.472.4100 • Fax: 909.472.4150 • www.iapmo.org

International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 5001 East Philadelphia Street • Ontario, California – USA 91761-2816

To: IAPMO Members and Other Interested Parties Date: February 2014 Enclosed is your 2014 Report on Proposals (ROP). These proposals were presented to the Solar Energy & Hydronics Code Technical Committee who met in Ontario, California on October 29, 2013. All comments for consideration by the Technical Committee should be submitted to IAPMO by June 20, 2014. On October 27, 2014, the Technical Committee will consider all the comments received in response to the actions contained within the ROP for the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code (USEHC) and will vote on whether to modify any of their previous actions. Following the ROP is a preprint of the USEHC, as it would appear in the event that all of the proposals accepted by the USEHC Technical Committee in October 2013 are ultimately approved for inclusion in the final version of the 2015 edition of the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code. This preprint is provided to you as a courtesy. All changes are tentative and subject to revision. This document is not to be considered the final version of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code. Specific authorization from IAPMO is required for replication or quotation.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE COMMITTEE

(As of 8/5/13)

NAME REPRESENTATION CLASSIFICATION Jim Kendzel, Chairman American Society of Plumbing

Engineers User

William Shady Sustainable Design and Product Management User

Mike Tierney Aspen Solar Inc. User Vaughan Woodruff Insource Renewables User

Jasen Kunz Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Consumer

Anthony Amable City and County of San Francisco Enforcing Authority Kevin Shear City of Ontario Enforcing Authority Amir Tabakh City of Los Angeles Enforcing Authority Harvey Kreitenberg Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates Installer/Maintainer Ed Murray Aztec Solar Installer/Maintainer Albert Wallace Energy Environmental Corporation Installer/Maintainer

James Majerowicz Plumbers' Joint Apprenticeship Committee L.U. 130, U.A. Labor

Michael Cudahy Plastic Pipe & Fittings Association Manufacturer Rex Gillespie Caleffi North America, Inc. Manufacturer Randall Knapp Plastics Pipe Institute Manufacturer Jeff Matson Viega LLC Manufacturer David Nickelson REHAU Construction LLC Manufacturer Eric Skiba Apricus Inc Manufacturer

Luis Escobar Air Conditioning Contractors of America

Research/Standards/ Testing Lab

Jeffrey Fecteau Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Research/Standards/ Testing Lab

Robert Bean Indoor Climate Consultants Inc. Special Expert Andrew Klein A S Klein Engineering, PLLC Special Expert Lisa Meline Meline Engineering Corporation Special Expert Phil Ribbs PHR Consultants Special Expert Hugo Aguilar IAPMO Staff

FORM FOR COMMENTS ON IAPMO USPSHTC/USEHC COMMITTEE DOCUMENTS-2012

NOTE: All Comments MUST be received by 5:00 PM PST on June 20, 2014PLEASE USE SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH COMMENT

Forms to be submitted electronically and accessed at the following: http://codes.iapmo.org/form_comments_usehc_uspshtc.aspx

Date 5/01/2014 Name John Smith Tel. No. ___(212) 555-1212_________

Organization Boxes Inc. Email Address

Street Address 123 street City hometown State MM Zip. 12340 Please Indicate Organization Represented (if any) Recommendation:

Check one (see instructions) Accept as Submitted Accept as Modified Reject

Section number: Code: USPSHTC USEHC Comment on Proposal Item number: Proposed Text [Note: Proposed text must be in legislative format i.e., using underscore to denote wording to be inserted (wording) and strike through to denote wording to be deleted (wording].

Statement of Problem and Substantiation/Resolution:

Are you referencing new standards in your comment? Check one Yes No If yes, please provide two hard copies or one electronic copy with your comment if you are requesting a new standard be added to the code. Please note that if a standard is referenced as previously stated you must submit such standard in order for your comment to be processed. If the standard is not received by the closing date, your comment is considered incomplete and will not be processed.

Where additional supplementary materials such as tests, research papers, or other documents need to be submitted, please provide supporting material electronically. Please note that if supporting material is not received by the closing date, it will not be accepted for review by the Technical Committee. Copyright Assignment (This comment is original materials and is considered to be the submitter’s own idea based on, or as a result of, research and experience, and is not copied from another source). I, hereby irrevocably grant and assign IAPMO all and full rights in copyright, in this proposal. I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of IAPMO in which this comment in this or another similar or analogous form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this comment and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment. By checking this box I affirm that I am, and agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature. Note: If you are not the author of this comment (this text is copied from another source) please do not submit. The author of the comment must give copyright assignment (which is the submitter’s own idea based on or as a result of research, experience and is not copied from another source).

SAMPLE

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING COMMENTS

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

1. Check the appropriate box to indicate whether this comment recommends adding new text, revising existing text, or delete text without substitution (see examples below).

2. Enter the appropriate comment on proposal item number that the proposed text applies to. 3. In the space identified as “Proposed Text” indicate as follows:

• Where making a recommendation to “Accept as Submitted”, simply state “I request to accept the code change proposal as submitted by this public comment”.

• Where making a recommendation of “Accept as Modified”, indicate the exact wording you propose based on the original proposal. (Refer to Examples for applying charging statement for adding text, deleting text and revising text)

• Where making a recommendation of “Reject”, simply state “I request to reject the code change proposal by this public comment.

4. In the space titled, “Statement of Problem and Substantiation/Resolution,” state the problem that will be resolved by your recommendation and give the specific reason for your comment.

5. Where referencing a standard in your comment, such standard needs to be submitted in accordance with the Guidelines for Referencing Mandatory Standards. Please provide two hard copies or one electronic copy with your comment. Please note that if the standard is not received by the closing date, your comment is considered incomplete and will not be processed.

6. Where additional supplementary materials such as tests, research papers, or other documents, need to be submitted, please provide supporting material electronically. Please note that if supporting material is not received by the closing date, it will not be accepted for review by the Technical Committee.

7. Check the box for copyright assignment. Please note if you are not the author of this comment (this text is copied from another source) please do not submit the proposed change. The author of the comment must give copyright assignment (which is the submitter’s own idea based on or as a result of research, experience and is not copied from another source).

Note: Content of Comments shall be in accordance with Section 7.4.1 of the IAPMO Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the USEHC and USPSHTC. Failure to comply with the above requirements will result in the comment not being processed. For further information on the standards process, please contact Code Development at 909-472-4110. For technical assistance, please call 909-230-5535 or 909-472-4111, or email [email protected]. Please support IAPMO’s green initiative to remain paper free by providing the Proposed Monographs, Report on Proposals and Report on Comments in digital Adobe PDF. Note printed copies of the above referenced documents will not be available at the hearings. All requested printed copies will be mailed 30 days prior to the hearing date. In order to receive a printed copy, please submit your request by the due date on the form. http://www.iapmo.org/Pages/RequestFormforROPROC.aspx

Examples for applying charging statement for adding text, deleting text and revising text

Add new text as follows (applies only when adding a new section or all new text): Water Service. Piping from the water main or source of water supply to the water distribution piping of the building or premises served irrespective of the water meter location. Revise text as follows (applies when revising an existing section by deleting text, adding text or both as follows): Building Supply. The pipe carrying potable water from the water meter or other source of water supply to the building or other point of use or distribution on the lot. Building supply shall also mean water service. Piping from the water main or source of water supply to the water distribution piping of the building or premises served irrespective of the water meter location. Delete text without substitution (applies when deleting an entire section, table or both as follows): 302.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. Iron, steel, brass and copper pipe shall be standard weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe. 306.1 It shall be unlawful for any person to deposit, by any means whatsoever, into any plumbing fixture, floor drain, interceptor, sump, receptor, or device, which is connected to any drainage system, public sewer, private sewer, septic tank, or cesspool, any ashes; cinders; solids; rags; inflammable, poisonous, or explosive liquids or gas; oils; grease; or any other thing whatsoever that would, or could, cause damage to the drainage system or public sewer.

SAMPLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS Item #

Code Section

Page #

001 Chapter 1 – Chapter 12 1 002 Chapter 1 11 003 104.3.2, 104.5, 105.2.6, Table 104.5 15 004 Chapter 1 16 005 Chapter 2 21 006 Chapter 2, Useful Tables 23 007 209.0, 222.0 26 008 302.0 – 302.1.2, 302.3 – 302.3.6, 220.0 27 009 302.3, 302.3.1, 208.0 29 010 303.0, 303.1, 312.0, 312.1, 312.2 30 011 305.5.4 31 012 305.6 32 013 305.6 33 014 305.6 34 015 305.6 35 016 306.0 – 306.10 36 017 307.0 – 307.8 38 018 308.1, 308.3 40 019 309.2 – 309.2.3, 309.3 – 309.3.2, 601.2 41 020 310.2.1 43 021 310.2.1 44 022 310.3 45 023 314.3.2 46 024 315.1 – 315.3 47 025 315.1.1, 602.5, 602.5.1 50 026 315.3 51 027 317.0 – 317.14, 701.2 52 028 404.0 – 404.3, 405.0 – 405.12, Table 405.2(1), Table 405.2(2) 54 029 320.0 – 320.7, Table 320.3 56 030 320.0, 320.1 58 031 406.1.1, 207.0, 209.0 60 032 Chapter 3, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0,

218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1 61

033 401.2, 401.3 81 034 402.1.9, 402.1.9.1 82 035 402.0 – 402.3 83 036 403.0 – 403.5 84 037 404.0 – 404.4 85 038 405.0 – 405.4 86 039 405.2.1, 405.2.2 88 040 405.5 89 041 406.0 – 406.3 90 042 407.0 – 407.5, Table 407.1, Table 1201.1 91 043 408.0 – 408.13.2, Table 1201.1 95 044 409.0 – 409.5 101 045 409.6, 409.7 102 046 410.0 – 410.8 103 047 410.9 105 048 411.0 – 411.5 106 049 412.0 – 412.6 107 050 413.0 – 413.9.2 108 051 414.0, 414.1 111 052 415.0 – 415.4, Table 415.3.1 113 053 416.0 – 416.6, 311.3 116 054 Chapter 4, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 210.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1 118

Item #

Code Section

Page #

055 Chapter 8, Table 1201.1 128 056 602.2 – 602.2.3, 209.0 139 057 602.3 140 058 602.7, 603.3, 603.7, 603.8 141 059 602.8, 602.8.1 142 060 701.2 143 061 701.2 144 062 701.2 145 063 701.2 146 064 701.2 147 065 701.2 148 066 701.2, 701.2.1 149 067 701.2, 701.2.1, 701.3 150 068 701.2 – 701.2.6 151 069 701.2, 701.3 – 701.3.7, 208.0, 211.0 153 070 702.1 155 071 702.5 156 072 702.7 157 073 702.7 158 074 703.1.2 159 075 703.7 160 076 703.8 161 077 408.4.1, 703.9, 703.9.1 162 078 704.2 163 079 705.0 – 705.4 164 080 Chapter 7, Chapter 9, 206.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, Table 1201.1 166 081 Chapter 7, 204.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0 170 082 801.1 173 083 802.1, Table 802.1(1) – Table 802.1(4), 803.1, Table 803.1 174 084 802.3, 802.3.1 175 085 804.1, Table 804.1 176 086 Chapter 8, Chapter 11, Table 1201.1, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 209.0,

210.0, 215.0, 218.0 177

087 901.2, Table 1201.1 193 088 Chapter 9, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 209.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0,

217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1 194

089 1002.4.1, 1002.4.2 202 090 1002.10, Table 1201.1 204 091 1007.4.1, Table 1201.1 206 092 1008.7.1, Table 1201.1 208 093 1009.6, Table 1201.1 210 094 1010.2.1, Table 1201.1 212 095 1010.9, 1010.9.6, Table 1201.1 214 096 1010.11.4.1 216 097 1010.11.7.1 217 098 1011.1.1, Table 1201.1 218 099 1011.3.3.1, Table 1201.1 220 100 1011.3.5.1, Table 1201.1 222 101 1011.6.1.4(A), Table 1201.1 224 102 1011.6.2.1, Table 1201.1 226 103 1011.6.2.3.1, Table 1201.1 228 104 1013.2.1 230 105 1013.5.4.6, Table 1201.1 231 106 Chapter 6, Chapter 10, 204.0, 206.0, 207.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 217.0,

218.0, 222.0, 224.0 233

107 1102.0 – 1102.3, 218.0 262 108 1102.4 – 1102.6 264

Item #

Code Section

Page #

109 1102.4 265 110 Chapter 11 266 111 1101.0 – 1101.4, 206.0, 209.0 267 112 1102.0 – 1102.1.2, 209.0, 225.0 269 113 1103.0 – 1103.2, 209.0 271 114 1103.3 – 1103.4.2 273 115 1103.5 – 1103.7, Table 1201.1 275 116 1104.0 – 1104.7 278 117 1105.0 – 1105.4, 1201.1 280 118 1106.0 – 1106.2 282 119 1107.1 – 1107.4, Table 1201.1, 209.0 283 120 1108.0 – 1108.2 285 121 Chapter 6, Table 1201.1, 204.0, 205.0, 207.0, 210.0, 212.0, 215.0, 218.0,

224.0 286

122 Chapter 12, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 210.0, 217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1 292 123 1201.0, 1201.1 300 124 Table 1201.1 301 125 Table 1201.1 302 126 Table 1201.1 305 127 Table 1201.1 306 128 Table 1201.1 307 129 Table 1201.1 308 130 Table 1201.1 309 131 Table 1201.1 310 132 Table 1201.1 311 133 Table 1201.1 312 134 Table 1201.1 313 135 Appendix A, Appendix B, Appendix C 314

2014 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code Preprint

Copyright (c) 2015 [or 2013 or 2014, etc.]

By International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

All Rights Reserved

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 1 — Chapter 12): Item # 001

SUBMITTER: Phil RibbsPHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION:Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 1ADMINISTRATION

101.0 General.101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code,” may be cited as such, and willbe referred to herein as “this code.”101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, addition, repair, relocation, replace-ment, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy systems, including but not limited to equipment and water heating, appli-ances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cooling;, water heating; swimming pool heating, or process heating;,and solar photovoltaic geothermal and hydronic systems, snow and ice melt systems and use of any solar energy systems or swim-ming pool, spa or hot tub systems.

102.2 Existing Installation. Solar energy sSystems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be per-mitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the orig-inal design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system.102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy sSystems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall bemaintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the codeedition under which installed.

The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of the solar energy systems. To determinecompliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system to be rein-spected.102.4 Additions, Alterations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energy system shall con-form to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy system to be in accordance with the require-ments of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary,or overloaded.

Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing solar energy systems shall comply with the provisions for newconstruction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or otherdangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’s agent shall install such addi-tional solar energy facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. Solar energy sSystems that are a part of a building or structure undergoing achange in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code that areapplicable to the new use or occupancy.102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundationto another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, exceptthat walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction are provided.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair,replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or cause the sameto be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems.

1

2

104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one ormore sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computa-tions, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, an engineer, an architect, or both who shallbe licensed by the state to practice as such.Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other datawhere the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not nec-essary to obtain compliance within the code.104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section 104.3.1, a plan review fee shallbe paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review.

The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan reviewfees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permitfees.

Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table104.5.

104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Documents. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit whereplans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications“APPROVED.” Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization fromthe Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar energy sys-tem before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate infor-mation and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of suchpermit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder’s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, orsolar energy system will be granted.

105.1 General. Solar energy sSystems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority HavingJurisdiction. No solar energy system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested,inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liablefor expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Solar energy sSystems regulatedby this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.105.2 Required Inspection. New solar energy system work and such portions of existing systems as affected by new work,or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code andto ensure that the installation and construction of the solar energy system is in accordance with approved plans. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and other such inspections as necessary. The permittee or the permit-tee’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections as follows:(1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and before

backfill is put in place.(2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes.(3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the installation.105.2.1 Uncovering. Where a solar energy system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or con-cealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after noticeto uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The requirements of thissection shall not be considered to prohibit the operation of solar energy system equipment installed to replace existing equip-ment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with theAuthority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacement work is completed, and before a portion of suchsolar energy system is concealed by a permanent portion of the building.

105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy sSystems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Authority Having Juris-diction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system or part thereof, isset up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system. In cases where it would be impracticalto provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be per-

mitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance withthe intent of this code. Joints and connections in a the solar energy system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressuresrequired by test.105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy sys-tem of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemnedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system or part thereof, the alterationsin such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code.

105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar energysystem or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction. No person shall make connection from a water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regulated by this codeand for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shallbe permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar energy system equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the pur-pose of testing the equipment.

106.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve,remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain a solar energy system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code.

106.5 Authority to Disconnect Utilities in Emergencies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority todisconnect a solar energy system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where nec-essary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property.106.6 Authority to Condemn. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or portionthereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar energy system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition.The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar energy system afterreceiving such notice.

Where such solar energy system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to lifeor property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice.

107.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority HavingJurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appealsconsisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to a solar energy systemdesign, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of such systems and who are not employees of the juris-diction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall haveno vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold officeat its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business and shall render decisions and findings inwriting to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

TABlE 104.5SOlAR ENERGY SYSTEM PERMIT FEES2

Notes:1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here.2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

CHAPTER 3GENERAl REGUlATIONS

301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repairof a solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal system.

3

302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shallbe listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply withapproved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided forin this code, materials, equipment, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy a systems, or parts thereof,shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly, and device used in a solar energy systemshall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufac-turer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with theweight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy a systems, orparts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shallbe done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted.302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the require-ments of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Wherea standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is appli-cable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be usedby special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to theiradequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is are included in Table 1201.1. 302.1.3 Existing Buildings. In existing buildings or premises in which a solar energy system installations are to be altered,repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions ofthis code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safetyrequirements, as they pertain to the solar energy systems, shall be observed.

302.3 Flood Hazard Areas. Solar energy sSystems and components shall be located above the elevation in accordance withthe building code for utilities and attendant equipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy systems andcomponents shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher.Exceptions:(1) Solar energy sSystems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their compo-nents and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrenceof flooding to such elevation in accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code.(2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-relatedand other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods.302.3.1 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action. In flood hazard areas subject to high velocity waveaction, solar energy systems and components shall comply with Section 302.3 and shall not be mounted on or penetrate throughwalls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code.302.3.2 Flood Resistant Materials. Solar energy sSystem components installed in flood hazard areas and below the designflood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials.

303.1 General. Solar energy sSystem components, including building components and attachments, shall be designed andconstructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the building code:(1) Dead loads.(2) Live loads.(3) Snow loads.(4) Wind loads.(5) Seismic loads.(6) Flood loads.(7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes.

304.4 Installation Practices. Solar energy A systems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordance with this code,applicable standards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

305.1 Dissimilar Metals. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the pointof connection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solar ther-mal piping connections of an open loop systems.

4

305.4 Improper location. Solar thermal pPiping or equipment shall not be located as to interfere with the normal use thereofor with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities.305.5 Attic Installations. An attic space in which the solar energy system components are installed shall be accessible throughan opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30inches (559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA 54:9.5.1]

307.1 Components of Solar Energy System. Components of a solar energy system shall be supported in accordancewith this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

308.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy system, or a part thereof, withinthe walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted.

311.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heat transfer medium,or other solar thermal liquids, in a place or manner, except through and by means of an approved drainage system installed andmaintained in accordance with the provisions of this code. Waste from a solar thermal system that is deleterious to surface orsubsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway.

312.1 System. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot otherthan the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities.

313.1 General. An abandoned solar thermal system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining systems, drained,plugged, and capped in an approved manner.313.2 Storage Tank. An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use in asolar thermal system shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material orremoved in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

314.2 Spark or Flame. Solar energy system eEquipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flamma-ble vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors,controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resist-ant.314.3 Hazardous Heat-Transfer Mediums. Hazardous heat-transfer mediums shall comply with Section 314.3.1 and Sec-tion 314.3.2. 314.3.1 Approval. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used in solar thermal systems, exceptwith prior approval of where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

315.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar energy sSystem components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected againstpressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures arecapable of developing shall have a relief device located so that a section cannot be isolated from a relief device. Valves shallnot be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that israted for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge bygravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.315.2 Vacuum Relief Valves. The solar energy sSystem components that are subjected to a vacuum while in operation orduring shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, and valveoutlets are located below the storage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the highest point.

316.1 Materials. Solar thermal sSystem components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved for such use.Solar thermal system cComponents, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation.316.2 Corrosion. Solar thermal sSystems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner.Metal parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material.316.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a solar energy system installed where subjected to mechanical damage shall beguarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated orlocated out of the normal path of a vehicle.

5

317.1 General. Solar thermal system dDucts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical code.

319.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunction with solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal systems for the purpose ofdomestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply with applicablecodes.

CHAPTER 11PUMPS

1101.0 General 320.0 Pumps.1101.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the installation, sizing, and operation of circulating pumps used in solar ther-mal systems.1102.0 Installation.1102.1 320.1 General. (remaining text unchanged)1102.2 320.2 Maintenance. (remaining text unchanged)1102.3 320.3 Mounting. (remaining text unchanged)1103.0 Design and Operation.1103.2 320.4 Materials. (remaining text unchanged)1103.3 320.5 Operation. (remaining text unchanged)

CHAPTER 4PIPING AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROl

HYDRONICS

401.0 General.401.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction, installation, alteration, and protection of solar ther-mal system piping and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination This chapter shall apply to hydronic pip-ing systems that are part of heating, cooling, ventilation, and air conditioning systems. Such piping systems include steam, hotwater, chilled water, steam condensate, solar thermal systems, and ground source heat pump systems. The regulations of thischapter shall govern the construction, location, and installation of hydronic piping systems. Piping for potable water supply anddistribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code.401.2 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless theyare protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full size through them.

Coverings and insulation used for piping shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system and theinstallation environment. Where installed in a plenum, the insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coveringsand linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested inaccordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.

CHAPTER 5JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

501.0 General.501.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the types of joints and connections permitted in solar thermal systems.

502.0 409.0 Tightness.502.1 409.1 General. (remaining text unchanged)

(renumber remaining sections)

6

CHAPTER 75COllECTORS

SOlAR THERMAl SYSTEMS

701.0 501.0 General. 701.1 501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction and installation of solar collectors thermalsystems, including components. The solar thermal system shall include the solar collector, thermal storage, system piping andappurtenances. 703.3 501.2 Stagnation Condition. The collector solar thermal assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant con-ditions in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions where high solar flux and no flow occurs.702.4 501.3 Plastic. (remaining text unchanged)703.6 501.4 Combustible Materials. (remaining text unchanged)703.4 501.5 Waterproofing. (remaining text unchanged)402.1.8 501.6 Freeze Protection. (remaining text unchanged)1103.1 501.7 Flow Rate Circulators. Circulating pumps shall be installed in accordance with Section 320.0. For drainbacksystems, the pump shall overcome the total head of the system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. For all othersystems, the pump shall overcome the friction head of the system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. 306.4 501.8 Protection Against Decay. (remaining text unchanged)314.3.2 501.9 Flash Points. (remaining text unchanged)

702.0 502.0 Construction Solar Collectors.702.1 502.1 General. (remaining text unchanged)702.2 502.1.1 Construction. (remaining text unchanged)704.0 502.2 Fire Safety Requirements. 704.1 Building Components. (remaining text unchanged)702.3 502.3 Glass. (remaining text unchanged)702.6 502.4 Air Collectors. (remaining text unchanged)702.6.1 502.4.1 Testing. (remaining text unchanged)703.0 502.5 Collector Installation.703.1 General. (remaining text unchanged)703.1.1 502.5.1 Roof Installations. (remaining text unchanged)704.2 502.5.2 Above or On the Roof. (remaining text unchanged)703.1.2 502.5.3 Ground Installations. (remaining text unchanged)703.8 502.5.4 Wall Mounted. (remaining text unchanged)703.2502.5.5 Access. (remaining text unchanged)703.7502.5.6 Orientation. (remaining text unchanged)702.5502.6 listing. (remaining text unchanged)

CHAPTER 8THERMAl INSUlATION

503.0 Insulation.802.4 503.1 Insulation General. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F(60°C) unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full size through them.

Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes piping shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of thesystem and the installation environment. Where installed in a plenum, tThe insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, includ-ing pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231shall be used. Alternately, materials used for pipe coverings and insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhe-sives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of 1.02 E+06 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (299 kW), a maximumtotal heat release of 4.7 E+04 Btu (50 MJ), a maximum total smoke release of 5382 square feet (500 m2) and shall not generateflames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more above the top of the vertical portion of the apparatus during the test where tested

7

in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accor-dance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be lessthan 250°F (121°C).801.0 503.2 GeneralApplicability.801.1 Applicability. (remaining text unchanged)802.0 503.3 Piping. 802.1 Required. (remaining text unchanged)

TABlE 802.1(1)503.3(1)MINIMUM PIPE INSUlATION


TABlE 802.1(2)503.3(2)IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSUlATION THICKNESS


TABlE 802.1(3)503.3(3)UNIVERSAl PIPE INSUlATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IPS


TABlE 802.1(4)503.3(4)DESIGN VAlUES FOR Thermal Conductivity (k) of Industrial Insulation3, 4, 5


802.2 503.4 Fittings. (remaining text unchanged)802.3 503.5 Installation. (remaining text unchanged)803.0 503.6 Ducts.803.1 General. (remaining text unchanged)

TABlE 803.1503.6INSUlATION OF DUCTS


309.0 504.0 Testing.309.1 504.1 Piping. (remaining text unchanged)309.2 504.2 System Requirements. (remaining text unchanged)309.2.1 504.2.1 Open loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged)309.2.2 504.2.2 Other Open loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged)309.2.3 504.2.3 Closed loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged)

CHAPTER 9SOlAR THERMAl SYSTEMS FOR A SWIMMING POOl

901.0 General.901.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the installation and construction of solar thermal systems for swimming pools,spas, and hot tubs.505.0 Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs.

8

902.0 505.1 Water Chemistry. 902.1 General. Where water from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of cir-culation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 902.2505.2, andshall be filtered in accordance with Section 902.3505.3 and Section 902.3.1505.3.1.902.2 505.2 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance withTable 902.2505.2.

TABlE 902.2 505.2WATER CHEMISTRY


902.3 505.3 Filter. (remaining text unchanged)902.3.1 505.3.1 location. (remaining text unchanged)903.0 505.4 Corrosion Resistant. 903.1 Copper. (remaining text unchanged)

CHAPTER 6THERMAl STORAGE

601.0 General.601.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar a thermal storage.Solar tThermal storage includes storage tanks with or without heat exchangers and expansion tanks.

CHAPTER 107ElECTRICAl


CHAPTER 128REFERENCED STANDARDS


SUBSTANTIATION:1. The scope in Chapter 1 has been revised to be consistent with the scope shown in the IAPMO Regulations for

the USEHC. The general requirements in Chapter 3 provisions that apply to solar energy, hydronic and geot-hermal systems should be revised so that they are applicable to all systems addressed within the USEHC. Thecurrent circulating pumps requirements in Chapter 11 apply to hydronic, solar thermal, and geothermal systems.Therefore, it is necessary to address circulating pumps provisions in Chapter 3 where the general requirementsare addressed.

2. Chapter 4 and Chapter 5 are being combined into a single Chapter 4 (Hydronics). This change is necessary asit will be consistent with the title of the code (Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code). Section 401.1 is beingrevised as it is necessary to clarify to the end user what the chapter will now address. Section 501.1 is beingdeleted since the chapter does not only pertain to solar thermal systems.

3. All current provisions pertaining to solar thermal systems have been relocated to a single chapter titled “SolarThermal Systems” since the scope of the code has been expanded to include hydronic and geothermal systems.Section 701.1 (Applicability) was revised since the code does not only address solar thermal systems and pho-tovoltaic, but hydronic and geothermal systems as well. The reference to Chapter 11 is necessary as the provi-sions for solar thermal systems may also apply to swimming pools. Section 1103.1 (Flow Rate) is being relocatedto Section 501.7 as the section pertains to drainback systems and should be addressed where solar thermal sys-tems are addressed. Furthermore, reference to Section 320.0 is required since the provisions are being relocatedto Chapter 3.

9

4. Section 802.4 (Insulation) is being revised to correlate with language submitted for Chapter 12 of the 2015 UMC,which has been approved by the UMC Technical Committee. The language being deleted is not necessary asit pertains only to alternative methods. Furthermore, Section 401.2 needs to be added to address insulation pro-visions for hydronics systems.

COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept as Submitted

TOTAl ElIGIBlE TO VOTE: 24

VOTING RESUlTS: AFFIRMATIVE: 22, NOT RETURNED: 2 Skiba, Tabakh

10

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 1): Item # 002

SUBMITTER: Harvey KreitenbergHarvey Kreitenberg & Associates


101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement,addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy systems, including but not limited to equipment and appliances intended to uti-lize solar energy for space heating or cooling; water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar photovoltaicsystems within this jurisdiction.

102.1 Conflicts Between Codes. Where the requirements within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with the requirementsof the plumbing or mechanical code, this code shall prevail. In instances where the this code, applicable standards, or the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Where there is a conflict between a gen-eral requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail.

102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof of a prem-ise under the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by thiscode shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed.

The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar energy systems. To determinecompliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system to be rein-spected.102.4 Additions, Alterations, Renovations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energysystem shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy system to be in accordancewith the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to becomeunsafe, insanitary, or overloaded.

Additions, alterations, renovations, or repairs to existing solar energy systems installations shall comply with the provisionsfor new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction.

102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundationto another, or from one location to another, shall be in accordance with the provisions of this code for new installations and com-pletely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during suchtest where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided.

103.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be the Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For such pur-poses, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the powers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations supplemental to thiscode as deemed necessary in order to clarify the application of the provisions of this code. Such interpretations, rules, and reg-ulations shall be in accordance comply with the intent and purpose of this code.

In accordance with the prescribed procedures and with the approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Having Juris-diction shall be permitted to appoint such number of technical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shall be authorizedfrom time to time. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors or employees as necessaryto carry out the functions of the code enforcement agency.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to request the assistance and cooperation of other officials of thisjurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance.103.2 liability. The Authority Having Jurisdiction charged with the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith and with-out malice in the discharge of the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duties, shall not thereby be rendered personally liable for adamage that accrues to persons or property as a result of an act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of such duties.A suit brought against the Authority Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act or omission performed in the enforce-

11

ment of a provisions of this code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by this jurisdiction until final termination of thesuch proceedings.103.3 Applications and Permits. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of plans,specifications, drawings, and such other information as required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, priorto the commencement of, and at a time during the progress of, work regulated by this code.

The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafterrequiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from preventing construction operations being carried onthereunder where in violation of this code or of other pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificate of approval where issuedin error.103.3.1 licensing. Provision for licensing shall be determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair,replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or to cause the sameto be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, or structure, or interconnected set of systems.

104.3 Application for Permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefore in writing on a formfurnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for that purpose. Such application shall:(1) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made.(2) Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address, or similar description

that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work.(3) Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended.(4) Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, and other data as required accordance with in Section 104.3.1.(5) Be signed by the permittee or the permittee’s authorized agent. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to

require evidence to indicate such authority.(6) Give such other data and information as required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one ormore sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computa-tions, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, a registered design professional, an engi-neer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such.Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other datawhere the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not nec-essary to obtain compliance within the code.104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by in accordance with Section 104.3.1, aplan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review.

The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in Section 104.5this sec-

tion and are in addition to the permit fees.

(remaining text unchanged)

104.3.4 Time limitation of Application. Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date ofapplication shall expire by limitation, plans and other data submitted for review thereafter, shall be returned to the applicant ordestroyed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to exceed extend the timefor action by the applicant for a period not to exceed 180 days upon request by the applicant showing that circumstances beyondthe control of the applicant have prevented action from being taken. No application shall be extended more than once. In orderto renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee.

104.4.3 Expiration. A permit issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code shall expire by lim-itation and become null and void where the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the dateof such permit, or where the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at a time after the work is commencedfor a period of 180 days. Before such work is recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do so, and the fee thereforeshall be one-half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in

12

the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such suspensions or abandonment have has notexceeded 1 year.

104.4.6 Retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, and computations shall be retained by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction until final approval of the work covered therein.

One set of approved plans, specifications, computations, and manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be returned tothe applicant, and said set shall be kept on the site of the building or work at times during which the work authorized thereby isin progress.104.5 Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule, Table104.5. The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction.

104.5.2 Investigation Fees. (remaining text unchanged)104.5.3 Fee Refunds. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of a fees as follows:(1) The amount paid hereunder that was erroneously paid or collected.(2) Refunding of not more than a percentage, as determined by this jurisdiction where no work has been done under a permit

issued in accordance with this code.The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not authorize the refunding of a fee paid except upon written application filed by theoriginal permittee not to exceed 180 days after the date of fee payment.

105.1 General. Solar energy systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

No solar energy system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested, inspected,and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expenseentailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Solar energy systems regulated by this codeshall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Juris-diction.

105.2.3 Inspection Requests. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by a permit to notify the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction that such work is ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to requirethat every a request for inspection be filed not less than 1 working day before such inspection is desired. Such request shall bepermitted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the option of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspections required by in accordance with this code to provide access to andmeans for proper inspection of such work.

105.2.5 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of the holder of a permit to make sure that the work will stand the test prescribedbefore giving the notification.

The equipment, material, and labor necessary for inspection or tests shall be furnished by the person to whom the permitis issued or by whom inspection is requested.105.2.6 Reinspections. A reinspection fee shall be permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspection where suchportion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or where required corrections have not been made.

This provision is shall not to be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to be inaccordance with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is readyfor inspection or reinspection.

Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed where the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, forfailure to provide access on the date for which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from plans requiring the approval ofthe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an application therefore in writing upon a form furnished for that purposeand pay the reinspection fee in accordance with Table 104.5.

In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until therequired fees have been paid.105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy systems shall be tested and approved as required by in accordance with this codeor the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Author-

13

ity Having Jurisdiction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system, orpart thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system an energy fuel supply. Incases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work hasbeen performed in accordance with the intent of this code. Joints and connections in the solar energy system shall be airtight,gastight, and or watertight for the pressures required by the test.105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy sys-tem of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemnedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system, or part thereof, the alterationsin such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code.

106.2 Notices of Correction or Violation. Notices of correction or violation shall be written by the Authority HavingJurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the site of the work, or mailed, or delivered to the permittee or his their author-ized representative.

Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with such notice or order within 10 days of receipt thereof, shall be considered a vio-lation of this code and shall be subject to the penalties set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. 106.3 Penalties. A person, firm, or corporation violating a provision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor,and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable by a fine, imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing laws of the juris-diction. Each separate day or portion thereof, during which a violation of this code occurs or continues, shall be deemed to con-stitute a separate offense.

SUBSTANTIATION:Chapter 1 has been revised to address the minimum requirements pertaining to administration, and to correlatewith the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC).




14

USEHC 2015 – (104.3.2, 104.5, 105.2.6, Table 104.5): Item # 003

SUBMITTER: Tim RossRoss Distributing, Inc.


104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section 104.3.1, a plan review fee shallbe paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review.

The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan reviewfees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permitfees.

Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged in accordance with Sec-tion 104.5 at the rate shown in Table104.5.

104.5 Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in the following fee sched-ule: Table 104.5. The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction.

[JURISDICTION TO INSERT APPROPRIATE FEE SCHEDULE]

105.2.6 Reinspections. A reinspection fee shall be permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspection where suchportion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or where required corrections have not been made.

This provision is not to be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to be in accor-dance with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready forinspection or reinspection.

Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed where the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, forfailure to provide access on the date for which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from plans requiring the approval ofthe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an application therefore in writing upon a form furnished for that purposeand pay the reinspection fee in accordance with Table Section 104.5. In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed,no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid.


SUBSTANTIATION:Jurisdictions typically have their own permit fee schedule for solar energy, hydronic, and geothermal systems. There-fore, such a fee schedule should be referenced in the code, instead of Table 104.5, which is applicable to the con-struction and installation practices of a jurisdiction. Furthermore, the proposed language is consistent with provisionsfound in other applicable codes and standards.

COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The fee schedule should not be deleted as it can be used, as a baseline, by jurisdictions that do not have an estab-lished fee schedule.



15


SUBMITTER: Piotr ZelaskoRadiant Professional Alliance Working Group


101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronic Code,” may be cited as such, and willbe referred to herein as “this code.”

101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement,addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy hydronic systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewableenergy sources, energy recovery, associated equipment and appliances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cool-ing; water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar photovoltaic thermal systems; snow melt; frost pro-tection; dehumidification; humidification.

102.2 Existing Installation. Solar energy and hydronic systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this codeshall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance withthe original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system.102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy and hydronic systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and partsthereof shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accor-dance with the code edition under which installed.

The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar energy and hydronic systems. Todetermine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy systemand hydronic systems to be reinspected.102.4 Additions, Alterations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energy and hydronicsystem shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy and hydronic systems to bein accordance with the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing sys-tem to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded.

Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing solar energy and hydronic systems shall comply with the provisionsfor new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction.102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or otherdangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’s agent shall install such addi-tional solar energy or hydronic systems facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. Solar energy and hydronic systems that are a part of a building or structure under-going a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this codethat are applicable to the new use or occupancy.102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy and hydronic systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from onefoundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for newwork, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptableto the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair,replacement, or remodel a solar energy and hydronic system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or causethe same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of sys-tems.

104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one ormore sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computa-

16

tions, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system and hydronic systems designed by, an engineer, an archi-tect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such.

104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Documents. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit whereplans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications“APPROVED.” Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization fromthe Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar energy sys-tem before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate infor-mation and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of suchpermit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder’s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, orsolar energy and hydronic systems will be granted.

105.1 General. Solar energy and hydronic systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction. No solar energy system or hydronic system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put intouse until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdictionnor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection.Solar energy systems and hydronic systems regulated by this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply,or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.105.2 Required Inspection. New solar energy and hydronic systems work and such portions of existing systems as affectedby new work, or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirementsof this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar energy system is in accordance with approved plans.The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and other such inspections as necessary. The permitteeor the permittee’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections as follows:(1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and before

backfill is put in place.(2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes.(3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the installation.

105.2.1 Uncovering. Where a solar energy or hydronic system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, iscovered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered forinspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.The requirements of this section shall not be considered to prohibit the operation of solar energy or hydronic system equip-ment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspec-tion of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacementwork is completed, and before a portion of such solar energy or a hydronic system is concealed by a permanent portion ofthe building.

105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy systems and hydronic systems shall be tested and approved as required by this codeor the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system,hydronic system or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system. In caseswhere it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has beenperformed in accordance with the intent of this code. Joints and connections in the solar energy system and hydronic systemsshall be gastight and watertight for the pressures required by test.

105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energysystem or hydronic systems of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In build-ings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy sys-tem or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code.

105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar energysystem, hydronic systems or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction. No person shall make connection from a water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regu-lated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar energy system and hydronic systems equipmentto the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment.

17

106.6 Authority to Condemn. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or portionthereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar energy system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition.The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar energy system orhydronic systems after receiving such notice.

Where such solar energy system is systems are to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate dan-ger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice.

108.0 Required Service Documents. 108.1 General. Upon completion of installation and prior to receipt of final inspection from the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion, installing contractor shall deliver the following items and place them in the mechanical room for permanent storage andfuture access as required for service and maintenance.(1) All warranty information for all components used within the system.(2) A concise set of floor plan drawings showing manifold locations.(3) Individual manifold documentation showing to circuit locations in length.(4) A copy of the combustion analysis (where applicable) showing the appliances combustion efficiency at the time of initial

commissioning.(5) A concise set of mechanical drawings showing the physical location of all major components within the mechanical room.

This shall include the model numbers and manufacturers names of all major components used in the construction of the sys-tem.

(6) A sequence of normal operation and emergency shutdown procedures.(7) Contact information titled “In Case of Emergency” with service agent of records contact information.(8) Service record.


Permit Issuance1. For issuing each permit ............................................................................................................................................1_______2. For issuing each supplemental permit ......................................................................................................................1_______

Unit Fee Schedule (in addition to items 1 and item 2 above)1. For Collectors (including related piping and regulating devices):

Up to 1000 square feet ......................................................................................................................................1_______Between 1001 and 2000 square feet ..................................................................................................................1_______More than 2000 square feet, $5.00 plus $1.00 per1000 square feet or fraction thereof over 2000 square feet ..............................................................................1_______

2. For Storage Tanks (including related piping and regulating devices):Up to 750 gallons ..............................................................................................................................................1_______Between 751 gallons and 2000 gallons..............................................................................................................1_______Exceeding 2000 gallons, $3.00 plus $1.00 per1000 or fraction thereof exceeding 2000 gallons ..............................................................................................1_______

3. For Rock Storage:Up to 1500 cubic feet ........................................................................................................................................1_______Between 1501 and 3000 cubic feet ....................................................................................................................1_______More than 3000 cubic feet, $3.00 plus $1.00 per1000 cubic feet or fraction thereof over 3000 cubic feet ..................................................................................1_______

18

4. Boilers, Water heaters, Compressors, and Absorption SystemsFor the installation or relocation of each boiler, Water heater

or compressor, up to and including 3 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system up to and including 100,000 Btu/h ......................................................................................1_______

For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater orcompressor exceeding 3 horsepower (hp), up to and including 15 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 100,000 Btu/h and including 50, 000 Btu/h ......................................................................................................1_______

For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 15 horsepower (hp), up to and including 30 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 500,000 Btu/h, up to and including 1,000,000 Btu/h ........................................................................................1_______

For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 30 horsepower (hp), up to and including 50 horsepower (hp), or for each absorption system exceeding 1,000,000 Btu/h, up to and including 1,750,000 Btu/h......................................................................................1_______

For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 50 Horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 1,750,000 Btu/h ..................................................................................................1_______

45. For each appliance or piece of equipment regulated by this code for which no fee is listed....................................1_______

Other Inspections and Fees1. Inspections outside of normal business hours ..........................................................................................................1_______2. Reinspection Fee ......................................................................................................................................................1_______3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated ..............................................................................................1_______4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions, or

revisions to approved plans (minimum charge - 1⁄2 hour) ........................................................................................1_______5. Plan Check Fee:

Where specific plans are required, a plan check fee shall be charged equal to one-half the total permit fee, excluding the permit issuance fee. ........................................................1_______

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 horsepower = 0.746 kW, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot =0.0283 m3

Notes:1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here.2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system or hydronic systems that are subject to the requirements of other applicable

codes.

205.0Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.

210.0Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes.Plural use of this term is hydronics.Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a systemof pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recov-ery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating; swim-ming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.

19

217.0Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. The term “hydronics” covers many areas of building conditioning including the heating, cooling, energy recov-

ery and energy distribution of these thermal energies to deliver good comfort utilizing a water based liquid fluidto transport these thermal energies. “Hydronic systems” covers the multitude and myriad of physical equipmentassemblies and applications that generate the heating or cooling fluids used in transporting these energies,including solar thermal, fossil fuels, hydrogen fuel cells, water source heat pumps, air source heat pump, gasturbines, and gasoline powered central heating plants.

2. The addition of these terms to Chapter One are done to incorporate all of these technologies under one cate-gory instead of having to spell out each individual means manner and method. If it uses a water based fluid fortransporting, generating, recovering or moving thermal energy for maintaining comfort conditions for living beingsor other processes, it is considered hydronic(s).

3. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope ofthe proposed code.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The scope is in conflict with the ANSI PINS and the IAPMO Regulations Governing Consensus Development

document.2. The proposed revisions are in conflict with the 2015 UMC and 2015 UPC.3. The proposed language is outside the scope of the USEHC. Boilers, compressors, and absorption systems are

within the scope of the UMC. Furthermore, water heaters are within the scope of the UPC.4. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Item # 001 and Item # 002.



20




203.0Accessible. Where applied to a device, appliance, or equipment, “accessible” means Hhaving access thereto, but which firstmay require the removal of an access panel, door, or similar obstruction.Appliance. A device that utilizes an energy source to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air conditioning or appara-tus that is designed to utilize energy.

205.0Combination Temperature and Pressure-Relief Valve. A relief valve that actuates when a set temperature, pressure,or both is reached. Also known as a T&P valve.Condensate. A liquid obtained from condensation of a gas or vapor.

212.0Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves so thatthey form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing they connect.Joint, Flanged. One made by bolting together a pair of flanged ends.Joint, Flared.A metal-to-metal compression joint in which a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is compressedby a flare nut against a mating flare.Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a positive hold-ing mechanical construction.

214.0listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independent and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a mate-rial and product listing and labeling (certification) system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, which isin the business of listing or labeling. The system includes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspection on currentproduction of listed (certified) products, and that makes available a published report of such listing in which specific informa-tion is included that the material or product is in accordance with applicable standards and found safe for use in a specific man-ner.

218.0PE. Polyethylene. Polyethylene.PE-Al-PE. Polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene.PE-RT. Polyethylene of raised temperature.PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene.PEX-Al-PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene-aluminum-cross-linked polyethylene.PVC. Poly (vinyl chloride).

224.0Valve, Pressure-Relief Device. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to auto-matically relive pressure in excess of it setting, rupture member, or fusible plug designed to automatically relieve excessivepressure.

21

SUBSTANTIATION:The following revisions to the definition correlate this code with the 2015 UPC & 2015 UMC.

New definitions were added to correlate this code with the 2015 UPC & 2015 UMC.




22

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 2, Useful Tables): Item # 006


RECOMMENDATION:Delete text without substitution:

203.0Absorptance. The collecting of heat, measured as percent of total radiation available.Air Mass. The ratio of the mass of atmosphere, in the actual earth-sun path, to the mass that would exist if the sun were directlyoverhead at sea level.Angle of Incidence. The angle between the direct solar irradiation and the normal to the aperture plane.Area, Absorber. The total projected heat transfer area from which the absorbed solar irradiation heats the transfer media.Area, Aperture. The maximum projected area of a solar collector through which the unconcentrated solar radiant energy isadmitted.

205.0Collector Tilt. The angle above horizontal at which a solar heat collector is positioned.

218.0Static Pressure. The pressure existing without any flow.

221.0 Solar Constant. The average amount of solar radiation reaching the earth’s atmosphere per unit time [about 2 langleys perminute [1395 J/(m2•s)].

222.0 Tilt Angle. The angle above horizontal of a plane surface.Time Constant. The time required for the fluid leaving a solar collector to attain 63.2 percent of its steady state value followinga step change in insolation or inlet fluid temperature.Total Incident Irradiation. The total solar radiant energy incident upon a unit surface area during a specified time period,expressed in British thermal unit per square foot (Btu/ft2) (J/m2).

USEFUl TABlESSYMBOlS

The following is a list of symbols commonly utilized in solar energy applications and are provided herein for the con-venience of the users of this code. This list is based on ASHRAE 93.

a, b, a’, b’ = constants used in incident angle modifier equation, dimensionlessA = cross-sectional area, ft2 (m2)Aa = transparent frontal area for a nonconcentrating collector or the aperture area of a concentrating collector, ft2 (m2)Ag = gross collector area, ft2 (m2)Ar = absorbing area of a nonconcentrating collector or the receiving area of a concentrating collector, ft2 (m2)bo = constant used in incident angle modifier equation, dimensionlessB = effective angle for determining the equation of time, degrees

23

CA= effective heat capacity of the solar collector, [Btu/(lbm•°F)] [J/kg•K)cp = specific heat of the heat transfer fluid, Btu/(Lbm•°F) [J/(kg.•K)]E = equation of time, minutesEλi= solar spectral irradiance averaged over ∆λ centered at λi at air mass 1.5 W/(m2.μm) [Btu/(ft2•h•μm)]F’ = absorber plate efficiency factor, dimensionlessFR = solar collector heat removal factor, dimensionlessG = solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)Gbp =direct solar irradiance component in the aperture plane, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)GDN =direct normal solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)Gd = diffuse solar irradiance incident upon the aperture plane of collector, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)Gsc =solar constant, 429.2 [Btu/(ft2•h)] (1353 W/m2)Gt = global solar irradiance incident upon the aperture plane of collector, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)ha = enthalpy of the ambient air-water vapor mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hf,e =enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the exit of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hf,i= enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the inlet of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hL = enthalpy of the leaking air-water vapor mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg)K = factor defined by ASHRAE 93, dimensionlessKατ =incident angle modifier, dimensionlessKd = diffuse irradiance incident angle modifier, dimensionlessK1 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector, dimensionlessK2 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector, dimensionlessLloc =longitude, degrees westLst = standard meridian for local time zone, degrees westLST =local standard time, decimal hoursLSTM=local standard time meridian, degrees westAST =apparent solar time, decimal hoursm = air mass, dimensionlessm = mass flow rate of the heat-transfer fluid, lbm/h (kg/s)me = downstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)mi = upstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)mL= leakage air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)n = day of year, beginning with January 1 = 1ηr = collector efficiency based upon absorber area and inlet temperature,%P = optical property, dimensionlessPf,e =static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the outlet to the solar collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)Pf,i =static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the inlet to the solar collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)∆P = pressure drop across the collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)Qmi =measured volumetric airflow rate at the collector inlet, ft3/min (m3/s)Qs = airflow rate corrected to standard conditions, ft3/min (m3/s)qu = rate of useful energy extraction from the collector, Btu/h (W)ta = ambient air temperature, °F (°C)tf = average fluid temperature, °F (°C)tf,e = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving the collector, °F (°C)tf,eT =temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving the collector at a specified time, °F (°C)tf,e,initial = temperature leaving the collector at the beginning of time constant test period, °F (°C)tf,i = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid entering the collector, °F (°C)

24

tp = average temperature of the absorbing surface for a nonconcentrating collector, °F (°C)tr = average temperature of the absorbing surface for a concentrating collector, °F (°C)t = effective temperature defined by ASHRAE 93, °F (°C)tHHL =effective temperature for a given header heat loss test flow rate, °F (°C)T = time, decimal hours or secondsT1, T2=time at the beginning and end of a test period, decimal hours or seconds∆t = temperature difference, °F (°C)∆tss =temperature difference, of inlet and outlet transfer fluid at steady state, °F (°C)UL= solar collector heat-transfer loss coefficient, [Btu/(h•ft2•F)] [W/(m2•K)]Wn= humidity ratio at the nozzle, lbm H2O/lbm dry air (kg H2O/kg dry air)α = absorptance of the collector absorber surface for solar radiation, dimensionlessγ = fraction of specularly reflected radiation from the reflector or refracted radiation that is intercepted by the solar collec-

tor receiving area, dimensionlessθ = angle of incidence between director solar rays and the normal, to the collector surface or to the aperture, degreeβ = solar altitude angle, degreesϕ = solar azimuth angle, degreesηg = collector efficiency based on gross collector, %λ = wavelength, μ(μm)λi = specific wavelength, μ(μm)∆λi= wavelength interval, μ(μm)ρ = reflectance of a reflecting surface for solar radiation, dimensionlessρλ = spectral reflectance of a reflecting surface for solar energy, dimensionlessτ = transmittance of the solar collector cover plate, dimensionless(τα)e =effective transmittance-absorptance product, dimensionless(τα)e,n = effective transmittance-absorptance product at normal incidence, dimensionlessΣ = collector tilt form the horizontal, degree

SUBSTANTIATION:The definitions and table are not addressed in this code, therefore, should be deleted.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The definitions should not be deleted as they are necessary for application and enforcement of the code.



25

USEHC 2015 – (209.0, 222.0): Item # 007

SUBMITTER: Jonathan GemmaAztec Solar Inc.

RECOMMENDATION:Add new text as follows:

221.0Storage Tank. See Thermal Storage.

222.0Thermal Storage. A tank or vessel used in a solar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal system, in which thermal energy is stored.

SUBSTANTIATION:The definitions for “thermal storage” and “storage tank” should be added as they are being used throughout Chap-ter 6 without being defined. The proposed definitions assist the end user in applying and enforcing these terms.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:CUDAHY: The proposal is fine, but should the term be “Thermal Storage Tank?” I recommend the following: “Ther-mal Storage Tank. A tank or vessel in a solar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal energy system, in which thermalenergy is stored.”

26

USEHC 2015 – (302.0 – 302.1.2, 302.3 – 302.3.6, 220.0): Item # 008



302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates.302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shallbe listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply withthe approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise providedfor in this code, materials, equipment appurtenances, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems,or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, and each pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly material, and device used in asolar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readilyidentify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shallbe marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solarenergy systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted acceptable.302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that will conform to therequirements of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their list-ing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standardthat is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be per-mitted to be used by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has beensatisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included referenced in Table 1201.1.

302.3 Alternative Engineered Design. An alternative engineered design shall comply with the intent of the provisions ofthis code and shall provide an equivalent level of quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, and safety. Mate-rial, equipment, or components shall be designed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.302.3.1 Permit Application. The registered design professional shall indicate on the design documents that the system, orparts thereof, is an alternative engineered design so that it is noted on the construction permit application. The permit and per-manent permit records shall indicate that an alternative engineered design was part of the approved installation.302.3.2 Technical Data. The registered design professional shall submit sufficient technical data to substantiate the proposedalternative engineered design and to prove that the performance meets the intent of this code.302.3.3 Design Documents. The registered design professional shall provide two complete sets of signed and sealed designdocuments for the alternative engineered design for submittal to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The design documents shallinclude floor plans of the work. Where appropriate, the design documents shall indicate location, sizing, and loading of appur-tenances, equipment, appliances, and devices.302.3.4 Design Approval. An approval of an alternative engineered design shall be at the discretion of the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction. The exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyondthe jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternative engineered design so approved shall not beconsidered as in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for a purpose other than that granted by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.302.3.5 Design Review. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require testing of the alternative engi-neered design in accordance with Section 302.2.1, including the authority to require an independent review of the design doc-uments by a registered design professional selected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and at the expense of the applicant.302.3.6 Inspection and Testing. The alternative engineered design shall be tested and inspected in accordance with thesubmitted testing and inspection plan and the requirements of this code.

220.0Registered Design Professional. An individual who is registered or licensed by the laws of the state to perform suchdesign work in the jurisdiction.

27

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 302.1 through Section 302.1.2 are being revised to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar pro-

visions. Sections 302.3 through Section 302.3.6 are being added to provide the minimum requirements for alter-native engineered design, and to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar provisions.

2. A definition for “registered design professional” is being added as it is being referenced in Section 302.3.1 throughSection 302.3.3, and Section 302.3.5, without being defined. The proposed definition assists the end user inapplying and enforcing this term. Furthermore, the definition will correlate with the definition proposed for the 2015Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) which was approved by the UMCand UPC Technical Committees.




28

USEHC 2015 – (302.3, 302.3.1, 208.0): Item # 009



302.3 Flood Hazard Areas. Solar energy systems and components shall be located above the elevation in accordance withthe building code for utilities and attendant equipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy systems andcomponents shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher.Exceptions:(1) Solar energy systems shall be permitted to be located below the elevation in accordance with the building code for utilities

and attendant equipment or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, provided that the systems that are designedand installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their components and the systems are constructed toresist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flood-ing to such elevation in accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code.

(2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods.

302.3.1 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action Coastal High Hazard Areas. Systems in build-ings located Iin flood coastal high hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action, solar energy systems and components shallcomply be in accordance with the requirements of with Section 302.3, and systems, pipes, tubing, and appurtanances shall notbe mounted on or penetrate through walls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code.

208.0 205.0Coastal High Hazard Areas Flood Hazard Area Subject to High Velocity Wave Action. An aArea within the floodhazard area which that is subject to high-velocity wave action, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood haz-ard map as Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 302.3, Section 302.3.1, and the definition for “flood hazard area subject to high velocity wave action” arebeing revised to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar provisions.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:CUDAHY: The text “shall be permitted” in Section 302.3 (exception 1) is not needed. I recommend that the text“shall be permitted to be” be removed from Section 302.3 (exception 1).

29

USEHC 2015 – (303.0, 303.1, 312.0, 312.1, 312.2): Item # 010



303.0 305.6 Structural Design loads. 303.1 General. Solar energy system components, including building componentsand attachments, shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the building code:(1) Dead loads.(2) Live loads.(3) Snow loads.(4) Wind loads.(5) Seismic loads.(6) Flood loads.(7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes.312.0 305.7 location. 312.1 System. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy system, or parts thereofshall be located in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities. 312.2 305.8 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, or transfer of ownership of existing property shall be made in such mannerthat the area, clearance, and access requirements of this code are decreased.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 303.0 (Structural Design Load), Section 303.1 (General), Section 312.0 (Location) through Section 312.2(Ownership) are being relocated to Section 305.0 where all the general installation provisions are addressed.




30

USEHC 2015 – (305.5.4): Item # 011



305.5.4 lighting and Convenience Outlet. A permanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a luminaire lighting fixture shallbe installed near the appliance. The switch controlling the luminaire lighting fixture shall be located at the entrance to the pas-sageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3]

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 305.5.4 is being revised to correlate with the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), Uniform Plumbing Code(UPC), and NFPA 54.



VOTING RESUlTS: AFFIRMATIVE: 21, NEGATIVE: 1, NOT RETURNED: 2 Skiba, Tabakh

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: This proposal should have been rejected. The term “luminaire” should remain as it is a term used through-out the National Electrical Code (NEC). Within the NEC, the term “lighting fixture” is associated with low voltagelighting fixtures for use in recreational vehicles and festoon lighting. In the context of this code requirement, NEC (Arti-cle 410) is applicable which covers luminaires, portable luminaires, lampholders, pendants, incandescent filamentlamps, arc lamps, electric-discharge lamps, decorative lighting products, lighting accessories for temporary sea-sonal and holiday use, portable flexible lighting products, and the wiring and equipment forming part of such prod-ucts and lighting installations. Language should be left as currently written.

31

USEHC 2015 – (305.6): Item # 012



305.6 Avoiding Strain on Piping. Equipment and appliances shall be supported and connected to the piping so as not to exertundue strain on the connections.

SUBSTANTIATION:If the connections exert undue strain on the equipment or appliance, it can cause the integrity of the equipment orappliance to be threatened. The forces exerted by the strain on the piping can be eliminated by properly supportingthe piping. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC).


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Such requirement is not necessary as piping supports are already addressed in Section 307.0. Furthermore, Item# 013 already addresses similar provisions in a more effective manner.



32

USEHC 2015 – (305.6): Item # 013



305.6 Anchorage. Appliances or systems designed to be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in place in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The supports shall be designed and constructed to sustain vertical and horizontalloads within the stress limitations specified in the building code.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 305.6 will require that an installation of an appliance or a system be anchored in a fix position to avoid anymovement that can cause damage to the system. Furthermore, Section 305.6 will correlate with the 2015 UniformMechanical Code (UMC).

COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept as Amended by the TCAmend proposal as follows:

305.6 Anchorage. Appliances or systems and equipment designed to be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in placein accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The supports shall be designed and constructed to sustain ver-tical and horizontal loads within the stress limitations specified in the building code.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The text “or systems” creates confusion and is subjective. Therefore, it should be modified to “and equipment” sincethe provisions apply to the anchorage of appliances and equipment.



33

USEHC 2015 – (305.6): Item # 014



305.6 Condensation Control. Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be insulated where located in areas capable of reaching a sur-face temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air, and that are located in spaces or areas where condensation is capa-ble of creating a hazard for the building occupants or damage to the structure. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils,fuel-burning condensing appliances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected and discharged in accordance withthe mechanical code.

SUBSTANTIATION:The dew point on piping, tubing, or fittings should be avoided where such piping, tubing, or fittings are located in alocation where damage to the structure is capable of occurring. The deposition of condensate may result in absorp-tion or adsorption. If the materials wetted by the condensate are susceptible to water damage, the condensate maycause progressive deterioration. Water may encourage fugal growth which may harm organic building materials andproduce spores which are harmful to health. Water may cause dimensional changes in materials such as wood,concrete, ceramic, etc. The surface dew point temperature can be avoided with the installation of insulation or someother approved method such as heat tracing.

The proposed language will correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC). However, reference to themechanical code is also necessary as the disposal of condensate from mechanical equipment, such as air-coolingcoils, are within the scope of the mechanical code and not the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code. The mechan-ical code addresses drain pans, drain pipe, and material provisions which pertain to HVAC equipment such as air-cooling coils.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:CUDAHY: The language needs to read so that both conditions are met, not one or the other. I would recommendthat Section 305.6 be revised to the following: “Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be insulated where located in areascapable of reaching a surface temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air which are located in spacesor areas where condensation is capable of creating a hazard or damage to the structure. Condensate from air wash-ers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appliances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collectedand discharged in accordance with the mechanical code.”

34

USEHC 2015 – (305.6): Item # 015



305.6 Drainage Pan. Where a water heater, boiler, or thermal storage tank is located in an attic, or in or on an attic-ceilingassembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leaking water heater, boiler, or tank,a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materials shall be installed beneath the water heater, boiler, or tank, with not less than 3⁄4of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an approved location. Such pan shall be not less than 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) in depth.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 305.6 is being added to correlate with the drainage pan requirements found in the UPC. Section 305.6 willrequire such installations to be installed with a drainage pan to prevent damage to the structure. There is nothing inthe code that prohibits the installation of a liquid containing tank in a location where damage can result to the build-ing structure.




35

USEHC 2015 – (306.0 – 306.10): Item # 016



306.0 Protection of Structures.402.0 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures.402.1 306.1 General. Piping installed for a solar thermal system shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.1 throughSection 402.1.9.1.402.1.1 Under or Through Walls. Piping or tubing passing under or through walls shall be protectedfrom breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosionin an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voids around piping or tubingpassing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed. 402.1.3 306.2 Expansion and ContractionInstallation. Piping or tubing in connection with a solar thermal system shallbe so installed so that piping, tubing, or connections will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be madefor expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. No solar thermal piping or tubing, unless designed and listed for such use,shall be directly embedded in concrete or masonry. No structural member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting,notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code. 402.1.2 306.2.1 Under Concrete Slab. Solar thermal pPiping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floorslab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements:(1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized stan-

dards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings neces-sarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approvednonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped.

(2) Copper or copper alloy tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall bebrazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper.

For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation.402.1.6 306.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where pProtectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested, and avisible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner.306.4 Fire-Resistant Construction. Piping penetrations of fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors, floor/ceiling assem-blies, roof/ceiling assemblies, or shaft enclosures shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the building code.306.2 306.5 Waterproofing of Openings. Joints at the roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be madewatertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openingsshall be made watertight. 402.1.7 306.6 Plastic and Copper Piping Steel Nail Plates. Plastic and copper or copper alloy piping penetrating fram-ing members to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than No. 18gauge (0.0478 inches) (1.2141 mm) in thickness. The steel nail plate shall extend along the framing member not less than 11⁄2inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing.402.1.4 306.7 Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete, and masonry walls, and concrete floors.Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored. 402.1.5 306.7.1 Building loads. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building con-struction.306.7.2 Exterior Walls. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight, asapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistive construction shall be in accordance withSection 306.4.306.7.3 Firewalls. A pipe sleeve through a firewall shall have the space around the pipe completely sealed with anapproved fire-resistive material in accordance with other codes.306.1 306.8 Structural IntegrityMembers. A structural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or other-wise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the require-ments of the building code.

36

306.3 306.9 Rodentproofing. Solar thermal, hydronic, and geothermal systems shall be constructed in such a manner as torestrict rodents or vermin from entering a building by following the duct work from the outside into the building.306.9.1 Metal Collars. In or on buildings where openings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings for the passage ofpipes and components, such openings shall be closed and protected by the installation of approved metal collars securely fas-tened to the adjoining structure. 306.4 306.10 Protection Against Decay. (remaining text unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 402.0 (Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures) through Section 402.1.7 (Plastic and Copper Pip-

ing) are being revised and relocated to Chapter 3 where general provisions that pertain to the entire code areaddressed. Furthermore, the revisions will correlate with similar provisions found in the UMC and the UPC.

2. Furthermore, Section 306.0 (Protection of Structures) through Section 306.3 (Rodentproofing) are being revisedto correlate with similar provisions found in the UMC and the UPC.

3. Sections 306.4 (Fire-Resistant Construction), 306.7.2 (Exterior Walls, and 306.7.3 (Firewalls) are being addedto correlate with the UMC and the UPC to address the minimum requirements for penetration of piping andducts through fire-resistant construction.

4. The intent of Section 306.6 (Steel Nail Plates) is to minimize the possibility of solar thermal, hydronics, and geot-hermal piping, ducts or other components in concealed locations from being damaged from the use of nails,screws, or other fasteners. The shield plate will protect the piping where the nails, screws or other fasteners missthe framing member.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:FECTEAU: I am confused with Mr. Nickelson's comment to Section 306.2 as Chapter 2 defines the term “listed” asbeing thired party certified. The Committee should continue to support this proposal.

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:NICKElSON: Section 306.2 (sentence 2) states that "unless designed and listed for such use." Does this have tobe a third party listing? Does the third party have to be a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory? Is the listing toperformance standards? I recommend removing the term "and listed" as it is not specific as to what type of listing isrequired.

The title for Section 306.2.1 is "Under Concrete Slab" but it references pipes installed "in or under" the concreteslab. The title should be revised to "Concrete Slab."

Section 306.2.1 has no provisions for plastic piping or tubing within a concrete slab. The following text shouldbe added: “(3) Plastic tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shallnot be a threaded joint.”

WAllACE: Section 306.2.1 (Under Concrete Slab) addresses specifications for ferrous and copper/alloy piping. Itdoes not address HDPE piping entering a slab vertically from below and installed by pouring in the slab. This is astandard practice for geothermal ground heat exchanger supply and return piping that uses HDPE and fusion fittings.PE piping must use fused fittings.

37

USEHC 2015 – (307.0 – 307.8): Item # 017



307.0 Hangers and Supports.307.1 Components of Solar Energy SystemGeneral. Piping, tubing, appliances, and appurtenances Components of asolar energy system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accor-dance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.307.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe or tubing, and its con-tents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstandall static and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers and supports with direct contact withpiping shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization.307.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping or tubing shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table307.3.

TABlE 307.3HANGERS AND SUPPORTS


307.4 Alignment. Piping or tubing shall be supported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment and prevent sagging. 307.5 Underground Installation. Piping or tubing in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where othersupport is otherwise provided, it shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.01.307.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall not be not smaller than those shown in Table 307.6.

MATERIAlS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIzONTAl VERTICAlCopper Tube and Pipe & CopperAlloys

Soldered, or Brazed, Threaded,or Mechanical

11⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet; 2inches and larger, 10 feet

Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5

Steel and Brass Pipe for Water Threaded or Welded 3⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet; 1inch and larger, 12 feet

Every other floor, not to exceed25 feet5

Schedule 40 PVC and ABS Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet; aAllow forexpansion every 30 feet3

Base and each floor; providemid-story guides; Provide for

expansion every 30 feet.Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having

JurisdictionSteel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having

JurisdictionPE-RT Insert and Compression 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4

inches and larger, 4 feetBased on each floor; provided

mid-story guidesPEX Cold Expansion, Insert and Com-

pression1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4

inches and larger, 4 feetBase and each floor; provide

mid-story guidesPolypropylene (PP) Fusion weld (socket, butt, saddle,

electrofusion), threaded (metalthreads only), or mechanical

1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4inches and larger, 4 feet

Base and each floor; providemid-story guides

38

TABlE 307.6HANGER ROD SIzES

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

307.7 Strength. Hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading conditions inaccordance with its intended use. Pipe and tube hangers and supports with direct contact with piping or tubing shall be ofapproved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 307.0 (Hangers and Supports) through Section 307.6 (Hanger Rod Sizes) are being revised to correlate withthe 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) in regards to hangers and sup-port of piping. Language from Section 307.2 (Materials) is being relocated to its own Section 307.7 (Strength) for easeof use of the code. Furthermore, Section 307.8 (Gas Piping) is being added to refer the end user to the mechanicalcode, for the support gas piping installations, since gas piping is outside the scope of the USEHC.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee believes that polyethylene (PE) piping and tubing should be included in Table 307.3 as it is commonlyused for geothermal systems.



PIPE AND TUBE SIzE(inches)

ROD SIzE(inches)

1⁄2 – 4 3⁄85 - 8 1⁄2

10 - 12 5⁄8

39

USEHC 2015 – (308.1, 308.3): Item # 018



308.1 Trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of a building or structure, and paralleling the same, shall be located not lessthan 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom from the bottom exterior edge of the footing, or as approved in accordance with Section302.0.

308.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy system, or a part thereof, withinthe walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping it has been inspected, tested, andaccepted.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 308.1 and Section 308.3 are being revised to correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) andthe 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) in regards to trenches and open trenches.




40

USEHC 2015 – (309.2 – 309.2.3, 309.3 – 309.3.2, 601.2): Item # 019



309.2 System Requirements. Upon completion Prior to the installation of insulation and startup, the a solar thermal sys-tem, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight. 309.2.1 Direct (Open loop) Systems. Direct (Open loop) systems directly connected to the potable water system shall betested and proved tight under a water pressure not less than the maximum working system design pressure; or for piping sys-tems, other than plastic, by an air test of not less than under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtainedfrom a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be sub-stituted for the water test. The pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes.309.2.2 Other Open loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating con-ditions.309.2.32 Indirect (Closed-loop) Systems. Indirect (Closed-loop) systems or other type pressure systems shall be testedat one-and one-half times maximum designed the operating pressure. Piping shall be tested with water or air except that plas-tic pipe shall not be tested with air. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.The pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes.

601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks. The test pressure for thermal storage tanks that are subject to water pressure fromutility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068kPa). 309.3 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.3.1 601.2.1 and Section 309.3.2601.2.2.309.3.1 601.2.1 Pressure Type. Pressure-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section309.2.3309.2.2. 309.3.2 601.2.2 Non-PressureAtmospheric-Type. Atmospheric-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested by filling itwith water for a period of 24 hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No thermal storage tank orportion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 309.2 (System Requirements) has been revised as pressure testing should be done prior to the instal-

lation of insulation and system startup since the insulation can conceal leaks, if any. 2. In Section 309.2.1 [Direct (Open-Loop) systems], the provision for air testing is being revised as the 50 psi air

test does not apply to plastic piping. Furthermore, plastic piping should not be tested with air as it will fail cata-strophically during testing. All other revisions were done for clarity.

3. Section 309.2.2 is being deleted as testing provisions for open-loop systems are already addressed in Section309.2.1[Direct (Open-Loop) systems].

4. In Section 309.2.2 [Indirect (Closed-Loop) Systems], the testing provisions for closed-loop systems are beingrevised as a hydrostatic test of one-and one-half times the operating pressure is considered a standard testpressure pressurized systems. Furthermore, plastic piping should not be tested with air as it will fail cata-strophically during testing. All other revisions were done for clarity.

5. Section 601.2 (Test Pressure for Storage Tanks) is being revised for clarity. Currently, provisions pertaining topressure testing are addressed in Section 309.3.1 (Pressure-Type) and Section 601.2 (Test Pressures for Stor-age Tanks), in which they provide conflicting requirements. The revision will provide clarity to this issue by relo-cating Section 309.3 through Section 309.3.2 to Chapter 6 where provisions for thermal storage are addressed.Furthermore, in Section 309.3.2 (Non-Pressure Type), the title is being revised to “atmospheric tanks” to be con-sistent with terminology used in the industry.

41


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The testing pressure is unsuitable for plastic piping since the pressure in a solar thermal system can be unpredi-catable. Furthermore, the provisions do not adequately address the pressure limitations on plastic piping, and maybe inconsistent with other industry standards.



42

USEHC 2015 – (310.2.1): Item # 020

SUBMITTER: Marguerite CarrollUL LLC


310.2.1 Temperature Indicating and Regulating Control Equipment. Temperature indicating and regulating controlequipment shall comply with UL 873 or UL 60730-2-9 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.

TABlE 1201.1REFERENCED STANDARDS4

Note: Ul 60730-2-9 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:This code requires products to be listed and labeled. UL 873 or UL 60730-2-9 are the standards that are used to cer-tify these products. UL 873 standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1. This proposal will assist the end userto readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to temperature indicating and regulating control equipment. UL60730-2-9 is an alternative standard to UL 873.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:No technical justification was provided as to why the standards should be referenced within the code. Furthermore,there is no specific section dealing with/or requiring temperature indicating and regulating control equipment.



STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCEDSECTIONS

UL 60730-2-9-2010* Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use-Part 2-9: Particu-lar Requirements for Temperature Sensing Controls

Electrical 310.2.1

43

USEHC 2015 – (310.2.1): Item # 021



310.2.1 Energy Management Control Equipment. Energy management equipment shall comply with UL 916 and beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 916 is the standard that is used to certify these prod-ucts. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appro-priate standard pertaining to energy management equipment.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:No technical justification was provided as to why the standard should be referenced within the code. The standardis outside the scope of the USEHC as energy management should remain an option and not a code requirement.Furthermore, such provisions are better suited for an energy conservation code.



44

USEHC 2015 – (310.3): Item # 022



310.3 Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Systems. Solar photovoltaic systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 10.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 310.3 will refer the user to Chapter 10 where solar photovoltaic provisions are addressed. Section 310.1refers the user to NFPA 70 for electrical wiring; however, Chapter 10 addresses photovoltaic provisions which canalso be found in NFPA 70. Therefore, reference to Chapter 10 is necessary for ease of use of the code.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: I do not have expertise in PV or electrical systems.

45

USEHC 2015 – (314.3.2): Item # 023



314.3.2 Flash Points. The flash point of a heat-transfer medium shall be: (1) Not less than 50°F (10 28°C) or more abovethe design maximum nonoperating temperature and as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of the medium in the sys-tem.(2) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation tem-perature minus 200°F (93°C) of the medium in the system.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 314.3.2 is being revised to provide clarity as the text “the maximum stagnation temperature minus 200°F(93°C) of the medium in the system” is vague and confusing.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:CUDAHY: Do all fluid mediums have a flash point?

46

USEHC 2015 – (315.1 – 315.3): Item # 024



315.0 Safety Devices.315.1 Pressure Relief Valves General. Solar energythermal, hydronic, or geothermal system components containing pres-surized fluids shall be protected against pressures and temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and tempera-ture relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief devicevalvelocated so that a section cannot be is not capable of being isolated from a relief device. Pressure and temperature relief valvesshall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Valves shall notbe located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is ratedfor the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravitythrough an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm)nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.315.2 Pressurized Vessels. Pressurized vessels shall be provided with overpressure protection by means of a listed pres-sure relief valve installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combination ofboth shall have no valves, obstructions or means of isolation and be provided with the following:(1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge full size to the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and

pointing down.(2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating temperature of the system and approved for such use.(3) Discharge pipe shall terminate to the floor, waste receptor or to the outdoors. The end of the pipe shall not terminate more

than 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor or waste receptor or extend to the outdoors not less than 6 inches (152 mm) andnot more than 24 inches (610 mm) aboveground.

(4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage.(5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing.(6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded.


SUBSTANTIATION:Note: Section 315.0, Chapter 4, and Chapter 5 have been revised and divided into separate proposals for discus-sion purposes. However, Items # 024, # 027, # 029, # 030, # 034 - # 038, # 041 - # 044, # 046, # 048 - # 053, and# 107 should be viewed as a whole.

The language in Section 315.1 through Section 315.3 will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 UniformMechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Any heated closed system is capable of developing pressures that exceed its design working pressure. Closedliquid-filled systems can develop high hydrostatic pressures with even slight temperature increases. A system ismore likely to be subjected to extreme temperatures and pressures that could cause system failures and the asso-ciated hazards. Pressure and temperature relief valves are necessary to prevent injury and property damage thatcould result from the failure of pressurized vessels and piping. Typical systems involve large complex piping circuitswith valve arrangements that greatly increase the likelihood of portions of the piping system being isolated from theover-pressure or over-temperature safety devices. Any portion of a system isolated from the relief valve or valves isunprotected from the danger of excessive pressures and temperatures. To ensure complete protection to all portionsof a system, multiple relief valves at different locations in the system may be necessary. Safety or relief valve dis-charge pipe is designed to direct the discharge to a location where it cannot cause injury or property damage. Thematerial from which the discharge pipe is constructed must be able to withstand such pressures and temperatures,

47

as well as be able to resist the forces developed during discharge that would tend to dislocate the discharge pipe.If a discharge pipe were smaller in its internal cross-sectional area than the safety or relief valve outlet, the result-ing restriction would reduce the relieving capacity, thereby adversely affecting the operation of the device. Becausethe discharge from any safety or relief valve is a threat to both the building and its occupants, each installation mustbe individually evaluated to prevent the potential discharge from being hazardous.

The sources of information and recommendations for this chapter are included as follows:1. See the Radiant Panel Association. RPA Guidelines for the design and installation of Radiant Panel Heating

and Snow/Ice Melt Systems 2010. Ontario, CA.2. See Radiant Panel Association: John Siegenthaler and Lawrence Drake. Radiant I Heating and Cooling: Basic

Theory and Field Installation 2008. Loveland, CO.3. See Radiant Panel Association: John Siegenthaler and Lawrence Drake. Radiant II Heating and Cooling: Appli-

cation and Design 2008. Loveland, CO.4. See The Canadian Hydronics Council. The Canadian Hydronics Council Handbook on Hydronic Heating Sys-

tems: A design and installation guide for designers, contractors, engineers, architects and regulatory inspectors2008. Toronto, Canada.

5. See ASHRAE Handbook. HVAC Systems and Equipment 2012. Atlanta, GA.6. See Vanguard Piping Systems, Inc. Hydronic Radiant Heating Systems: Installation Instructions 2005. Burnaby,

BC.7. See CSA Standard B214-2012. Installation Code for Hydronic Heating Systems. Ontario, Canada.8. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Expansion Tank Application 2012. Milwaukee, WI.9. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Air Control Products and Applications 2012. Milwaukee, WI.10. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Calculating Pump Head 2012. Milwaukee, WI.11. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Calculating System Flow Requirements 2012. Milwaukee, WI.12. See National Insulation Association. K-Value, U-Value, C-Value; Understanding the Value in all these Values

2012. Reston, VA. 13. See International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Uniform Solar Energy Code 2012. Ontario,

CA.14. See International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Uniform Mechanical Code 2012. Ontario,

CA.


315.1 General. Solar thermal system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures exceed-ing the design limitations with a pressure relief valve., Hhydronic, or geothermal system components containing pressurized flu-ids shall be protected against pressures and temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and temperature reliefvalve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief valve located sothat a section is not capable of being isolated from a relief device. Pressure and temperature relief valves shall be installed inaccordance with the terms of their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combination ofboth shall have no valves, obstructions or means of isolation and be provided with the following:(1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge full size to the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and

pointing down.(2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating temperature of the system and approved for such use.(3) Discharge pipe shall discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the

end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) and not less than terminate to the floor, waste receptor or to the outdoors.The end of the pipe shall not terminate more than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downwards floor orwaste receptor or extend to the outdoors not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more than 24 inches (610 mm) above-ground.

(4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage.

48

(5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing.(6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Section 315.1 is being modified since solar thermal systems commonly utilize pressure relief valves. The inclusionof a temperature and pressure relief valve can lead to unnecessary service in cases where stagnation occurs. Fur-thermore, Section 315.3(3) is being modified to be consistent with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC).



49

USEHC 2015 – (315.1.1, 602.5, 602.5.1): Item # 025



315.1.1 Nonpotable Discharge. The discharge location for a relief device on a system utilizing other than potable water shallbe in accordance with Section 311.1.

602.5 Separate Storage Tanks. For installations with separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and temperature reliefvalve or combination thereof shall be installed on both the water heater main storage and auxiliary storage tank. There shall notbe a check valve or shutoff valve between a relief valve and the heater or tank served.

The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The dischargepipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system oroutside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the groundand pointing downward. Discharges from such valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer mediums shallbe approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.602.5.1 Isolation. Storage tanks shall be provided with isolation valves for servicing.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. In Section 602.5, the terms “main storage” and “auxiliary storage” are being added for clarity. Furthermore, the

removed text is necessary as it is redundant to Section 315.1. For informational purposes only, Section 315.1is shown as follows: 315.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar energy system components containing pressurizedfluids shall be protected against pressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each sec-tion of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located sothat a section cannot be isolated from a relief device. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valveconnection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of thesystem. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity throughan air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.

2. Section 602.5.1 will require isolation valves to be installed for each storage tanks. This is necessary for servic-ing or maintenance of the system.




50

USEHC 2015 – (315.3): Item # 026

SUBMITTER: Vaughan WoodruffInsource Renewables


315.3 Space Heating Temperature Regulation. Where a system is capable of providing combination potable water heat-ing and space heating system requires water for space heating potable water at temperatures that exceed higher than 140°F(60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be provided to limit the water supplied to thepotable hot water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.

SUBSTANTIATION:The current code requirement only applies to systems where the storage tank serves a combined domestic hotwater supply and space heating load. A mixing valve should be required on any solar water heating system for theability to provide domestic hot water above 140°F (i.e. any SWH system with a high limit greater than 140°F). Oth-erwise, the USEC has no specific requirement for tempering SWH systems.




51

USEHC 2015 – (317.0 – 317.14, 701.2): Item # 027



408.0 317.0 Valves.408.1 317.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system. Valves and shall be com-patible with the type of heat transfer medium and piping material. Valves shall be approved for the installation with the pipingmaterials to be installed.408.3 Shutoff Valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed in the following locations:(1) On the supply line to each appliance, equipment, or pressure vessel.(2) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank.317.2 Where Required. Valves shall be installed in a solar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal system in accordance with Sec-tion 317.3 through Section 317.14.317.3 Heat Exchanger. Isolation valves shall be installed on the supply and return side of the heat exchanger.317.4 Pressure Vessels. Isolation valves shall be installed on connections to pressure vessels.317.5 Pressure Reducing Valves. Isolation valves shall be installed on both sides of a pressure reducing valve.317.6 Equipment, Components, and Appliances. Serviceable equipment, components, and appliances within the sys-tem shall have isolation valves installed upstream and downstream of such devices.317.7 Expansion Tanks. Isolation valves shall be installed at connections to non-diaphragm-type expansion tanks.408.4 317.8 Flow Balancing Valves. Where flow bBalancing valves are installed, such valves shall be capable of increas-ing or decreasing the amount of flow by means of adjustment permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution.408.4.1 317.8.1 location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors.408.4.2 Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of a bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types compatiblewith the heat transfer medium.408.4.3 Marking. Final settings shall be marked on each balancing valve in an approved manner.408.6 317.9 Control Valves. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. Anapproved electric control valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operationof automatic control valves shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions.317.9.1 Mixing or Temperature Control Valves. Where mixing or temperature control valves are installed, such valvesshall be capable of obtaining the design water temperature and design flow requirements.408.7 317.10 Check Valves Thermosiphoning. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transferpiping to control thermosiphoning of heated liquids where the system design is capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoningof heated liquids into the collector array.317.11 Air Removal Device or Air Vents. Isolation valves shall be installed where air removal devices or automatic airvents are utilized to permit cleaning, inspection, or repair without shutting the system down.408.9 317.12 Closed loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged)408.2 317.13 Fullway Valves. (remaining text unchanged)408.5 317.14 Accessible. (remaining text unchanged)


408.8 701.2 Automatic Air Vents. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal systemin accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. All valve provisions under Section 408.0 (Valves) are being relocated to Chapter 3 where all general provisions

are addressed. Section 317.1 (General), Section 317.8 (Flow Balancing Valves), and Section 317.10 (Ther-

52

mosiphoning) are being revised to correlate with similar provisions proposed for the 2015 Uniform MechanicalCode (UMC), which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee.

2. Section 408.3 (Shutoff Valves) is being reformatted into new Sections 317.6 (Equipment, Components, andAppliances) and 317.7 (Expansion Tanks) for ease of use and to correlate with similar provisions proposed forthe UMC, which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee.

3. Section 317.2 (Where Required), Sections 317.3 (Heat Exchanger) through 317.5 (Pressure Reducing Valves),317.91.1 (Mixing or Temperature Control Valves), and Section 317.11 (Air Removal Device or Air Vents) arebeing added to correlate with similar provisions proposed for the 2015 UMC, which was approved by the UMCTechnical Committee.

Isolation valves are necessary in solar thermal, hydronic, and geothermal systems so that major componentscan be isolated from the system to accommodate servicing as well as protecting the components when pres-sure testing is required. Valves must be located on the supply and return piping so that the component or groupof components may be separated from the rest of the system when servicing is required. Valves are also usedto take system components out of service temporarily. Isolation valves should be installed to allow the isolationof any device or component that will require servicing, repair, or replacement at regular intervals. Draining awater solar thermal or hydronic system causes air to enter the system, and will require that fresh water be intro-duced to refill the system. The time-consuming process of purging and bleeding air from the system and the cor-rosion problems associated with new water make it desirable to avoid system draining whenever possible. Inorder to change the tank air charge pressure it is necessary to isolate the tank circuit from the main system pip-ing. A high quality, gate type, lock-shield valve (isolation valve) must be used for this purpose.

4. Section 408.8 (Automatic Air Vents) is being relocated to Section 701.2 since it only applies to solar thermal sys-tems.


701.2 Automatic Air Vents. Where installed, aAutomatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar ther-mal system in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The term “where installed” should be added to Section 701.2 to clarify that automatic air vents are not installed inall solar thermal systems.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: Balancing valves should be installed at the inlet or outlet of each group of collectors as per systemdesign and manufacturer's instructions. I would recommend revising Section 317.8.1 (Location) to the following:“Balancing valves shall be installed at the inlet or outlet of each group of collectors in accordance with the systemdesign and manufacturer's instructions.”

53

USEHC 2015 – (404.0 – 404.3, 405.0 – 405.12, Item # 028Table 405.2(1), Table 405.2(2)):



404.0 320.0 Unlawful Connections.404.1 320.1 Prohibited Installation. No installation of solar thermal piping installation, or part thereof, shall be made insuch a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter a por-tion of the potable water system from a pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment by reason of backsiphonage, suction, or other cause,either during normal use and operation thereof, or where such pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment is subject to pressure exceed-ing the operating pressure in the potable water system.404.2 320.2 Cross-Contamination. (remaining text unchanged)404.3 320.3 Backflow Prevention. (remaining text unchanged)

405.0 321.0 Cross-Connection Control.405.1 321.1 General. Cross-connection control shall be provided between the potable water system and the solar thermal asystem in accordance with Section 405.2 321.2 through Section 405.12 321.12.

No person shall install a water-operated equipment or mechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance, where itis found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable water sup-ply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be permitted where equipped with an approved backflow device or assembly.405.2 321.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies. Before a device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of back-flow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordancewith recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices andassemblies shall comply with Table 405.2(1) 321.2(1), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. Theminimum air gap to afford backflow protection shall comply with Table 405.2(2) 321.2(2).

Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in goodworking condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall betested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often whererequired by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall berepaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, with-out the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwiseapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

TABlE 405.2(1) 321.2(1)BACKFlOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBlIES AND METHODS


TABlE 405.2(2) 321.2(2)MINIMUM AIR GAPS4


405.3 321.3 Assemblies. (remaining text unchanged)405.4 321.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. (remaining text unchanged)405.5 321.5 Testing. (remaining text unchanged)

54

405.6 321.6 Access and Clearance. (remaining text unchanged)405.7 321.7 Connections. (remaining text unchanged)405.8 321.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. (remaining text unchanged)405.9 321.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Solar thermal sSystems with integral backflow preventers or integral air gapsmanufactured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions.405.10 321.10 Prohibited locations. (remaining text unchanged)405.11 321.11 Cold Climate. (remaining text unchanged)405.12 321.12 Drain lines. (remaining text unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 404.0 (Prohibited Locations) through Section 405.12 (Drain Lines) are being relocated to Chapter 3 wheregeneral provisions are addressed for solar thermal, hydronics, and geothermal systems. Furthermore, referencesto solar thermal systems have been removed as the provisions apply to all systems and not just solar thermal.




55

USEHC 2015 – (320.0 – 320.7, Table 320.3): Item # 029



403.0 320.0 Identification of Piping Systems.403.1 320.1 General. In buildings where a potable water system and nonpotable water or solar thermal systems, or both, areinstalled, each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Section 403.2 320.2 through Section 403.4 320.5.403.2 320.2 Color and Information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints,wraps, and materials compatible with the piping and in accordance with Section 403.2.1 through Section 403.2.3.403.2.1 320.3 Potable Water. Potable water systems shall be identified with a green background with white lettering. Theminimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply be in accordance with Table 403.2.1320.3.

TABlE 403.2.1320.3MINIMUM lENGTH OF COlOR FIElD AND SIzE OF lETTERS


403.2.2 320.4 Nonpotable Water. Nonpotable water systems shall have a yellow background with black uppercase letter-ing, with the words “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Each nonpotable system shall be identified todesignate the liquid being conveyed, and the direction of normal flow shall be clearly shown. The minimum size of the lettersand length of the color field shall comply with Table 320.3be identified in accordance with the plumbing code.403.3 320.5 location of Piping Identification. The background color and required information shall be indicated every20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level.403.4 320.6 Flow Directions. Solar thermal systems shall have fFlow directions shall be indicated on the system compo-nents and piping or shall have flow directions indicated on a diagrammatic representation of the system as installed, and per-manently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visible location.403.2.3 320.7 Heat Transfer Medium. Solar thermal piping shall be identified with an orange background with black upper-case lettering, with the words “CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.” Each solar thermal system shallbe identified to designate the medium being conveyed. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall com-ply with Table 403.2.1 320.3.

Each outlet on the solar thermal piping system shall be posted with black uppercase lettering as follows:“CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.”

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 403.0 (Identification of Piping) through Section 403.4 (Flow Directions) are being relocated to Chapter

3 where all general provisions pertaining to solar energy, hydronic, and geothermal systems are addressed.This is necessary as the scope of the code has been expanded to address hydronics and geothermal. Further-more, the language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) whichwas accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

2. The revisions to Section 403.1 (General) through Section 403.4 (Flow Direction) are being done to correlatewith similar provisions proposed to the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which were accepted by the UMCTechnical Committee. Identification of the water supply system is critical to the safe functioning of the building

UTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR COVERING

(inches)

MINIMUM lENGTH OF COlOR FIElD

(inches)

MINIMUM SIzE OF lETTERS (inches)

1⁄2 to 11⁄4 8 1⁄211⁄2 to 2 8 3⁄421⁄2 to 6 12 11⁄48 to 10 24 21⁄2Over 10 32 31⁄2

56

and the protection of the occupants of that building. The system cannot be compromised in any fashion. The firststep in the protection of the water supply is the correct labeling of various water systems in the building. This isimportant during construction but also especially after the building is occupied when it is subject to maintenanceor additions. The requirements above must be adhered to on every installation where potable and nonpotablewater systems are present.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for fur-ther study on the merit of the proposed text. Furthermore, the color schemes are in potential conflict with industrystandards.



COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:WAllACE: Section 320.0 (Identification of Piping Systems) is fundamentally a valid requirement and should be inthe code. However, the wording and proposed color schemes are inconsistent with other standards. This proposalneeds to be revised to be consistent with other pipe identification standards. While this specific proposal was rejected,the need still exists.

57

USEHC 2015 – (320.0, 320.1): Item # 030



406.1 320.0 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or solar thermal systems shall protectthe potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall meet therequirements of Section 406.1.1. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat transfer mediumby providing a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere.406.1.1 320.1 Single-Wall Heat ExchangersGeneral. Solar thermal Systems utilizing heat exchangers shall protect thepotable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Ssystems that incorporate a single-wall heatexchanger to separate potable water from the heat-transfer fluid shall meet the following requirements:(1) Heat transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration

(FDA) as food grade.(2) A tag or Bear a label shall be securely affixed to the heat source with the word “CAUTION,” followed by and the follow-

ing statements:(a) The heat transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA.(b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable

water supply.(3) The word “CAUTION” and the statements in letters listed above shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of

an inch (3.048 mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Low-ercase letters shall be not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification.Systems that do not comply with the requirements for a single-wall heat exchanger shall install a double-wall heat exchanger.

Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat transfer medium by providing a space between thetwo walls that are vented to the atmosphere.

SUBSTANTIATION:The system must have adequate protection to ensure that the potability of the water supply and distribution systemis properly safeguarded. The type of heat exchanger (single or double wall) depends on the type of heat transfer fluid.For the use of a single wall heat exchanger, the heat transfer medium must be potable water or classified as foodgrade and safe by the FDA. Systems that do not comply with the requirements for a single wall heat exchangermust install a double-wall heat exchanger. The double-wall heat exchanger must have an intermediate spacebetween the walls that is open to the atmosphere. This type of construction would allow any leakage of fluid throughthe walls of the heat exchanger to discharge externally to the heat exchanger where it would be observable. Fur-thermore, the revision will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) whichwas accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: This requirement is unclear and does not define what section of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)is needed for code officials and inspectors to find a list of food additives listed by the FDA. Our goal is to protect healthand safety of the potable water with a single wall heat exchanger.

58

FDA will only approve direct food additives; therefore FDA does not approve heat transfer fluid for solar, hydronic orground source heating systems. Also, FDA only refers to additives when used in food and does approve mixinginhibitors into heat transfer fluids for a high temperature application in solar thermal systems. When mixing inhibitorstogether it can create a heat transfer fluid which could be toxic and contaminate the potable water system.

As a manufacturer, we can only self certify that our particular FDA food additive mixture of heat transfer fluid issafe. We have found that NSF is an independent third party that performs a toxicology assessment of our FDA addi-tive mixture of heat transfer fluid, and registers it as safe to protect the health and safety of potable water systems.We have had inspectors asking for documents stating that our particular mixture of heat transfer fluid is listed safeby an independent recognized organization.

I would recommend the following revision to Section 320.1(1): “(1) Heat transfer medium is either water or con-tains fluids which are listed on the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21, Food and Drugs; Chapter 1, Food and DrugAdministration (FDA), Food Substances Affirmed as Generally Recognized as Safe (GRAS). The heat transfermedium shall be a fluid registered by an accredited organization as acceptable for use as a heat transfer fluid wherethere is a possibility of incidental food contact. NSF registration HT-1, or equal registration.”

59

USEHC 2015 – (406.1.1, 207.0, 209.0): Item # 031

SUBMITTER: Vaughan WoodruffInsource Renewables


406.1.1 Single-Wall Heat Exchangers. Solar thermal systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meetcomply with the following requirements:(1) Heat The energy transfer medium is shall be either potable water or an essentially nontoxic transfer fluid contains fluids

recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade.(2) Bear a permanent label with the word “Caution,” followed by with the following statements:(a) The heat energy transfer medium shall be either potable water or an essentially other nontoxic transfer fluid recognized as

safe by the FDA.(b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable

water supply.(3) The word “Caution” and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048

mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shallbe not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification.

207.0Essentially Nontoxic Transfer Fluid. A fluid having a Gosselin Toxicity rating of 1 is Fluid generally recognized as safe(GRAS) by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade.

209.0Gosselin Toxicity Rating of 1. Practically nontoxic requiring an oral dose more than 0.24 ounces per pound (oz/lb) (15g/kg)to be lethal for 50 percent of humans. An example is propylene glycol.GRAS. A food substance approved by FDA because it is generally recognized to be safe under the intended conditions of use.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Heat vs energy; heat is a relative term, energy is what is being exchanged.2. With the term essentially nontoxic correctly defined the rest of the language is superfluous.3. The definition for “Gosselin Toxicity rating of 1” and “GRAS” are being added as they are being referenced in the

revision. The proposed definitions will assist the end user in applying and enforcing these terms. Furthermore,the definition for “essentially nontoxic transfer fluid” is being revised to correlate with the current terminology usedin the industry.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed code change was disapproved as the current text is essential for the health and safety of the public.



60

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 3, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, Item # 032208.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1):



CHAPTER 3GENERAl REGUlATIONS

301.0 General. Where permits are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require contractors,installers, or service technicians to demonstrate competency. Where determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the con-tractor, installer, or service technician shall be licensed to perform such work. 301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repairof a solar energy system. This chapter covers general requirements for heating sources and systems such as conventional boil-ers, solar, geothermal, and miscellaneous heat-producing equipment and their distribution systems. Such equipment shall con-form to the requirements of this code. Equipment shall not be installed or altered in violation of this code, nor shall the fuel inputrate to equipment be increased in excess of the approved British thermal unit per hour (Btu/h) (kW) rating at the altitude whereit is being used. Defective material or parts shall be replaced in such a manner as not to invalidate an approval.

302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates.302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system hydronicsystems shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shallcomply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwiseprovided for in this code, materials, equipment, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy hydronic sys-tems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.

303.0 labeling.303.1 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly, and device used in a solar energyhydronic system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily iden-tify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall bemarked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energysystems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such mark-ing shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted.303.2 Fuel-Burning Appliances. Fuel-burning heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-appliednameplate on which shall appear:(1) The manufacturer’s name.(2) The approved fuel input rating of the appliance, expressed in Btu/h (kW).(3) The model and serial number.(4) Instructions for the lighting, operation, and shutdown of the appliance.(5) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance.(6) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards.(7) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted.303.3 Electric Heating Appliances. Electric heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied name-plate on which shall appear:(1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer.(2) The catalog (model) number or equivalent.(3) The electrical rating in volts, amperes (or watts), and for other than single phase, the number of phases.

61

(4) The output rating in Btu/h (kW).(5) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field-replaceable electrical component.(6) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of equipment with recognized standards.(7) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted.303.4 Heat Pump and Electric Cooling Appliances.Heat pumps and electric cooling appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shallappear:(1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer.(2) The catalog model nomenclature.(3) The amount and type of refrigerant.(4) The factory test pressures or pressures applied.(5) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, and for other than single phase, the number of phases.(6) The output rating in Btu/h (kW).(7) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field replaceable electrical component.(8) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards.(9) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted.303.5 Operating Instructions. A complete set of installation instructions, including required clearances from combustibleother than mounting or adjacent surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring connections exceeding 140°F(60°C) shall be furnished by the installer for each installation.

302.1.2 304.0 Standards. 304.1 General. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the requirementsof this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where astandard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is appli-cable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be usedby special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to theiradequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system plumbing material standards is included referenced in Table 1201.1 1301.1.

302.1.3 305.0 Existing Buildings.305.1 General. In existing buildings or premises in which solar energy system hydronic systems installations are to be altered,repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions ofthis code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safetyrequirements, as they pertain to solar energy systems, shall be observed.

302.2 306.0 Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Equivalency.306.1 General. Nothing in this code is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superiorquality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Technical documenta-tion shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall have the authority to approve or disapprove the system, method, or device for the intended purpose.

However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond thejurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternate material or method of construction so approved shallnot be considered as in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for a purpose other than that granted bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction where the submitted data does not prove equivalency.302.2.1 306.2 Testing. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of equivalency. 302.2.1.1 306.2.1 Tests. Tests shall be made in accordance with approved or applicable standards, by an approved testingagency at the expense of the applicant. In the absence of such standards, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the author-ity to specify the test procedure. 302.2.1.2 306.2.2 Request by Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the author-ity to require tests to be made or repeated where there is reason to believe that a material or device no longer is in accordancewith the requirements on which its approval was based.

62

302.3 307.0 Flood Hazard Areas.307.1 General. Solar energy Hydronic systems and components shall be located above the elevation in accordance with thebuilding code for utilities and attendant equipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy hydronic systemsand components shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher.Exceptions:(1) Solar energy Hydronic systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their

components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during theoccurrence of flooding to such elevation in accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the buildingcode.

(2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods.

302.3.1 307.2 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action. In flood hazard areas subject to high veloc-ity wave action, solar energy systems and components shall comply with Section 302.3307.0 and shall not be mounted on orpenetrate through walls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code.302.3.2 307.3 Flood Resistant Materials. Solar energy Hydronic system components installed in flood hazard areas andbelow the design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials.

303.0 308.0 Structural Design loads.303.1 308.1 General. Solar energy Hydronic system components, including building components and attachments, shall bedesigned and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the building code:(1) Dead loads.(2) Live loads.(3) Snow loads.(4) Wind loads.(5) Seismic loads.(6) Flood loads.(7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes.

304.0 309.0 Workmanship.304.1 309.1 Engineering Practices. Design, construction, and workmanship shall comply with accepted engineering prac-tices and shall be of such character as to secure the results sought to be obtained by this code. 304.2 309.2 Concealing Imperfections. It is unlawful to conceal cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials bywelding, brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon a paint, wax, tar, solvent cement, or other leak-sealing or repairagent.304.3 309.3 Burred Ends. Burred ends of pipe and tubing shall be reamed to the full bore of the pipe or tube, and chips shallbe removed. 304.4 309.4 Installation Practices. Solar energy Hydronic systems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordance withthis code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 304.4.1 309.5 On-Site. The installer shall leave the manufacturer’s installation and operating instructions with the systemowner.

305.0 310.0 Installation.310.1 Installation Practices. Mechanical systems shall be installed in a manner in accordance with this code, applicable stan-dards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.310.2 listed Appliances. Except as otherwise provided in the code, the installation of appliances regulated by this codeshall be in accordance with the conditions of listing. The appliance installer shall leave the manufacturer’s installation and oper-ating instructions attached to the appliance. Clearances of listed appliances from combustible materials shall be as specified inthe listing or on the rating plate.310.3 Room large in Comparison to Size of Equipment. Central-heating furnaces not listed for closet or alcove instal-lation shall be installed in a room or space having a volume not less than 12 times the total volume of the furnace; central-heat-ing boilers not listed for closet or alcove installation shall be installed in a room or space having a volume 16 times the volumeof the boiler.

63

Exception: The installation clearances for furnaces and boilers in rooms not large in comparison with the size of the equipmentshall be as specified in the appliance listing regardless of whether the enclosure is of combustible or noncombustible materialsand shall not be reduced by the protection methods described in Table 310.3(1) or any other method. Where the ceiling heightof the room or space exceeds 8 feet (2438 mm), the volume shall be calculated on the basis of an 8 foot (2438 mm) height.310.4 Unlisted Appliances. Unlisted appliances shall be installed with the standard clearances from combustible construc-tion specified in Table 310.4. Unlisted appliances shall have the standard clearances of Table 310.4 reduced by employing theforms of protection specified in Table 303.3(1). Forms of protection specified in Table 310.3(1) shall be permitted to be utilizedto reduce clearances to combustible construction for applicable appliances.310.5 Anchorage of Appliances. Appliances designed to be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in place in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Supports for appliances shall be designed and constructed to sustainvertical and horizontal loads within the stress limitations specified in the building code.310.6 Movement. Movement of appliances with casters shall be limited by a restraining device installed in accordance withthe connector and appliance manufacturer’s installation instructions.310.7 Identification of Equipment. Where more than one heating, cooling, ventilating, or refrigerating system is installedon the roof of a building or within a building, it shall be permanently identified as to the area or space served by the equipment.310.8 liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities. Containers, container valves regulating equipment, and appurtenances for thestorage and supply of liquefied petroleum gas shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 58.310.9 Oil-Burning Appliances. The tank, piping, and valves for appliances burning oil shall be installed in accordance withthe requirements of NFPA 31.

311.0 Return Air.311.1 Source. A heating or cooling air system shall be provided with return air, outside air, or both. A heating or cooling airsystem regulated by this code and designed to replace required ventilation shall be arranged to discharge into a conditionedspace not less than the amount of outside air specified in Chapter 4.311.2 Air Filters. Air filters shall be installed in a heating, cooling or makeup air system. Such filters shall comply with thestandard, Air Filter Units, Test Performance of, that is referenced in Chapter 13, as Class I or II filters.Exception: Systems serving single guest rooms or dwelling units shall not require a listed filter.311.3 Prohibited Source. Outside or return air for a heating or cooling air system shall not be taken from the followinglocations:(1) Less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in distance from an appliance vent outlet, a vent opening of a plumbing drainage system, or

the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet is 3 feet (914 mm) above the outside-air inlet.(2) Less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the surface of an abutting public way, driveway, sidewalk, street, alley, or driveway.(3) A hazardous or insanitary location, or a refrigeration machinery room as defined in this code.(4) An area, the volume of which is less than 25 percent of the entire volume served by such system, unless there is a perma-

nent opening to an area the volume of which is equal to 25 percent of the entire volume served.Exception: Such openings where used for a heating or cooling air system in a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be reduced tonot less than 50 percent of the required area, provided the balance of the required return air is taken from a room or hall havingnot less than three doors leading to other rooms served by the furnace.(5) A closet, bathroom, toilet room, or kitchen.(6) Rooms or spaces containing a fuel-burning appliance therein. Where such room or space serves as source of return-air.Exceptions:(1) This shall not apply to fireplaces, fireplace appliances, residential cooking appliances, direct-vent appliances, enclosed fur-

naces, and domestic-type clothes dryers installed within the room or space.(2) This shall not apply to a gravity-type or listed vented wall heating or cooling air system.(3) This shall not apply to a blower-type heating or cooling air system installed in accordance with the following requirements:(a) Where the return air is taken from a room or space having a volume exceeding 1 cubic foot (0.03 m3) for each 10 Btu/h

(0.003 kW) fuel input rating of fuel-burning appliances therein. (b) Not less than 75 percent of the supply air is discharged back into the same room or space.(c) Return-air inlets shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) from an appliance firebox or draft diverter in the same

enclosed room or confined space. 311.4 Return-Air limitations. Return air from one dwelling unit shall not discharge into another dwelling unit through theheating or cooling air system.

64

305.1 312.0 Dissimilar Metals in Closed loop systems. 312.1 General. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of con-nection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations and shall be installed with the use of a copper alloy fitting, nipple,valve or other copper alloy device. In lieu of a copper alloy nipple, the use of an approved plastic lined metal nipple may beused if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solar ther-mal potable water piping connections of a potable water open loop systems.

305.2 313.0 Direction of Flow.313.1 General. Valves, pipes, and fittings shall be installed in correct relationship to the direction of flow.

305.3 314.0 Changes in Direction. 314.1 General. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings, except that changes in direction in copperor other flexible tubing shall be permitted to be made with bends provided that such bends are made with bending equipmentaccording to manufacturers instructions that does not deform or create a loss in the cross-sectional area of the tubing.

315.0 location.315.1 Protection Against Damage. Gas utilization appliances in garages and in adjacent spaces that open to the garage andare not part of the living space of a dwelling unit shall be installed so that burners, burner-ignition devices, and all sources ofignition are located not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant. 315.1.1 Physical Damage. Appliances installed in garages, warehouses, or other areas subject to mechanical damage shallbe guarded against such damage by being installed behind protective barriers or by being elevated or located out of the normalpath of vehicles.315.1.2 Access from the Outside. Where such appliances installed within a garage are enclosed in a separate, approvedcompartment having access from outside of the garage, such appliances shall be permitted to be installed at floor level, providedthe required combustion air is taken from and discharged to the exterior of the garage. [NFPA 54:9.1.10.3]

305.4 316.0 Improper location.316.1 General. Solar thermal Hydronic system piping or equipment shall not be located as to interfere with the normal usethereof or with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities.

305.5 317.0 Attic Installations. 317.1 General. An attic space in which solar energy hydronic system components are installed shall be accessible through anopening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30 inches(559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA 54:9.5.1]305.5 317.1.1 length of Passageway. Where the height of the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 mm), the distance fromthe passageway access to the components shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) measured along the centerline of the passageway.[NFPA 54:9.5.1.1]305.5 317.1.2 Width of Passageway. The passageway shall be unobstructed and shall have solid flooring not less than 24inches (610 mm) wide from the entrance opening to the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.2]305.5 317.1.3 Work Platform. A level working platform not less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) shall beprovided in front of the service side of the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.2]305.5 317.1.4 lighting and Convenience Outlet. A permanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a luminaire shall be installednear the appliance. The switch controlling the luminaire shall be located at the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3]

306.0 318.0 Protection of Piping, Materials and Structures.318.1 Piping Integrity. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through orunder cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provi-sions shall be made for expansion of hot water piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the ground shallbe sealed.

65

318.2 Sleeves for Piping. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete and masonry walls and concretefloors.Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored.318.3 Bearing. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building construction.318.4 Sealing. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight, as approvedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistive construction shall be in accordance with the buildingcode and applicable standards referenced in Table 1301.0.318.5 Through Firewall. A pipe sleeve through a firewall shall have the space around the pipe completely sealed with anapproved fire-resistive material in accordance with other codes.306.1 318.6 Structural Integrity. A structural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise shall be rein-forced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of the buildingcode. 318.7 Equipment on Roofs. Equipment on roofs shall be designed or enclosed so as to withstand climatic conditions in theareas in which it is installed. Where enclosures are provided, each enclosure shall be of reasonable height, and shall have notless than a 30 inch (762 mm) clearance between the entire service access panel(s) of the equipment and the wall of the enclo-sure. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.1]318.8 Roof Support. Roofs on which equipment is to be installed shall be capable of supporting the additional load or shallbe reinforced to support the additional load. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.2] 318.9 Corrosion Resistance. Access locks, screws, and bolts shall be of corrosion-resistant material. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.3] 318.10 Roof Drainage and Rails. Equipment shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof. Not less than 6 feet(1829 mm) between a part of the equipment and the edge of a roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rail, guards, parapets, orother building structures not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.2]306.2 318.11 Waterproofing of Openings. Joints at the roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be madewatertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openingsshall be made watertight.306.3 318.12 Rodentproofing. In or on buildings where openings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings for the pas-sage of pipes and components, such openings shall be closed and protected by the installation of approved metal collarssecurely fastened to the adjoining structure. 306.4 318.13 Protection Against Decay. Wood used in the construction of collector or system mounting, and exposed tooutdoor conditions shall be pressure-treated with preservative or shall be a naturally durable, decay resistant species of lumber.

307.0 319.0 Hangers and Supports.307.1 319.1 Components of Solar EnergyHydronic System. Components of a solar energy hydronic system shall besupported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accordance with the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction.307.2 319.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe and its contents.Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand allstatic and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers and supports with direct contact withpiping shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization.307.3 319.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table307319.3.

66

TABlE 307319.3HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

Notes:1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm).2 Brace not to exceed 40 foot (12 192 mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement.3 Support at each horizontal branch connection.4 Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling.5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction,

where first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

307.4 319.4 Alignment. Piping shall be supported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment and prevent sagging. 307.5 319.5 Underground Installation. Piping installed in horizontal trenches in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed forits entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.0. 307.6 319.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall not be smaller than those shown in Table 307319.6.

TABlE 307319.6HANGER ROD SIzES


MATERIAlS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIzONTAl VERTICAl

Cast Lead and Oakum5 feet, except 10 feet where 10 foot

lengths are installed1, 2, 3Base and each floor, not to exceed 15

feet

Compression GasketEvery other joint, unless over 4 feet

then support each joint1, 2, 3Base and each floor, not to exceed 15

feet

Cast Iron Hubless Shielded CouplingEvery other joint, unless over 4 feet

then support each joint1, 2, 3, 4Base and each floor, not to exceed 15

feet

Copper Tube and Pipe Soldered or Brazed11⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet; 2

inches and larger, 10 feet Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5

Steel and Brass Pipe forWater

Threaded or Welded3⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet; 1 inch

and larger, 12 feet Every other floor, not to exceed 25 feet5

Schedule 40 PVC Solvent Cemented Allow for expansion every 30 feet3Base and each floor;

provide mid-story guides; Provide forexpansion every 30 feet.

CPVC Solvent Cemented1 inch and smaller, 3 feet; 11⁄4 inches

and larger, 4 feetBase and each floor; provide mid-story

guidesCopper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction

Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction

PEXCold Expansion Insert and

Compression1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4

inches and larger, 4 feetBase and each floor;

provide mid-story guides

PEX-AL-PEXMetal Insert and Metal Com-

pression

1⁄2 inch3⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches1 inch

Base and each floor;provide mid-story guides

PE-AL-PEMetal Insert and Metal Com-

pression

1⁄2 inch3⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches1 inch


Polypropylene (PP)

Fusion weld (socket, butt,saddle, electrofusion)

threaded (metal threads only)or mechanical

1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4inches and larger, 4 feet


PERT Insert and Compression1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4

inches and larger, 4 feetBase and each floor;


PIPE AND TUBE SIzE(inches)

ROD SIzE(inches)

1⁄2 – 4 3⁄85 - 8 1⁄2

10 - 12 5⁄8

67

}}

308.0 320.0 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill.308.1 320.1 Trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of a building or structure and paralleling the same shall be not lessthan 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom, or as approved in accordance with Section 302.0.308.2 320.2 Tunneling and Driving. Tunneling and driving shall be permitted to be done in yards, courts, or driveways ofa building site. Where sufficient depth is available to permit, tunnels, they shall be permitted to be used between open-cuttrenches. Tunnels shall have a clear height of 2 feet (610 mm) above the pipe and shall be limited in length to one-half the depthof the trench, with a maximum length of 8 feet (2438 mm). Where pipes are driven, the drive pipe shall be not less than one sizelarger than the pipe to be laid. 308.3 320.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy hydronic system, or apart thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected,tested, and accepted. 308.4 320.4 Excavations. Excavations shall be completely backfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Precautionshall be taken to ensure compactness of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilled inthin layers to 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the piping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boulders, cin-derfillcinder fill, frozen earth, construction debris, or other materials that will damage or break the piping or cause corrosiveaction. Mechanical devices such as bulldozers, graders, etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill to grade.Fill shall be properly compacted. Precautions shall be taken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled or made ground. 308.5 Water Pipes. Water pipes shall not be run or laid in the same trench as building sewer or drainage piping constructedof clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building unless both of the following conditions are met:(1) The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the sewer or drain

line.(2) The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated at one side of the common trench with a clear horizontal distance

of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the sewer or drain line.Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a build-

ing shall be laid not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drainpipe.

309.0 321.0 Testing.309.1 321.1 Piping. The piping of the solar thermalhydronic system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer liquid, or asrecommended by the manufacturer’s instructions, except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached all parts of thesystem.309.2 321.2 Solar System Requirements. Upon completion, the system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, andother related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight.309.2.1 321.2.1 Open loop Systems. Open loop systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be testedunder a water pressure not less than the maximum working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shallbe obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permit-ted to be substituted for the water test.309.2.2 321.2.2 Other Open loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual oper-ating conditions.309.2.3 321.2.3 Closed loop Systems. Closed loop or other type pressure systems shall be tested at one-and-one-half timesmaximum designed operating pressure.Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.321.3 Earth linked Heat Exchanger Requirements: Portions of earth linked loop heat exchangers exposed to freezingconditions shall be protected with an antifreeze solution in accordance with toxicity requirements of this code, equipment man-ufacturer’s installation instructions, and Section 321.3.1.321.3.1 Fluid Properties. The fluid used in earth linked heat exchangers shall comply with Sections 321.3.1.1 through321.3.1.4.321.3.1.1 Fluid Flash Point. Fluid flash point shall not be less than 194°F (90°C), as determined in accordance with ASTMD92.321.3.1.2 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD). The five day BOD at 50°F (10°C) shall not exceed 0.2 gram oxygen pergram nor be less than 0.1 gram oxygen per gram.321.3.1.3 Freezing Point. The fluid freezing point shall comply with section 323.2 and shall not exceed 18°F (-8°C), asdetermined in accordance with ASTM D1177.

68

321.3.1.4 Toxicity. Fluid toxicity shall not be less than lethal dose fifty (oral acute LD50 for rats) of 5 grams per kilogram.309.3 321.4 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.3321.4.1 and Section 309.3321.4.2.309.3.1 321.4.1 Pressure Type. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309321.2.3.309.3.2 321.4.2 Non-Pressure Type. Storage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours prior toinspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

322.0 Heat Transfer Fluids.322.1 Antifreeze. Heat-transfer fluid shall contain antifreeze where required to prevent freezing. Antifreeze for heat-transferfluid shall be ethanol, propylene glycol, and methanol. Where ground-source heat pump systems are installed, potassium acetateshall not be used for antifreeze.322.2 Freeze Protection. The heat-transfer fluid shall provide freeze protection to at least 9°F (-13°C) below the lowestanticipated loop-design temperature.322.3 Corrosion Inhibitors. Heat-transfer fluid shall contain corrosion inhibitors approved by the authority having juris-diction and shall be compatible with all components located within the system.

323.0 Makeup Water. A direct connection to the potable water supply system shall not be used on hydronic systems requir-ing the use of an antifreeze solution.323.1 Fill Pressure. Hydronic system fill pressures shall be maintained by pumping the fluid out of a glycol/antifreeze hold-ing tank into the closed loop distribution system when the system drops below the required minimum fill pressure. 323.2 low Water Cut Off. The glycol/antifreeze makeup assembly shall include a low water cut off and audible alarm to beactivated in the event of total system fluid loss resulting in an empty glycol/antifreeze reservoir.

324.0 Air Elimination324.1. Provision shall be made to allow for the initial and continual removal of air by installing an air elimination device. 324.2. Isolation valves and hose bibs shall be installed so initial air can be purged during fill up or after servicing.

325.0 Expansion Tanks325.1. Pressurized closed-loop systems shall require expansion tanks.Exception: Standing column flooded volute pumping system using an open to atmosphere system shall be exempt.

310.0 326.0 Electrical.310.1 326.1 Wiring. Electrical connections, wiring, and devices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Electricalequipment, appliances, and devices installed in areas that contain flammable vapors or dusts shall be of a type approved for suchenvironment.310.2 326.2 Controls. Required electrical, mechanical, safety, and operating controls shall be listed or labeled by a listingagency. Electrical controls shall be of such design and construction as to be suitable for installation in the environment in whichthey are located.

311.0 327.0 Disposal of liquid Waste.311.1 327.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heat transfermedium, or other solaranti-freeze or heat transfer thermal liquids, in a place or manner, except through and by means of anapproved drainage system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this code. Waste fluids from a solar ther-mal hydronic system that is deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a water-way.311.2 327.2 Connections to Drainage System Required. Receptors, drains, appurtenances, and appliances, used toreceive or discharge liquid wastes, shall be connected to the drainage system of the building or premises in accordance with therequirements of this code.

328.0 Condensate Wastes and Control.328.1 Condensate Disposal. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appliances, and theoverflow from evaporative coolers and similar water supplied equipment or similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected

69

and discharged to an approved plumbing fixture or disposal area. Where discharged into the drainage system, equipment shalldrain by means of an indirect waste pipe. The waste pipe shall have a slope of not less than 1⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1percent slope and shall be of approved corrosion- resistant material not smaller than the outlet size in accordance with the man-ufactures installation instructions. Condensate or wastewater shall not drain over a public way.328.2 Condensate Control. Where a cooling coil or cooling unit is located in an attic or furred space where damage is capa-ble of resulting from condensate overflow, an additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant metal shall be installed beneaththe cooling coil or unit top to catch the overflow condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain, or one pan with a stand-ing overflow and a separate secondary drain shall be permitted to be provided in lieu of the secondary drain pan. The additionalpan or the standing overflow shall be provided with a drain pipe, not less than 3⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) nominal pipe size, dis-charging at a point that is readily observed. This requirement is in addition to the requirements in Section 330.3.3 and Section330.4.328.3 Condensate Waste Sizing. Condensate waste pipes from air-cooling coils shall be sized in accordance with equip-ment capacity as specified in Table 330.3. The size of condensate waste pipes is for one unit or a combination of units, or asrecommended by the manufacturer. The capacity of waste pipes assumes a 1⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope, withthe pipe running three quarters full at the following conditions: Condensate drain sizing for other slopes or other conditions shallbe approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.328.4 Condensate Neutralization of Combustion Related Condensation. All condensation associated with the com-bustion of gaseous fuels shall be required to have a replaceable or serviceable condensate neutralization unit to raise the pH ofthe discharged fluids to at least a pH of 7.0 or greater. The neutralizer shall be located and placed in such a manner that the neu-tralizing media checking, testing and replacement are conducive to the proper neutralization of all fluids being received. Com-bination safety device relief wastes and condensate waste shall not be allowed. Individually sized, separately run drain lines mustbe installed. All piping prior to the condensate pH neutralization unit shall be compatible with the acidic nature of the fluidbeing drained.328.5 Fuel-Burning Appliance Condensate Drains. Condensate drain lines from individual fuel-burning condensingappliances shall be sized as required by the manufacturer’s instructions. Condensate drain lines serving more than one appli-ance shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. 328.6 Condensate Waste. Where the condensate waste from air-conditioning coils discharges by direct connection to alavatory tailpiece or to an approved accessible inlet on a bathtub overflow, the connection shall be located in the area controlledby the same person controlling the air-conditioned space.328.7 Point of Discharge. Air-conditioning condensate waste pipes shall connect indirectly to the drainage system throughan air-gap or air-break to properly trapped and vented receptors, dry wells, leach pits, or the tailpiece of plumbing fixtures.

329.0 Plastic to Metal Transition Fittings. 329.1 General. Female PVC screwed fittings shall be used with plastic male fittings and plastic male threads. Transitions frommetal to plastic or plastic to metal shall be performed with a female metal adapter to receive the male plastic adapter in orderto contain the typically high coefficients of expansion associated with plastic materials.

312.0 330.0 location.312.1 330.1 System. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy hydronic system, or parts thereof shall belocated in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities. 312.2 330.2 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, or transfer of ownership of existing property shall be made in such mannerthat the area, clearance, and access requirements of this code are decreased.

313.0 331.0 Abandonment.313.1 331.1 General. An abandoned solar thermal hydronic system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining sys-tems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner.313.2 331.2 Storage Tank. An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from useinas a solar thermal systemstorage shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approvedmaterial or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

314.0 332.0 Safety Requirements.314.1 332.1 Welding. Welding shall be done by approved welders in accordance with nationally recognized standards. Suchwelding shall be subject to the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

70

314.2 332.2 Spark or Flame. Solar energy system equipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flam-mable vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors,controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resist-ant.314.3 332.3 Hazardous Heat Energy-Transfer Mediums. Hazardous heat- energy transfer mediums shall comply withSection 314333.3.1 and Section 314333.3.2.314.3.1 332.3.1 Approval. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used in solar thermal hydronic systems,except with prior approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.314.3.2 332.3.2 Flash Points. The flash point of a heat-transfer medium shall be:(1) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum nonoperating non-operating temperature and as high as the maximum

stagnation temperature of the medium in the system.(2) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation tem-

perature minus 200°F (93°C) of the medium in the system.314.4 332.3.3 Discharge. The collector, collector manifold, and manifold relief valve from a system shall not dischargedirectly or indirectly into the building or toward an open flame or other source of ignition.

315.0 333.0 Safety Devices.315.1 333.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar thermal Hydronic system components containing pressurized fluids shall beprotected against pressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each section of the system in which exces-sive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located so that a section cannot be isolated from a reliefdevice. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approvedmaterial that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet,discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceed-ing 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.315.2 333.2 Vacuum Relief Valves. The solar energy system components that are subjected to a vacuum while in opera-tion or during shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, andvalve outlets are located below the storage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the high-est point.315.3 333.3 Space Heating. Where a combination potable water heating and space heating system requires water for spaceheating at temperatures higher than 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall beprovided to limit the water supplied to the potable hot water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.

316.0 334.0 Protection of System Components.316.1 334.1 Materials. Solar thermalHydronic system components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approvedcompatible for such use. Solar thermal Hydronic system components, installed outdoors and subject to sunlight, shall be resist-ant to protected from UV radiation degredation. 316.2 334.2 Corrosion. Solar thermal Hydronic systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in anapproved manner. Metal parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material.316.3 334.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a solar energy hydronic system installed where subjected to mechanical dam-age shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be ele-vated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle.

317.0 335.0 Duct Work.317.1 335.1 General. Solar thermal Hydronic system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of themechanicalChapter 10 of this code.

318.0 336.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe.318.1 336.1 General. Iron, steel, brass copper alloys, and copper pipe shall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe.

319.0 337.0 Other Systems.319.1 337.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunction with solar energy hydronic systems for the purpose of domes-tic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply with applicable codes.

71

338.0 Service and Access to Equipment and Appliances.338.1 General. Equipment and appliances shall be accessible for inspection, service, repair, and replacement without remov-ing permanent construction. Clearance shall be maintained to:(1) Clean heating surfaces.(2) Replace filters, blowers, motors, burners, controls, and vent connections.(3) Lubricate moving parts.(4) Adjust and clean burners, pilots, and the proper functioning of explosion vents, where provided. [NFPA 54:9.2.1]

Unless otherwise specified, not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in depth, width, and height of working space shall be pro-vided. Exception: Unit heaters and room heaters shall be permitted to be installed with an 18 inches (457 mm) minimum depthworking space. A platform shall not be required for unit heaters or room heaters. The operating instructions shall be attached tothe appliance where they are capable of being read easily.338.2 Access to Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Appliances located on roofs or other elevated locations shall beaccessible. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.1]338.2.1 Access from Inside. Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall have an inside means of access to theroof, unless other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are used. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.2] 338.2.1.1 Door or Scuttle. The inside means of access shall be a permanent or foldaway inside stairway or ladder, terminatingin an enclosure, scuttle, or trap door. Such scuttles or trap doors shall be not less than 22 inches by 24 inches (559 mm by 610mm) in size, shall open easily and safely under all conditions, especially snow, and shall be constructed so as to permit accesson the inside. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between the access opening and the edge of the roof or sim-ilar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails or guards not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side.Where parapets or other building structures are utilized in lieu of guards or rails, they shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm)in height. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.3]338.2.1.2 Permanent ladders. Permanent ladders required by Section 338.2.1.1 shall be constructed in accordance with thefollowing:(1) Have side railings which extend not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the roof or parapet wall.(2) Landings shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) apart measured from the finished grade.(3) Width shall be not less than 14 inches (356 mm) on center.(4) Rungs shall not exceed 14 inches (356 mm) on center.(5) Toe space shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm).338.2.2 Permanent lighting. Permanent lighting shall be provided at the roof access. The switch for such lighting shall belocated inside the building near the access means leading to the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.4] 338.2.3 Standing Water. Where water stands on the roof at the equipment, in the passageways to the equipment, where theroof is of a design having a water seal, a platform, walkway, or both shall be provided above the waterline. Such platform(s) orwalkway(s) shall be located adjacent to the equipment and control panels so that the equipment is capable of being safely serv-iced where water stands on the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.4]

339.0 Pools.339.1 Pool Heaters. Pool heaters shall be equipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF switch to allow shutting off the heaterwithout adjusting the thermostat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas shall not have continuously burning pilot lights.[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]

72

TABlE 310.3(1)ClEARANCES, IN INCHES, WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION1, 2

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes:1 For appliances complying with Section 303.3 and Section 303.4.2 Except for the protection described in (e), clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the combustible material, disregarding an

intervening protection applied to the combustible material.3 Spacers shall be of noncombustible material.4 Insulating millboard is a factory-made product formed of noncombustible materials, normally fibers, and having a thermal conductivity of 1 British thermal

unit inch per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit [Btu•in/(h•ft2•°F)] [0.1 W/(m•K)] or less.

TYPE OF PROTECTION4 Applied

to the CombustibleMaterial Unless Other-

wise Specified and Cov-ering All Surfaces withinthe Distance Specifiedas the Required Clear-

ance with No Protection(Thicknesses Are Mini-

mum)

WHERE THE STANDARD ClEARANCE IN TABlE 303.4 WITH NO PROTECTION IS:

36 (inches) 18 (inches) 12 (inches) 9 (inches) 6 (inches)

ABOVESIDESAND

REAR

CHIMNEYOR VENT

CONNECTORABOVE

SIDESAND

REAR

CHIMNEYOR VENT

CONNECTORABOVE

SIDESAND

REAR

CHIMNEYOR VENT

CONNECTORABOVE

SIDESAND

REAR

CHIMNEYOR VENT

CONNECTOR(a) 1⁄4 of an inch insu-lating millboardspaced out 1 inch3

30 18 30 15 9 12 9 6 6 3 2 3

(b) 0.013 inch (No.28 manufacturer’sstandard gauge) steelsheet on 1⁄4 of an inchinsulating millboard

24 18 24 12 9 12 9 6 4 3 2 2

(c) 0.013 inch (No.28 manufacturer’sstandard gauge) steelsheet spaced out 1inch3

18 12 18 9 6 9 6 4 4 2 2 2

(d) 0.013 inch (No.28 manufacturer’sstandard gauge) steelsheet on 1⁄8 of an inchinsulating millboardspaced out 1 inch3

18 12 18 9 6 9 6 4 4 2 2 2

(e) 11⁄2 inch insulatingcement covering onheating appliance

18 12 36 9 6 18 6 4 9 2 1 6

(f) 1⁄4 of an inch insu-lating millboard on 1inch mineral fiberbatts reinforced withwire mesh or equiva-lent

18 12 18 6 6 6 4 4 4 2 2 2

(g) 0.027 inch (No.22 manufacturer’sstandard gauge) steelsheet on 1 inch min-eral fiber batts rein-forced with wire orequivalent

18 12 12 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

(h) 1⁄4 of an inch insu-lating millboard 36 36 36 18 18 18 12 12 9 4 4 4

73

Notes:1 Dimension shall be not less than the required clearance with no protection set forth in Table 310.4 and

Table 310.3(2) and in section applying to various types of appliances.2 Dimension shall be not less than the reduced clearance set forth in Table 303.3(1).3 Dimension shall be not less than the clearance required for dimension A.

FIGURE 310.3EXTENT OF PROTECTION REQUIRED TO REDUCE ClEARANCES

FROM APPlIANCE, CHIMNEY, OR VENT CONNECTORS[NFPA 211: FIGURE 9.5.1.1]

TABlE 310.3(2)CHIMNEY CONNECTOR AND VENT CONNECTOR ClEARANCES

FROM COMBUSTIBlE MATERIAlS[NFPA 211: TABlE 9.5.1.1]

DESCRIPTION OF APPlIANCES MINIMUM ClEARANCE1

(inches)RESIDENTIAl-TYPE APPlIANCES ––

SINGlE-WAll METAl PIPE CONNECTORS2 ––Gas appliances without draft hoods 18Electric, gas, and oil incinerators 18Oil and solid-fuel appliances 18Unlisted gas appliances with draft hoods 9Boilers and furnaces equipped with listed gas burners and with draft hoods3 9

Oil appliances listed as approved for use with Type L venting systems (but only where connected to chimneys) 9Listed gas appliances with draft hoods 6TYPE l VENTING SYSTEM PIPING CONNECTORSGas appliances without draft hoods 9Electric, gas, and oil incinerators 9Oil and solid-fuel appliances 9Unlisted gas appliances with draft hoods 6Boilers and furnaces equipped with listed gas burners and with draft hoods 6Oil appliances listed as suitable for use with Type L venting systems4 ––

Listed gas appliances with draft hoods5 ––TYPE B GAS VENT PIPING CONNECTORS ––

Listed gas appliances with draft hoods5 ––

74

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mmNotes:1 These clearances apply except where the listing of an appliance specifies different clearance, in which case the listed clearance takes precedence.2 The clearances from connectors to combustible materials shall be permitted to be reduced where the combustible material is protected in accordance with

Table 303.3(1).3 The dimension shall be permitted to be 6 inches (152 mm), provided the maximum flue temperatures entering the draft hood do not exceed 550°F (288°C).4 Where listed Type L venting system piping is used, the clearance shall be permitted to be in accordance with the venting system listing.5 Where listed Type B or Type L venting system piping is used, the clearance shall be permitted to be in accordance with the venting system listing.

TABlE 310.4STANDARD INSTAllATION ClEARANCES IN INCHES FOR UNlISTED HEAT-PRODUCING APPlIANCES

DESCRIPTION OF APPlIANCES MINIMUM ClEARANCE1

(inches)COMMERCIAl-INDUSTRIAl TYPE APPlIANCES ––lOW-HEAT APPlIANCES ––SINGlE-WAll METAl PIPE CONNECTORS2 ––Gas, oil, and solid-fuel boilers, furnaces, and water heaters 18Ranges, restaurant-type 18Oil unit heaters 18Unlisted gas unit heaters 18Listed gas unit heaters with draft hoods 6Other low-heat industrial appliances 18MEDIUM-HEAT APPlIANCES ––SINGlE-WAll METAl PIPE CONNECTORS2 ––All gas, oil, and solid-fuel appliances 36

RESIDENTIAl-TYPE APPlIANCES FUEl

APPlIANCE

ABOVE TOPOF CASING OR

APPlIANCE

FROM TOP ANDSIDES OFWARM-AIR

BONNET ORPlENUM

FROMFRONT1

FROMBACK

FROMSIDES

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS11

Steam Boilers – 15 pounds-force per square inch(psi)Water Boilers – 250°F Water Heaters – 200°F AllWater Walled or Jacketed

Automatic Oil orComb. Gas-OilAutomatic Gas

Solid

666

–––

241848

666

666

FURNACES – CENTRAL; OR HEATERS11 –ELECTRIC CENTRAL WARM AIR FURNACESGravity, Upflow, Downflow, Horizontal and DuctWarm Air – 250°F max.


SolidElectric

62

62

183

62

2462

183

62

6184818

66186

66186

FURNACES – FLOORFor Mounting in Combustible Floors


3636

––

1212

1212

1212

HEAT EXCHANGERSSteam – 15 psi max.Hot Water – 250°F max.

– 1 1 1 1 1

ROOM HEATERS4

Circulating TypeRadiant or Other Type

Oil or SolidGas

Oil or SolidGas

Gas with doublemetal or ceramic

back

36363636

36

––––

–

24243636

36

12123618

12

12123618

18

Fireplace Stove Solid 485 – 54 485 485

75

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound-force per square inch = 6.8947 kPa, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3, °C = (°F-32)/1.8Notes:1 The minimum dimension shall be that necessary for servicing the appliance, including access for cleaning and normal care, tube removal, etc.2 For a listed oil, combination gas-oil, gas, or electric furnace, this dimension shall be permitted to be 2 inches (51 mm) where the furnace limit control can-

not be set exceeding than 250˚F (121°C), or this dimension shall be permitted to be 1 inch (25.4 mm) where the limit control cannot be set exceeding 200˚F(93°C), or the appliance shall be marked to indicate that the outlet air temperature cannot exceed 200˚F (93°C).

3 The dimension shall be permitted to be 6 inches (152 mm) for an automatically stoker-fired forced-warm air furnace equipped with 250˚F (121°C) limitcontrol and with barometric draft control operated by draft intensity and permanently set to limit draft not to exceed intensity of 0.13 inch (3.3 mm) watergauge.

RADIATORSSteam or Hot Water6

– 36 – 6 6 6

RANGES – COOKING STOVES – FiringSide

FiringSide

OilGas

Solid Clay-LinedFirepot

Solid UnlinedFirepotElectric

307

307

307

307

307

––––

–

––––

–

96

24

366

246

24

36

186

18

186

INCINERATORSDomestic Types – 368 – 48 36 36

COMMERCIAl INDUSTRIAl-TYPE APPlIANCES ANY AND All PHYSICAl SIzES EXCEPT AS NOTED11 FUEl

APPlIANCE

ABOVE TOP OFCASING ORAPPlIANCE

FROM TOP ANDSIDES OF WARM-AIR BONNET OR

PlENUM

FROMFRONT1

FROMBACK9 FROM SIDES9

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS11

100 cubic feet or lessSteam, any pressure50 psi or lessAny size

All Fuels

All Fuels

18

18

–

–

48

48

18

18

18

18

UNIT HEATERSFloor Mounted or Suspended – Any SizeSuspended – 100 cubic feet or lessSuspended – 100 cubic feet or lessSuspended – Over 100 cubic feet

Steam or HotWater

Oil or Comb.Gas-Oil

GasAll FuelsAll Fuels

1

661818

–

––––

–

24184848

1

18181818

1

18181818

RANGES – RESTAURANT – TYPEFloor Mounted All Fuels 48 – 48 18 18

OTHER LOW-HEAT INDUSTRIAL APPLI-ANCESFloor Mounted or Suspended

– 18 18 48 18 18

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERSOver 50 psiOver 100 cubic feet

All Fuels 48 – 96 36 36

OTHER MEDIUM-HEAT INDUSTRIALAppliancesAll Sizes

All Fuels 48 36 96 36 36

INCINERATORSAll Sizes

–48 – 96 36 36

INDUSTRIAL-TYPE HIGH-HEAT APPLI-ANCESHIGH-HEAT INDUSTRIAL APPLIANCESAll Sizes

All Fuels 180 – 360 120 120

76

4 Unlisted appliances shall be installed on noncombustible floors and shall be permitted to be installed on protected combustible floors. Heating appliancesapproved for installation on protected combustible flooring shall be so constructed that flame and hot gases do not come in contact with the appliance base.Protection for combustible floors shall consist of 4 inches (102 mm) hollow masonry covered with sheet metal not less than 0.021 of an inch (0.53 mm)thick (No. 24 manufacturer’s standard gauge). Masonry shall be permanently fastened in place in an approved manner with the ends unsealed and jointsmatched so as to provide free circulation of air through the masonry. Floor protection shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) at the sides and rear of the appli-ance, except that not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be required on the appliance opening side or sides measured horizontally from the edges of theopening.

5 The 48 inch (1219 mm) clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 36 inches (914 mm) where protection equivalent to that provided by footnote 1through footnote 7 of Table 303.4 is applied to the combustible construction.

6 Steam pipes and hot water heating pipes shall be installed with a clearance of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) from combustible construction or materials,except that at the points where pipes carrying steam 15 pounds-force per square inch gauge pressure (psig) (103 kPa) or less or hot water that emerge froma floor, wall, or ceiling, the clearance at the opening through the finish floorboards or wall-ceiling boards shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm). Each such opening shall be covered with a plate of noncombustible material.Such pipes passing through stock shelving shall be covered with not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) of approved insulation.Wood boxes or casings enclosing uninsulated steam or hot water heating pipes or wooden covers to recesses in walls in which such uninsulated pipes areplaced shall be lined with metal or insulating millboard.Where the temperature of the boiler piping does not exceed 160˚F (71°C), the provisions of this table shall not apply.Coverings or insulation used on steam or hot water pipes shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system. The insulation or jack-ets shall be of noncombustible materials, or the insulation or jackets and lap-seal adhesives shall be tested as a composite product. Such composite prod-uct shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed rating not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 orUL 723.

7 To combustible material or metal cabinets. Where the underside of such combustible material or metal cabinet is protected with insulating millboard notless than 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) thick covered with sheet metal of not less than 0.013 of an inch (0.33 mm) (No. 28 gauge), the distance shall be permit-ted to be reduced to 24 inches (610 mm).

8 Clearance above charging door shall be not less than 48 inches (1219 mm).9 Where the appliance is encased in brick, the 18 inch (457 mm) clearance above and at the sides and rear shall be permitted to be reduced to 12 inches (305

mm).10 Where the appliance is encased in brick, the clearance above shall be permitted to be reduced to 36 inches (914 mm) and at the sides and rear shall be per-

mitted to be reduced to 18 inches (457 mm).11 A central heating boiler or furnace shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and shall be installed on a floor of non-

combustible construction with noncombustible flooring and surface finish and no combustible material against the underside thereof, or on fire-resistiveslabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside thereof.

Exceptions:(a) Appliances listed for installation on a combustible floor.(b) Installation on a floor protected in an approved manner.

203.0Access Panel. A closure device used to cover an opening into a duct, an enclosure, equipment, or an appurtenance. [NFPA96:3.3.1]Air, Makeup. Air that is provided to replace air being exhausted.Air, Outside. Air from outside the building intentionally conveyed by openings or ducts to rooms or to conditioning equip-ment.Air, Return. Air from the conditioned area that is returned to the conditioning equipment for reconditioning.Air, Supply. Air being conveyed to a conditioned area through ducts or plenums from a heat exchanger of a heating, cooling,absorption, or evaporative cooling system.Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

204.0Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from com-bustible fuels or electricity.

205.0Certified. A formally stated recognition and approval of an acceptable level of competency, acceptable to the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction. [NFPA 96:3.3.10]

77

Chimney. A vertical shaft enclosing one or more flues for conveying flue gases to the outdoors.Combustion Air. The total amount of air provided to the space that contains fuel-burning equipment. Includes air for fuel com-bustion, draft hood dilution, and ventilation of the equipment enclosure.Condensing Appliance. An appliance that condenses part of the water vapor generated by the burning of hydrogen in fuels.Confined Space. A room or space having a volume less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h)(4.83 m3/kW) of the aggregate input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space. [NFPA 96:3.3.48.2]Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.

206.0Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include:(1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector.(2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa).(3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems.Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units.Dwelling Unit. A building or portion thereof that contains living facilities, including provisions for sleeping, eating, cooking,and sanitation, as required by this code, for not more than one family.

207.0Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connectionwith installations regulated by this code.

208.0Fire-Resistive Construction. Construction in accordance with the requirements of the building code for the time period spec-ified.

210.0Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air isdistributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air sys-tem, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith.Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes.Plural use of this term is hydronics. Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a systemof pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recov-ery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating; swim-ming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.

215.0Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade nameto equipment or devices.Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions. Printed instructions included with equipment or devices for the purpose of pro-viding information regarding safe and proper installation and use whether or not as part of the conditions of listing.

216.0Noncombustible. As applied to building construction material, means a material that in the form in which it is used is eitherone of the following:(1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combus-

tion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E 136 areconsidered noncombustible material. [NFPA 220:3.3.4]

(2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over 1⁄8of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50.

78

Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances toflues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No materialshall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits hereinestablished, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

218.0PEX. An acronym for cross-linked polyethylene.Pilot. A burner smaller than the main burner that is ignited by a spark or other independent and stable ignition source, and thatprovides ignition energy required to immediately light off the main burner.Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.

224.0Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automaticallyrelieve pressure in excess of its setting; also called a safety valve.


Note: ASTM D92, ASTM E136, NFPA 31 and NFPA 58 meet the requirements for mandatory reference stan-dards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: ASTM D1177 does not meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance withSection 15.1 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy& Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 312.0 was modified to reflect current acceptable practices and to clarify the application in closed loop

systems.2. Section 314.0 pertaining to “other flexible tubing” was added at the request of tubing manufacturers who have

different allowable radii based on material compositions.3. Deleted materials in Table 319.3 that are not commonly used in hydronic heating systems.4. Added Section 321.3 fluid acceptability, compatibility and allowable toxicity levels for Earth Linked Heat

Exchanger loops.5. Section 323.0 was added to address the many older failed antifreeze induced systems that failed due to the pres-

ence of an automatic feed water make up device.6. Section 325.1 was added to clarify non pressurized applications versus pressurized systems.7. Section 328.4 was added to clarify and require the neutralization of acidic condensate associated with high effi-

ciency gas fired condensing appliances.

STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCEDSECTIONS

ASTM D92-2012b* Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester Testing 321.3.1.1ASTM D1177-2012 Test Method for Freezing Point of Aqueous Engine Coolants Testing 321.3.1.3ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0NFPA 58-2011* Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code Fuel Gas 310.8NFPA 31-2011* Installation of Oil Burning Equipment Fuel Gas, Appliances 310.9

79

8. Section 329.0 was done to clarify allowable transitions between metal and plastic piping.9. Section 336.1 was modified to reflect changes reflecting zero lead materials (copper alloys as opposed to brass).10. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-

ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope ofthe proposed code.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for

further study on the merits of the proposed text.2. The language includes provisions for mechanical systems and may have been pulled from the UMC, which are

outside the scope of the USEHC.3. It is not clear on what the purpose of the new provisions would serve.4. The proposed language is in conflict with the 2015 UMC.5. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Items # 001, # 005, # 009, # 013, # 015, # 016, # 017, and # 024.



80

USEHC 2015 – (401.2, 401.3): Item # 033

SUBMITTER: Alexander GreenWatts Radiant


401.2 Manifolds. Manifolds shall be equipped with a ball or gate valve that is fully sealed on the supply and return lines. Man-ifolds shall be capable of withstanding the pressure and temperature of the system. The material of the manifold shall be com-patible with the system fluid and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Where thesystem circuit is capable of operating at the same supply temperature, multiple manifold stations shall be piped in parallel. 401.3 Heat Emitters. Heat emitters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:Manifolds are mainly used to control separate zones and are required for systems that require more than one watertemperature. Therefore, it is crucial to maintain manifolds in proper working conditions, therefore requiring isolationvalves for servicing and maintenance. Gate or ball valves are preferred because gate valves are of fullway-typewhich permits full flow of the fluid, and ball valves can adjust the fluid flow. However, regardless if gate or ball valvesare used, they must be full sealing to allow for fully open and fully closed of the valve. Multiple manifolds shall bepiped in parallel as manifolds piped in series will result in large pressure and temperature drops. The pressure andtemperature drops will prevent the system from performing properly.

Heat emitters such as finned-tube baseboards convectors, fan-coil convectors, or panel radiators shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.


401.2 Manifolds. Manifolds shall be equipped with a ball or gate fullway isolation valve that is fully sealed on the supply andreturn lines. Manifolds shall be capable of withstanding the pressure and temperature of the system. The material of the mani-fold shall be compatible with the system fluid and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions. Where the system circuit is capable of operating at the same supply temperature, multiple manifold stations shall be pipedin parallel.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The text “ball or gate” is being modified to “fullway isolation” as it better addresses the type of valves that are usedfor the isolation of manifolds. Furthermore, the text “where the system circuit is capable of operating at the same sup-ply temperature, multiple manifold stations shall be piped in parallel” should be deleted as the number and config-uration of manifolds in a hydronic system should be dictated by the system design.



81

USEHC 2015 – (402.1.9, 402.1.9.1): Item # 034



402.1.9 401.2 Water Hammer Protection. Solar thermal systems where quick-acting valves are installed shall be providedwith water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves. Water hammer arrestorsshall be approved mechanical devices in accordance with the applicable standard(s) referenced in Table 1201.1 and shall beinstalled as close as possible to quick-acting valves The flow of the hydronic piping system shall be controlled to prevent waterhammer.402.1.9.1 401.3 Mechanical Devices. (remaining text unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 402.1.9 (Water Hammer Protection) is being relocated to the general section of the chapter, and it is

being revised for clarity as the current language does not strengthen the enforceability of the section. Further-more, the revision will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) whichwas approved by the UMC Technical Committee.

2. Section 402.1.9.1 (Mechanical Devices) is being relocated for ease of use of the code.




82

USEHC 2015 – (402.0 – 402.3): Item # 035



402.0 Protection of Potable Water Supply.402.1 Prohibited Sources. Hydronic systems or parts thereof, shall be constructed in such a manner that polluted, contam-inated water, or substances shall not enter a portion of the potable water system either during normal use or where the systemis subject to pressure that exceeds the operating pressure in the potable water system. Piping, components, and devices in con-tact with the potable water shall be approved for such use and where an additive is used it shall not affect the performance ofthe system.402.2 Chemical Injection. Where systems include an additive, chemical injection or provisions for such injection, the potablewater supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly listed or labeled in accordancewith ASSE 1013. Such additive or chemical shall be compatible with system components.402.3 Compatibility. Where materials in the hydronic system are not suitable for use in a potable water system, such potablewater shall not be used. Where a heat exchanger is installed with a dual purpose water heater, such application shall comply withthe requirements for a single wall heat exchanger in Section 406.1.


SUBSTANTIATION:Any fluid having the potential of imposing more than a minor or moderate hazard to the potable water supply mustbe separated by a double wall heat exchanger. Typically, two kinds of antifreeze are used in hydronic systems, eth-ylene or propylene which is toxic; therefore the potable water must be protected. In addition, the materials used toconstruct the system must be compatible with the chemicals used. There must be an acceptable method of protectingthe potable water systems that interface with these systems. The method of protection is relative to the hazardimposed by the chemicals. Employing these considerations is in the best interest of public health and safety. Fur-thermore, the proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code(UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




83

USEHC 2015 – (403.0 – 403.5): Item # 036



403.0 Capacity of Heat Source.403.1 Heat Source. The heat source shall be sized to the design load.403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters utilized for both, to supply potable hot water and provide hot water forspace heating shall be listed or labeled, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Thetotal heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and thespace heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery.403.3 Tankless Water Heater. The output performance on tankless water heaters shall be determined by the temperature riseand flow rate of water through the unit. The ratings shall be expressed by the water temperature rise at a given flow rate. Man-ufacturers flow rates shall not be exceeded.


SUBSTANTIATION:The heat source is sized to satisfy all loads that will occur simultaneously unless the heat source output is designedto alternate either heating or domestic production. The heat source is sized to meet the greater of the loads sincethe loads are not imposed on the heat source at the same time. Where the additional heat loads are determined tobe seasonal, the heat source must be size to the largest load that will be imposed on it. The intent is to ensure acorrectly sized heat source. Furthermore, Section 403.0 through Section 403.3 will correlate with language pro-posed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




84

USEHC 2015 – (404.0 – 404.4): Item # 037



404.0 Installation, Testing, and Inspection.404.1 Operating Instructions. Operating and maintenance information shall be provided to the building owner.404.2 Pressure Testing. System piping and components shall be tested with a pressure of not less than one and one-half timesthe operating pressure but not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). Piping shall be tested with water or air except that plastic pipe shallnot be tested with air. Test pressures shall be held for a period of not less than 30 minutes with no perceptible drop in pressure.These tests shall be made in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.404.3 Flushing. Heat sources, system piping and tubing shall be flushed after installation with water or a cleaning solution.Cleaning of the heat source shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. The cleaning solution shall be compatible withall system components and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The heat source shall be discon-nected from the piping system or protected with a fine mesh strainer during flushing to prevent debris from being deposited intothe heat source.404.4 Oxygen Diffusion Corrosion. PEX, PE-RT, and PB tubing in closed hydronic systems shall contain an oxygen barrier.


SUBSTANTIATION:It is imperative that operating and maintenance manuals are provided to the building owner in order to properly oper-ate and maintain the system for future reference. System piping must be tested in order to verify there are no leaksbefore placing into service and capable of withstanding system operating pressures. This pressure will typically coin-cide with the set point pressure of the system’s pressure relief devices. System flushing after installation will elimi-nate debris from the piping. The cleaning or flushing solution specifically designed for the system will remove fluxesand oils that are still in the system.

Tubing made from thermoplastics allows oxygen molecules to slowly pass through the tube wall and enter the waterin the system. This process is called oxygen diffusion. Oxygen corrosion is a very serious corrosion problem inhydronic systems. The dissolved oxygen present in the water when the system is first filled quickly reacts with anyiron or steel components. The rate of oxygen diffusion varies for different materials and higher temperatures. Thesolution to this problem is to create an oxygen diffusion barrier in or on the tubing. One such barrier is a thin layerof a special compound called EVOH (ethylene vinyl alcohol) that is bonded to the tubing during manufacturing.Another type of oxygen barrier is a thin layer of aluminum sandwiched between layers of PEX-AL-PEX. The use ofoxygen barrier-equipped tubing does not guarantee that oxygen-related corrosion will not occur. There are severalother ways for oxygen to enter a hydronic system such as improperly sized or placed expansion tank, leaky valveseals or pump gaskets, and improperly located air vents.

The proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) whichwas accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed language was rejected as the testing pressure is in conflict with ACI 318.



85

USEHC 2015 – (405.0 – 405.4): Item # 038



405.0 Heating Appliances and Equipment.405.1 General. Heating appliances, equipment, safety and operational controls shall be listed for its intended use in a hydronicheating system and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.405.2 Boilers. Boilers shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the mechanical code.405.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water heaters used for combined space- and water-heating applications shall be inaccordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA Z21.10.3.405.3.1 Temperature limitations. Where a combined space- and water-heating application requires water for space heat-ing at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be installed totemper the water supplied to the potable water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.405.4 Solar Heat Collector Systems. Solar water heating systems used in hydronic panel radiant heating systems shall beinstalled in accordance with Chapter 7.


SUBSTANTIATION:Regulatory requirements for the approval and installation of pressure vessels are the same as for the approval ofall other mechanical equipment and appliances, and must be designed and constructed in accordance with therespective referenced standard. When a heating appliance, equipment, safety and operational controls are testedin order to obtain a listing, the certification agency installs the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions. The equipment is then tested under these conditions; thus, the installation instructionsbecome an integral part of the listing and labeling process. Manufacturer’s installation instructions are thoroughly eval-uated by the listing and certification agency to establish that a safe installation is prescribed. The listing and certifi-cation agency can require the manufacturer to alter, delete, or add information in the installation instructions asnecessary to achieve compliance with the applicable standards and code requirements. The manufacturer’s instal-lation instructions must be available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction because they are an enforceable extensionof the code and are necessary for determining that the equipment has been properly installed. The listing and label-ing process indicates that the equipment and its installation instructions are in compliance with applicable standards.Therefore, an installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions is required.

Scalding accidents can easily occur when the potable hot water exceeds a temperature of 140°F (60°C). A temper-ature actuated mixing valve is required to limit the temperature of hot water to be used for bathing and other domes-tic purposes to 140°F (60°C) or less when the water heater is used for both potable hot water and hot water forspace heating. Regardless of the water supply demand downstream from the valve or supply pressure fluctuationsupstream from the valve, the user will be provided some protection from scalding injury because the temperature ofthe water supplied will not exceed 140°F.

The proposed language in Section 405.0 through Section 405.4 will correlate with language submitted for the 2015Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the Technical Committee.



86


EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: Section 405.2 appears to conflict with the general requirement in Section 405.1 where listed for theintended use is required. Boilers should be designed and constructed in accordance with the ASME BPV Code andlisted to the applicable water heater safety standard.

In Section 405.3, this proposal only references CSA Z21.10.1 and CSA Z21.10.3 which apply only to gas-firedwater heaters. Unless this limitation is the intention of this submitter, this proposal should be modified to include oil-fired and electric water heater standards as well.

WAllACE: As proposed, “Where a combined space- and water-heating application requires water for space heat-ing at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall beinstalled to temper the water supplied to the potable water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) orless.” This infers that the heating system demand is for high temperature water; versus the application has the poten-tial to generate water exceeding 140°F. A typical solar system or geothermal application with a desuperheater con-nected to the DHW, has the potential to generate scalding water though the heating or DHW system may not requireit.

I recommended the text be revised to the following: “Where a combined space- and water-heating applicationmay generate water for space heating at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve inaccordance with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to temper the water supplied to the potable water distribution systemto a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.”

87

USEHC 2015 – (405.2.1, 405.2.2): Item # 039



405.2.1 Condensing Boilers. A condensing boiler, in which the heat exchanger and venting system are designed to operatewith condensing flue gases, shall be permitted to be connected directly to the panel heating system without a protective mixingdevice. 405.2.2 Noncondensing Boilers. Where the heat exchanger and venting system are not designed to operate with condensedflue gases, the boiler shall be permitted to connect directly to the panel heating system where protected from flue gas conden-sation. The operating temperature of the boiler shall be more than the fluid temperature in accordance with the manufacturerinstructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:Condensing boilers allow the flue gas to condense. The condensation occurs on the heating surface of the heatexchanger and venting system. Therefore, the heat exchanger and venting system must be designed to operate withcondensing flue gases.

Where a noncondensing boiler is used, corrosion will occur when the flue gases are cooled below the dew point andcome in contact with a material that is not corrosion resistant. To avoid corrosion, heating systems should be designedto operate in a way that ensures a minimum return water temperature. It is important to verify that the minimumrequired return water temperature is in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to avoid corrosion.




88

USEHC 2015 – (405.5): Item # 040

SUBMITTER: Mark ArieSelf


405.5 Dedicated Water Heater. Dedicated water heaters used in a hydronic system shall bear a label with yellow back-ground and black uppercase lettering, with the words “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER.”


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 405.2 will require that a label be installed indicating “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER” when a waterheater that is specifically used for hydronic application and not for domestic. It is common in the industry for a domes-tic water heater to be used as a heat source for a hydronic system and for supply of domestic hot water. However,these systems are specifically design so that backflow between the potable water and heat transfer medium doesnot occur. Therefore, it is necessary that when a dedicated water heater is used, which is specifically used forhydronic space heating, there is a label indicating to the public that the dedicated water heater should not be usedfor domestic hot water applications. In other words, it cannot be converted to a combination water heater used forpotable water and hydronic heating systems. Furthermore, the labeling requirements are consistent with the label-ing requirements found in the UPC.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed text is unnecessary as it causes confusion since dedicated water heaters are not used in hydronic sys-tems. Furthermore, listed water heaters are not permitted to be used in a closed-loop system.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:NICKElSON: The committee's statement of "dedicated water heaters are not used in hydronic systems" is unsub-stantiated. The committee should give proper code reference to justify this broad statement.

89

USEHC 2015 – (406.0 – 406.3): Item # 041



406.0 Expansion Tanks.406.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a hydronic system to control thermal expansion. Secondaryhot water systems, that are isolated from the primary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separate expansion tank and pres-sure relief valve. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used in hydronic systems shall complywith the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, where the diameter of the tank exceeds 24inches (610 mm) or where the operating temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C). Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the sys-tem. Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions.406.2 Systems with Closed Expansion Tanks. A closed expansion tank shall be sized based on the capacity of the sys-tem. The minimum size of the tank shall be determined in accordance with Section 604.4 and shall be equipped with an airtighttank or other air cushion that is consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. Tanks without membranes shall be equippedwith a drain valve and a manual air vent. Tanks shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless other-wise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will remain open during operation ofthe heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off.406.3 Systems with Open Expansion Tanks. An open expansion tank shall be located not less than 36 inches (914 mm) abovethe highest point in the system and shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow with a diameter of not less thanone-half the size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall be installed at the top of the tank. The over-flow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system. Isolation valves shall not be installed in the piping between theheat-distribution system and the expansion tank. Tanks shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unlessotherwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will remain open during opera-tion of the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off.


SUBSTANTIATION:All hydronic systems must account for the thermal expansion of the heating fluid. Hydronic systems are found in twocategories, open and closed systems. Expansion tanks provide a reservoir for the volumetric change to occur. Opensystems use a “feed and expansion” tank (cistern). As the name suggests, the tank is used to feed the supply andto accommodate any water expansion that is generated by the heating process. The “feed and expansion” tank isplaced at the highest point in the system. An open-vented system typically uses a small-bore two pipe network,where one pipe is used to feed the system and the other allows the cooled water to return to the heat source (boiler).When the fluid in such a closed system is heated, it will expand and, because it is a closed system, quickly causehydrostatic pressure that can be relieved only by system failure or the opening of the safety relief valve. Relief valvesare intended to open only in the event of an emergency, the continuous opening of a relief valve to accommodateexpansion is not acceptable. Expansion tanks are used to absorb the additional system water volume caused byexpansion, thus avoiding relief valve opening and preventing wide variations in system pressure. Expansion tanksare either sealed vessels or open tank reservoirs. Open tank reservoirs are, of course, not pressurized except forthe static elevation head they impose on the heat source. Closed expansion tanks, however, are pressurized ves-sels. Because they are subjected to the same pressures as the system, closed expansion tanks must have a pres-sure rating greater than or equal to the maximum system operating pressure. All sections correlate with Chapter 6.Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code(UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




90

USEHC 2015 – (407.0 – 407.5, Table 407.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 042



407.0 Materials.407.1 Piping Materials Pipe, Tube, Tubing and Fittings. Hydronic pipe and tubing Piping materials shall comply withthe applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 and shall be acceptable for use approved for use based on the intended pur-pose. Materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the typeof heat transfer medium. Pipe fittings and valves shall be approved for the installation with the piping, materials to be installedand shall comply to the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 systems, and shall be compatible with, or shall be of thesame material as the pipe or tubing. Exterior piping shall be protected against freezing, UV radiation, corrosion and degrada-tion. Embedded pipe or tubing shall comply with Section 416.2 from corrosion, degradation, and shall be resistant to UV radi-ation.

TABlE 407.1MATERIAlS FOR HYDRONIC AND SOlAR THERMAl SYSTEM PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

MATERIAl BUIlDING SUPPlYPIPE AND FITTINGS

SOlAR THERMAlPIPE AND FIT-

TINGSREFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPE

PIPING/TUBINGREFERENCED STANDARD(S)

FITTINGS

Asbestos-Cement X1 –– ASTM C 296 ––Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 ––

Copper/Copper Alloy X X2

ASTM B42, ASTM B43, ASTMB75, ASTM B88, ASTM B135,

ASTM B2512, ASTM B302,ASTM B447

ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18,ASME B16.22, ASME B16.23,ASME B16.24, ASME B16.26,ASME B16.29, ASME B16.51

Ductile Iron X X3 AWWA C115, AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C1101,AWWA C153

Galvanized Steel X X5 ASTM A53, ASTM A106, ASTMA254

ASME B16.5, ASME B16.9,ASME B16.11, ASTM A420

Gray Iron –– ASTM A126Malleable Iron X X4 –– ASME B16.3Acrylonitrile ButadieneStyrene (ABS) ASTM D1527 ––

Chlorinated PolyvinylChloride (CPVC) X X ASTM D2846, ASTM F441,

ASTM F442

ASTM D2846, ASTM F437,ASTM F438, ASTM F439,

ASTM F1970

Polyethylene (PE) X1 ––

ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737,ASTM D1693, ASTM D2513,ASTM D2683, ASTM D2837,ASTM D 3035, ASTM D3350,

ASTM F1055 AWWA C901, CSAB137.1

ASTM D2609, ASTM D2683,ASTM D3261, ASTM F1055,

CSA B137.1

Cross-Linked Polyethyl-ene (PEX) X X ASTM F876, ASTM F 877, CSA

B137.5, AWWA C904

ASSE 1061, ASTM F877,ASTM F1807, ASTM F1960,ASTM F1961, ASTM F2080,ASTM F2159, ASTM F 2735,

CSA B137.5Polypropylene (PP) X X ASTM F2389, CSA B137.11 ASTM F 2389, CSA B137.11Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) X1 –– ASTM D1785, ASTM D2241,

AWWA C900ASTM D2464, ASTM D2466,ASTM D2467, ASTM F1970

91

Notes:1 For building supply or cold-water applications. Ductile and gray iron.2 Copper tube for solar thermal piping shall have a weight of not less than Only Type K, L or. Type M allowed to be installedcopper tubing shall be per-

mitted to be used for solar thermal piping where piping is aboveground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures.3 Cast iron fittings not more than 2 inches (50 mm) in size, where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized.4 Malleable iron water fittings shall be galvanized.5 Galvanized steel shall not be used in solar thermal systems where in contact with glycol heat transfer fluid.

407.2 Expansion and Contraction. Pipe and tubing shall be so installed that it will not be subject to undue strains orstresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. 407.3 Hangers and Supports. Pipe and tubing shall be supported in accordance with Table 307.3. Systems with valves, cir-culators, and expansion tanks shall be provided with additional support in accordance with this code and manufacturer’s instal-lation instructions.407.2 Screwed Fittings. Screwed fittings shall be ABS, cast-iron, copper, copper alloy, malleable iron, PVC, steel, stainlesssteel or other approved materials. Threads shall be tapped out of solid metal or molded in solid ABS or PVC.407.4 Flexible Connectors. (remaining text unchanged)407.3 407.5 Storage Tank Connectors. (remaining text unchanged)



Raised TemperaturePolyethylene (PE-RT) X X ASTM F2623, ASTM F2769

ASTM F1807, ASTM F 2098,ASTM F2159, ASTM F2735,

ASTM F2769Cross-Linked Polyethyl-ene/Aluminum/Cross-Linked Polyethylene(PEX-AL-PEX)

X X ASTM F1281, ASTM F 2262,CSA B137.10

ASTM F1281, ASTM F1974,ASTM F2434, CSA B137.10

Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE)

X X ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F1282, ASTM F1974,CSA B137.9

Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A 312 ––

STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCED SECTIONS

ASME B16.4-2006* Gray Iron Threaded Fittings (Classes 125 and 250) Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.9-2007* Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.11-2009* Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.51-2011* Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1ASTM A106/A106M-2011

Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1

ASTM A254-1997(R2007)

Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1

ASTM A420/420M-2010a

Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Tem-perature Service

Fittings Table 407.1

ASTM C 296-2000(R2009)e1

Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Piping, Non-Metallic

Table 407.1

ASTM D1527-1999(R2005)*

Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and80

Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D1693-2012 Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics Piping, Plastic Table 407.1ASTM D 2239-2003* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside

DiameterPiping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D 2737-2003* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1ASTM D2837-2011 Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials

or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe ProductsPiping, Plastic Table 407.1

92

Note: ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.51, ASTM A106, ASTM A254, ASTM A420, ASTM D1527, ASTMD1693, ASTM D2837, ASTM D3350, ASTM F2623, and AWWA C115 meet the requirements for mandatory ref-erence standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Devel-opment of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 407.1 (Pipe, Tube, Tubing and Fittings) and Table 407.1 are being revised to correlate with similar languagesubmitted for the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC); Section 407.2 (Expansion and Contraction) and Section 407.3(Hangers and Supports) are being added to correlate with language proposed for the 2015 UMC, which were allaccepted by the UMC Technical Committee. Section 407.2 (Screwed Fittings) is being deleted as Table 407.1 alreadyindicates acceptable materials for all types of fittings.

Asbestos-cement piping should be removed from Table 407.1. Asbestos-cement piping is no longer manufacturedin North America. Furthermore, the potential health issues associated with this material makes it unsafe for mostwater supply and drainage applications. If for some reason an individual wanted to use this piping material theycould always do so in accordance with Section 302.2 (Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Equiva-lency). It should be noted that ASTM C296 is being deleted from Table 1201.1 since asbestos-cement is beingdeleted from the USEHTC.

Materials must be rated for the operating temperature and pressure of the hydronic system. Materials must be suit-able for the type of fluid in the hydronic system. Heat transfer fluids, system operating and standby pressures andtemperatures all vary widely depending on the application. All portions of a hydronic system must be compatible withthe working fluid, rated for the operating temperatures and pressures of the system. The lowest rating of any of thecomponents establishes the operating limitations of the system. Note that the pressure and temperature may varysignificantly within a system, and different materials may be needed at different locations in the system. For exam-ple, in a high-rise building, the static pressure of hydronic piping is greater in the lower floors than in the upper floors,which means that the piping and components at the lower elevations must be rated for the higher pressures.

Expansion and contraction for piping and tubing are addressed to prevent failure of pipe and supports; joint dam-age and leakage; and the transmission of detrimental forces and stresses to connected equipment and buildingcomponents.

As with all piping systems, support of the system is as important as any other part of the overall design. Proper sup-ports are necessary to maintain piping alignment and slope, to support the weight of the piping and its contents, tocontrol movement and to resist hydrodynamic loads, such as thrust. Manufacturer’s recommendations and installa-tion instructions may dictate hanger spacing because specialized support methods are needed to address the unique

STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCED SECTIONS

ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Piping, Fittings Table 407.1ASTM F 2098-2008* Stainless Steel Clamps for Securing SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene

(PEX) Tubing to Metal Insert and Plastic Insert FittingsJoints Table 407.1

ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1AWWA C115-2011* Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded

FlangesPiping Table 407.1

AWWA C900-2007* Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 in.through 12 in. (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Transmission andDistribution Piping, Plastic Table 407.1


AWWA C901-2008* Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1⁄2 in. (13 mm) through 3in. (76 mm), for Water Service


AWWA C 904-2006* Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipe, 1⁄2 in. (12 mm) through3 in. (76 mm), for Water Service


93

characteristics of the material. Piping supports must be installed to prevent damage to the piping caused by thermalexpansion and must not react with or be detrimental to the pipe they support.

ASME B16.4 is being removed as it does not apply to ductile iron fittings; it is a standard for gray iron threaded fit-tings (classes 125 and 250). ASTM D 2239 and ASTM D 2737 are being removed as the standard does not indicateif the standard applies to both cold and hot water application, and it indicates a maximum temperature of 73°F whichis not suitable for hydronic applications. AWWA C900, AWWA C901, and AWWA C904 are being removed as it onlyapplies to potable water only which is not applicable to hydronic applications. CSA B137.11 is being removed fromTable 407.1 only as it indicates that it applies to distribution systems only, which are not applicable to hydronics. ASTMF2098 is being removed as it applies to stainless steel clamps and not fittings.




94

USEHC 2015 – (408.0 – 408.13.2, Table 1201.1): Item # 043



408.0 Joints and Connections.408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for thepressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius ofnot less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.502.0 Tightness.502.1 General. Joints and connections in the solar thermal system shall be airtight, gastight, and watertight for the pressuresrequired by tests.503.0 Types of Joints.503.1 Asbestos-Cement Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for asbestos-cement pipe and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.1.1.503.1.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the same composition as the pipe and sealed with an approved elas-tomeric gasket or joined by a listed compression type coupling. Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with ASTM D 1869. Thecoupling grooves, pipe ends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elastomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves.Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the machined end of thepipe. Lubricant shall not be applied to the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer.503.4 408.2 CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe. CPVC plastic pipe andfitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply withSection 503.4.1 through Section 503.4.3. Joints between chlorinated poly (vinyl chloride) (CPVC) pipe or fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with one of the following methods:503.4.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings with an elastomeric O-ring that employ a quickassembly push fit connectors listed or labeled shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061.503.4.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and mois-ture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shallbe colored and be in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does notrequire the use of primers, yellow or red in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance withASTM D2846, 1⁄2 of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fittingand to the depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and insideof fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. The manufac-turer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices.503.4.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threadsed joints for CPVC pipe shall comply be made with pipe threads in accordance withASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, and the pressure rating shall be reducedby 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe providedthat the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealantcompound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Cau-tion shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVC components once the thread sealant has been applied.Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threads only.503.2 Brass Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brass pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manu-facturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.2.1 through Section 503.2.3.503.2.1 Brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brass pipe and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid tem-perature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means.Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required bymanufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipeor tubing enters the socket of the fitting.

95

503.2.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the compression, pressed, or grooved type using an approved elas-tomeric gasket to form a seal.503.2.3 Threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealanttape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, andnontoxic.503.3 408.3 Copper Pipe, and Tubing and Joints. Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be installedin accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.3.1 through Section 503.3.5.Joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following meth-ods:503.3.1 Brazed Joints. (1) Brazed joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be made withbrazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by eithermanual or mechanical means. Tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to thejoint surfaces where required by manufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall beapplied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting.503.3.2 Flared Joints. (2) Flared joints for soft copper water or copper alloy tubing shall be made with fittings that are inaccordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate tub-ing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool.503.3.3 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall include, but are not limited to, compression, flanged, grooved, pressed,and push fit fittings.503.3.3.1 Mechanically Formed Tee Fittings. (3) Mechanically formed tee fittings shall have extracted collars that shallbe formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surface to form a collarhaving a height not less than three times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to con-form to the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branchpipe or tube into the collar is of a depth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does not obstruct the flow in the main linepipe or tube. Dimple depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. The second dimple shall be 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Soldered jointsshall not be permitted.503.3.3.2 Pressed Fittings. (4) Pressed fittings for copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing shall have an elastomeric O-ringthat forms the joint. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder ofthe fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall bechecked against the mark on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressedusing the tool recommended by the manufacturer.503.3.3.3 Push Fit Fittings. (5) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings for copper or copper alloy tubing or pipe thatemploy quick assembly push fit connectors shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061. Push fit fittings for copper or copper alloypipe or tubing shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, andreamed to full inside diameter. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tubing marked at the shoulder of thefitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting andgripping mechanism has engaged on the pipe.503.3.4 Soldered Joints. (6) Soldered joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be madein accordance with ASTM B828 with the following sequence of joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring and cut-ting, reaming, cleaning, fluxing, assembly and support, heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe or tubing shallbe cut square and reamed to the full inside diameter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Sur-faces to be joined shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing and fittingsand shall be in accordance with ASTM B813, and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. Insert pipe or tub-ing into the base of the fitting and remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be supported to ensure a uniform capil-lary space around the joint. Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flame perpendicular to the pipe or tubingusing acetylene or an LP gas. Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The flame shall be moved to the fitting cup andalternate between the pipe or tubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTM B32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces untilcapillary action draws the molten solder into the cup. Solder and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds 0.2 percent shall be pro-hibited in piping systems conveying potable water. Joint surfaces shall not be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residueshall be cleaned.503.3.5 Threaded Joints. (7) Threaded joints for copper or copper alloy pipe shall be made with pipe threads in accordancewith ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be ofapproved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic.

96

503.10 408.4 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe Plastic Tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fitting join-ing methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section503.10.1 and Section 503.10.2 Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or fittings shall be installed with fittingsfor PEX tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubing labeled in accordance withASTM F876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Mechan-ical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.503.10.1 Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubingin accordance with ASTM F 876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use withthe tubing.503.10.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions.503.11 408.5 Cross-linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX-Al-PEX) Pipe PlasticTubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.11.1 and Section 503.11.1.1. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance withone of the following methods:503.11.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX tubing and pipe or fittings shall include mechan-ical and compression type fittings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accor-dance with ASTM F1974 or ASTM F2434. Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe by thecompression of a crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into annular spaces formedby ribs on the fitting.503.11.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression joints shall include compression insert fittings and shall be joined toPEX-AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a split ring or compression nut around the outer circumference of the pipe, forc-ing the pipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs on the fitting.503.5 408.6 Ductile Iron Pipe and Joints. Ductile iron pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.5.1 and Section 503.5.2. Joints betweenductile iron pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods:503.5.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints for ductile iron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a bell that is cast inte-grally with the pipe or fitting and provided with an exterior flange having bolt holes and a socket with annular recesses for thesealing gasket and the plain end of the pipe or fitting. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Lubricant rec-ommended for potable water the application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe.503.5.2 Push-On Joints. (2) Push-on joints for ductile iron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a single elastomeric gasketthat shall be assembled by positioning the elastomeric gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and forcing theplain end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. The plain end shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form a positive seal andshall be designed so that the elastomeric gasket shall be locked in place against displacement. The elastomeric gasket shall com-ply with AWWA C111. Lubricant recommended for potable water the application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied tothe gasket and plain end of the pipe.503.7 408.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methodsshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.7.1 andSection 503.7.2. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one ofthe following methods:503.7.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be assembled in accordance withSection 503.7.1.1 through Section 503.7.1.3 using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heat methods in accordance with ASTM D2657.503.7.1.1 Butt-Fusion Joints. (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall be madeby heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heatedelement shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force.503.7.1.2 Electro-Fusion Joints. (2) Electro-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F1290 and shall bemade by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and powerapplied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall providethe pressure required for fusion.503.7.1.3 Socket-Fusion Joints. (3) Socket-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall bemade by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt isobtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together andremain undisturbed until cool.

97

503.7.2 Mechanical Joints. (4) Mechanical joints between PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall include insert and mechan-ical compression fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting thepipe square, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps shall be placedover the end of the pipe. Fittings shall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of the pipe. The end of pipe shall beplaced over the barbed insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees(3.14 rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be permittedfor use in joining PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be notless than 30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diam-eters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use.503.8 408.8 Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Polyethylene (PE-Al-PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PE plas-tic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructionsand shall comply with Section 503.8.1 and Section 503.8.1.1. Joints between polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE)pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods:503.8.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be either of the metalinsert fittings with a split ring and compression nut or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shallcomply with ASTM F1974. Crimp insert fittings shall be joined to the pipe by placing the copper crimp ring around the outercircumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting until the pipe contacts theshoulder of the fitting. The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimp ring is 1⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm)to 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring and toolperpendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped more than once.503.8.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be joined throughthe compression of a split ring, by a compression nut around the circumference of the pipe. The compression nut and split ringshall be placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe contacts the shoulderof the fitting. Position and compress the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the insert fitting.503.9 408.9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT). Joints between pPolyethylene of raised temperature (PE-RT) tubing or fittings shall be installed with fittings for PE-RT tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced inTable 407.1. Metal insert fittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked in accor-dance with the standards for fittings in Table 407.1 marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) listed in Table 407.1for which the tubing has been approved. PE-RT tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.503.9.1 Fittings. Metal insert fittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked inaccordance with the standards for fittings in Table 407.1.503.12 408.10 Polypropylene (PP) Pipeing and Joints. PP pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.12.1 through Section 503.12.3. Joints between polypropy-lene pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods:503.12.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. (1) Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be installed withsocket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusion outlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusionpolypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shallbe made in accordance with ASTM F2389 or CSA B137.11.503.12.2 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. (2) Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installedin accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 503.12.3 Threaded Joints. PP Polypropylene pipe shall not be threaded. PPPolypropylene transition fittings for connectionto other piping materials shall only be threaded by use of brass copper or copper alloy, or stainless steel inserts molded into thefitting.503.13 408.11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shallbe installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.13.1 through Sec-tion 503.13.3. Joints between polyvinyl chloride pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following meth-ods:503.13.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shall be designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of the mechan-ical or push-on joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstand without deforma-tion or collapse; the compressive force exerted where the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shall have a minimum wallthickness of the bell at any point between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with ASTM D3139,and be of such size and shape as to provide a compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a pos-itive seal.

98

503.13.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture.Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and otherforeign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipeand fitting is softened. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be madewhile both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbedfor 1 minute after assembly. The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices.503.13.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted tobe threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 per-cent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thicknessof the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble inwater, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of thePVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threadsonly.503.6 408.12 Galvanized Steel Pipe and Tubing and Joints. Galvanized steel pipe and fitting joining methods shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.6.1 and Section503.6.2. Joints between steel pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.6.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shall be made with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket.503.6.2 Threaded Joints. (2) Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASME B1.20.1.Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insolu-ble in water, and nontoxic.(3) Welded joints shall be made by electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned by an approvedprocedure. Joints shall be welded by an approved filler metal.503.14 Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.14.1 and Section 503.14.2.503.14.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use. Such joints shall include compres-sion, flanged, grooved, pressed, and threaded.503.14.2 Welded Joints. Welded joints shall be either fusion or resistance welded based on the selection of the base metal.Chemical composition of the filler metal shall comply with AWS A5.9 based on the alloy content of the piping material.408.13 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 408.13.1 and Section 408.13.2.408.13.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper or copper alloy pipeor tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fit-ting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing and the fit-ting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be madewith a standard pipe size threaded joint.408.13.2 Plastic Pipe to other Materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapteror transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used.503.15 Slip Joints. In water piping, slip joints shall be permitted to be used only on the exposed fixture supply.503.16 Dielectric Unions. Dielectric unions where installed at points of connection where there is a dissimilarity of metalsshall be in accordance with ASSE 1079.503.17 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.17.1 through Section 503.17.3.503.17.1 Copper Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall bemade by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordancewith ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed jointand the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size threaded joint.503.17.2 Plastic Pipe to Other Materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapteror transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used.503.17.3 Stainless Steel to Other Materials. Where connecting stainless steel pipe to other types of piping, mechanicaljoints of the compression type, dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079 and designed for the spe-cific transition intended shall be used.503.18 Expansion Joints. Listed expansion joints shall be accessible and shall be permitted to be used where necessary toprovide for expansion and contraction of the pipes.503.19 Unions. Unions shall be installed in a solar thermal system, not more than 12 inches (305 mm) of regulating equip-ment, water heating, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment that requires service by removal or replacement in a manner thatwill facilitate its ready removal.

99


Note: ASTM F1290 and ASTM F2620 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accor-dance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 UniformSolar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Approval of joints and connections must consider the compatibility of the joint or connection with the working fluidof the system and the pipe materials being joined. Joints and connections must be able to withstand the maximumoperating conditions of the system. The same format for joining methods and materials is in the UPC, UMC, and USP-SHTC. Redundant language for each material is not necessary.

Provisions pertaining to asbestos-cement piping should be deleted as it is no longer manufactured in North Amer-ica. Furthermore, the potential health issue associated with this material makes it unsafe for most water supply anddrainage applications. If for some reason an individual wanted to use this piping material they could always do soin accordance with Section 302.2 (Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Equivalency). Furthermore, therevisions will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and Uniform Plumb-ing Code (UPC) which were accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.


408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for thepressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius ofnot less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Section 408.1 is being modified as you cannot make bends that are six times the outside diameter in all piping mate-rials. Where changes of direction are necessary, it should be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:NICKElSON: Threaded fittings should not be concealed within a wall, ceiling or floor space. The following textshould be added: "Joints or fittings made with a threaded connection shall be accessible for future inspection ormaintenance."


ASTM D 1869-1995(R2010)

Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Joints 503.1.1

ASTM D 2657-2007* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Joints 503.7.1ASTM F1290-1998a(R2011)*

Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings Joints 408.7(2)

ASTM F2620-2012* Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fit-tings

Joints 408.7(1), 408.7(3)

AWS A5.9-2006* Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints 503.14.2

100

USEHC 2015 – (409.0 – 409.5): Item # 044



409.0 System Controls.409.1 Water Temperature Controls. A heat source or system of commonly connected heat sources shall be protected by awater-temperature-activated operating control to stop heat output of the heat source where the system water reaches a pre-setoperating temperature. 409.2 Radiant Floor Heating Panels. Radiant floor heating panels shall be protected with a high-limit control set 20°F (-6.7°C) above the maximum design water temperature for the panel to prevent the introduction of heat into the panel. The high-limit setting shall not exceed the temperature rating for the pipe and shall be equipped with a manual reset.409.3 Operating Steam Controls. A steam heat source or system of commonly connected steam heat sources shall be pro-tected by a pressure-actuated control to shut off the fuel supply where the system pressure reaches a pre-set operating pressure.409.3.1 Water-level Controls. A primary water-level control shall be installed on a steam heat source to control the waterlevel in the heat source. The control shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.409.4 Occupied Spaces. An air-temperature-sensing device shall be installed in the occupied space to regulate the opera-tion of the heat-distribution system.409.5 Return-Water low-Temperature Protection. Where a minimum return-water temperature to the heat source isspecified, the heating system shall be designed and installed to ensure that the minimum return-water temperature is maintainedduring the normal operation of the heat source.

SUBSTANTIATION:System controls are used to ensure the safe operation of the heat source by preventing operation of the appliancewhen an unsafe condition is present. Continued appliance operation during an unsafe condition presents a life safetyhazard and potential for property damage and must be avoided. Furthermore, the proposed language in Section409.0 through Section 409.5 will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC)which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




101

USEHC 2015 – (409.6, 409.7): Item # 045



409.6 Interlock. Where a cooling system is used within the same area of the building, the radiant panel heating and coolingsystems shall be interlock to prevent simultaneous operation.409.7 Temperature Reading. A temperature gauge or transmitter shall be installed for reading the following fluid temper-atures:(1) The panel system supply and outlet. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature between

the heat source outlet and panel system supply are the same.(2) The heat source outlet and return line. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature

between the panel system outlet and the heat source return are the same.

SUBSTANTIATION:System controls are used to ensure the safe operation of the heat source by preventing operation of the appliancewhen an unsafe condition is present. Continued appliance operation during an unsafe condition presents a life safetyhazard and potential for property damage, and therefore must be avoided.


409.6 InterlockSimultanous Operation. Where a cooling system is used within the same area of the building, the rRadi-ant panel heating and cooling systems sharing a common space temperature control shall be interlock configured to preventsimultaneous heating and cooling operation.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Section 409.6 was modified to clarify the intent of the section by further addressing the simultaneous operation of ahydronic space heating and cooling system.



102

USEHC 2015 – (410.0 – 410.8): Item # 046



410.0 Pressure and Flow Controls. 410.1 Balancing. A means for balancing distribution loops, heat emitting devices, and multiple-boiler installations shall beprovided in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. A means for balancing and flow control shall include the pipingdesign, pumping equipment, or balancing devices.410.2 low-Water Control. Direct-fired heat sources within a closed heating system shall have a low-water fuel cut-off device,except as specified in Section 410.3. Where a low-water control is integral with the heat source as part of the appliance’s inte-grated control, and is listed for such use, a separate low-water control shall not be required. An external cut-off device shall beinstalled in accordance with the heat-source manufacturer’s installation instructions. No valve shall be located between theexternal low-water fuel cut-off and the heat-source unit. Where a pumped condensate return is installed, a second low-water cut-off shall be provided.410.3 Flow-Sensing Devices. A direct-fired heat source, requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating, shall have aflow-sensing device installed with the appliance or such device shall be integral with the appliance. A low-water fuel cut-offdevice shall not be required.410.4 Automatic Makeup Water. Where an automatic makeup water supply fill device is used to maintain the water con-tent of the heat-source unit, or any closed loop in the system, the makeup supply shall be located at the expansion tank connection.

A pressure-reducing valve shall be installed on the makeup water feed line. The pressure of the feed line shall be set as spec-ified in the design of the system, and connections to potable water shall be in accordance with Section 402.0 to prevent con-tamination due to backflow.410.5 Differential Pressure Regulation. Provisions shall be made to control zone flows in a multi-zone hydronic systemwhere the closing of some or all of the two-way zone valves causes excess flow through the open zones or deadheading of afixed-speed pump.410.5.1 Differential Pressure Bypass Valve. Where a differential pressure bypass valve is used for the purpose specifiedin Section 410.4, it shall be installed and adjusted to provide bypass of the distribution system where the zones are closed.410.6 Air-Removal Device. Provision shall be made for the removal of air in the heat-distribution piping system. The air-removal device shall be located in the area of the heat-distribution piping system where air accumulates. Air-removal devicesshall be installed to facilitate their removal for examination, repair, or replacement.410.7 Air-Separation Device. An air-separation device shall be installed on a closed heat-distribution system. The deviceshall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions or at the point in the heat-distribution systemwhere there is no pressure change and the water in the heat-distribution system is at the highest temperature.410.8 Secondary loops. Secondary loops that are isolated from the primary heat-distribution loop by a heat exchanger shallhave an air-removal device or an air-separation device as specified in Section 410.6 or Section 410.7.

SUBSTANTIATION:Hydronic balancing is a set of techniques to ensure that the intended amount of water reaches each terminal unit.This is done typically by means of calibrated flow control valves placed throughout the building. Balancing alsoenables the detection and correction of problems (i.e., air in system, deficient balancing valves, etc). If the systemis not balanced properly water will flow to the path of least resistance causing temperature variation and increasedoperating costs.

The sole purpose of a low-water cut-off control is to stop the heat input to the direct-fired heat source whenever thewater level is dangerously low. These devices automatically interrupt the power supply to the burner controls orheating elements to cause the direct-fired source to shutdown. A pumped condensate return must have a switch in

103

the low water cutoff that signals the pump when the heat source needs water. If there is inadequate condensate com-ing back from the system, the make-up valve opens and brings the water up to the required level to ensure that therewill always be a reservoir of water for the pump. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with provisionssubmitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




104

USEHC 2015 – (410.9): Item # 047



410.9 Circulating Pumps. Circulating pumps shall comply with Chapter 11. A pressure bypass valve shall be installed wherea single circulating pump operating on demand is servicing more than one zone containing zone valves.

SUBSTANTIATION:Circulating pumps are typically used in a hydronic system and shall comply with Chapter 11. A bypass valve mustbe installed where only one pump is being used. The bypass will prevent a system shutdown when a pump is beingserviced.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for fur-ther study on the merits of the proposed text.



105

USEHC 2015 – (411.0 – 411.5): Item # 048



411.0 Hydronic Space Heating. 411.1 General. Based on the system design, the heat-distribution units shall be selected in accordance with the manufacturer’sspecifications.411.2 Installation. Heat-distribution units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions andthis code.411.3 Freeze Protection. Hydronic heat-distribution units or other system components shall be designed, installed, and pro-tected from freezing.411.4 Balancing. System loops shall be installed so that the design flow rates are achieved within the system.411.5 Heat Transfer Medium. The flash point of transfer fluid in a hydronic piping system shall be a minimum of 50°F(28°C) above the maximum system operating temperature in accordance with Section 314.3.2. The transfer fluid shall be com-patible with the makeup fluid supplied to the system.

SUBSTANTIATION:Selection of heat distribution units is to ensure that equipment is incorporated into hydronic heating systems in a man-ner that meets the needs of the design. While taking into consideration the requirements, specifications of the man-ufacturer, and for supply temperatures to be compatible with the selected heat distribution unit. If a heat transfer fluidwith a low flash point is used in a hydronic system a pressure relief valve discharge or a system leak may create apotential hazard. To avoid this possibility, the flash point of the transfer fluid must be at least 50°F higher than themaximum possible temperature at which the system can operate; the 50°F is indicated in Section 314.3.2. Protec-tion from freezing is essential for heat-distribution units as they are typically located on outside walls. Every hydronicsystem and terminal within a hydronic system operates more effectively when balanced correctly. With this controlcomes the best possible indoor climate as the lowest possible energy cost. Furthermore, Section 411.0 throughSection 411.5 will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 UMC, which was accepted by the UMC TechnicalCommittee.




106

USEHC 2015 – (412.0 – 412.6): Item # 049



412.0 Steam Systems.412.1 Steam Traps. For other than one-pipe steam systems, each heat-distribution unit shall be supplied with a steam trapthat is listed for the application.412.2 Sloping for Two-Pipe System. Two-pipe steam system piping and heat-distribution units shall be sloped down at 1⁄8inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) in the direction of the steam flow.412.3 Sloping for One-Pipe System. One-pipe steam system piping and heat-distribution units shall be sloped down at 1⁄8inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) towards the steam boiler, without trapping.412.4 Automatic Air Vents. Steam automatic air vents shall be installed to eliminate air pressure in heat-distribution unitson gravity steam piping systems. Steam traps shall be installed on pump and receiver condensate systems to eliminate negativepressures in coils and heat exchangers on a low-pressure steam system. Air vents shall not be used on a vacuum system.412.5 Condensate Flow. System piping shall be installed to allow condensate to flow from the steam trap to the condensatetank or steam boiler.412.6 Steam-Distribution Piping. Where multi-row elements are installed in an enclosure, they shall be top fed and pipedin parallel down to the steam trap. A single steam trap for each row of heating elements shall be installed. Where the size of thereturn header is increased by a minimum of one pipe size, a single steam trap shall be permitted to be installed for multiple rows.Where multiple steam unit heaters are installed, an individual steam trap for each unit shall be installed.

SUBSTANTIATION:Steam traps are required for pumped condensate systems to eliminate negative pressures in units such as coils, radi-ators and heat exchangers. Where multiple rows of heating elements are in one enclosure, each row must have asteam trap. The steam must be fed from the top down. This type of arrangement will ensure the condensate can flowback to the boiler or receiving tank. Gravity steam systems require air vents to release air pressure from within thesystem. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechan-ical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.




107

USEHC 2015 – (413.0 – 413.9.2): Item # 050



413.0 Radiant Heating and Cooling.413.1 Installation. Radiant heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance with the system design.413.2 Radiant Under-Floor Heating. Floor surface temperatures shall not exceed the following temperatures:(1) 85°F (29°C) in dwellings, buildings, or structures.(2) 85°F (29°C) in occupancies where prolonged foot contact with the floor, and solid or laminated hardwood flooring.(3) 90°F (32°C) in bathrooms and indoor swimming pools.

The radiant heating panel temperature shall not exceed the maximum temperature rating of the materials used in the con-struction of the radiant heating panel. The radiant panel shall be protected with a high-limit control in accordance with Section409.2.413.3 Chilled Water Systems. Chilled water systems for cooling shall be designed to minimize the potential for condensa-tion. Chilled water piping, valves, and fittings shall be insulated and vapor sealed to prevent surface condensation.413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity-con-trolled environment. An air handling device that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relativehumidity below 70 percent. A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the panels where the surfaceapproaches the dew point.413.5 Tube Placement. Hydronic radiant panel tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and system design. The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold shall not exceed the lengthsspecified by the manufacturer or, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, the lengths specified in Table 413.5. Actualloop lengths shall be determined by spacing, number of loops, flowrate, and pressure drop requirements, as specified in the sys-tem design.

For the purpose of system balancing, each individual loop shall have a tag securely affixed to the manifold to indicate thelength of the loop, and the room(s) and area(s) served.

In a single-zone multiple-manifold installation, balanced flow through manifolds shall be as specified in Section 411.4.

TABlE 413.5MAXIMUM lENGTH OF CONTINUOUS TUBING FROMA SUPPlY-AND-RETURN MANIFOlD ARRANGEMENT

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

413.6 Poured Floor Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a concrete slab such tubes shall not be largerin outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on cen-ter. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.413.6.1 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a concrete slab, tubing shallbe protected from damage at penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. The space between the tubing and sleeve shallbe sealed. The tubing at the location of an expansion joint in a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve that

NOMINAl TUBE SIzE(inches)

MAXIMUM lOOP lENGTH(feet)

1⁄4 1255⁄16 2003⁄8 2501⁄2 3005⁄8 4003⁄4 5001 750

108

covers the tubing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) on either side of the expansion joint or the tubing shall be installed belowthe slab.413.6.2 Insulation. Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed in contact with the soil, not less than R-5 insu-lation shall be installed and shall be placed between the soil and the concrete; extend to the outside edges of the concrete; andbe placed on all slab edges.

Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed on grade, not less than R-5 insulation shall be installed and placedon vertical slab edges.

Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed within a habitable space above and below, the total R-value ofthe floor system below the concrete slab shall be more than the total R-value of the material lying above the concrete slab andthe floor system shall have not less than a R-3 value.413.7 Joist Systems and Subfloors. Where tubing is installed below a subfloor, the tube spacing shall be in accordancewith the system design and joist space limitations.

Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, the tube spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) center-to-centerfor living areas.

Where tubing is installed in the joist cavity, the cavity shall be insulated with not less than R-12 material.An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be maintained between the top of the insulation and the underside of

the floor unless a conductive plate is installed.Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor and not embedded in concrete, the floor assembly shall be insulated with

not less than R-12 material below the tubing.413.8 Wall and Ceiling Panels. Where piping is installed in the wall stud cavity or the ceiling joist cavity, the cavity shallbe insulated with material having an R-value of not less than R-12 material. The insulation shall be installed in such a manneras to prevent heating or cooling from being lost from the space intended to be controlled.

An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be maintained between the insulation and the interior surface of thepanel unless a conductive plate is installed.413.9 Radiant Heating and Cooling Panels. Radiant heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and shall be listed for the application.413.9.1 Electric Heating Panel Systems. Clearances for electric heating panels or between outlets, junction boxes, mount-ing luminaries, ventilating, or other openings shall comply with NFPA 70.413.9.2 Radiant Wall and Ceiling Panels. Radiant panels attached to wood, steel, masonry, or concrete framing membersshall be fastened by means of anchors, bolts, or approved expansion screws of sufficient size and anchorage to support the loadsapplied. In high moisture areas, panels shall be installed with corrosion-resistant fasteners. Piping systems shall be designed forthermal expansion to prevent the load being transmitted to the panel.

SUBSTANTIATION:The temperature of the water flowing through the tube is based on the amount of material obstructing the movementof heat from the tube to the space being heated. The type of flooring used, or extra floor material that the heat mustpass through, will require higher water temperatures to motivate the flow of heat into the space. Tube placement isdetermined by the spacing, flow rate, friction loss, and pump capability identified in the design. The intent is to ensureexcessively long tubing lengths are not used in panel systems. Identification and labeling is an important part ofradiant panel tube heating in order to provide proper system balancing. Some differences between heating and cool-ing systems are the necessity of constant supply water temperature for humidity control; constant circulation ratesbecause of chiller low temperature and freeze point requirements; relative small water temperature ranges becauseof the series of temperature differentials required between the water freeze point and dehumidification. Whether achilled ceiling or chilled floor is used for space cooling, both systems need to be in a humidity-controlled environment.Therefore, some type of air-handling device that removes humidity must also be incorporated into the system tokeep the relative humidity below 70 percent. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with proposed lan-guage submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Com-mittee meeting.

Good design practices consider the effects of tube placement. Where tubes are placed closer together the result isa lower water temperature. Bare concrete and tile floors may suffer from “striping” when tube centers are too far apart.The results of striping (warm and cool bands) can be felt on the floor surface by the occupants and should be avoided.Manufacturers should be consulted for actual “R” values and maximum temperatures for their products. Tube loca-

109

tion near the concrete floor surface is preferred for very thick slabs, minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover to pre-vent cracking. R-value is a unit of measure of thermal resistance and the higher the value, the better the heat-insu-lating capabilities of the material. For example, an 8” lightweight concrete block has an R-value of 2 and a ½ of aninch of plywood has an R-value of .63. The concrete block has far better heat-insulating properties than the ply-wood. This unit is used to find the ‘heat-loss calculation’ for a structure so that preparations can be made to prop-erly heat the structure. Radiant heating systems need low R-values for carpet pads to allow the heat to pass throughit and high R-values are encouraged everywhere else.

Currently the USEHC is not clear in regards to the installation of radiant heating and cooling panels. Radiant heat-ing and cooling panels should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and belisted for the specific application. Therefore, proposed Section 413.9 should be added to clarify to the end user ofsuch requirements. Section 413.9.1 will address the minimum requirements for electric heating panel systems whichare currently not addressed in the USEHC. Electric heating panel systems are common throughout the industry,and the end user has no guidance for the safe installation of such system. NFPA 70 is the industry standard formany electric-type products including heating panels. In Section 413.9.2, will address the anchorage of radiant walland ceiling panels. It is crucial that the panels are securely fastened to support the distributed loads. Furthermore,since it is common for panels to be exposed to areas where corrosion can occur, such installation will require thefasteners to be of corrosion-resistant material. Support of radiant panels is safety issue and should be addressed.Section 413.9 through Section 413.9.2 correlate with the provisions proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code(UMC) which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:NICKElSON: Section 413.2 should be revised to correlate with other codes and for clarity (currently Item 1 and Item2 indicate the same temperature requirements). Item 1 and Item 2 should be revised to the following: “(1) 85°F (29°C) in occupied areas of dwellings, buildings or structures.(2) 80°F (27°C) in areas where prolonged foot contact with the floor is likely.”

In Section 413.4, a slight change to the wording on the last sentence is required to be in line with industry standardnomenclature. I recommend the last sentence to read: “A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space tomodulate the panel temperature where the surface approaches the dew point.”

Section 413.5 would require a tag on each individual loop to indicate the loop length. Many manufacturers use a man-ifold chart that is placed near the manifold calling out each loop and its length. The second paragraph should berevised to read: "For the purpose of system balancing, each manifold shall be labeled to indicate the length of eachloop, and the room(s) and area(s) served.”

In Section 413.6, a poured floor system does not have the same requirements as an overpour system. I recom-mend the following text be added to Section 413.6 or into a new section: "Where tubing is embedded in an “over-pour” such tubes shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embeddedin the “overpour” not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) below the surface."

Experience has shown that a 1.5 inch air gap works well for joist space heating systems. Furthermore, a conduc-tive plate being installed in the joist space should have no bearing on the air gap used. Therefore, Section 413.7 (4thparagraph) should be revised to read: "An air space of not less than 1.5 inches (38mm) shall be maintained betweenthe top of the insulation and the underside of the floor." Lastly, in the 5th paragraph, the insulation value of “R-12”should be revised to “R-3” to correlate with Section 413.6.2.

110

USEHC 2015 – (414.0, 414.1): Item # 051



414.0 Indirect-Fired Domestic Hot-Water Storage Tanks.414.1 General. Domestic hot-water heat exchangers, whether internal or external to the heating appliance, shall be permittedto be used to heat water in domestic hot-water storage tanks. Tanks used to store hot water shall be listed for the intended useand constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards. A pressure- and temperature-relief valve with a set pres-sure not exceeding 150 percent of the maximum operating pressure of the system, and at a temperature of 210°F (99°C), shallbe installed on the storage tank.

Where the normal operating temperature of the boiler or dual-purpose water heater that provides heat input for domestichot water exceeds 140°F (60°C), a thermostatically controlled mixing valve as specified in Section 405.3.1 shall be installed tolimit the water supplied to the potable hot water system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less. The potability of the watershall be maintained throughout the system.

SUBSTANTIATION:Where a system has a dual purpose water heater that supplies hot water and serves as a heat source for a hotwater space heating system, the maximum outlet water temperature for the potable hot water distribution system islimited to 140°F (60°C). A master thermostatic mixing valve conforming to ASSE 1017 must be installed to limit thewater temperature to 140°F (60°C) or less. These valves are used extensively in applications for domestic serviceto mix hot and cold water to reduce high service water temperature to the building distribution system. These devicesare not intended for final temperature control at fixtures and appliances. A water heater used as part of a spaceheating system must be protected from any conditions that can cause contamination of the potable water supply sys-tem. A typical installation might be an under-floor radiant heating system. Because the water heater is part of thepotable water system, materials used in the heating system must be approved for use in a potable water system,and all connections must be protected against contamination. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate withlanguage submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Com-mittee.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:FECTEAU: This proposal should include the nationally recognized standards that this product is required to be listed to:Electric, Household: UL 174Oil Fired Storage Tank: UL 732Gas, 75,000 Btu/hr or less: ANSI Z21.10.2 / CSA 4.1Gas, Above 75,000 Btu/hr: ANSI Z21.10.3 / CSA 4.3Gas, Commercial: UL 795Electric, Commercial: UL 1453Electric, Space Heating: UL 834

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: FDA will only approve direct food additives; therefore FDA does not approve heat transfer fluid for solar,hydronic or ground source heating systems. Also, FDA only refers to additives when used in food and does approve

111

mixing inhibitors into heat transfer fluids for a high temperature application in solar thermal systems. When mixinginhibitors together it can create a heat transfer fluid which could be toxic and contaminate the potable water system.

As a manufacturer, we can only self certify that our particular FDA food additive mixture of heat transfer fluid issafe. We have found that NSF is an independent third party that performs a toxicology assessment of our FDA addi-tive mixture of heat transfer fluid, and registers it as safe to protect the health and safety of potable water systems.

We have had inspectors asking for documents stating that our particular mixture of heat transfer fluid is listedsafe by an independent recognized organization. Our goal is to protect health and safety of the potable water witha single wall heat exchanger.

I would recommend that Section 414.1(General) be revised to the following: “Domestic hot-water heat exchang-ers shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Systems that incor-porate a single-wall heat exchanger to separate potable water from the heat-transfer fluid shall meet the following:(1) Heat transfer medium is either water or contains fluids which are listed on the Code of Federal Regulations, Title21, Food and Drugs; Chapter 1, Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Food Substances Affirmed as Generally Rec-ognized as Safe (GRAS). The heat transfer medium shall be a fluid registered by an accredited organization asacceptable for use as a heat transfer fluid where there is a possibility of incidental food contact. NSF registration HT‐1,or equal registration.”

112

USEHC 2015 – (415.0 – 415.4, Table 415.3.1): Item # 052



415.0 Auxiliary Systems.415.1 General. Additional heating loads shall be sized in accordance with one of the following methods and the requiredadditional capacity shall be added to the primary heat source:(1) Methods included in this chapter.(2) Other approved engineering methods acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.(3) Sizing guidelines included in the manufacturer’s instructions,

Where an auxiliary system is deemed to be in use only in seasons other than winter, it shall not be required to be combinedwith the space heating requirement in the winter. The heat source shall be sized to the level of the highest total seasonal load.415.2 Use of Chemical Additives and Corrosive Fluids. Where auxiliary systems contain chemical additives, corrosivefluids, or both not intended or designed for use in the primary system, a double wall heat exchanger shall be used in accordancewith Section 406.1. The chemical additives in the auxiliary systems shall be compatible with auxiliary system components andaccepted for use by the heat exchanger manufacturer.415.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operating control device that controls the supply hydronic solution temper-ature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system. A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronic solutiontemperature, as specified in Section 409.5. Snow melt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing with an approvedhydronic solution. The circulating heat transfer fluid shall be a mixture of propylene or ethylene glycol and water. Automotiveantifreeze shall not be used.415.3.1 Tube Placement. Snow melt tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructionsand with the tube layout and spacing as specified in the system design. Except for distribution mains, tube spacing that is shownin the design as center-to-center and the individual loop lengths shall be installed with a variance of not more than ±10 percentfrom the design.

The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold arrangement shall not exceed the lengths specified bythe manufacturer installation instructions and system design or, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, the lengthsspecified in Table 415.3.1. Actual loop lengths shall be determined by spacing, flow rate, temperature, and pressure drop, as spec-ified in the system design.

TABlE 415.3.1lOOP lENGTHS FOR SNOW MElT SYSTEMS1,2

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mmNotes:(1) The total PE-RT or PEX loop lengths consist of two separate sections, the active loop and the leader length. The active

loop is installed within the heated slab. The leader length is the total distance to and from the manifold and heated slab,including any vertical distances.

(2) The manifolds should be installed as close to the snow melts area as possible.(3) In concrete use a minimum Type L copper water tubing. In bituminous pavement using Type K copper water tubing.

SIzE(inches)

AVERAGE ACTIVE lOOP(feet)

TOTAl lOOP(feet)

PE-RT or PEX Tubing5⁄8 225 2503⁄4 300 3251 450 475

Copper Tubing3

1⁄2 – 1403⁄4 – 280

113

415.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a concrete slab, such tubes shallnot be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than threediameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.415.3.3 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a concrete slab, tubing shallbe protected from damage at penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. The space between the tubing and sleeve shallbe sealed. The tubing at the location of a joint in a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve that covers the tub-ing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) on either side of the joint or the tubing shall be installed below the slab.415.3.4 Concrete Slab Preparation. A solid foundation shall be prepared before the tubing is installed. Compaction shallbe used for slabs, sidewalks, and driveways.415.3.5 Insulation. Where a poured concrete snow melt system is installed in contact with the soil, insulation that has a R-5value shall be placed between the concrete and the compacted grade; extend as close as practical to the outside edges of the con-crete; and be placed on vertical slab edges that are in contact with plants or landscaping.415.3.6 Testing. Testing of auxiliary systems shall be in accordance with Section 404.2.415.4 Hydronic Makeup Air Units. Hydronic makeup air units that are affected by freezing shall be protected against freez-ing by a hydronic solution or a method approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

SUBSTANTIATION:Auxiliary systems need to be addressed as additional loads are placed on the system along with chemical addi-tives, corrosive fluids, or both. These recommended requirements address the design, installation and operation ofsnow and ice melting systems. The expected output should be based on the rate of snowfall, air dry-bulb tempera-ture, humidity, wind speed, and dimension and design of controlled surfaces. The pipe spacing, pipe depth, andslab insulation can all have a significant effect on the heating capacity required to achieve a certain snow-meltingperformance. As can be seen, either increasing the pipe spacing or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degradesthe performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surfaceof the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible.Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance;however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid tempera-tures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints. Furthermore, the proposed language will cor-relate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMCTechnical Committee.


415.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operating control device that controls the supply hydronic solution temper-ature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system. A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronic solutiontemperature, as specified in Section 409.5. Snow melt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing with an approvedhydronic solution. The circulating heat transfer fluid shall be a mixture of propylene glycol or ethylene glycol and water. Auto-motive antifreeze shall not be used.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The modification adds “glycol” as it clarifies that propylene glycol and water is a permitted mixture that can be usedas a heat transfer fluid.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: FDA will only approve direct food additives; therefore FDA does not approve heat transfer fluid for solar,hydronic or ground source heating systems. Also, FDA only refers to additives when used in food and does approvemixing inhibitors into heat transfer fluids for high a temperature application in solar thermal systems. When mixinginhibitors together it can create a heat transfer fluid which could be toxic and contaminate the potable water system.

114

As a manufacturer, we can only self-certify that our particular FDA food additive mixture of heat transfer fluid issafe. We have found that NSF is an independent third party that performs a toxicology assessment of our FDA addi-tive mixture of heat transfer fluid, and registers it as safe to protect the health and safety of potable water systems.

We have had inspectors asking for documents stating that our particular mixture of heat transfer fluid is listedsafe by an independent recognized organization. Our goal is to protect health and safety of the potable water witha single wall heat exchanger.

I would recommend that the following language be added to Section 415.2 (Use of Chemical Additives and Cor-rosive Fluids): “Heat exchangers shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat trans-fer medium. Systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger to separate potable water from the heat-transferfluid shall meet the following: (1) Heat transfer medium is either water or contains fluids which are listed on the Codeof Federal Regulations, Title 21, Food and Drugs; Chapter 1, Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Food SubstancesAffirmed as Generally Recognized as Safe (GRAS). The heat transfer medium shall be a fluid registered by anaccredited organization as acceptable for use as a heat transfer fluid where there is a possibility of incidental foodcontact. NSF registration HT-1, or equal registration.”

115

USEHC 2015 – (416.0 – 416.6, 311.3): Item # 053



416.0 Piping Installation.416.1 General. Piping, fittings, and connections shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of their approval.416.2 Embedded Piping and Joints. Piping for heating or cooling panels embedded in concrete shall be steel pipe, TypeL copper tubing or plastic pipe or tubing rated at not less than 100 psi at 180○F (689 kPa at 82○C). Joints of pipe or tubing thatare embedded in a portion of the building, such as concrete or plaster, shall be installed in accordance with the requirements ofSection 416.2.1 through Section 416.2.3.416.2.1 Steel Pipe. Steel pipe shall be welded by electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method.416.2.2 Copper Tubing. Copper tubing shall be joined by brazing with filler metals having a melting point not less than1000ºF (538ºC).416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method.416.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During the pour,the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi(689 kPa). During freezing or the possibility of freezing conditions, testing shall be done with air where permitted by the man-ufacturer.416.4 System Drainage. Hydronic piping systems shall be installed to permit the system to be drained. The system shall drainby indirect waste in accordance with Section 311.3. Embedded piping underground or under floors is not required to be designedfor draining the system.416.5 Condensate Drainage. Condensate drains from dehumidifying coils shall be constructed and sloped for condensateremoval. Such drains shall be installed in accordance with Section 311.3.416.6 Clearance to Combustibles. Hydronic piping where the exterior temperature exceeds 250○F (121○C) shall have aclearance of not less 1 inch (25.4 mm) to combustible materials.

311.3 Drainage. For heating or hot-water-supply boiler applications, the boiler room shall be equipped with a floor drain orother approved means for disposing of the accumulation of liquid wastes incident to cleaning, recharging, and routine mainte-nance. No steam pipe shall be directly connected to a part of a plumbing or drainage system, nor shall a water having a tem-perature above 140°F (60°C) be discharged under pressure directly into a part of a drainage system. Pipes from boilers shalldischarge by means of indirect waste piping, as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the boiler manufacturer’sinstructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:The proposed language provides clear and concise provisions for the installation of piping including joining meth-ods for materials embedded in concrete. To facilitate system repairs and maintenance, hydronic piping systemsmust be sloped and arranged to allow the transfer-medium fluids or condensate to be drained from the system.Each trapped section of the system piping must have drain cocks, unions or some other means of opening the sys-tem to drain it. Drainage discharge to the plumbing system must be by an indirect connection.

Maintaining a 1-inch clearance allows some of the heat energy from the hydronic pipe to dissipate before reachingadjacent combustible materials. Continuous exposure to the heat produced by hydronic piping can chemically alteradjacent combustible materials, thereby lowering the ignition temperature and creating a potential fire hazard. Exceptfor steam applications, temperatures near 250°F are not typically found in hydronic systems. Even if the design tem-perature is less than 250°F, a clearance to combustibles should be maintained when higher temperatures are pos-sible or when the maximum set point of system limit controls exceeds 250°F.

Testing of piping is necessary to disclose any defects in the system. This testing is especially important where thepiping is to be encased and thereby made inaccessible. Furthermore, all of the proposed language will correlate withlanguage proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Com-mittee.


116



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:CUDAHY: It may be possible for joints under-slab to be solvent welded, as an example. I would recommend that Sec-tion 416.2.3 (Plastics) be revised to the following: “Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths orshall be joined by heat fusion or solvent welding methods.”

NICKElSON: The current provisions in Section 416.2.3 do not provide requirements to allow a mechanical, per-manent-type repair coupling. I recommend the following text to be added: "...or shall be joined by heat fusion methodor other approved permanent-type mechanical fittings as recommended by the manufacturer."

117

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 4, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, Item # 054210.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1):



CHAPTER 4PIPING AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROl

BOIlERS AND WATER HEATERS

401.0 General.401.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction, installation, alteration, and protection of solar ther-mal system piping and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination. Piping for potable water supply and dis-tribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code.

402.0 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures.402.1 General. Piping installed for a solar thermal system shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.1 through Sec-tion 402.1.9.1.402.1.1 Under or Through Walls. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passingthrough or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approvedprovisions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the groundshall be sealed. 402.1.2 Under Concrete Slab. Solar thermal piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab restingon the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements:(1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized stan-

dards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings neces-sarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approvednonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped.

(2) Copper tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittingsshall be wrought copper.For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation.

402.1.3 Expansion and Contraction. Piping in connection with a solar thermal system shall be so installed that piping orconnections will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, and struc-tural settlement. No solar thermal piping, unless designed and listed for such use, shall be directly embedded in concrete ormasonry. No structural member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise, as defined in thebuilding code. 402.1.4 Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete, masonry walls, and concrete floors.Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored.402.1.5 Building loads. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building construction.402.1.6 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void,damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner.402.1.7 Plastic and Copper Piping. Plastic and copper piping penetrating framing members to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) ofthe exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than No. 18 gauge (0.0478 inches) (1.2 mm) in thickness.The steel nail plate shall extend along the framing member not less than 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of thepipe or tubing.

118

402.1.8 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall,unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. Freeze protection for solar thermal sys-tems shall be provided in accordance with the following:(1) Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for system com-

ponents containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner.(2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance of freezing weather

conditions.(3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freeze tolerance

limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature.(4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is potable water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall

be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as onemechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to pro-tect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, thermal massof a system shall be permitted to be a form of freeze protection.

(5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling of solar thermal sys-tem components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontallength. This also applies to header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector. Where a means to drain thesystem is provided a drain valve shall be installed.

(6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the systemin a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, such label shall indicate the min-imum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended by the manu-facturer’s instructions.

402.1.9 Water Hammer Protection. Solar thermal systems where quick-acting valves are installed shall be provided withwater hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves. Water hammer arrestorsshall be approved mechanical devices in accordance with the applicable standard(s) referenced in Table 1201.1 and shall beinstalled as close as possible to quick-acting valves.402.1.9.1 Mechanical Devices. Where listed mechanical devices are used, the manufacturer’s installation instructions as tolocation and method of installation shall be followed.

403.0 Identification of Piping Systems.403.1 General. In buildings where a potable water system and nonpotable water or solar thermal system, or both, are installed,each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Section 403.2 through Section 403.4.403.2 Color and Information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, wraps, andmaterials compatible with the piping and in accordance with Section 403.2.1 through Section 403.2.3.403.2.1 Potable Water. Potable water systems shall be identified with a green background with white lettering. The minimumsize of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table 403.2.1.

TABlE 403.2.1MINIMUM lENGTH OF COlOR FIElD AND SIzE OF lETTERS


403.2.2 Nonpotable Water. Nonpotable water systems shall be identified in accordance with the plumbing code.403.2.3 Heat Transfer Medium. Solar thermal piping shall be identified with an orange background with black uppercaselettering, with the words “CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.” Each solar thermal system shall beidentified to designate the medium being conveyed. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall complywith Table 403.2.1.

OUTSIDE DIAMETER OFPIPE OR COVERING

(inches)

MINIMUM lENGTH OFCOlOR FIElD

(inches)

MINIMUM SIzE OFlETTERS(inches)

1⁄2 to 11⁄4 8 1⁄211⁄2 to 2 8 3⁄421⁄2 to 6 12 11⁄48 to 10 24 21⁄2Over 10 32 31⁄2

119

Each outlet on the solar thermal piping system shall be posted with black uppercase lettering as follows:“CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.”403.3 location of Piping Identification. The background color and required information shall be indicated every 20 feet(6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level. 403.4 Flow Directions. Solar thermal systems shall have flow directions indicated on system components and piping or shallhave flow directions indicated on a diagrammatic representation of the system as installed, and permanently affixed to the sys-tem hardware in a readily visible location.

404.0 Unlawful Connections.404.1 Prohibited Installation. No installation of solar thermal piping, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner thatit will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter a portion of the potablewater system from a pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment by reason of backsiphonage, suction, or other cause, either during nor-mal use and operation thereof, or where such pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment is subject to pressure exceeding the operatingpressure in the potable water system.404.2 Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits carryingpotable water supplied by a public or private building supply system, and pipes or conduits containing or carrying water fromother source or containing or carrying water that has been used for a purpose whatsoever, or piping carrying chemicals, liquids,gases, or substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard andmaintained in accordance with this code.404.3 Backflow Prevention. No device or construction shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to a potablewater supply, where such installation or connection provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connectionbetween a distributing system of water for drinking and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated by such deviceor construction unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard.

405.0 Cross-Connection Control.405.1 General. Cross-connection control shall be provided between the potable water system and the solar thermal system inaccordance with Section 405.2 through Section 405.12.

No person shall install a water-operated equipment or mechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance, where itis found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable water sup-ply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be permitted where equipped with an approved backflow device or assembly.405.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies. Before a device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of backflow, itshall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordance withrecognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices andassemblies shall comply with Table 405.2(1), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. The mini-mum air gap to afford backflow protection shall comply with Table 405.2(2).

Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in goodworking condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall betested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often whererequired by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall berepaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, with-out the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwiseapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

120

TABlE 405.2(1)BACKFlOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBlIES AND METHODS

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mmNotes:1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter.2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation.4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period.5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section 406.5.

DEGREE OF HAzARDDEVICE, ASSEMBlY, OR

METHOD1APPlICABlESTANDARDS

POllUTION(lOW HAzARD)

CONTAMINATION(HIGH HAzARD)

INSTAllATION2,3

BACK-SIPHONAGE

BACK-PRESSURE

BACK-SIPHONAGE

BACK-PRESSURE

Air gap ASMEA112.1.2

X –– X –– See Table 405.2(2) in this chapter.

Air gap fittings for use withappliances and appurte-nances

ASMEA112.1.3

X –– X –– Air gap fitting is a device with aninternal air gap and typical installa-tion includes plumbing fixtures,appliances and appurtenances. Thecritical level shall not be installedbelow the flood level rim.

Atmospheric vacuumbreaker (consists of a body,checking member andatmospheric port)

ASSE 1001 orCSA B64.1.1

X –– X –– Upright position. No valve down-stream. Minimum of 6 inches or listeddistance above all down-stream pip-ing and flood-level rim of receptor.4, 5

Vacuum breaker wallhydrants, hose bibbs, frostresistant, automatic drain-ing type

ASSE 1019 orCSA B64.2.1.1

X –– X –– Installation includes wall hydrantsand hose bibbs. Such devices are notfor use under continuous pressureconditions (means of shut-off down-stream of device is prohibited).4, 5

Spill-Resistant PressureVacuum Breaker (singlecheck valve with air inletvent and means of fieldtesting)

ASSE 1056 X –– X –– Upright position. Minimum of 12inches or listed distance above alldownstream piping and flood-levelrim of receptor.5

Double Check Valve Back-flow Prevention Assembly(two independent checkvalves and means of fieldtesting)

ASSE 1015;AWWA C510;CSA B64.5 orCSA B64.5.1

X X –– –– Horizontal unless otherwise listed.Access and clearance shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions, and not less than a 12inch clearance at bottom for mainte-nance. May need platform or ladderfor test and repair. Does not dischargewater.

Pressure Vacuum BreakerBackflow PreventionAssembly (loaded air inletvalve, internally loadedcheck valve and means offield testing)

ASSE 1020 orCSA B64.1.2

X –– X –– Upright position. May have valvesdownstream. Minimum of 12 inchesabove all downstream piping andflood-level rim of receptor. May dis-charge water.

Reduced Pressure PrincipleBackflow PreventionAssembly (two independ-ently acting loaded checkvalves, a differential pres-sure relief valve and meansof field testing)


X X X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed.Access and clearance shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions, and not less than a 12inch minimum clearance at bottomfor maintenance. May needplatform/ladder for test and repair.May discharge water.

121

TABlE 405.2(2)MINIMUM AIR GAPS4

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mmNotes:1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect air gaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times the

diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls.2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in

Footnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the air gap shall be measured from the topof the wall.

3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet.Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area ofthe single outlet, whichever is smaller.

4 Air gaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with

vacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (0 kPa to 85 kPa).

405.3 Assemblies. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority HavingJurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies.405.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. Where more than one backflow prevention valve is installed on a single premise, andthe valves are installed in one location, each separate valve shall be permanently identified by the permittee in a manner satis-factory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.405.5 Testing. The premise owner or responsible person shall have the backflow prevention assembly tested by a certified back-flow assembly tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or moreoften when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall be performed in accordance with the pro-cedures referenced in Table 1201.1 by a tester qualified in accordance with those standards.405.6 Access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and repair.Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) betweenthe lowest portion of the assembly and grade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) above thefloor or grade shall be provided with a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or maintenance person.405.7 Connections. Where potable water is discharged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved air gapof two pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm).405.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. Backflow preventers for hot water exceeding 110°F (43°C) shall be a type designedto operate at temperatures exceeding 110°F (43°C) without rendering a portion of the assembly inoperative.405.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Solar thermal systems with integral backflow preventers or integral air gaps manu-factured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.405.10 Prohibited locations. Backflow preventers shall not be located in an area containing fumes that are toxic, poison-ous, or corrosive. Backflow preventers with atmospheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits, underground, or submergedlocations.405.11 Cold Climate. In cold climate areas, backflow assemblies and devices shall be protected from freezing with an out-door enclosure or by a method acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.405.12 Drain lines. Drain lines serving backflow devices or assemblies shall be sized in accordance with the discharge ratesof the manufacturer’s flow charts of such devices or assemblies.

406.0 Specific Requirements.406.1 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or solar thermal systems shall protect thepotable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall meet the require-ments of Section 406.1.1. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat transfer medium by pro-viding a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere.

FIXTURESWHERE NOT AFFECTED

BY SIDEWALLS1

(inches)

WHERE AFFECTEDBY SIDEWALLS2

(inches)

Effective openings3 not greater than 1⁄2 of an inch in diameter 1 11⁄2Effective openings3 not greater than 3⁄4 of an inch in diameter 11⁄2 21⁄4Effective openings3 not greater than 1 inch in diameter 2 3Effective openings3 greater than 1 inch in diameter Two times diameter of effective

openingThree times diameter of effective

opening

122

406.1.1 Single-Wall Heat Exchangers. Solar thermal systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet thefollowing requirements:

(1) Heat transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration(FDA) as food grade.

(2) Bear a label with the word “Caution,” followed by the following statements:(a) The heat transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA.(b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable

water supply.(3) The word “Caution” and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048

mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shallbe not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification.

406.2 Water Supply Inlets. Water supply inlets to tanks and other receptors shall be protected by one of the following means:(1) An approved air gap.(2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side of the last valve with the critical level not less than 6 inches (152

mm) or in accordance with its listing.(3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination or pollution, installed in accordance with the requirements for that type

of device or assembly as set forth in this chapter. 406.3 Systems with Backflow Devices. Where systems have a backflow device installed downstream from a potablewater supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following:(1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB).(2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assembly (PVB).(3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB).(4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP).406.4 Chemical Injection. Where systems include a chemical injector or provisions for chemical injection, the potable watersupply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP).406.5 Deck-Mounted and Equipment-Mounted Vacuum Breakers. Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted vacuumbreakers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions, with the critical levelnot less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim.

407.0 Materials.407.1 Piping Materials. Piping materials shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 and be accept-able for use based on the intended purpose. Materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the systemand shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Pipe fittings and valves shall be approved for the piping systems,and shall be compatible with, or shall be of the same material as the pipe or tubing. Exterior piping shall be protected from cor-rosion, degradation, and shall be resistant to UV radiation.

TABlE 407.1MATERIAlS FOR PIPING AND FITTINGS

MATERIAlBUIlDING SUP-PlY PIPE AND

FITTINGSSOlAR THERMAl

PIPE AND FITTINGS REFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPE REFERENCED STANDARD(S) FIT-TINGS

Asbestos-Cement X1 –– ASTM C 296 ––Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 ––Copper X X2 ASTM B 42, ASTM B 75, ASTM

B 88, ASTM B 251, ASTM B302, ASTM B 447

ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18,ASME B16.22, ASME B16.26

CPVC X X ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 441,ASTM F 442

ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 437,ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, ASTM

F 1970Ductile Iron X X3 AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C110,

AWWA C153Galvanized Steel X X5 ASTM A 53 ––

123

Notes:1 For building supply or cold-water applications. 2 Copper tube for solar thermal piping shall have a weight of not less than Type L. Type M copper tubing shall be permitted to be used for solar thermal pip-

ing where piping is aboveground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures.3 Cast iron fittings not more than 2 inches (50 mm) in size, where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized.4 Malleable iron water fittings shall be galvanized.5 Galvanized steel shall not be used in solar thermal systems where in contact with glycol heat transfer fluid.

407.2 Screwed Fittings. Screwed fittings shall be ABS, cast-iron, copper, copper alloy, malleable iron, PVC, steel, stainlesssteel or other approved materials. Threads shall be tapped out of solid metal or molded in solid ABS or PVC.407.3 Storage Tank Connectors. Flexible metallic storage tank connectors or reinforced flexible storage tank connectorsconnecting a storage tank to the piping system shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table 1201.1.Copper or stainless steel flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RTtubing shall not be installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a storage tank.407.4 Flexible Connectors. Listed flexible connectors shall be installed in readily accessible locations, unless otherwiselisted.

408.0 Valves.408.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible withthe type of heat transfer medium. Valves shall be approved for the installation with the piping materials to be installed.408.2 Fullway Valves. A fullway valve shall be installed in the following locations:(1) On the water supply to a solar thermal system.(2) On the water supply pipe to a gravity or pressurized water tank.(3) On the water supply pipe to a water heater.408.3 Shutoff Valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed in the following locations:(1) On the supply line to each appliance, equipment, or pressure vessel.(2) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank.408.4 Balancing Valves. Balancing valves shall be permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution.408.4.1 location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors.408.4.2 Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of a bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types compatiblewith the heat transfer medium.408.4.3 Marking. Final settings shall be marked on each balancing valve in an approved manner.

MATERIAlBUIlDING SUP-PlY PIPE AND

FITTINGSSOlAR THERMAl

PIPE AND FITTINGS REFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPE REFERENCED STANDARD(S) FIT-TINGS

Malleable Iron X X4 –– ASME B16.3PE X1 –– ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737,

ASTM D 3035, AWWA C901,CSA B137.1

ASTM D 2609, ASTM D 2683,ASTM D 3261, ASTM F 1055,

CSA B137.1PE-AL-PE X X ASTM F 1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F 1282, ASTM F 1974, CSA

B137.9PE-RT X X ASTM F 2769 ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2098,

ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735,ASTM F 2769

PEX X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSAB137.5, AWWA C904

ASSE 1061, ASTM F 877, ASTM F1807, ASTM F 1960, ASTM F1961, ASTM F 2080, ASTM F

2159, ASTM F 2735, CSA B137.5PEX-AL-PEX X X ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 2262,

CSA B137.10ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 1974,ASTM F 2434, CSA B137.10

PP X X ASTM F 2389, CSA B137.11 ASTM F 2389, CSA B137.11PVC X1 –– ASTM D 1785, ASTM D 2241,

AWWA C900ASTM D 2464, ASTM D 2466,ASTM D 2467, ASTM F 1970

Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A 312 ––

124

408.5 Accessible. Required fullway or shutoff valves shall be accessible.408.6 Control Valves. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. An approvedelectric control valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automaticcontrol valves shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions.408.7 Check Valves. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping where the system designis capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array.408.8 Automatic Air Vents. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system in accor-dance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions.408.9 Closed loop Systems. Closed loop systems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used to charge or drain the sys-tem, shall be of loose key type; have valve outlets capped; or have handles removed where the system is operational.

401.0 General.401.1 Applicability. Boilers and water heaters shall comply with the general requirements of Chapter 4.401.2 General. Pressure vessels shall be constructed and designed in accordance with the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code(BPVC). Boilers shall be constructed and designed in accordance with ASME CSD-1 and one of the following standards:(1) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, (BPVC) Section I(2) ASME BPVC Section IV(3) NFPA 85

402.0 Boiler Specifications.402.1 Design. The boiler design in a hydronic or combination system including the type of piping, operating fluid tempera-tures, and flow conditions shall comply with the boiler manufacturer’s specifications.402.2 Operating Cycle. Where the boiler manufacturer specifies a minimum return fluid temperature, flow rate, and tem-perature rise, the system’s piping arrangement and the system’s control method or device shall automatically allow the systemto operate at or above the manufacturer minimums for every normal operating cycle.

403.0 Water Heater.403.1 Standard. Water heaters shall comply with CSA Z21.10.3.403.2 Domestic Water Heater. A domestic water heater listed for space heating applications shall be permitted be used asa heat source for hydronic and radiant heating in a closed system providing all generally accepted piping practices for closedloop hydronic heating are used. This includes the use of a properly sized relief valve, expansion tank, fill valve, air eliminatorand backflow preventer where required.

The required temperature and pressure relief valve for the water heater shall be installed regardless of whether a lowerpressure relief valve is installed as part of the hydronic system.403.3 Safety Devices. Any appliance or equipment capable of generating potable hot water temperatures in excess of 140°F(60°C). shall be protected by a device that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 and shall be located on the outlet of the applianceand limit the temperature required by the plumbing code.403.4 Output. The water heater net output shall be within the range of 100 percent to 120 percent of the actual heat loss unlessdesign factors, pipe losses or water heater ratings require exceeding this range.

404.0 Combination of Potable Water and Hydronic Heating Systems.404.1 Hot Water Heater and Heat Exchanger. Hydronic heating and domestic use water shall be permitted to be heatedby the same water heater provided a heat exchanger is used to separate the domestic water from the closed side of the systemused for the hydronic heating system.404.1.1 Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or hydronic system shall protect the potablewater system from being contaminated by the heat-transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers used in indirect-fired waterheaters shall meet the requirements of Section 404.1.2. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from theheat-transfer medium by providing a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere.404.1.2 Single-Wall Heat Exchanger. Indirect-fired water heater that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meetthe following requirements:

125

(1) Connected to a low-pressure hot water boiler limited to a maximum of 30 pounds-force per square inch gauge (psig)(207 kPa) by an approved safety or relief valve.

(2) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids having a toxicity rating or Class of 1.(3) Bear a label with the word “Caution,” followed by the following statements:(a) The heat-transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid having a toxic rating or Class of 1 as listed in Clinical

Toxicology of Commercial Products, 5th edition.(b) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium shall be limited to a maximum of 30 psig (207 kPa) by an approved safety or

relief valve.The word “Caution” and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048

mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shallbe compatible with the uppercase letter size specification.

203.0Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

204.0Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat fromcombustible fuels or electricity.


210.0Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air isdistributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air sys-tem, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith.Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes.Plural use of this term is hydronics.Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a sys-tem of pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energyrecovery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating;swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humid-ification.

215.0Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade nameto equipment or devices.

218.0Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.


126


Note: ASME BPVC Section I, ASME CSD-1, and NFPA 85 meet the requirements for mandatory referencestandards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development ofthe 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Chapter 4 originally dealt with backflow prevention and cross contamination which are covered under the UPC andUMC provisions. Section 402.1 defers to the appliance manufacturer for selection of piping, etc.

Section 402.2 insures that non condensing appliances are properly protected from condensation. Section 403.2.1requires a tempering valve for any device capable of generating water temperatures of over 140 degrees Fahren-heit to avoid scalding potentials downstream of the hydronic heat sources.

Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of theproposed code.



further study on the merits of the proposed text.2. General provisions for boilers are out of the scope of the USEHC and should be addressed in the UMC. Fur-

thermore, general provisions for water heaters are out of the scope of the USEHC and should be addressed inthe UPC. Only specific provisions that pertain to solar energy, hydronics, and geothermal should be addressedin the USEHC.

3. The mechanical system provisions in Section 401.0 do not correlate with the 2015 UMC. 4. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Items # 001, # 005, # 009, # 016, # 027, # 028, # 030, # 034, and

# 038.




ASME BPVC Section I-2010*

Rules for Construction of Power Boilers Boilers 401.2

ASME CSD-1-2012* Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers Boilers, Controls 401.2NFPA 85-2011* Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code Appliances 401.2

127

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 8, Table 1201.1): Item # 055



CHAPTER 8HYDRONICS PIPING JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

801.0 General.801.1 High Pressure Systems. Portions of piping systems in which the pressure exceeds 160 pounds-force per square inchgauge (psig) (1103 kPa) or the temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) shall comply with nationally recognized standards.801.2 low Pressure Systems. Portions of piping systems in which the pressure does not exceed 160 psig (1103 kPa) and thetemperature does not exceed 250°F (121°C) shall comply with nationally recognized standards.801.3 Identification of a Potable and Nonpotable Water System. In buildings where potable water and nonpotablewater systems are installed, each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Section 801.3.1through Section 801.3.3. 801.3.1 Potable Water. Green background with white lettering.801.3.2 Color and information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, wraps,and materials compatible with the piping. Nonpotable water systems shall have a yellow background with black uppercase let-tering, with the words “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Each nonpotable system shall be identifiedto designate the liquid being conveyed, and the direction of normal flow shall be clearly shown. The minimum size of the let-ters and length of the color field shall comply with Table 801.3.2. The background color and required information shall be indi-cated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level.801.3.3 Outlets. Each outlet on the nonpotable water line that is used for special purposes shall be posted with black upper-case lettering as follows: “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.”

TABlE 801.3.2MINIMUM lENGTH OF COlOR FIElD AND SIzE OF lETTERS

For SI units: 1inch = 25.4 mm

802.0 Materials.802.1 Pipe, Tube, and Fittings. Materials for hydronic system pipe, tube and fittings shall comply with the applicable stan-dards referenced in Table 802.1.802.2 Copper Tube. Tubing shall be copper water tube.802.3 Hard-Drawn Copper Tubing. Hard-drawn copper tubing for water supply and distribution in addition to the requiredincised marking, shall be marked in accordance with ASTM B88. The colors shall be: Type K, green; Type L, blue; and TypeM, red.802.4 Flexible Copper Connectors. Listed flexible copper water connectors shall be installed in readily accessible loca-tions, unless otherwise listed.802.5 Solder. Solder shall comply with the requirements of Section 803.3.4.

OUTSIDE DIAMETEROF PIPE OR COVERING

(Inches)

MINIMUM lENGTHOF COlOR FIElD

(Inches)

MINIMUM SIzE OFlETTERS(Inches)

1⁄2 to 11⁄4 8 1⁄211⁄2 to 2 8 3⁄421⁄2 to 6 12 11⁄48 to 10 24 21⁄2Over 10 32 31⁄2

128

802.6 Water Heater Connectors. Flexible metallic water heater connectors or reinforced flexible water heater connectorsconnecting water heating to the piping system shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table 1301.1.Copper or stainless steel flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RTtubing shall not be installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater.

803.0 Joints and Connections. 803.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the same composition as the pipe and sealed with an approved elas-tomeric gasket or joined by a listed compression type coupling. Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with ASTM D1869. The cou-pling grooves, pipe ends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elastomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves.Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the machined end of thepipe. Lubricant shall not be applied to the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. 803.2 Copper Alloy Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brass pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.2.1through Section 803.2.3. 803.2.1 Brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brass pipe and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid tem-perature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means.Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required bymanufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipeor tubing enters the socket of the fitting.803.2.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the compression, pressed, or grooved type using an approved elas-tomeric gasket to form a seal.803.2.3 Threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealanttape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, andnontoxic.803.3 Copper Pipe, Tubing, and Joints. Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.3.1 through Section 803.3.3.803.3.1 Brazed Joints. Brazed joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys having aliquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechan-ical means. Tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces whererequired by manufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the pointwhere the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting.

TABlE 802.1MATERIAlS FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEM PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

MATERIAlSTANDARDS INSTAllATION

PIPING/TUBING FITTINGS UNDERGROUND ABOVEGROUNDCopper/Copper Alloy ASTM B88, ASTM B2512,

ASTM B302, ASTM B447ASME B16.15, ASMEB16.18. ASME B16.22,ASME B16.23, ASMEB16.26, ASME B16.29

X X

Acrylonitrile ButadieneStyrene (ABS)

ASTM D1527 –– X X

Chlorinated PolyvinylChloride (CPVC)

ASTM D2846, ASTMF441, ASTM F442

ASTM D2846, ASTM F437,ASTM F438, ASTM F439,ASTM F1970

X X

Polyethylene (PE) Pipe ASTM D1693, ASTMD2513, ASTM D2683,ASTM D2837, ASTMD3035, ASTM D3350,ASTM F1055

ASTM D2609, ASTMD2683, ASTM D3261,ASTM F1055, CSA B137.1 X X

Cross-Linked Polyethylene(PEX)

ASTM F876, ASTM F877 ASTM F877, ASTM F1807,ASTM F1960, ASTMF1961, ASTM F2080,ASTM F2159, CSA B137.5

X X

Polypropylene (PP) ASTM F2389 –– X X

129

Notes:1 Ductile and gray iron.2 Only type K, L, or M tubing allowed to be installed.3 Used only for low-pressure hydronic system with water without additives.

803.3.2 Flared Joints. Flared joints for soft copper water tubing shall be made with fittings that are in accordance with theapplicable standards referenced in Table 802.1. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate tubing cutter. The tub-ing shall be reamed to full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool.803.3.3 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall include, but are not limited to, compression, flanged, grooved, pressed,and push fit fittings.803.3.3.1 Mechanically Formed Tee Fittings. Mechanically formed tee fittings shall have extracted collars that shall beformed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surface to form a collar hav-ing a height not less than three times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to conformto the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch pipe ortube into the collar is of a depth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line pipe ortube. Dimple depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. The second dimple shall be ¼ of an inch (6.4 mm) abovethe first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Soldered joints shall not bepermitted.803.3.3.2 Pressed Fittings. Pressed fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall have an elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint.The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. Pipe ortubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the markon the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommendedby the manufacturer.803.3.3.3 Push Fit Fittings. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings for copper tubing or pipe that employ quickassembly push fit connectors shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061. Push fit fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall have anapproved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diam-eter. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignmentshall be checked against the mark on the tubing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and gripping mechanism hasengaged on the pipe.803.3.4 Soldered Joints. Soldered joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be made in accordance with ASTMB 828 with the following sequence of joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring and cutting, reaming, cleaning,fluxing, assembly and support, heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square and reamedto the full inside diameter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Surfaces to be joined shall becleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing and fittings and shall be in accordancewith ASTM B 813, and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fit-ting and remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be supported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the joint.Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flame perpendicular to the pipe or tubing using acetylene or an LP gas.Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The flame shall be moved to the fitting cup and alternate between the pipe ortubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTM B 32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces until capillary action draws themolten solder into the cup. Joint surfaces shall not be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residue shall be cleaned.803.3.5 Threaded Joints. Threaded joints for copper pipe shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1.Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insolu-ble in water, and nontoxic.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ASTM D1785, ASTMD2241

ASTM D2464, ASTMD2466, ASTM D2467,ASTM F1970

X X

Raised Temperature Poly-ethylene (PE-RT)

ASTM F2623, ASTMF2769

ASTM F1807, ASTMF2159, ASTM F2735,ASTM F2769

X X

Cross-Linked Polyetylene/Aluminum/Cross-LinkedPolyethylene(PEX-AL-PEX)

ASTM F1281, CSAB137.10

ASTM F1281, ASTMF1974, ASTM F2434, CSAB137.10 X X

Polyetylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE)

ASTM F1282, CSAB137.9

ASTM F1282, ASTMF1974, CSA B137.9 X X

130

803.4 CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. CPVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.4.1 through Section 803.4.3. 803.4.1 Mechanical Joints. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings that employ a quick assembly push fit connec-tor shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061.803.4.2 Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture.Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F 493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shall becolored and be in accordance with ASTM F 656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F 493 that does not requirethe use of primers, yellow or red in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, ½ of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to thedepth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting.Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set.803.4.3 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to bethreaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percentreduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of thematerial is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water,and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVCcomponents once the thread sealant has been applied. Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threadsonly.803.5 PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.5.1 and Section 803.5.2.803.5.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be assembled in accordance withSection 803.5.1.1 through Section 803.5.1.3 using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heat methods in accordance with ASTM D2657.803.5.1.1 Butt-Fusion Joints. Butt-fusion joints shall be made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting,or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtainedand joined ends shall be placed together with applied force.803.5.1.2 Electro-Fusion Joints. Electro-fusion joints shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and sup-plying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material sur-rounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion.803.5.1.3 Socket-Fusion Joints. Socket-fusion joints shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipeend and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one intothe other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.803.5.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall include insert and mechanicalcompression fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting the pipesquare, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps shall be placed overthe end of the pipe. Fittings shall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of the pipe. The end of pipe shall be placedover the barbed insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be permitted for usein joining PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be not less than30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diameters ofa fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use.803.6 PE-Al-PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.6.1 and Section803.6.1.1.803.6.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be either of the metal insertfittings with a split ring and compression nut or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shall complywith ASTM F 1974. Crimp insert fittings shall be joined to the pipe by placing the copper crimp ring around the outer circum-ference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting until the pipe contacts the shoulderof the fitting. The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimp ring is 1⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) to 1⁄4 ofan inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring and tool per-pendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped more than once.803.6.1.1 Compression Joints. Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be joined through thecompression of a split ring, by a compression nut around the circumference of the pipe. The compression nut and split ring shallbe placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe contacts the shoulder of thefitting. Position and compress the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the insert fitting.

131

803.7 PE-RT. Polyethylene of raised temperature (PE-RT) tubing shall be marked with the appropriate standard designation(s)listed in Table 802.1 for which the tubing has been approved. PE-RT tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions.803.7.1 Fittings. Metal insert fittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked inaccordance with the standards for fittings in Table 802.1.803.8 PEX Plastic Tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.8.1 and Section 803.8.2.803.8.1 Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 802.1. PEX tubingin accordance with ASTM F 876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use withthe tubing.803.8.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions.803.9 PEX-Al-PEX Plastic Tubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.9.1 and Section803.9.1.1.803.9.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX tubing and fittings shall include mechanical and com-pression type fittings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accordance withASTM F 1974 or ASTM F 2434. Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe by the compres-sion of a crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into annular spaces formed by ribs onthe fitting.803.9.1.1 Compression Joints. Compression joints shall include compression insert fittings and shall be joined to PEX- AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a split ring or compression nut around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing thepipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs on the fitting.803.10 Polypropylene (PP) Piping and Joints. PP pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.10.1 through Section 803.10.3.803.10.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusion outlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropy-lene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be madein accordance with ASTM F 2389 or CSA B137.11.803.10.2 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.803.10.3 Threaded Joints. PP pipe shall not be threaded. PP transition fittings for connection to other piping materials shallonly be threaded by use of brass or stainless steel inserts molded in the fitting.803.11 PVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.11.1 through Section 803.11.3.803.11.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of the mechani-cal or push-on joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstand without deformationor collapse; the compressive force exerted where the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shall have a minimum wall thick-ness of the bell at any point between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with ASTM D 3139, andbe of such size and shape as to provide a compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a positiveseal.803.11.2 Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Pipeshall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and otherforeign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F 656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of thepipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D 2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shallbe made while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place andundisturbed for 1 minute after assembly.803.11.3 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to bethreaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percentreduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of thematerial is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water,and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the PVC com-ponents once the thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threads only.

132

803.12 Dielectric Unions. Dielectric unions where installed at points of connection where there is a dissimilarity of metalsin potable water applications shall be in accordance with ASSE 1079. Dissimilar metal connections within a closed loop sys-tem shall be according to Section 312.0.803.13 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 803.13.1 through Section 803.13.2.803.13.1 Copper Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall bemade by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordancewith ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed jointand the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size threaded joint.803.13.2 Plastic Pipe to Other Materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapteror transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used.

804.0 Pipe Installation.804.1 Piping to Tubing. Joints connecting piping to tubing shall be made with adapter fittings connected as required in Sec-tion 806.0.804.2 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings, except that changes indirection in copper tubing shall be permitted to be made with bends having a radius not less than six diameters of the tubing,provided that such bends are made by the use of forming equipment that does not deform or reduce appreciably the cross-sec-tional area of the tubing.804.3 Changes in Pipe Sizes. Where different sizes of pipe or pipe and fittings are to be connected, the approved sizeincreasers or reducer fittings shall be used between the two sizes. Where the branch is not less than two sizes smaller than themain, weldolets or threadolets shall be permitted to be used in lieu of welding tees. Bushings shall not be used. Eccentric reduc-ing fittings shall be used wherever necessary to provide free drainage of lines.804.4 Hangers and Supports. Hot-water and steam piping shall be supported, anchored, and provided with swing joints,expansion loops or joints, or other means to avoid excessive strain on piping, equipment, or the building structure. Piping andtubing hangers and supports shall comply with requirements listed in Section 323.0.804.4.1 In Ground. Piping and tubing in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length except where otherwiseapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Asbestos-cement piping shall be provided with approved thrust blocking.804.5 Installation. Piping materials used, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except as otherwiseacceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.804.5.1 Wall Thickness. Piping shall be not less than standard-weight brass or copper.804.5.1.1 Condensate Return lines. Tubing shall be not less than Type K, for condensate return lines; Type L, for steamcondenser cooling water lines, underground water lines, and aboveground water lines; Type M, for aboveground water lines notembedded in concrete or masonry.804.5.2 Piping Embedded in Structure. Piping shall not be built into or embedded in concrete or masonry, except whereused for radiant panel heating or cooling. Type L copper tubing shall be permitted to be embedded.804.5.3 Providing for Expansion, Contraction, and Settling. Piping shall be installed so that piping, connections, andequipment shall not be subjected to excessive strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, shrink-age, and structural settlement.804.5.4 Circulation. Piping shall provide approved circulation. Piping shall be graded so that gases are capable of moving inthe direction of the water flow to a vented section of the system. Where sections of a piping system cannot be installed with therequired grade, such sections shall be provided with automatic or manual air vents whose discharge is piped to an approved loca-tion. Steam traps shall be provided where required.804.5.5 Underground Piping. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive fill materials shall be protectedfrom corrosion.Exception: Where a soil analysis by an approved testing laboratory shows the soil to be free of materials that are capable of cor-roding the pipe to be installed, the requirements for protective coatings shall be permitted to be waived.804.5.5.1 Beneath Buildings. Copper piping located within a building and in, or under, a concrete floor slab resting on theground shall installed without joints.804.5.5.2 Openings into Buildings. Voids around piping passing through concrete or masonry floors or walls shall besealed at the opening into the building. Sleeves shall be provided at such openings.804.5.6 Aboveground Piping. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete and masonry walls.

133

804.5.6.1 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within normal reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C)unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, an insulation shall continue full-sized through them.804.5.6.2 lining. Combustible portions of unventilated spaces that contain piping or devices whose outside temperature,including insulation, exceeds 140°F (60°C), shall be lined with No. 24 gauge (0.021 inch) (0.53 mm) steel, or ¼ of an inchthick (6.4 mm) insulating millboard.804.5.6.3 Clearance. There shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) clearance from the structure around steam pipes.804.5.6.4 Exposed Piping. Exposed piping subject to excessive corrosion, erosion, or mechanical damage shall be pro-tected.804.5.6.5 Roof and Wall Openings. Joints at the roof around pipes or appurtenances shall be made watertight by the useof approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight.804.5.6.6 Drainage. Means shall be provided to drain all piping.804.5.6.7 Freezing. Where required, piping outside of a building or in an exterior wall shall be protected from freezing.804.5.7 Trenches and Tunnels. Trenches deeper than the footings of a building or structure and paralleling the same shallbe not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom, or approved in accordance with Section 306.0.804.5.7.1 Mechanical Equipment. Use of mechanical excavating equipment is prohibited within 2 feet (610 mm) of exist-ing piping or appurtenances.804.5.7.2 Tunneling and Driving. Tunnels shall, before backfilling, have a clear height of 2 feet (610 mm) above the pipeand shall be limited in length to one-half the depth of the trench, with a maximum length of 8 feet (2438 mm). Where pipes aredriven, the drive pipe shall be not less than one size larger than the pipe to be laid.804.5.7.3 Backfilling. Excavations shall be completely backfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Precaution shall betaken to ensure compaction of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilled in thin lay-ers to 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the piping with clean earth that shall not contain stones, boulders, cinderfill, or othermaterials that are capable of damaging or breaking the pipe, or causing corrosive action. Mechanical devices, such as bulldoz-ers, graders, etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill to grade. Fill shall be compacted. Precautions shall betaken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled or made ground.804.6 PEX Tubing. Hydronic piping systems where the continuous pressure/temperature does not exceed the values in Table804.6 shall be permitted to be constructed of cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing.

TABlE 804.6PEX TUBING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 pound-force per square inch = 6.8947 kPa

804.6.1 Materials and Construction. PEX tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.804.6.1.1 Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the nationally recognized standards.804.6.1.2 Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of material approved for the operating tem-perature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 orUL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E2231 shall be used. Materials used for pipe coveringsand insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhesives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of 1.02 E+06Btu/h (299 kW), a maximum total heat release of 4.7 E+04 Btu (50 MJ), a maximum total smoke release of 5382 square feet(500 m2), and shall not generate flames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more above the top of the vertical portion of the appa-ratus during the test where tested in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smol-der, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no caseshall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).804.6.1.3 Hangers, Sleeves, and Anchors. Hangers, sleeves, and anchors shall be approved for the use intended as rec-ommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.

TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

73 160180 100200 80

134

804.6.1.4 Marking. Materials and devices shall be identified.804.6.2 Fabrication of Joints. Joining methods shall comply with the performance requirements of ASTM F877. Joints shallbe made by one or more of the following methods:(1) Insert fittings of metal with crimp rings of copper shall be permitted to be used.(2) Metallic fittings utilizing compression seals shall be permitted to be used.(3) Cold expansion fittings utilizing a PEX reinforcing ring or metal compression sleeve shall be permitted to be used.(4) Connections to other piping materials shall be made of approved types of special transition fittings.804.7 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius ofnot less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. No forming equipment or heating is required.804.8 PEX-Al-PEX. Hydronic piping systems where the continuous pressure/temperature does not exceed the values in Table804.8 shall be permitted to be constructed of cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX)piping.

TABlE 804.8PEX-Al-PEX PIPING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE


804.8.1 Materials and Construction. PEX-AL-PEX piping and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions.804.8.1.1 Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the nationally recognized standards.804.8.1.2 Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of materials for the operating temperature ofthe system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives shall be tested as a composite developed rating of not exceeding 50where tested in accordance with building code standards.804.8.1.3 Hangers, Sleeves, and Anchors. Hangers, sleeves, and anchors shall be approved for the use intended as rec-ommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.804.8.1.4 Markings. Materials and devices shall be identified.804.8.2 Fabrication of Joints. Joining methods shall comply with the performance requirements set forth in ASTM F1281.Joints shall be made by one or more of the following methods:(1) Insert fittings of metal with crimp rings of copper shall be in permitted to be used.(2) Metallic fittings utilizing a split ring and compression nut shall be permitted to be used.(3) Connections to other piping materials shall be made of approved types of special transition fittings.804.8.3 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall be made by fittings or with pipe bends having a radius of not lessthan five times the outside diameter of the piping. No forming equipment or heating is required.804.9 Polypropylene Pipe. Hydronic piping systems where the continuous pressure/temperature does not exceed the val-ues in Table 804.9 shall be permitted to be constructed of polypropylene (PP) piping.

TABlE 804.9POlYPROPYlENE PIPING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE


TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

73 200180 125200 100

TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

73 200180 100200 40

135

804.9.1 Materials and Construction. Polypropylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions.804.9.1.1 Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM F 2389.804.9.1.2 Hangers, Sleeves and Anchors. Hangers, sleeves, and anchors shall be approved for the use intended as rec-ommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.804.9.1.3 Marking. Materials and devices shall be identified. Polypropylene (PP) pipe and fittings shall be marked in accor-dance with ASTM F 2389.804.9.1.4 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be installed with socket-typeheat-fused polypropylene fittings, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint sur-faces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool.804.9.1.5 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.804.9.1.6 Transition Fittings. Connections to other piping materials shall be made with approved types of transition fit-tings.804.10 PE-RT Tubing. Hydronic piping systems where the continuous pressure/temperature does not exceed the values inTable 804.10(1) shall be permitted to be constructed of raised temperature polyethylene (PE-RT) tubing.

TABlE 804.10(1)PE-RT TUBING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE (ASTM F 2623)


Those portions of the hot water piping systems in which the continuous pressure/temperature relationship does not exceedTable 804.10(2) shall be permitted to be constructed of raised temperature polyethylene (PE-RT) tubing in accordance withASTM F 2769.

TABlE 804.10(2)PE-RT TUBING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE (ASTM F 2769)


804.10.1 Materials and Construction. PE-RT tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.804.10.1.1 Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the Section 804.10.2.804.10.1.2 Hangers, Sleeves and Anchors. Hangers, sleeves, and anchors shall be approved for the use intended as rec-ommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.804.10.1.3 Marking. Materials and devices shall be identified.804.10.2 Fabrication of Joints. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the application for which theyare intended. Joints shall be made by one or more of the following methods:(1) Insert fittings of metal or plastic with crimp rings of copper shall be permitted to be used.(2) Metallic fittings utilizing compression seals shall be permitted to be used.(3) Connections to other piping materials shall be made of approved types of special transition fittings.804.10.3 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings or with pipe bends having aradius of not less than six times the outside diameter of tubing. No forming equipment or heating is required.

TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

73 160140 100180 80

TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

3 160180 100

136

804.11 PE-Al-PE. Hydronic piping systems where the continuous pressure/temperature does not exceed the values in Table804.11 shall be permitted to be constructed of Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) piping.

TABlE 804.11PE-Al-PE PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE


804.11.1 Materials and Construction. PE-AL-PE piping and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.804.11.1.1 Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the nationally recognized standards.804.11.1.2 Hangers, Sleeves, and Anchors. Hangers, sleeves, and anchors shall be approved for the use intended as rec-ommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.804.11.1.3 Marking. Materials and devices shall be identified.804.11.1.4 Fabrication of Joints. Joining methods shall comply with ASTM F 1282 or ASTM F 1974. Joints shall be made byone or more of the following methods:(1) Insert fittings of metal or plastic with crimp rings of copper shall be permitted to be used.(2) Metallic fittings utilizing compression seals shall be permitted to be used.(3) Connections to other piping materials shall be made of approved types of special transition fittings.804.11.2 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings or with pipe bends having aradius of not less than six times the outside diameter of the piping. No forming equipment or heating is required.

203.0Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

205.0Clearly Identified. Capable of being recognized by a person of normal vision without causing uncertainty and indecisivenessabout the location or operating process of the identified item. [NFPA 96:3.3.13]Condenser. The part of the system designed to liquefy refrigerant vapor by removal of heat.Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.



212.0Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves so thatthey form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing they connect.Joint, Flared. A metal-to-metal compression joint in which a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is compressedby a flare nut against a mating flare.

TEMPERATURE(°F)

PRESSURE(psi)

73 200140 150180 100

137

Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a positive hold-ing mechanical construction.Joint, Soldered. A joint obtained made by the joining of metal parts with metallic mixtures or alloys that melt at a tempera-ture up to and including 840°F (449°C).


218.0PEX. An acronym for cross-linked polyethylene.Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.PP. An acronym for polypropylene.


Note: ASTM D1527, ASTM D3350, ASTM F2623 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standardsin accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Provisions taken from the 2012 UPC Chapter 6 and amended for hydronic system applications.

Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope ofthe proposed code.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested

for further study on the merits of the proposed text.2. The proposed text is in conflict with the 2015 UMC.



STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATIONREFERENCED

SECTIONSASTM D1527-1999 (R2005)* Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules

40 and 80Piping, Plastic Table 802.1

ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Piping, Plastic Table 802.1ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR 9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 802.1

138

USEHC 2015 – (602.2 – 602.2.3, 209.0): Item # 056



602.2 Atmospheric Tanks. Atmospheric storage tanks shall be vented to the atmosphere and installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.602.2 602.2.1 Gravity Tanks. Gravity tanks shall be installed with an overflow opening of not less than 2 inches (50 mm)in diameter Internal Pipe Size (IPS). The openings shall be aboveground and installed with a screened return bend.602.2.2 Makeup Water. Makeup water from a potable water system to an atmospheric tank shall be protected by an air gapin accordance with Table 405.2(2).602.2.3 Overflow. An overflow shall be provided for an atmospheric tank. The overflow shall be provided with a means ofdrainage in accordance with Section 311.0. The overflow for an atmospheric tank containing nonpotable water shall be emp-tied into an approved container.

209.0Gravity Tank: A water storage tank in which fluid is stored at atmospheric pressure and distributed by gravity flow in a down-feed system.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 602.2 (Atmospheric Tanks) is being added as it provides guidance to the end user in regards to the

installation and venting of atmospheric tanks. 2. Section 602.2 (Gravity Tanks) is being relocated to Section 602.2.1 since a gravity tank is a type of atmospheric

tank. The reference to Internal Pipe Size (IPS) is being removed as it is not necessary since IPS is not a com-mon unit used in the industry. Furthermore, a definition for “gravity tank” is being added as it is being referencedwithout being defined. The proposed definition assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term.

3. Section 602.2.2 (Makeup Water) should be added to ensure that the makeup water supply is not directly con-nected to an atmospheric tank due to the risk of backflow contamination.

4. Section 602.2.3 (Overflow) will refer the end user to the proper sections for draining provisions for ease of useof the code.




139

USEHC 2015 – (602.3): Item # 057



602.3 Prefabricated Tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be listed and labeled comply with UL 174 or UL 1453, and be installedin accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 174 and UL 1453 are the standards that are used tocertify these products. These standards are currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to read-ily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to prefabricated tanks.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed standards address electric household storage tanks and water heaters. However, Section 602.3applies to all prefabricated tanks and not just electric household storage tanks and water heaters.



COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:FECTEAU: I do not believe that it was the submitter’s intent to limit the requirements of Section 602.3 for prefabri-cated tanks to just electric household storage tanks and water heater standards. This shoud be resubmitted with theadditional standards: Electric: ANSI/UL 174 or ANSI/UL 1453Oil-fired: ANSI/UL 732, "Oil-Fired Storage Tank Water Heaters" Gas-fired: ANSI Z21.10.1/CSA 4.1-2009, (“Gas Water Heaters - Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratingsof 75,000 Btu Per Hour or Less") or ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3-2004 ("Gas Water Heaters - Volume III, Storage WaterHeaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous") or UL 795, ("Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment")

140

USEHC 2015 – (602.7, 603.3, 603.7, 603.8): Item # 058



602.7 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and the installation thereof, shall comply with minimum requirements for safetyfrom structural failure, mechanical failure, and excessive pressures in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction andnationally recognized standards. A pressure-type storage tank exceeding an operating pressure of 15 pounds-force per squareinch (psi) (103kPa) shall be constructed in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII. 603.8 Fiber-Reinforced StorageTanks. Fiber-reinforced plastic storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCodeBPVC, Section X or other approved standards.

603.3 Standards. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

603.7 Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks. Non-fiberglass storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII or other approved standards.


SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 602.7 (Pressure Vessels) is being revised as it is not clear what nationally recognized standards that

pressurized storage tanks shall comply with. The revisions will provide clarity by identifying the standard appli-cable to pressure-type storage tanks. The ASME Boiler Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII standard providesrequirements applicable to the design, fabrication, inspection, and certification of pressure vessels operating ateither internal or external pressures exceeding 15psi; such pressure vessels may be fired or unfired. Further-more, Section 603.8 (Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks) is being combined with Section 602.7 (Pressure Ves-sels) and revised for clarity.

2. Section 603.7 (Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks) is being deleted as such requirements are covered under Sec-tion 602.7 (Pressure Vessels). Furthermore, Section 603.3 is being deleted as Section 602.7 already indicatethe appropriate standard for pressure vessels.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: Water heater pressure vessels are allowed to be hydro tested in accordance with the applicable safetystandard. This proposal should allow for the use of a listed product that is marked in accordance with the BPVC.

141

USEHC 2015 – (602.8, 602.8.1): Item # 059



602.8 Devices. Devices attached to or within a tank shall be accessible for repair and replacement.602.4602.8.1 Pressure-Type Storage Tanks Safety Devices. Pressure-type water thermal storage tanks shall be installedwith a listed combination temperature and pressure relief valve in accordance with Section 315.1. The temperature setting shallnot exceed 210°F (99°C). and tThe pressure setting shall not exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressureof the solar thermal system, or 150 percent of the established normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeledmaximum operating pressure of a pressure-type storage tank, whichever is less. The relief valve pressure and temperature set-ting shall not exceed the pressure and temperature rating of the tank or the recommendations of the equipment as recommendedby the tank manufacturer.

All sStorage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a water heater shall be designed to withstand vacuum induced pres-sure, or shall be provided with a vacuum relief in accordance with Section 315.2. The vacuum relief valve shall be installed atthe top of the tank that will operate up to a water and shall have an operating pressure not to exceeding 200 psi (1379 kPa) andup to a temperature rating not to exceeding 250°F (121°C) to prevent siphoning of any water heater or storage tank. The size ofsuch vacuum relief valves shall have a minimum rated capacity for the equipment served. This section shall not apply to pres-surized captive air diaphragm/ or bladder tanks.

Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approvedmaterial that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet,discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceed-ing 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 602.4 (Pressure-Type Storage Tanks) is being relocated and revised for ease of use of the code. The

title was revised as the section also addresses vacuum relief valves which are applicable to systems wherethere is a potential for vacuum, and not only pressure-type storage tanks. The references to Section 315.1 andSection 315.2 are necessary as they contain additional provisions pertaining to relief valves which are notaddressed in this section. Furthermore, the relief valve pressure and temperature setting shall not exceed thepressure and temperature rating of the tank or as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. The reliefvalve setting, unless a different setting is recommended by the manufacturer, should not exceed the design lim-itations of the tank, therefore such language is necessary to prevent a relief valve to be actuated prior to dam-age occurring due to excessive pressures or temperatures.

2. The last paragraph is being removed as it is already addressed in Section 315.1. For informational purposeonly, Section 315.1 is shown as follows: 315.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar energy system components containing pressurized fluids shall be pro-tected against pressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each section of the systemin which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located so that the section can-not be isolated from a relief device. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. Therelief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The dis-charge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap intothe drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor lessthan 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.




142

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 060



701.2 Auxiliary Heating. Auxiliary heating that utilizes electricity as the energy source shall comply with Section 310.0.Auxiliary heating that utilizes solid fuel or fuel gas as the energy source shall comply with the mechanical code.

SUBSTANTIATION:It is crucial that an auxiliary source of energy be provided for times where the solar collectors are not capable of deliv-ering sufficient solar energy. The reference to Section 310.0 will refer the end user to the section of the code whereelectrical provisions are addressed. Furthermore, the reference to the mechanical code will clarify to the end userthat solid fuel or fuel gas provisions are not within the scope of the USEHC.




143

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 061



701.2 Drainback Systems. The circulating pump shall be sized to overcome the static head pressure height of the collector,pressure losses, and provide the required flow rate to the collector. The drainback reservoir shall be located in a conditioned spaceto prevent freezing. A sight glass, or other method of monitoring the level of fluid in the solar loop shall be installed in the solarloop, or on the drainback reservoir. A drainback system shall be capable of being manually isolated and drained.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Drainback systems are closed-loop, indirect, active systems where a heat transfer fluid is pumped through the

collectors. When the pump is off, the heat transfer fluid drains out of the properly sloped collectors and pipingby gravity, leaving them empty and protected from freezing. Therefore, the pump shall be capable of pumpingfluid through the collectors, and must be able to overcome the gravity head caused by the difference in heightbetween the pumps and the highest point of the solar loop, and the dynamic head caused by the friction betweenthe heat transfer fluid and the pipe and fittings through which it travels.

2. A reservoir collects, by gravity, the heat transfer medium from the collectors and exposed piping when the pumpsshut off. Therefore, it is necessary that the reservoir be installed in a conditioned space to prevent freezing. Thesight glass is necessary to monitor the level of the fluid. Furthermore, it allows the Authority Having Jurisdictionto verify that the system drains properly.




144

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 062



701.2 Draining. Solar thermal system piping shall be installed to permit draining of the system. Drainback system piping shallhave a slope of not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m). Exception: Buried solar loop piping.

SUBSTANTIATION:Solar thermal piping must be installed to permit draining of the system for servicing. In sections of the system whereit is not possible for the piping to be sloped, due to space limitations, a drain shall be installed to permit draining. How-ever, drainback systems must always be sloped to allow for the system to drain during normal operation. The ¼ inchper foot slope is consistent with current industry standards, mechanical codes, and the plumbing codes. The excep-tion recognizes that buried solar loop piping is not required to be sloped as it is less susceptible to freezing.


701.2 Draining. Solar thermal system piping shall be installed to permit draining of the system. Drainback system piping shallhave a slope of not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m). Exception: Buried solar loop piping.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed exception is unnecessary as this section of the code does not apply to drainage.



145

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 063



701.2 Thermosiphon Systems. The storage tank in a thermosiphon system shall be installed above the collector.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 701.2 will address the installation of a storage tank used in a thermosiphon system. A thermosiphon systemis a system where the heated fluid in the solar collectors rises up into the storage tank by natural thermosiphonaction. Thermosiphon action occurs when fluid which is heated in the collectors expands and becomes lighter allow-ing colder, heavier fluid to fall by gravitational force to the bottom of the collector. The cold fluid falling to the bottomof the collector pushes the hotter lighter fluid back up into the storage tank. This natural action occurs without anymoving parts or auxiliary electrical energy input to the system.




146

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 064



701.2 Connections. Connections that are required for filling, draining, and flushing shall be readily accessible. Solar ther-mal systems using liquid as a heat transfer medium shall have means for purging air.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 701.2 is being added as it is necessary that connections in a solar thermal system are readily accessible fordraining, filling, and flushing of the system. Furthermore, a connection for purging is required for systems utilizingliquid as a heat transfer medium. It is crucial that a system does not have any excess air in the system. Removingair from a system will increase the system performance and reliability.




147

USEHC 2015 – (701.2): Item # 065



701.2 Isolation. Isolation shall be provided for components that require servicing. Valves used for isolation shall be in accor-dance with Section 408.0. Gate valves shall not be used as a method of isolation.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 701.2 will clarify to the end user that isolation is required for components requiring servicing. Furthermore,reference to Section 408.0 is necessary for ease of use of the code. Gate valves are prohibited from being used asa method for isolation since gate valves are unreliable as they can fail under the heat produced by a solar thermalsystem.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Technical Committee believes that the proposed text is in conflict with previous action taken on Item # 033. Fur-thermore, the justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation wererequested for further study on the merit of the proposed text.



148

USEHC 2015 – (701.2, 701.2.1): Item # 066



701.2 Indirect Closed-loop Pressurized Systems. In a closed-loop solar thermal system, a thermosiphon backflow pre-venter shall be installed upstream of the circulating pump. Overheating of the system shall be prevented in accordance with Sec-tion 701.2.1 or by an approved method.701.2.1 Steamback Systems. Where steamback is used as a method of overheat protection, the pressure relief valve shallbe set at less than the maximum pressure of the system during steamback, and less than the pressure rating of any materialexposed to such pressures. The expansion tank shall be installed downstream of the circulating pump and check valve.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. In Section 701.2 every closed loop solar thermal system needs a thermosiphon backflow preventer. At night or

in cold cloudy weather, the heat transfer fluid supply line to the collectors can become colder, and thereforedenser. This occurs because more of the return pipe is inside the house where it is kept warmer. This will initi-ate a backwards flow of the heat transfer fluid in the loop, because of the weights of the differences in density.Therefore, energy that was delivered to the storage tank during the sunny period is lost due to the re-radiation.

It is common for a closed-loop system to collect more heat than what can be used. If the solar tank gets toohot, it could activate the temperature-pressure relief valve on the tank, spewing scalding water that puts thepublic at risk. In addition, if propylene glycol exceeds its high temperature limit, its chemistry changes and its pHbuffers break down becoming acidic and corroding the metals in the system. For these reasons, the systemmust be able to deal with excess heat during periods of high solar input and low load. There are many methodsused to prevent overheating, such as the tilting of the solar collector, automatic heat dump, by designing forsteamback, or using a synthetic heat transfer fluid that does not boil.

2. The most common method used for overheat protection is the use of a steamback system. In steamback sys-tems, choosing the right pressure setting for the pressure relief valve is critical. The pressure setting of the pres-sure relief valve should be greater than the pressure the system during steamback.

The location of the circulating pump is crucial for steamback systems. A check valve or circulating pumpshould not be installed downstream of the collector as the check valve will prevent the fluid from draining out ofthe bottom of the collector to the expansion tank, and the extremely hot fluid will damage the circulating pump.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed text creates confusion since the use of a check valve may eliminate system freeze protection. Fur-thermore, there will be no reverse thermosiphon in a closed-loop solar thermal system.



149

USEHC 2015 – (701.2, 701.2.1, 701.3): Item # 067



701.2 Circulators. Pumps shall operate in accordance with the design of the system. Pumps used in a solar thermal systemshall be a sealless type and be mounted vertically on the collector feed side downstream of the heat exchanger. Circulationpumps used in open-loop systems or vented drainback systems shall be of corrosion-resistant material.701.2.1 Cavitation. The system shall be design to operate at a pressure greater than the vapor pressure of the working fluid.701.3 Expansion Tanks. Expansion tanks shall comply with Section 604.0 and be installed on the feed side of the solar col-lectors. The expansion tank shall be installed such that the diaphragm is facing down or side ways of a horizontal pipe.

221.0Pump, Sealless. A pump that does not use packing or mechanical seals to isolate the process fluid.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 701.2 will add circulator requirements that are specific to solar thermal systems. Always a sealless pump

that never needs lubrication or maintenance by the homeowner should be used. Pumps without a mechanicalseal are used because the high temperatures often encountered in solar circulation loops will cause a mechan-ical seal to leak. Open-loop or vented drainback systems, where new oxygen is constantly being introduced intothe system, shall use corrosion-resistant pumps. Cast iron pumps are commonly used in closed-loop and non-vented drainback systems, because they are not constantly exposed to oxygen in the fluid or the atmosphere.Furthermore, pumps should be installed after the heat exchanger on the feed side to the collector to minimizehigh temperatures going through the pumps.

2. Section 701.2.1 addresses provisions to avoid cavitation in pumps. The best way to prevent pump cavitation isto know the operating conditions that the pump must work under and design the system to operate at a greaterpressure than the vapor pressure of the working fluid.

3. Section 701.3 addresses provisions for expansion tanks. The expansion tank’s gas bladder or vessel of anexpansion tank should never be installed with the bladder up. The heat stress is limited on the bladder due tothermal stratification of the liquid in the expansion tank, when the bladder faces down. Furthermore, after startupor after collector stagnation, it prevents steam bubbles from reaching the membrane. The bladder can also facesideways on the feed side of a horizontal pipe.

4. A definition for “sealless pump” is being added to assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for fur-ther study on the merits of the proposed text. Furthermore, there are major technical issues in regards to pumps beingmounted vertically, and requiring only open-loop systems to be protected from corrosion. The pump-motor shaftshould not be mounted vertically and pumps used in closed-loop systems should be resistant to corrosion as well.



150

USEHC 2015 – (701.2 – 701.2.6): Item # 068



701.2 Materials. Materials in contact with heat transfer medium shall be approved for such use. Galvanized steel shall not beused for solar thermal piping systems containing antifreeze. Black steel shall not be used in systems with entrained air. Unionsbetween dissimilar metals shall comply with Section 305.1. The material used shall be capable of withstanding the maximumtemperature and pressure of the system.702.4 701.2.1 Plastic. Plastic used in collector the construction of a solar thermal system shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.703.6 701.2.2 Combustible Materials. Collectors constructed of cCombustible materials shall not be located on or adja-cent to construction required to be of noncombustible materials or in fire areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction.701.2.3 Adhesives. Adhesives used in a solar collector shall not vaporize at the design temperature.701.2.4 Potable Water. Materials in contact with potable water shall comply with NSF 61.701.2.5 Racking. Dissimilar metals used for racking shall be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. Paint shall not be usedas a method of isolation.703.5 701.2.6 Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials.703.5.1 Carbon Steel.Carbon steel mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance with ASME SA194.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 701.2 (Materials) will require that materials in contact with the heat transfer medium are not damaged

due to the chemical action between the piping material and the heat transfer medium; for example corrosion. Cor-rosion should be prevented as it can damage the piping and eventually cause the entire system to fail. Further-more, Section 701.2 will prohibit the use of galvanized steel to be used in systems containing antifreeze as itwill react with inhibitors in the antifreeze and create sludge. Lastly, the section will prohibit the use of black steelfor systems with entrained air, such as drainback systems. The entrained air in the system serves as an oxidantwhere electrochemical oxidation of the metal can occur. The reference to Section 305.1 will refer the end userto the section where unions of dissimilar metals are addressed. The material must be able to withstand the tem-perature and pressure experience in the system. If plastic were to be used in a drainback system, the temper-ature of the collectors during steam conditions can exceed the temperature rating for plastic materials. Plasticpipe materials will deform and ooze out of compression or off of barbed fittings.

2. Section 701.2.1 (Plastic) and Section 701.2.2 (Combustible Materials) were revised to provide clarity in regardsto the provisions pertaining to the entire system, and not just the collectors.

3. Section 701.2.3 (Adhesives) will add provisions pertaining to the use of adhesives in collectors. Adhesives canbe used to seal the edges of glass and silicon structures to prevent moisture and air infiltration into a solar col-lector. Adhesives, which are an efficient and durable solution, are used to protect the active components of solarcollectors. It is imperative that the adhesives do not vaporize since moisture can damage the collectors.

4. Section 701.2.4 (Potable Water) will require that all materials in contact with potable water comply with NSF 61,which is intended to cover specific materials or products that come into contact with drinking water. The focusof the standard is evaluation of contaminants or impurities imparted indirectly to drinking water. The products andmaterials covered include, but are not limited to, process media (e.g., carbon, sand), protective materials (e.g.,coatings, linings, liners), joining and sealing materials (e.g., solvent cements, welding materials, gaskets), pipesand related products (e.g., pipes, tanks, fittings), mechanical plumbing devices (e.g., faucets, endpoint controlvalves). For information purposes only, the definition for potable water is shown as follows: Water that is satis-factory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes and that meet the requirements of the Health AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

5. Section 701.2.5 (Racking) should be added as it addresses provisions for dissimilar metals used as rackingmaterials. The section will require that all dissimilar metals be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. When two

151

different metals are in contact, the more noble metal (cathode) decreases its corrosion potential at the expenseof the more active metal (anode), and an electrolyte (water or salt) acts as the conductor. In order for galvaniccorrosion to occur all three must be in contact (cathode, anode, and electrolyte). The isolation of dissimilar met-als is used as a method to eliminate or reduce such galvanic action. The idea of the isolation is to isolate elec-trically the two dissimilar materials, thereby completely eliminating the galvanic effect. Paint shall not be usedas a method of isolation due to the deterioration of the finish over time which will expose the metal.

6. Section 703.5 (Fasteners) and Section 703.5.1 (Carbon Steel) are being combined and relocated to where allmaterial provisions pertaining to a solar thermal system are addressed.




152

USEHC 2015 – (701.2, 701.3 – 701.3.7, 208.0, 211.0): Item # 069



701.2 Protection. Solar thermal systems shall be protected from excessive pressures, temperature, and vacuum in accordancewith Section 315.0. Where required, freeze protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 701.3. 402.1.8 701.3 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exte-rior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing Unless designed for such con-ditions, solar thermal systems and components that contain liquid as the heat transfer medium shall be protected from freezingwhere the ambient temperature is less than 46°F (8°C) by means of fail-safe Freeze protection for solar thermal systems shallbe provided in accordance with the following: Section 701.3.1 through Section 701.3.5.701.3.1 Antifreeze. Antifreeze systems shall be permitted to be installed in a solar water heating system where the ambienttemperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C).701.3.2 Drainback. Drainback systems shall drain by gravity and shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambi-ent temperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C). 701.3.3 Integral Collector Storage. Integral collector storage systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations wherethe ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C) and the duration of a below-freezing episode has not exceeded 18 hours.Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.701.3.4 Indirect Thermosiphon. Indirect thermosiphon systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations where theambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C). Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulationhaving a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.(1)Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for system compo-nents containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner.701.3.5 Air Heating Systems. Air solar heating systems shall be permitted to be used in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions.701.3.6 labeling. (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s toleranceof freezing weather conditions. A label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the systemin a visible location.(3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freeze tolerancelimit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature.(4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is potable water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shallbe provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as one mech-anism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect compo-nents from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, thermal mass of a system shallbe permitted to be a form of freeze protection.701.3.7 Piping. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling ofsolar thermal system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m)of horizontal length. This also applies to Collector header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector shall besloped in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where a means to drain the system is provided a drain valve shallbe installed.(6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the systemin a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, such label shall indicate the minimumambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended by the manufacturer’sinstructions.

208.0Freeze Protection. Any method for protecting solar thermal systems from damage due to freezing conditions where installedin locations where freezing ambient temperature conditions exist.

153

Freeze Protection, Fail-Safe. A freeze-protection method that does not rely on the activation or continued operation of anymechanical or electrical component.

211.0Integral Collector Storage. A solar thermal heating system that uses a solar collector that has all or most of its heat trans-fer liquid inside the collector.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 701.2 (Protection) will refer the user to Section 315.0, which addresses safety devices, and Section

701.3, which addresses freeze protection. The freeze protection requirements have been reformatted and revisedin a manner that is concise and user friendly.

2. Section 701.3 (Freeze Protection) was revised to correlate with current industry standards. Section 701.3.1 andSection 701.3.2 permit the use of antifreeze or a drainback system to be utilized as a freeze protection methodonly when the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F. Section 701.3.3 and Section 701.3.4 permit the useof integral collector storage or indirect thermosiphon systems to be installed only when the ambient temperatureis not less than 23°F. Furthermore, it will require that all exposed piping be protected with insulation to preventfreezing. Therefore, the language in previous item number 1 and item number 6 should be deleted as similar pro-visions are already addressed.

3. Section 701.3.6 (Labeling) is being revised for clarity. 4. Old item number 3 and item number 4 are being deleted since manual intervention is not an effective method

for freeze protection. Manual intervention relies on homeowner action which may not be reliable. Failures occurbecause homeowners do not properly drain the system.

5. New definitions for “freeze protection,” “freeze protection, fail safe,” and “integral collector storage” should beadded as the terminology is being referenced in Section 701.3 and Section 701.3.3. The proposed definitionsassist the end user in applying and enforcing these terms.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee is concern that the minimum design temperature varies per antifreeze type; which may not be con-sistent with the proposed minimum ambient temperature.



154

USEHC 2015 – (702.1): Item # 070



702.1 General. Frames and braces exposed to the weather shall be constructed of materials for exterior locations, and protectedfrom corrosion or deterioration, in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Collectors used in drainback systemsshall be designed for such use and be capable of draining.

SUBSTANTIATION:Most domestic flat plate manufacturers use a harp design, with high and low manifolds connected with vertical ris-ers. These collectors will typically drain empty as long as the manifolds are sloped to drain. However, serpentine-type collectors may drain by gravity; while others cannot as they are designed exclusively for closed loop systems.The manufacturer shall be consulted in regards to a drainback option for the collectors. Furthermore, heat pipe evac-uated tubes can be integrated as a drainback option. They are designed such that the manifold is drainable and thetubes are designed to reach stagnation without compromising the vacuum seal.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Rejected in favor of Item # 061 which clarifies the intent of this section in regards to the draining of drainback sys-tems.



155

USEHC 2015 – (702.5): Item # 071

SUBMITTER Mark ArieSelf


702.5 listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listingagency in accordance with SRCC 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard.

SUBSTANTIATION:The reference to SRCC 100 should be removed as the code already indicates that collectors shall comply with UL1279. Therefore, a laundry list of standards is not necessary. UL 1279 is the standard that is most commonly usedin the industry for solar collectors.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation as to why SRCC 100 should be removed. SRCC is used throughoutthe industry for certifying solar collectors.



156

USEHC 2015 – (702.7): Item # 072



702.7 Flushing. After installation and completion of tests, the solar thermal system shall be flushed to remove sediment, dirt,or loose scale. Strainers shall be cleaned or replaced. During flushing, the collectors shall be disconnected or bypassed to pre-vent the passage of debris in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:Currently, provisions pertaining to the flushing of a solar thermal system are not addressed. A thorough purgingprocess removes dirt and residual flux from the circuit. If any sediment, dirt, or loose scale is present in the system,the system will not perform as per design.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed text is unnecessary as flushing requirements are typically provided by the manufacturer. Furthermore,there is no need to disconnect or bypass the solar collector during flushing as the entire solar thermal system is gen-erally flushed.



157

USEHC 2015 – (702.7): Item # 073



702.7 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall comply with Chapter 6 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions. Access ports and connections shall be accessible.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 702.7 is necessary as storage tanks should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions. Furthermore, all access ports and plumbing connections must be accessible for repairs and mainte-nance. Lastly, reference to Chapter 6 is necessary as it is where the general provisions pertaining to thermal stor-age tanks are addressed.




158

USEHC 2015 – (703.1.2): Item # 074



703.1.2 Ground Installations. Solar collectors installed at ground level shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above theground level shall terminate above finished grade to avoid being obstructed by snow or ice. The supporting columns shall extendbelow the frost line.

SUBSTANTIATION:Currently the code is silent on ground installations for collectors installed in areas where snow accumulation isexpected. If a collector is installed on the ground where snow accumulation is expected, there is a potential that thecollector can be covered by the snow; in which case the performance of the system will be affected. The text “thesupporting columns shall extend below the frost line” is necessary to prevent frost heaving from occurring due tofreeze/thaw cycles.


703.1.2 Ground Installations. Solar collectors shall terminate above finished grade to avoid being obstructed by vegetation,snow, or ice. The supporting columns shall extend below the frost line.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed modification will add language for clarity in regards to solar collectors installed at ground level.



159

USEHC 2015 – (703.7): Item # 075



703.7 Orientation. Collectors shall be located and oriented in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 703.7 should be deleted as Section 703.1 already indicates that collectors are to be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s instructions, therefore redundant. For informational purposes only Section 703.1 is shownas follows: Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in accordance with Section 307.1.Collectors shall be mounted as to minimize the accumulation of debris. Connecting pipes shall not be used to pro-vide support for a solar collector. Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Section 703.7 should not be deleted as it is necessary for enforcement.



160

USEHC 2015 – (703.8): Item # 076



703.8 Wall Mounted. Solar cCollectors that are mounted on a frame walls shall be permitted to be fastened into the studframing of a building, provided that the added collector load does not exceed the design loads of the framing in accordance withSection 303.0. Collectors shall be secured and fastened in an approved manner in accordance with Section 307.0. Collectors shallnot be mounted on vertical wall constructed of brick, stone, or concrete block, stone work, or concrete blocks unless approvedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Structural members that extend from a wall to support wall-mounted arrays shall besecured to the wall. Structural members that extend from the ground to support wall-mounted arrays shall be in accordance withSection 703.1.2.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 703.8 was revised as the current provisions do not make reference to Section 303.0, which requires that thesupporting structure be designed to support any expected loads. Any installation on a vertical brick wall needs to beapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction due to the complexity of such an installation. Furthermore, referenceto Section 703.1.2 is necessary as there are many installations that extend from a wall that require a vertical sup-port to the ground. Therefore, it is necessary that the vertical supports comply with the provisions pertaining toground installations.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for fur-ther study on the merit of the proposed text. Furthermore, there was concern that the AHJ would now be requiredto approve the installation of collectors mounted on brick, stone, concrete block, or concrete; the AHJ may not havethe necessary background to approve such installation.



161

USEHC 2015 – (408.4.1, 703.9, 703.9.1): Item # 077



408.4.1 location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors.

(renumber remaining section)

703.9 Multiple Collectors. Flat plate collectors shall be connected in parallel and evacuated tube collectors shall be connectedin series. The maximum number of collectors permitted in each collector bank shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.703.9.1 Balance. Where more than one bank is installed, balanced flow rates shall be achieved throughout the array with bal-ancing valves or as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Balancing valves shall comply with Section 408.4.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 703.9 will address the installation requirements of multiple collectors, which is currently not addressed

in the code. Many systems utilize more than one collector, and it is critical that these systems are properlyinstalled to ensure equal flow through each collector in the array, resulting in equivalent temperatures across thearray. For example, harp-style flat plate collectors should always be installed in parallel and not in series; whenplumbed in series the last collector will be hotter than the first collector. Because of thermal losses, such anarrangement leads to inefficient solar collection.

A benefit of evacuated tubes is their lower thermal losses from the glass collection area as compared to flatplate collectors. Due to this phenomenon, and the typical design of evacuated tube manifolds, it is appropriateto connect evacuated tube collectors in series by directly connecting the manifold headers to one another.

There are limits to connecting evacuated tube collectors in series. Too many collectors in series willincrease the thermal losses to an unacceptable level and may lead to unacceptable stagnation temperatures.The collector manufacturer’s installation instructions determine the maximum number of collectors permitted.

Multiple arrays of evacuated tube collectors are plumbed in parallel.2. Section 703.9.1 will require balanced heat transfer fluid flow through multiple collector banks. When connecting

multiple collector banks in parallel a minor difference in flow between banks can lead to significant loss of sys-tem efficiency. Balancing valves address this issue and Section 408.4 covers balancing valves.

The text “or as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction” recognizes that balancing can also be achievedby using other methods, such as plumbing design.

Section 408.4.1 is being deleted as it is not necessary since Section 703.9.1 already indicates that collec-tors need to be balanced.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for fur-ther study on the merit of the proposed text. Furthermore, the piping configuration of collectors (parallel or series)should be determined by the manufacturer.



162

USEHC 2015 – (704.2): Item # 078



704.2 Above or On the Roof. Collectors located above or on roofs, and functioning as building components, shall not reducethe required fire-resistance and fire-retardance classification of the roof covering materials.Exceptions:(1) One- and two-family dwellings.(2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three stories in height, a 9000 square feet (836.13 m2) total floor area; or both

providing:(a) The collectors are noncombustible.(b) Collectors with plastic covers have noncombustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered and by the collector array

shall not exceed the following:1. Plastic CC1 – 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.2. Plastic CC2 – 25 percent of the roof area.

(c) Collectors with plastic film covers having a thickness of not more than 0.010 of an inch (0.254 mm) shall have non-combustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered by the collector shall not exceed 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.

(3) Unglazed collectors used for heating swimming pools, spas, or hot tubs.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 704.2(2)(b) has been reworded for clarity. Unglazed collectors used for heating swimming pools, spas, andhot tubs are typically installed in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed text was rejected as it is not in accordance with UL 1279.



163

USEHC 2015 – (705.0 – 705.4): Item # 079



705.0 Controls.705.1 General. Electrical wiring and connections shall comply with Section 310.0. The wire gauge shall be sized for the loadof the system and the amperage rating of the controller relay shall be not less than the system load.705.2 Protection. Electrical equipment shall be protected from the outdoors.705.2.1 Ground Installations. Where the collector is mounted on the ground, electrical wiring shall be installed in a con-duit.705.3 Temperature Control. Solar thermal systems shall maintain system temperatures in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.705.3.1 Thermal Storage. Temperature sensors for system operational control, which are installed in a thermal storage tank,shall monitor the coldest temperature in accordance with the collector manufacturer’s installation instructions.705.3.2 Collectors. Temperature sensors installed in a solar collector shall monitor the hottest temperature in accordancewith the collector manufacturer’s installation instructions. Where the temperature sensor locations are not specified by the man-ufacturer, the sensors shall be located at one of the following locations:(1) Directly on the absorber plate of a flat plate collector.(2) Inside a dry well.(3) Between the collector header and the header gasket.(4) Clamped to the collector outlet piping. Where such method is used, the sensor shall be held in place with corrosion resist-

ant clamps or wires. The clamps or wires shall be designed to withstand the temperature of the piping. The sensor shall belocated as close as possible to the collector outlet. The piping between the collector and the sensor shall be insulated in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

705.4 Indicators. The controller shall indicate when the pump(s) is running. Storage tanks vented to the atmosphere shall havea sight glass to indicate the level of liquid in the tank. A means shall be provided to determine that heat from the solar collec-tors is being transferred to the load. Pressurized systems shall be equipped with a solar loop pressure indicator.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. The proposed Section 705.1 through Section 705.4 will address control requirements that currently are not

addressed in the code. The transport of heat from the collector to the storage tank is dependent on the tem-perature differential. The controller starts the circulation pump when the collector temperature is warmer thanthe temperature at the bottom of the thermal storage tank.

2. Section 705.1 refers the user to the Section 310.0 where general electrical requirements are addressed. This isnecessary as all electrical wiring and connections are required to comply with NFPA 70.

3. Section 705.2 will required that all electrical equipment be protected from the outdoor elements and condensa-tion. The outdoor elements such as water entrainment and ultraviolet rays can damage the wiring which can resultin an unsafe system.

4. Section 705.3 through Section 705.3.2 address temperature control and sensor location requirements. There aretimes where the manufacturer’s installation instructions are not specific in regards to the location of temperaturesensors; and the installer is left with no guidance or specific instructions regarding the location of temperaturesensors.

5. Section 705.3.2 provides specific locations for the installation of temperature sensors used to monitor the tem-perature in collectors. It is critical that collector sensors are installed appropriately to ensure the system oper-ates as designed. The sensors must be placed to measure the hottest temperature in the collectors, which istypically specified in the collector manufacturer’s installation instructions. However, where locations are not spec-ified by the collector manufacturer, Section 705.4.2 will provide general guidance regarding locations for the

164

sensors. The location of the sensors can be directly on the absorber plate, inside a dry well, between the col-lector header and the header gasket, or clamped to the collector outlet piping. Where the sensor is clamped tothe collector outlet piping, this method relies heavily on the integrity of the insulation. Therefore, there should notbe any exposed piping between the sensor and collector.

6. Section 705.4 will require indicators to be installed to monitor the operation of the pump(s). Pump monitoring canbe achieved locally or remotely. Installers must ensure that the controller is operating in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s instructions. Ideally, this will be done during testing as a complete installation. Therefore, the solarcontroller shall be equipped with an indicator to show when the pump is operating. Furthermore, means shallbe provided to advise the end user that heat is being transferred to the load. This can be achieved by installinga temperature indicator on the solar loop. Storage tanks that are vented to the atmosphere must be providedwith a level gauge to determine that the minimum fluid level is maintained. Closed systems are under pressureand if a leak in the solar loop occurs then the pressure will decrease to atmospheric pressure. A pressure gaugeinstalled on the solar loop will advise the user if this has occurred.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed text is overly restrictive, unenforceable, and prohibits other applications. Furthermore, the provi-sions may be in conflict with NFPA 70.



165

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 7, Chapter 9, 206.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, Table 1201.1): Item # 080



CHAPTER 75SOlAR COllECTORS

701501.0 General.701501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction and installation of solar collectors, includingcomponents.

702.0 502.0 Construction.702502.1 General. Frames and braces exposed to the weather shall be constructed of materials for exterior locations, and pro-tected from corrosion or deterioration, in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.702502.2 Construction. Collectors shall be designed and constructed as to prevent interior condensation, out-gassing, or otherprocesses that will reduce the transmission properties of the glazing, reduce the efficiency of the insulation, or otherwiseadversely affect the performance of the collector.702502.3 Flat Plate Collector Glass. Flat plate collector glass used in collector construction shall be tempered.702502.4 Plastic. Plastic used in collector construction shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.702502.5 listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listingagency in accordance with IAPMO S1001.1, SRCC 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard.702502.6 Air Collectors. Materials exposed within air collectors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread indexnot to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50 where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTME 84 or UL 723.702502.6.1 Testing. Materials used within an air collector shall not smoke, smolder, glow, or flame where tested in accor-dance with ASTM C 411 at temperatures exposed to in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).

703503.0 Collector Installation.703503.1 General. Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in accordance with Section307.1324.2. Collectors shall be mounted as to minimize the accumulation of debris. Connecting pipes shall not be used to pro-vide support for a solar collector. Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.703503.1.1 Roof Installations. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the waterintegrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Solar collectors that are notan integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface.703503.1.2 Ground Installations. Solar collectors installed at ground level shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) abovethe ground level.703503.2 Access. Access shall be provided to collectors and components in an approved manner. A work space adjacent tocollectors for maintenance and repair shall be provided in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.703503.3 Stagnation Condition. The collector assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant conditions in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions where high solar flux and no flow occurs.703503.4 Waterproofing. Joints between structural supports and buildings or dwellings, including penetrations made bybolts or other means of fastening, shall be made watertight with approved material.703503.5 Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials.703503.5.1 Carbon Steel. Carbon steel mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance with ASMESA194.

166

703503.6 Combustible Materials. Collectors constructed of combustible materials shall not be located on or adjacent to con-struction required to be of noncombustible materials or in fire areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.703503.7 Orientation. Collectors shall be located and oriented in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.703503.8 Wall Mounted. Solar collectors that are mounted on a wall shall be secured and fastened in an approved mannerin accordance with Section 307324.0.

704504.0 Fire Safety Requirements.704504.1 Building Components. Collectors that function as building components shall be in accordance with the buildingcode.704504.2 Above or On the Roof. Collectors located above or on roofs, and functioning as building components, shall notreduce the required fire-resistance and fire-retardance classification of the roof covering materials.Exceptions:(1) One- and two-family dwellings.(2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three stories in height, a 9000 square feet (836.13 m2) total floor area; or both

providing:(a) The collectors are noncombustible.(b) Collectors with plastic covers have noncombustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered and the collector

shall not exceed the following:1. Plastic CC1 – 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.2. Plastic CC2 – 25 percent of the roof area.

(c) Collectors with plastic film covers having a thickness of not more than 0.010 of an inch (0.254 mm) shall have non-combustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered by the collector shall not exceed 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.

CHAPTER 9SOlAR THERMAl SYSTEMS FOR A SWIMMING POOl

901.0 General 505.0 Solar Thermal Systems for A Swimming Pool.901.1 505.1 Applicability. Sections 505.2 through 505.3.1 This chapter shall govern the installation and construction of solarthermal systems for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs.902.0 505.2 Water Chemistry. 902.1 General. Where water from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of cir-culation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 902.2 505.2.1, andshall be filtered in accordance with Section 902.3 505.2.2 and Section 902.3.1 505.2.2.1.902.2 505.2.1 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordancewith Table 902.2 505.2.1.

TABlE 902.2 505.2.1WATER CHEMISTRY

For SI Units: 1 part per million = 1 mg/L

902.3 505.2.2 Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop.Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating system with a heat exchanger.902.3.1 505.2.2.1 location. A filter shall be located upstream of a pump used to direct water to solar collectors.903.0 505.3 Corrosion Resistant.903.1 Copper. Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool,spa, or hot tub heating.

PARAMETER ACCEPTABlE RANGECalcium hardness 200 – 400 parts per million (ppm)

Langelier Saturation Index 0 (+ or - 0.3 acceptable)pH 7.2 – 7.8

TDS < 1500 ppmTotal alkalinity 80 – 120 ppm

167

Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water.

206.0Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units.

210.0Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air isdistributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air sys-tem, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith.




(2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over 1⁄8of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50.

Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances toflues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No materialshall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits hereinestablished, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.


Note: ASTM E136 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: IAPMO S1001.1 is a working draft and is not complete at the time of this monograph.


SUBSTANTIATION:1. This chapter is a duplicate of the 2012 USEC with the section numbers re-ordered. Flat plate collector was

added to glass so as to discern the meaning of “glass” alone which was the previously used term. 2. In Section 502.5 a new listing was added for IAPMO Standard S1001.1.3. Chapter 9 of the USEC has been moved to Chapter 5.4. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-

ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope ofthe proposed code.


ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0IAPMO S1001.1-20YY Design and Installation of Solar Water Heating Systems Solar Thermal 502.5

168


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested

for further study on the merit of the proposed text.2. The proposed standard IAPMO S1001.1 is in draft form, and therefore should not be considered for reference

in the code until published.3. The committee prefers the proposed text for Items # 001, # 068, and # 074.



169

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 7, 204.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0): Item # 081



CHAPTER 7RADIANT PANEl SYSTEMS

701.0 General.701.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the minimum standards for the design and installation of radiantpanel systems.

702.0 Installation.702.1 Design and Installation. Panel systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with installation standards listedin Chapter 12 and the requirements of this code.702.2 Pressure Testing. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure-tested in accordance with Section 709.0 priorto pouring concrete. During pouring, the pipe shall be maintained at the anticipated operating pressure.702.3 Pre-Manufactured Radiant Panel Systems. Pre-manufactured radiant wall, ceiling, floor and countertop systemsshall be listed or labeled in accordance with Section 302.1.702.4 Installation Practices. Radiant panel systems shall be installed in a manner in accordance with this code, applicablestandards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 702.5 System Design. Radiant panels complying with this chapter shall be designed by a person who demonstrates compe-tency to design the radiant panel system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

703.0 Piping Materials.703.1 Panel(s). Piping for radiant panels shall be Type L copper tubing, or approved plastic pipe or tubing rated at 100 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (689 kPa) at 180°F (82°C).

704.0 Piping Joints.704.1 General. Joints of pipe or tubing forming the panel that are embedded in concrete or plaster in any portion of the build-ing shall be joined in accordance with the following method:(1) Copper tubing shall be joined with brazing alloys having a melting point above 1000°F (538°C).(2) Flexible tubing joints below grade shall not be permitted.Exception. Tubing joints below grade shall be permitted when approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction where repairingis required. The joint shall be made by an approved fitting recommended by the tubing manufacturer and shall be protected fromthe concrete.

705.0 Heat Sources.705.1 General. Energy sources for generating hot or chilled water for use in radiant panel systems shall include conventionalfossil fuel, boilers, electrical boilers, air/water or water/water heat pumps, solar thermal systems, bio-mass, waste heat recov-ery, earth energy, hydrogen fuel cell, or combined heat and power (CHP). A supplemental system shall be permitted to includebooster or backup heating units.705.2 Closed Systems. Closed systems shall be protected by pressure relief valves as required in this code.

706.0 Supply Temperatures. Supply temperature exiting the heat source shall not exceed the maximum supply temperaturerequired by the heat emitter unless tempered by a fluid temperature control device that insures the maximum radiant panel sup-ply temperature will not be exceeded.

170

706.1 Tubing High limit Protection. Supply fluid temperatures shall be less than the tubing manufacturer’s recommendedmaximum operating temperature.

707.0 Circulators. 707.1. General. The circulator shall be sized to meet design requirements of the system.

708.0 System Treatment. 708.1 General. Chemical treatment of system fill water shall be permitted to be used for water conditioning or corrosion con-trol and shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s specifications for the intended use. See Section 325.3.1.4 for fluid tox-icity requirements.

709.0 Testing.709.1 Pressure Test. Piping shall be tested with a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psig (689 kPa), and 50 psig (345kPa) more than the operating pressure. This pressure shall be maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Required tests shall beconducted by the owner or contractor in the presence of an authorized inspector. The piping being tested shall remain exposedto the inspector and shall not leak during the test.709.1.1 Metal Pipe. For metal piping, a pressure gauge shall be connected to the piping, and after the pressure has been raised,the hydrostatic pressure connection shall be discontinued and the systems under pressure shall remain at the test pressure for aperiod of time to determine whether leaks exist in the system. A leak shall be indicated by the pressure drop on the gauge. Thetest period shall be not less than 30 minutes.709.1.2 Flexible Plastic Pipe. For flexible plastic piping, the test pressure shall be applied for a period of 30 minutes. Dur-ing this time, the system shall be maintained at the test pressure by the periodic addition of makeup water to compensate for theinitial stretching of the pipe. The system shall be visually inspected for tightness.709.2 Freezing Conditions. In locations where freezing weather conditions can prevail, the use of compressed air instead ofwater for purposes of performing a pressure test shall be permitted with the manufacturer’s written permission and the permis-sion of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.



218.0Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.


SUBSTANTIATION:1. Chapter 7 addresses the design and installation of radiant panel heating systems of a hydronic nature.

171

2. Section 702.2 avoids the potential of rubber compound hoses ballooning during the pour. When pressure is low-ered to normal operating pressures, tubing will shrink, and de-couple from the surrounding cement causing amajor break in required thermal bridging between tubing walls and concrete.

3. Section 702.5 allows the AHJ to require designers and installers be certified to perform in the area of their expert-ise.

4. Section 702.3 insures that all pre-manufactured radiant panel systems have an accepted performance outputvalue in btu/sq.ft./hour based on available water temperatures, average unheated surface temperatures, sur-rounding air temperatures and reasonable flow rates.

5. Section 704.1 reflects industry accepted practices as it pertains to the use of flexible tubing. Section 708 reflectstoxicity requirements spelled out in other sections of the code (referenced).

6. Section 709.1.3 reflects the need for allowing the use of compressed air for testing in climates where freezingconditions do prevail.



COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested

for further study on the merit of the proposed text. 2. The committee prefers the proposed text for Item # 050 which correlates with the 2015 UMC.



COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: I agree with the TC that the proposed text for Item # 050 correlates with the 2015 UMC.

172

USEHC 2015 – (801.1): Item # 082



801.1 Applicability. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork shall be insulated according to this chapter to mini-mize heat loss. Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heatloss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space.Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions unless such piping is located within a building.

SUBSTANTIATION:The text “according to this chapter” is being deleted from Section 801.1 as it does not strengthen the enforceabilityof the section.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:CUDAHY: I have a concern about removal of the text “according to this chapter," as I believe it modifies and clari-fies what "minimize" means in the sentence. When you say "minimize" on it's own, that's what you need to do. It'snot "reduce" or "limit," it's get to the lowest possible level. If you delete "according to this chapter," and I'm assum-ing the chapter previously set the insulation requirements somehow, now you need to put on three feet of insulationon everything. Perhaps we could delete the "according to this chapter" and use "limit" or "reduce" instead of the term"minimize"?

173

USEHC 2015 – (802.1, Table 802.1(1) – Table 802.1(4), 803.1, Table 803.1): Item # 083



802.1 Required. Pipe and fittings, other than unions, flanges, or valves, shall be insulated. Insulation shall be required wheresurface temperatures of pipes or ducts exceed 140°F (60°C). Insulation material shall be approved for stagnation conditions andcontinuous operating temperatures of not less than 220°F (104°C). [See Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(4)] Insulation usedfor buried applications shall be approved for such use.

TABlE 802.1(1)MINIMUM PIPE INSUlATION

TABlE 802.1(2)IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSUlATION THICKNESS

TABlE 802.1(3)UNIVERSAl PIPE INSUlATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IPS

TABlE 802.1(4)DESIGN VAlUES FOR THERMAl CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF INDUSTRIAl INSUlATION3,4,5

803.1 General. Circulating air ducts shall be insulated in accordance with Table 803.1.

TABlE 803.1INSUlATION OF DUCTS

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 802.1 is being revised as the current provisions are confusing and not in a user-friendly format. Fur-

thermore, the values in Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(4) cannot be verified for accuracy and provide require-ments that are above the minimum. Insulation required for piping and ducts should comply only with the minimumrequirements; which is to protect the user from the hot surfaces of the piping or duct. The 140°F requirement isconsistent with the mechanical code and should be in the USEHC. The text “Insulation used for buried applica-tions shall be approved for such use” recognizes that there are insulation materials that are design for buriedapplications such as elastomeric insulation.

2. Section 803.1 is being deleted as Section 317.1 indicates that ducts shall be installed in accordance with themechanical code, including insulation. For informational purposes only Section 317.1 is shown as follows: 317.1General. Solar thermal system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanicalcode.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:This proposal was disapproved as piping should always be insulated since it may lead to unnecessary heat loss. Theinsulation tables are used as a guideline to determine the proper insulation thickness. Furthermore, no definition wasprovided for “stagnation.”



174

USEHC 2015 – (802.3, 802.3.1): Item # 084



802.3 Installation. Insulation shall be finished with a jacket or facing with the laps sealed with adhesives or staples so as tosecure the insulation on the pipe. Insulation jacket seams shall be on the underside of the piping and shall overlap in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Joints and seams shall be sealed with a sealant that is approved for both thematerial and environmental conditions. Insulation exposed to the weather shall be weather-proofed in accordance with standardpractices acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In lieu of jackets, molded insulation shall be permitted to be securedwith 16 gauge galvanized wire ties not exceeding 9 inches (229 mm) on center. 802.3.1 Exterior Application. Insulation for exterior application shall be finished with an approved jacket or facing with thesurfaces and laps sealed. Jacketing, facing, and tape used for exterior application shall be designed for such use. Where flexi-ble insulation is used, it shall be wrapped and sealed against water penetration. Insulation used for exterior applications shallbe resistant to extreme temperatures, UV exposure, and moisture.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 802.3 will provide clarity in regards to the installation of insulation jacket. The installation provisions are

consistent with current industry practices. Furthermore, the text “insulation exposed to the weather shall beweather-proofed in accordance with standard practices acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction” is beingdeleted as new Section 802.3.1 addresses provisions pertaining to exterior applications.

2. Section 802.3.1 will address the minimum provisions necessary for the safe outdoor installation of outdoorswhich are consistent with current industry practices.




175

USEHC 2015 – (804.1, Table 804.1): Item # 085



804.1 601.3 Thickness. Tank insulation shall have a R-value thermal resistance not less than shown in Table 804.1601.3.804.2 Temperature Difference. The Ttemperature difference shall be calculated as the difference between the design oper-ating temperature of the tank and the design temperature of the surrounding air, or soil where the tank is installed undergroundduring the operating season. Where engineering such data is not available, assume 100°F (38°C) indoors and 150°F (66°C) out-doors for water and space heating and 150°F (66°C) for air conditioning a temperature difference of 50°F (10°C) shall be used.


TABlE 804.1601.3MINIMUM TANK INSUlATION*

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 degree Fahrenheit hour square footper British thermal unit inch = [6.9 (m•K/W]*Based on thermal conductivity (k) of 0.20 [(Btu•inch)/(°F•h•ft2)]

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 804.1, Section 804.2, and Table 804.1 are being revised for clarity. Section 804.2 is being combined withSection 804.1 as they address similar requirements. Table 804.1 is being revised as the thermal conductivity value(k) is required to determine how the thermal resistance (R) was derived. The thermal conductivity (k) value wasobtained from the 2009 edition of the USEC as it was left out during the 2012 cycle. Furthermore, Section 804.1 isbeing relocated to Chapter 6 where all the provisions pertaining to thermal storage are addressed.




TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE(°F)

MINIMUM R-VAlUETHERMAl RESISTANCE (R)

[°F•h•ft2 /(Btu·inch)]50 6100 12150 18200 24250 30

176

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 8, Chapter 11, Table 1201.1, 203.0, Item # 086205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 209.0, 210.0, 215.0, 218.0):



CHAPTER 811THERMAl INSUlATION

8011101.0 General.8011101.1 Applicability. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork, and radiant panels shall be insulated accordingto this chapter to minimize heat loss. Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditionedspaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space.Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions unless such piping is located within a building.

1102.0 Insulation.1102.1 General. Insulation required by this section shall be installed in accordance with industry-accepted standards (seeInformative Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). These requirements do not apply to HVAC equipment. Insulation shall be protectedfrom damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, equipment maintenance, and wind, but not limited to the following:(1) Insulation exposed to weather shall be suitable for outdoor service (e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted can-

vas, or plastic cover). Cellular foam insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardantand provides shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material.

(2) Insulation covering chilled-water piping, refrigerant suction piping, or cooling ducts located outside the conditioned spaceshall include a vapor retardant located outside the insulation (unless the insulation is inherently vapor retardant), all pene-trations and joints of which shall be sealed. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.1]

1103.0 Duct and Plenum Insulation. 1103.1 General. All supply and return ducts and plenums installed as part of an HVAC air distribution system shall be ther-mally insulated in accordance with Table 1103.1(1) and Table 1103.1(2). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.2]Exceptions:(1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or ductwork furnished as a part of HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance

with Section 703.4.1.(2) Ducts or plenums located in heated spaces, semi-heated spaces, or cooled spaces.(3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length to air terminals or air outlets, the rated R-value of insulation need not

exceed R-3.5.(4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums exposed to unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces with face areas exceed-

ing 5 square feet (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2; those 5 square feet (0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated.

1104.0 Piping Insulation. 1104.1 General. Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 1104.1(1) and 1104.1(2). [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.4.1.3]Exceptions:(1) Factory-installed piping within HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1.(2) Piping that conveys fluids having a design operating temperature range between 60°F (16ºC) and 105°F (41ºC), inclusive.(3) Piping that conveys fluids that have not been heated or cooled through the use of fossil fuels or electricity (such as roof

and condensate drains, domestic cold water supply, natural gas piping).

177

(4) Where heat gain or heat loss will not increase energy usage (such as liquid refrigerant piping).(5) In piping 1 inch (25 mm) or less, insulation is not required for strainers, control valves, and balancing valves.

1105.0 Sensible Heating Panel Insulation.1105.1 General. All thermally ineffective panel surfaces of sensible heating panels, including U-bends, and headers, shall beinsulated with a minimum of R-3.5. Adjacent envelope insulation counts toward this requirement. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.4]

1106.0 Radiant Floor Heating.1106.1 General. Radiant floor heating shall be according to Sections 1106.2 through 1106.5. The bottom surfaces of floor struc-tures incorporating radiant heating shall be insulated with a minimum of R-3.5. Adjacent envelope insulation counts toward thisrequirement.1106.2 Radiant Heat/Cooling Source Below The Subfloor. When tubing is installed below a subfloor, the tube spac-ing shall be in accordance with the system design taking into consideration the panels active load, including back losses anddownward energy transfer flows. The tube spacing shall be permitted to be modified where joist space limitations conflict withthe design tube spacing. Tube spacing shall be determined by available fluid temperatures, required energy density, fluid type,overall panel conductivity and finished flooring goods total R value. When a suspended radiant floor system is installed withhabitable space above and below, the total thermal resistance value of the floor system below the radiantly conditioned floor shallbe at a minimum 2 times (2X) greater than the total R value specified in Table 1106.3, but in no case shall the floor system belowthe radiant conditioned slab have an R value less than R-3.5 or as specified by the AHJ, whichever is greater.1106.3 Above Subfloor or in Subfloor. When tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, the tube spacing shall not exceed12 inches (305 mm) center-to-center for living areas, unless alternate spacing or panel design and connected loads will satisfythe design requirements. Tube spacing shall be determined by available fluid temperatures, required energy density, fluid type,overall panel conductivity and finished flooring goods total R value. When a radiant floor system is installed with habitable spaceabove and below, the total thermal resistance value of the floor system below the radiantly conditioned floor shall be at a min-imum 2 times (2X) greater than the total R value specified in Table 1106.3, but in no case shall the floor system below the radi-ant conditioned floor have an R value less than R-3.5 or as specified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, whichever is greater.1106.4 Over Unheated Space. When tubing is installed within the joist cavity over an unheated space, the cavity shall beinsulated with material having a thermal resistance value of at least R-19. The use of a gap between the insulation and the energytransfer tubes shall be dependent upon the energy transfer mode. Where conductivity is the primary mode of energy transfer,then no gap shall be required. Where the tube is suspended or fastened to the bottom of the floor assembly, then the minimum2 inch (51 mm) air gap between the tube and the face of the insulation shall be required.1106.5 Without Embedding. When tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, and not embedded in concrete, the floorassembly shall be insulated below the tubing with a minimum total insulated thermal resistance value of R-3.5 or as specifiedin Table 1106.3, or 2 times (2X) the anticipated finished floor goods R value, whichever is greater.Exception: Requirements for heated slab-on-grade floors incorporating radiant heating are in Section 1107.0.

1107.0 Radiant Heated Slab-on-Grade Floors.1107.1 General. Concrete slabs shall be insulated according to Sections 1107.2 and 1107.3.1107.2 On-Grade. When a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed on grade, there shall be insulation with a mini-mum thermal resistance value as required by Table 1106.3 or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where the exterior wall is goingto be an active radiant panel, then the R value minimum shall be doubled.1107.3 Suspended Concrete Floors. When a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed with habitable space aboveand below, the total thermal resistance value of the floor system below the radiantly conditioned concrete slab shall be at a min-imum 2 times (2X) greater than the total R value specified in Table 1106.3, but in no case shall the floor system below the radi-ant conditioned slab have an R value less than R-7.

1108.0 Radiant Wall and Ceiling Panels.1108.1 General. Radiant walls and ceiling panels shall be insulated according to Sections 1108.2 through 1108.5.1108.2 Exterior Walls. When radiant panel piping is installed in an exterior wall stud cavity, the cavity shall be insulated withmaterial having a thermal resistance value of at least 2 times (2X) greater than the minimum R values specified in Table 1106.3or by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where the tubing is installed in a suspended manner, then a 2 inch (51 mm) air gapbetween the face of the insulation and the tubing shall be maintained. Where the tubing is incorporated into a highly conduc-tive material, then no gap shall be required.

178

1108.3 Roof/Ceiling Joist. When piping is installed in an outside roof/ceiling joist cavity, the cavity shall be insulated withmaterial having a thermal resistance value of at least R30 or the R values as specified in Table 1106.3 or by the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction, whichever is greater. Where the tubing is installed in a suspended manner, then a 2 inch (51 mm) air gapbetween the face of the insulation and the tubing shall be maintained. Where the tubing is incorporated into a highly conduc-tive material, then no gap shall be required.1108.4 Engineered Panels. When incorporating listed and approved pre-engineered highly conductive panels into the con-struction assembly for either exterior walls or ceilings, no 2 inch insulation gap shall be maintained, and R values as previouslycalled out shall apply.1108.5 Conditioned Envelope. When a radiant wall or ceiling is incorporated within the conditioned envelope, the mini-mum R value to be placed between the radiant panel and the load zone shall be R-15.Exception: Where it can be proven through heat loss/gain calculations that the energy loading is considered equal on both sideof the radiant wall panel, then no insulation shall be required on either side of the radiant wall panel.

TABlE 1103.1(1)MINIMUM DUCT INSUlATION R-VAlUE1, COOlING AND HEATING ONlY SUPPlY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.8.2A]

Notes:1 Insulation R-values, measured in [Btu·inch/(h·ft2·°F)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required

minimum thicknesses do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used asplenum walls. wall insulation shall be as required by Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal planein accordance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75°F (24°C) at the installed thickness.

2 Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.3 Includes return air plenum, with of without exposed roofs above.

ClIMATEzONE

DUCT lOCATION

EXTERIOR VENTIlATEDATTIC

UNVENTEDATTIC ABOVEINSUlATED

CEIlING

UNVENTEDATTIC WITH

ROOF INSUlA-TION1

UNCONDI-TIONEDSPACE2

INDIRECTlYCONDITIONED

SPACE3BURIED

HEATING ONlY DUCTS1, 2 none None none none none none none3 R-3.5 none none none none none none4 R-3.5 none none none none none none5 R-6 R-3.5 none none none none R-3.56 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 none none none R-3.57 R-8 R-6 R-6 none R-3.5 none R-3.58 R-8 R-8 R-6 none R-6 none R-6

COOlING ONlY DUCTS1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.52 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.53 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-1.9 none none4 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-6 R-1.9 R-1.9 none none5.6 R-3.5 R-1.9 R-3.5 R-l.9 R-1.9 none none7, 8 R-1.9 R- I .9 R-1.9 R-I.9 R-1.9 none none

RETURN DUCTS1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none

179

TABlE 1103.1(2)MINIMUM DUCT INSUlATION R-VAlUE1,

COMBINED HEATING AND COOlING SUPPlY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS [ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.8.2B]

Notes:1 Insulation R-values measured in [Btu·inch/(h·ft2·°F)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thicknesses

do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation shall be asrequired by Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on it horizontal plane in accordance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of75ºF (24ºC) at the installed thickness.

2 Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.3 Includes return air plenums wilt or without exposed roofs above.

TABlE 1104.1(1)MINIMUM PIPE INSUlATION THICKNESS HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS1,2,3,4

(STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE, HOT WATER HEATING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS) [ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.8.3A]

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit = [0.1 W/(m•K)Notes:1 For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}Where:T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu·inch/(h·ft2·°F)].k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.2 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required relative to safety issues/surface tempera-

ture.3 For piping smaller than 11⁄2 inches (40 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch shall be permitted

(before thickness adjustment required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25.4 mm).4 For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 11⁄2 inch (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment

required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25 mm).5 The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes having thermal resist-

ance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insu-lation has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.

ClIMATE zONE

DUCT lOCATION

EXTERIORVENTIlATED

ATTIC

UNVENTEDATTIC ABOVEINSUlATED

CEIlING

UNVENTEDATTIC WITH

ROOF INSUlA-TION1

UNCONDI-TIONEDSPACE2

INDIRECTlYCONDITIONED

SPACE3

BURIED

SUPPlY DUCTS1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.52 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.53 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.54 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.55 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.56 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.57 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.58 R-8 R-8 R-8 R-1.9 R-6 none R-6

RETURN DUCTS1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none

INSUlATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAl PIPE SIzE OR TUBE SIzE (inches)

FlUID OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE (°F) ANDUSAGE

CONDUCTIVITYBtu•inch/(h•ft2•°F)

Mean RatingTemperature °F

<1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8INSUlATION THICKNESS (inches)

>350°F 0.32 - 0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0251°F - 350°F 0.29 - 0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5201°F - 250°F 0.27 - 0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0141°F -200°F 0.25 - 0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0105°F - 140°F 0.22 - 0.28 100 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5

180

TABlE 1104.1(2)MINIMUM PIPE INSUlATION THICKNESS COOlING SYSTEMS (CHIllED WATER, BRINE, AND REFRIGERANT)1,2,3

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.8.3B]

Notes:1 For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}Where:T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu·inch/(h·ft2·°F)].k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.2 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water, vapor permeability or surface condensation some-

times require vapor retarders or additional insulation.3 For direct-buried cooling system piping, insulation is not required.4 The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes hav-

ing thermal resistance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing thatthe pipe with the proposed insulation has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shownin the table.

8021109.0 Piping.8021109.1 Required. Pipe and fittings, other than unions, flanges, or valves, shall be insulated. Insulation material shall beapproved for continuous operating temperatures of not less than 220°F (104°C). [See Table 8021109.1(1) through Table8021109.1(4)]

TABlE 8021109.1(1)MINIMUM PIPE INSUlATION

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8

8021109.2 Fittings. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered sections, molded fittings, insulating cement, or flexible insula-tion.8021109.3 Installation. Insulation shall be finished with a jacket or facing with the laps sealed with adhesives or staples soas to secure the insulation on the pipe. Insulation exposed to the weather shall be weather-proofed in accordance with standardpractices acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In lieu of jackets, molded insulation shall be permitted to be securedwith 16 gauge galvanized wire ties not exceeding 9 inches (229 mm) on center.8021109.4 Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of material approved for the operating tem-perature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flamespread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 orUL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231 shall be used. Alternately, materials used for pipecoverings and insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhesives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rateof 1.02 E+06 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (299 kW), a maximum total heat release of 4.7 E+04 Btu (50 MJ), a maxi-mum total smoke release of 5382 square feet (500 m2) and shall not generate flames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more abovethe top of the vertical portion of the apparatus during the test where tested in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation coveringsand linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to whichthey are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).

FlUID OPERATING TEMPERA-TURE RANGE (°F) AND USAGE

INSUlATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAl PIPE SIzE OR TUBE SIzE (inches)

CONDUCTIVITYBtu•inch/(h•ft2•°F)

Mean RatingTemperature °F <1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8

INSUlATION THICKNESS (inches)40°F - 60°F 021 - 0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

<40°F 0.20 - 0.26 50 0.5 1.0 10. 1.0 1.5

FlUID TEMPERA-TURE RANGE (°F)

PIPE DIAMETER (inches)

1 AND lESS 1.25 – 2 2.5 – 4 5 – 6 8 AND lARGER

R-VAlUE306–460 10 10 12 14 14251–305 8 10 10 12 12201–250 6 6 8 8 8105–200 2 4 6 6 6

181

803.01110 Ducts.8031110.1 General. Circulating air ducts shall be insulated in accordance with Table 8031110.1.

8041111.0 Tanks.8041111.1 Thickness. Tank insulation shall have a R-value not less than shown in Table 8041111.1.

TABlE 8041111.1MINIMUM TANK INSUlATION

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8

8041111.2 Temperature Difference. Temperature difference shall be calculated as the difference between the design oper-ating temperature of the tank and the design temperature of the surrounding air or soil during the operating season. Where engi-neering data is not available, assume 100°F (38°C) indoors and 150°F (66°C) outdoors for water and space heating and 150°F(66°C) for air conditioning.1111.3 Earth linked Thermal Energy Storage Tank Systems. Earth linked below ground storage tank systems that areintentionally designed to be in earth contact to increase thermal energy storage potentials shall not be required to be in confor-mance with the insulation requirements or vessel insulation provisions of this code unless specified by the storage system man-ufacturer.

1112.0 Snow/Ice Melting Applications.1112.1 General. When a radiant panel is used for the melting of ice and snow in a concrete on-grade application, the mini-mum R value will be R-5. Where the melt system is for use in a public area, minimum R value shall be R-10. Insulation shallbe compatible with the application and shall be capable of crush resistance based on live and dead load forces being applied.Where applicable, vermin resistant (termite) insulation shall be required.Exception: On sloped glazing systems utilizing electrically charged dynamic glass, the glazing system shall be triple pane withgas filled cavities between the panes of glass.

1113.0 Freezer Warehouse Floor Frost Control Systems.1113.1 General. When a radiant panel is used for the controlling of frost development in a concrete on-grade application, theminimum R value will be R-15. Insulation shall be compatible with the application and shall be capable of crush resistancebased on live and dead load forces being applied. Where applicable, vermin resistant (termite) insulation shall be required.


MINIMUMR-VAlUE

50 6100 12150 18200 24250 30

182

TABlE 8021109.1(2)IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSUlATION THICKNESS

183

TEMPDIFF.(DT)(°F)

INSUlATION*PIPE SIzE (inches)

IRON PIPE SIzE COPPER TUBING SIzE (nominal)1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6

240

CalciumSilicate

T 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 21⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5H L 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 38 39 40 23 25 25 24 24 25 25 39 40 40 38 40 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 3 11⁄2 2 3 4 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4H L 25 23 25 26 25 25 38 40 37 39 20 21 25 22 25 24 23 34 39 38 36 39 38

230

CalciumSilicate

T 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 2 3 3 31⁄2 4 4H L 23 24 25 25 25 25 39 40 40 40 21 23 24 24 25 24 23 40 38 40 39 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 22 21 23 25 23 25 34 37 38 40 18 18 23 20 23 25 25 31 38 40 39 39 40

220

CalciumSilicate

T 2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 3 3 31⁄2 4 4H L 23 25 24 24 24 24 37 39 40 40 25 22 23 25 25 25 25 38 37 39 40 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 22 20 22 25 22 24 33 35 36 39 25 18 22 24 21 24 24 30 36 37 37 37 38

210

CalciumSilicate

T 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 2 3 31⁄2 4 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4H L 24 25 24 22 25 25 40 39 38 40 24 24 25 24 25 24 25 36 38 40 40 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 3 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 21 25 21 25 21 23 31 34 40 40 24 24 24 23 20 23 23 40 35 39 36 36 37

200

CalciumSilicate

T 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 3 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 31⁄2H L 23 24 25 25 23 25 38 38 40 40 23 23 24 23 25 25 25 39 40 39 38 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 3 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2H L 20 25 21 23 21 25 31 40 40 40 24 22 24 22 20 23 24 39 34 35 35 40 40

180

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 2 2H L 24 24 21 19 22 25 37 33 40 38 20 20 20 18 22 23 22 32 36 39 35 34 38

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 2 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2H L 21 23 23 25 22 25 40 40 40 40 21 22 22 24 24 24 25 36 40 39 39 38 40

170

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 22 23 20 18 21 23 35 31 38 35 18 18 19 25 21 22 22 30 34 37 32 38 36

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2H L 25 22 22 24 25 24 38 39 40 40 20 20 25 22 23 24 23 39 37 36 36 40 40

160

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 2H L 16 18 19 25 20 23 34 40 36 40 18 18 18 24 25 21 25 29 33 37 40 37 35

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2H L 23 24 25 22 25 32 37 38 37 38 22 23 24 21 22 23 25 37 36 36 39 39 38

150

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 20 21 18 23 24 21 32 38 34 38 17 18 19 23 23 20 24 40 31 33 37 35 40

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 24 18 23 24 25 24 40 39 40 40 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 34 39 31 38 40 40

140

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 19 19 17 22 22 25 29 35 32 35 15 15 16 21 21 18 22 37 28 31 35 32 27

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 22 25 21 23 24 23 37 37 39 39 18 19 21 23 22 22 23 38 38 39 38 40 39

130

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2H L 17 17 23 25 20 23 26 31 38 40 14 14 14 19 21 24 20 33 38 25 31 37 34

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 1 1 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2H L 21 24 25 21 22 25 35 35 40 37 17 18 19 20 21 21 25 36 36 37 34 39 37

120

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1H L 16 16 21 23 18 21 38 29 35 37 13 13 14 17 18 23 18 31 35 40 29 35 40

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 19 22 23 25 23 23 32 39 38 40 16 16 17 19 24 24 23 33 38 34 32 38 40

110

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1H L 14 15 19 21 17 19 34 26 32 38 12 12 13 16 16 20 24 28 32 36 39 31 36

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1H L 17 20 21 23 22 25 37 36 35 36 14 15 16 17 22 22 21 30 35 40 29 35 40

80

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1H L 10 11 15 16 21 24 28 38 40 38 9 9 10 12 14 19 21 25 37 38 39 34 36

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4H L 12 15 15 23 16 22 39 35 25 37 10 11 12 12 16 23 19 30 34 40 31 36 40

70

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2H L 9 10 13 14 18 19 23 29 35 31 8 9 9 10 12 16 18 22 27 32 34 41 50

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4H L 11 13 13 21 14 20 37 33 39 40 9 10 11 11 14 21 23 26 29 37 29 34 38

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293kW*T = Thickness (inches), HL = Heat loss (Btu/h)

TABlE 8021109.1(3)UNIVERSAl PIPE INSUlATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IPS

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 square inch = 0.000645 m2

*A = Area (square inches), r1 = Inside radius (inches), r2 = Outside radius (inches)

184

IPS(inches)

Pipe Diameter(inches)

r1*

1⁄2 INCH THICK* 3⁄4 INCH THICK* 1 INCH THICK* 11⁄2 INCHES THICK* 2 INCHES THICK*

r2 •ln r2 A r2 r2 •ln r2 A r2 r2 •ln r2 A r2 r2 •ln r2 A r2 r2 •ln r2 A r2r1 r1 r1 r1 r11⁄2 0.840 0.420 0.72 0.48 0.92 1.21 0.62 1.18 1.77 0.75 1.44 3.12 1.05 2.00 4.46 1.31 2.503⁄4 1.050 0.525 0.69 0.54 1.03 0.96 0.62 1.18 1.44 0.75 1.44 2.67 1.05 2.00 3.90 1.31 2.501 1.315 0.657 0.65 0.61 1.16 1.11 0.75 1.44 1.71 0.92 1.75 2.77 1.18 2.25 4.01 1.46 2.78

11⁄4 1.660 0.830 0.63 0.70 1.33 1.29 0.86 1.64 1.31 0.92 1.75 2.76 1.31 2.50 3.36 1.46 2.7811⁄2 1.990 0.950 0.53 0.63 1.39 1.06 0.92 1.75 1.49 1.05 2.00 2.42 1.31 2.50 2.98 1.46 2.782 2.375 1.187 0.62 0.90 1.71 1.02 1.04 1.99 1.43 1.18 2.25 2.37 1.46 2.78 3.39 1.73 3.31

21⁄2 2.875 1.437 0.58 1.02 1.94 0.99 1.17 2.24 1.38 1.31 2.50 1.84 1.46 2.78 2.76 1.73 3.313 3.500 1.750 0.56 1.18 2.25 0.87 1.29 2.48 1.29 1.46 2.78 2.11 1.73 3.31 2.96 2.00 3.81

31⁄2 4.000 2.000 0.52 1.29 2.48 0.89 1.46 2.78 1.67 1.73 3.31 1.67 1.73 3.31 2.46 2.00 3.814 4.500 2.250 0.59 1.46 2.78 1.25 1.72 3.29 1.28 1.73 3.31 2.01 2.00 3.81 2.80 2.26 4.316 6.625 3.312 0.64 2.05 3.90 0.83 2.13 4.06 1.13 2.26 4.31 1.79 2.52 4.81 2.60 2.82 5.38

TABlE 802.1(4) 1109.1(4)DESIGN VAlUES FOR THERMAl CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF INDUSTRIAl INSUlATION 3, 4, 5

185

FORM MATERIAl COMPOSITION3ACCEPTEDMAX TEMPFOR USE

(°F)

TYPICAlDENSITY

(lb/ft3)

TYPICAl THERMAl CONDUCTIVITY (k) AT MEAN TEMP (°F)

-100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 200 300 500 700BLOCKS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATION

ASBESTOSLaminated asbestos paper 700 30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 ––Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper

4-ply 300 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.54 0.57 0.68 –– –– ––6-ply 300 15-17 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.51 0.59 –– –– ––6-ply 300 18-20 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.47 0.49 0.57 –– –– ––

MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER 1500 15-18 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.6285 PERCENT MAGNESIA 600 11-12 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.35 0.38 0.42 –– ––

CALCIUM SILICATE 1200 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.38 0.41 0.44 0.52 0.621800 12-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.63 0.74

CELLULAR GLASS 800 9 –– –– 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.48 0.55 –– ––

DIATOMACEOUS SILICA 1600 21-22 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.64 0.681900 23-25 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.70 0.75

MINERAL FIBERGlass, Organic bonded, block and boards 400 3-10 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– ––

Nonpunking binder 1000 3-10 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.52 ––

Pipe insulation, slag or glass 350 3-4 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.29 –– –– ––500 3-10 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– ––

Inorganic bonded-block 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55 ––1800 15-24 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.62

Pipe insulation, slag or glass 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55MINERAL FIBER

Resin binder –– 15 –– –– 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.29 –– –– –– –– ––RIGID POLYSTYRENE

Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 3.5 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– ––Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 2.2 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– –– ––Extruded 170 1.8 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.27 –– –– –– ––Molded beads 170 1 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 –– –– –– –– ––

POLYURETHANE2, 4

Refrigerant 11 exp 210 1.5-2.5 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 –– –– –– ––RUBBER, Rigid Foamed 150 4.5 –– –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 –– –– –– ––VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER

Wool felt (pipe insulation) 180 20 –– –– –– –– –– 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.33 –– –– –– ––INSULATING CEMENTS

MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass)

With colloidal clay binder 1800 24-30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.85With hydraulic setting binder 1200 30-40 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.95 ––

LOOSE FILLCellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) –– 2.5-3 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.27 0.29 –– –– –– ––Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass –– 2-5 –– –– 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.31 –– –– –– ––Perlite (expanded) –– 5-8 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.34 0.35 0.37 0.39 –– –– –– –– ––Silica aerogel –– 7.6 –– –– 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 –– –– –– ––

Vermiculite (expanded) –– 7-8.2 –– –– 0.39 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 –– –– –– –––– 4-6 –– –– 0.34 0.35 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.46 –– –– –– ––

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.01846 kg/m3, 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree fahrenheit = 0.1[W/(m•K)]Notes:1 These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer’s recommendations.2 Values are for aged board stock.3 Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC 4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification values

for materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiasedtests.

4 Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time.5 Thermal conductivity (k) of industrial insulation shall be expressed in British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit [Btu•in/(h•ft2•°F)] W/(m•K)]

TABlE 8031110.1INSUlATION OF DUCTS

Notes:Where ducts are used for both heating and cooling, the minimum insulation shall be as required for the most restrictive condition.1 Heating Degree Days:

(a) Zone I – below 4500 Degree Days(b) Zone II – 4501 Degree Days to 8000 Degree Days(c) Zone III – exceeds 8000 Degree Days

2 Vapor barriers shall be installed on supply ducts in spaces vented to the outside in geographic areas where the average July, August, and September meandew point temperature exceeds 60°F (16°C).

3 Insulation shall be permitted to be omitted on that portion of a duct that is located within a wall or a floor-ceiling space where:(a) Both sides of the space are exposed to conditioned air.(b) The space is not ventilated.(c) The space is not used as a return plenum.(d) The space is not exposed to unconditioned air.Ceilings that form plenums need not be insulated.

4 The examples of materials listed under each type of insulation is not meant to limit other available thickness and density combinations with the equivalentinstalled conductance or resistance based on the insulation only.Insulation Types:A = Materials with an installed conductance of 0.48 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 2.1.Examples of materials capable of meeting the above requirements:(a) One inch (25.4 mm), 0.60 pounds per cubic feet (lb/ft3) (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass) blanket.(b) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner.(c) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.B = Materials with an installed conductance of 0.24 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 4.2.Examples of materials meeting the above requirements:(a) Two inch (51 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket.(b) One inch (25.4 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner.(c) One inch (25.4 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.C = Materials with an installed conductance 0.16 or the equivalent thermal resistance 6.3.Examples of materials meeting the above requirements:(a) Three inch (76 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket.(b) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral blanket duct liner.(c) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.

V = Vapor barrier: Material with a perm rating not exceeding 0.5 perm [2.9 E-11 kg/(Pa•s•m2)]. Joints shall be sealed.W = Approved weatherproof barrier.

DUCT lOCATION INSUlATION TYPES MECHANICAllY COOlED4 HEATING zONES1 INSUlATION TYPES

HEATING ONlY4

On roof or on exterior of building C, V2 and WIIIIII

A and WB and WC and W

Attics, and garages and crawl spaces A and V2IIIIII

AAB

In walls,3 within floor-ceiling spaces3 A and V2IIIIII

AAB

Within the conditioned space, or in basements; returnducts in air plenums None required –– None required

Cement slab or within ground None required –– None required

186

TABlE 1106.2 BUIlDING ENVElOPE REQUIREMENTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABlES 5.5-1 THROUGH 5.5-8]6

ClIMATE zONE 1 (A, B)1

OPAQUE ElEMENTS

NONRESIDENTIAl RESIDENTIAl SEMIHEATED

ASSEMBlYMAXIMUM

INSUlATIONMINIMUMR-VAlUE

ASSEMBlYMAXIMUM


ASSEMBlYMAXIMUM


Roofs

Insulation Entirely above Deck U-0.063 R-15.0 c.i. U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.218 R-3.8 c.i.Metal Building2 U-0.065 R-19.0 U-0.065 R-19.0 U-0.167 R-6.0Attic and Other U-0.034 R-30.0 U-0.027 R-38.0 U-0.081 R-13.0

Walls, Above-Grade

Mass U-0.580 NR U-0.1513 R-5.7 c.i.3 U-0.580 NRMetal Building U-0.093 R-16.0 U-0.093 R-16.0 U-0.113 R-13.0Steel-Framed U-0.124 R-13.0 U-0.124 R-13.0 U-0.352 NRWood-Framed and Other U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.292 NR

Walls, Below-GradeBelow-Grade Wall C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NR

FloorsMass U-0.322 NR U-0.322 NR U-0.322 NRSteel-Joist U-0.350 NR U-0.350 NR U-0.350 NRWood-Framed and Other U-0.282 NR U-0.282 NR U-0.282 NR

Slab-On-Grade Floors

Unheated F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NRHeated F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.

ClIMATE zONE 2 (A, B)1

Roofs

Insulation Entirely above Deck U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.218 R-3.8 c.i.Metal Building2 U-0.055 R-13.0 + R-

13.0U-0.055 R-13.0 + R-

13.0U-0.097 R-10.0

Attic and Other U-0.027 R-38.0 U-0.027 R-38.0 U-0.081 R-13.0Walls, Above-Grade

Mass U-0.1513 R-5.7 c.i.3 U-0.123 R-7.6 c.i. U-0.580 NRMetal Building U-0.093 R-16.0 U-0.093 R-16.0 U-0.113 R-13.0Steel-Framed U-0.124 R-13.0 U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5

c.i.U-0.124 R-13.0

Wood-Framed and Other U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.089 R-13.0Walls, Below-Grade

Below-Grade Wall C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NRFloors

Mass U-0.107 R-6.3 c.i. U-0.087 R-8.3 c.i. U-0.322 NRSteel-Joist U-0.052 R-19.0 U-0.052 R-19.0 U-0.069 R-13.0Wood-Framed and Other U-0.051 R-19.0 U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.066 R-13.0

Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NRHeated F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.

ClIMATE zONE 3 (A, B,C)1

RoofsInsulation Entirely above Deck U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.173 R-5.0 c.i.Metal Building2 U-0.055 R-13.0 + R13.0 U-0.055 R-13.0 + R13.0 U-0.097 R-10.0Attic and Other U-0.027 R-38.0 U-0.027 R-38.0 U-0.053 R-19.0

187

Walls, Above-Grade

Mass U-0.123 R-7.6 c.i. U-0.104 R-9.5 c.i. U-0.580 NRMetal Building U-0.084 R-19.0 U-0.084 R-19.0 U-0.113 R-13.0Steel-Framed U-0.084 R-13.0 + R-3.8

c.i.U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5

c.i.U-0.124 R-13.0

Wood-Framed and Other U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.089 R-13.0Walls, Below-Grade

Below-Grade Wall C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NR C-1.140 NRFloors

Mass U-0.107 R-6.3 c.i. U-0.087 R-8.3 c.i. U-0.322 NRSteel-Joist U-0.052 R-19.0 U-0.052 R-19.0 U-0.069 R-13.0Wood-Framed and Other U-0.051 R-19.0 U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.066 R-13.0

Slab-On-Grade Floors

Unheated F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NR F-0.730 NRHeated F-0.900 R-10 for 24 in. F-0.900 R-10 for 24 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.

ClIMATE zONE 4 (A, B, C)1

RoofsInsulation Entirely above Deck U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.173 R-5.0 c.i.Metal Building2 U-0.055 R-13.0 + R-

13.0U-0.055 R-13.0 + R-

13.0U-0.097 R-10.0


Mass U-0.104 R-9.5 c.i. U-0.090 R-11.4 c.i. U-0.580 NRMetal Building U-0.084 R-19.0 U-0.084 R-19.0 U-0.113 R-13.0Steel-Framed U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5

c.i.U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5

c.i.U-0.124 R-13.0

Wood-Framed and Other U-0.089 R-13.0 U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-3.8c.i.

U-0.089 R-13.0

Walls, Below-GradeBelow-Grade Wall C-1.140 NR C-0.119 R-7.5 c.i. C-1.140 NR

FloorsMass U-0.087 R-8.3 c.i. U-0.074 R-10.4 c.i. U-0.137 R-4.2 c.i.Steel-Joist U-0.038 R-30.0 U-0.038 R-30.0 U-0.069 R-13.0Wood-Framed and Other U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.066 R-13.0

Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.730 NR F-0.540 R-10 for 24 in. F-0.730 NRHeated F-0.860 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.860 R-15 for 24 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.

ClIMATE zONE 5 (A, B, C)1


13.0U-0.055 R-13.0 + R-

13.0U-0.083 R-13.0


Mass U-0.090 R-11.4 c.i. U-0.080 R-13.3 c.i. U-0.1513 R-5.7 c.i.3

Metal Building U-0.069 R-13.0 + R-5.6c.i.

U-0.069 R-13.0 + R-5.6c.i.

U-0.113 R-13.0

Steel-Framed U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.124 R-13.0

Wood-Framed and Other U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-3.8c.i.

U-0.051 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.089 R-13.0

188

Walls, Below-Grade

Below-Grade Wall C-0.119 R-7.5 c.i. C-0.119 R-7.5 c.i. C-1.140 NRFloors

Mass U-0.074 R-10.4 c.i. U-0.064 R-12.5 c.i. U-0.137 R-4.2 c.i.Steel-Joist U-0.038 R-30.0 U-0.038 R-30.0 U-0.052 R-19.0Wood-Framed and Other U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.051 R-19.0

Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.730 NR F-0.540 R-10 for 24 in. F-0.730 NR

Heated F-0.860 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.860 R-15 for 24 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.ClIMATE zONE 6 (A, B)1

RoofsInsulation Entirely above Deck U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.048 R-20.0 c.i. U-0.093 R-10.0 c.i.

Metal Building2 U-0.049 R-13.0 + R-19.0

U-0.049 R-13.0 + R-19.0

U-0.072 R-16.0


Mass U-0.080 R-13.3 c.i. U-0.071 R-15.2 c.i. U-0.1513 R-5.7 c.i.3

Metal Building U-0.069 R-13.0 + R-5.6c.i.

U-0.069 R-13.0 + R-5.6c.i.

U-0.113 R-13.0


U-0.064 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.124 R-13.0


U-0.051 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.089 R-13.0

Walls, Below-GradeBelow-Grade Wall C-0.119 R-7.5 c.i. C-0.119 R-7.5 c.i. C-1.140 NR


Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.540 R-10 for 24 in. F-0.520 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.730 NRHeated F-0.860 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.688 R-20 for 48 in. F-1.020 R-7.5 for 12 in.

ClIMATE zONE 71


19.0U-0.049 R-13.0 + R-

19.0U-0.072 R-16.0


Mass U-0.071 R-15.2 c.i. U-0.071 R-15.2 c.i. U-0.123 R-7.6 c.i.Metal Building U-0.057 R-19.0 + R-5.6

c.i.U-0.057 R-19.0 + R-5.6

c.i.U-0.113 R-13.0


U-0.042 R-13.0 + R-15.6 c.i.

U-0.124 R-13.0


U-0.051 R-13.0 + R-7.5c.i.

U-0.089 R-13.0



189

Notes:1 The following definitions apply: c.i. = continuous insulation (see Section 3.2), Ls = Liner System (See Section A 2.3.2.4), NR = no (insulation) requirement.2 When using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block is required; otherwise use the U-factor compliance method. See Table A2.3.3 Exception to Section A3.1.3.1 applies.4 Nonmetal framing includes framing materials other than metal with or without metal reinforcing or cladding.5 Metal framing includes metal framing with or without thermal break. The “all other” subcategory includes operable windows, fixed windows, and non-

entrance doors.6 If there is a radiantly heated or cooled element within the structural component the R-value shall be 2x the minimum R-value specified in Table 1106.2.

203.0Air, Conditioned. Air that has been treated to achieve a desired level of temperature, humidity, or cleanliness.Air, Return. Air from the conditioned area that is returned to the conditioning equipment for reconditioning.

205.0Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by anyequipment.Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.Cooling System. All of that equipment, including associated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of cooling airby mechanical means and discharging such air into any room or space. This definition shall not include any evaporative cooler.Crawl Space. In a building, an area accessible by crawling, having a clearance less than human height, for access to plumb-ing or wiring, storage, etc.

206.0Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include:(1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector.(2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa).(3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems.

Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.520 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.520 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.730 NRHeated F-0.843 R-20 for 24 in. F-0.688 R-20 for 48 in. F-0.900 R-10 for 24 in.

ClIMATE zONE 81


19.0 LsU-0.035 R-11.0 + R-

19.0U-0.065 R-19.0


Mass U-0.071 R-12.5 c.i. U-0.051 R-16.7 c.i. U-0.107 R-6.3 c.i.Metal Building U-0.038 R-30.0 U-0.032 R-38.0 U-0.052 R-19.0Steel-Framed U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.033 R-30.0 U-0.051 R-19.0Wood-Framed and Other U-0.064 R-12.5 c.i. U-0.051 R-16.7 c.i. U-0.107 R-6.3 c.i.



Slab-On-Grade FloorsUnheated F-0.520 R-15 for 24 in. F-0.510 R-20 for 24 in. F-0.730 NRHeated F-0.688 R-20 for 48 in. F-0.688 R-20 for 48 in. F-0.900 R-10.0 for 24 in.

190


209.0Gas Piping. An installation of pipe, valves, or fittings that is used to convey fuel gas, installed on any premises or in a build-ing, but shall not include:(1) A portion of the service piping.(2) An approved piping connection 6 feet (1829 mm) or less in length between an existing gas outlet and a gas appliance in the

same room with the outlet.

210.0Heating Degree Day. A unit, based upon temperature difference and time, used in estimating fuel consumption and specify-ing nominal annual heating load of a building. For any one day when the mean temperature is less than 65°F (18°C), there existas many degree days as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in temperature between mean temperature for the day and 65°F(18°C).




Note: ASTM C518 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 11 Pumps was moved to Chapter 13. Chapter 11 which was Chapter 8 now incorporates ASHRAE 90.1 andprovisions from the Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement. The insulation requirements pertains toactive radiant surfaces (heating and cooling) and the commercial standards are adequate for both residential andcommercial applications. Section 1105 clarifies the minimum insulation requirements of radiant floor, wall and ceil-ing assemblies including the required use of air gaps in non conductive panel (suspended to fastened tube) instal-lations. Sections were added for snow/ice melting applications and for freezer warehouse floor applications.



ASTM C518-2010 Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of theHeat Flow Meter Apparatus

Flow Meters Table 1103.1(1), Table1103.1(2)

191



further study on the merits of the proposed text.2. The proposed text includes language from the Green Mechanical Code Supplement which is not a minimum code

and it is out of the scope of the USEHC.3. The proposed text makes references to sections that currently do not exist within the code.4. Provisions do not address all climate zones.



192

USEHC 2015 – (901.2, Table 1201.1): Item # 087

SUBMITTER: Bob SiemsenCity of Lincoln


901.2 Flexible PVC Hoses and Tubing. Flexible PVC hoses and tubing intended for solar heating applications in which the tubing isintended to be protected from the elements shall be in accordance with IAPMO Z1033.


Note: IAPMO z1033 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Add Section 901.2 to include the requirements for flexible PVC hoses and to provide for identifying products com-plying with the code.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The proposed standard is outside the scope of the USEHC.




IAPMO Z1033-2013* Flexible PVC Hoses and Tubing for Pools, Hot Tubs, Spas, and JettedBathtubs

Miscellaneous 901.2

193

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 9, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 209.0, Item # 088210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1):



CHAPTER 9DUCT SYSTEMS

901.0 General.901.1 Applicability. Ducts and plenums that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption or evaporative cooling, or product-conveying system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this chapter.901.2 Sizing Requirements. Duct systems used with blower-type equipment that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorp-tion, evaporative cooling, or outdoor-air ventilation system shall be sized in accordance with approved methods.

902.0 Material.902.1 General. Supply air, return air, and outside air for heating, cooling, or evaporative cooling systems shall be conductedthrough duct systems constructed of metal in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex-ible. Rectangular ducts exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) w.g. shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metaland Flexible. Ducts, plenums, and fittings shall be permitted to be constructed of concrete, clay, or ceramics where installed inthe ground or in a concrete slab, provided the joints are tightly sealed.

Corridors shall not be used to convey air to or from rooms where the corridor is required to be of fire-resistive constructionin accordance with the building code.Concealed building spaces or independent construction within buildings shall be permitted to be used as ducts or plenums.

Where gypsum products are exposed in ducts or plenums, the air temperature shall be restricted to a range from 50°F (10°C)to 125°F (52°C), and moisture content shall be controlled so that the material is not adversely affected. For the purpose of thissection, gypsum products shall not be exposed in ducts serving as supply from evaporative coolers, and in other air-handling sys-tems regulated by this chapter where the temperature of the gypsum product will be below the dew point temperature.

Exhaust ducts under positive pressure and venting systems shall not extend into or pass through ducts or plenums.902.2 Combustibles within Ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shallhave a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested as a composite productin accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723, except as indicated below.Exceptions:(1) Return-air and outside-air ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces that serve a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be of com-

bustible construction.(2) Air filters meeting the requirements of Section 311.2.(3) Water evaporation media in an evaporative cooler.(4) Charcoal filters where protected with an approved fire suppression system.(5) Electrical wiring in plenums shall comply with NFPA 70. Electrical wires and cables and optical fiber cables shall be listed

and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average opticaldensity not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with NFPA 262.

(6) Nonmetallic fire sprinkler piping in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread dis-tance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15 and, a peak optical density not exceed-ing 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1887.

(7) Nonmetallic pneumatic tubing in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread dis-tance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceed-ing 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1820.

(8) Loudspeakers and recessed lighting fixtures, including their assemblies and accessories, in plenums shall be listed and labeledfor use in plenums and shall have a peak rate of heat release not exceeding 134 horsepower (hp) (100 kW), an average opti-cal density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 2043.

(9) Smoke detectors.

194

(10) Duct insulation, coverings, and linings and other supplementary materials complying with Section 904.0.(11) Materials in a Group H, Division 6, fabrication area including the areas above and below the fabrication area sharing a com-

mon air recirculation path with the fabrication area.902.3 Joints and Seams of Ducts. Joints of duct systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics,gasketing, or other means.

Crimp joints for round ducts shall have a contact lap of not less than 1½ inches (38 mm) and shall be mechanically fastenedby means of not less than three sheet-metal screws equally spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method.

Joints and seams for 0.016 of an inch (0.406 mm) (No. 28 gauge) and 0.013 of an inch (0.33 mm) (No. 30 gauge) residen-tial rectangular ducts shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for 0.019 of an inch(0.483 mm) (No. 26 gauge) material.

Joints and seams for rectangular duct systems shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible.

Joints and seams for flat oval ducts and round ducts in other than single-dwelling units shall comply with SMACNA HVACDuct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

Joints and seams and reinforcements for factory-made air ducts and plenums shall comply with the conditions of priorapproval in accordance with the installation instructions that shall accompany the product. Closure systems for rigid air ducts andplenums shall be listed in accordance with UL 181A. Closure systems for flexible air ducts shall be listed in accordance with UL181B.902.4 Metal. Ducts, plenums, or fittings of metal shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible or duct systems in accordance with UL 181.902.5 Tin. Existing tin ducts shall be permitted to be used where cooling coils are added to a heating system, provided the first10 feet (3048 mm) of the duct or plenum measured from the cooling coil discharge are constructed of metal of the gauge thick-ness in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, other approved duct constructionstandard or are of approved material and construction. Tin ducts completely enclosed in inaccessible concealed areas need not bereplaced. Accessible ducts shall be insulated in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex-ible. For the purpose of this subsection, ducts shall be considered accessible where the access space is 30 inches (762 mm) orgreater in height.902.6 Vibration Isolators. Vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and metal ducts (or casings) shall bemade of an approved material and shall not exceed 10 inches (254 mm) in length.

903.0 Installation of Ducts.903.1 General Ducts Under Floor or Crawl Space. Air ducts installed under a floor in a crawl space shall be installed asfollows: (1) Shall not prevent access to an area of the crawl space.(2) Where it is required to move under ducts for access to areas of the crawl space with a vertical clearance of not less than 18

inches (457 mm) shall be provided.903.2 Metal Ducts. Ducts shall be securely fastened in place at each change of direction in accordance with SMACNA HVACDuct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Vertical rectangular ducts and vertical round ducts shall be supported in accor-dance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Riser ducts shall be held in place by means ofmetal straps or angles and channels to secure the riser to the structure.

Metal ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) separation from earth. Metal ducts where installed in orunder a concrete slab shall be encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete.

Ducts shall be installed in a building with clearances that will retain the full thickness of fireproofing on structural members.Supports for rectangular ducts shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, where

suspended from above, shall be installed on two opposite sides of each duct and shall be riveted, bolted, or metal screwed to eachside of the duct at intervals specified.903.2.1 Horizontal Round Ducts. Horizontal round ducts not more than 40 inches (1016 mm) in diameter where suspendedfrom above shall be supported in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible with onehanger per interval, installed in accordance with Section 603.2.2 through Section 603.2.5.903.2.2 Tight-Fitting Around the Perimeter. Ducts shall be equipped with tight-fitting circular bands extending around theentire perimeter of the duct at each specified support interval.903.2.3 Size of Circular Bands. Circular bands shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) wide nor less than equivalent to thegauge of the duct material it supports.Exception: Ducts not more than 10 inches (254 mm) in diameter shall be permitted to be supported by No. 18 gauge galvanizedsteel wire.

195

903.2.4 Connection. Each circular band shall be provided with means of connecting to the suspending support.903.2.5 lateral load. Ducts shall be braced and guyed to prevent lateral or horizontal swing.903.3 Factory-Made Air Ducts. Factory-made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended or shall be in accordance withthe requirements of the referenced standard for air ducts in Chapter 14. Each portion of a factory-made air duct system shall beidentified by the manufacturer with a label or other identification indicating compliance with the referenced standard for air ductsin Chapter 14 and its class designation. These ducts shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their list-ing. Listed Class 0 or Class 1 factory-made air ducts shall be permitted to be installed in an occupancy covered by this code. 903.3.1 Factory-made air ducts and faced insulations intended for installation on the exterior of ducts shall be legibly printed withthe name of the manufacturer, the thermal resistance (R) value at installed thickness, and the flame-spread index and smoke devel-oped index of the composite material.903.3.2 Factory-made air ducts shall not be used for vertical risers in air-duct systems serving more than two stories. Such ductsshall not penetrate construction where fire dampers are required.903.3.3 Factory-made air ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) of separation from earth, except whereinstalled as a liner inside of concrete, tile, or metal pipe; they shall be protected from physical damage.903.4 Protection of Ducts. Ducts installed in locations where they are exposed to mechanical damage by vehicles or fromother causes shall be protected by approved barriers.

The temperature of the air to be conveyed in a duct shall not exceed 250°F (121°C).903.5 Support of Ducts. Installers shall provide the manufacturer’s field fabrication and installation instructions. In the absenceof specific supporting materials and spacing, approved factory-made air ducts shall be permitted to be installed in accordance withSMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.903.6 Protection Against Flood Damage. In flood hazard areas, ducts shall be located above the elevation required by thebuilding code for utilities and attendant equipment or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, or shall be designedand constructed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the ducts during floods up to such elevation. Where theducts are located below that elevation, the ducts shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses,including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation.

904.0 Insulation of Ducts.904.1 General. Supply-air ducts, return-air ducts, and plenums of a heating or cooling system shall be insulated to achieve theminimum thermal (R) value in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.Exceptions:(1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or ductwork furnished as a part of HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with

approved energy efficiency standards.(2) Ducts or plenums located in conditioned spaces where heat gain or heat loss will not increase energy use.(3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length to air terminals or air outlets, the rated R value of insulation need not

exceed R-3.5 (R-0.6).(4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums exposed to unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces with face areas exceed-

ing 5 square feet (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2 (R-0.4); those 5 square feet (0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated.(5) Ducts and plenums used exclusively for evaporative cooling systems.904.2 Within Ducts or Plenums. Approved materials shall be installed within ducts and plenums for insulating, sound dead-ening, or other purposes. Materials shall have a mold, humidity, and erosion-resistant surface that meets the requirements of thereferenced standard for air ducts in Chapter 13. Duct liners in systems operating with air velocities exceeding 2000 feet per minute(10.16 m/s) shall be fastened with both adhesive and mechanical fasteners, and exposed edges shall have approved treatment towithstand the operating velocity.904.3 Duct Coverings and linings. Insulation applied to the surface of ducts, including duct coverings, linings, tapes, andadhesives, located in buildings shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50,where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231shall be used. Air duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).904.4 General Insulation required by this section shall be installed in accordance with industry-accepted standards (see Inform-ative Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). These requirements do not apply to HVAC equipment. Five square feet (0.5 m2) need notexceed R-2; those 5 ft2 (0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated.904.4.1 Protection. Insulation shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, equipment maintenance,and wind, but not limited to the following: (1) Insulation exposed to weather shall be suitable for outdoor service (e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted can-

vas, or plastic cover). Cellular foam insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardantand provides shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material.

196

(2) Insulation covering chilled-water piping, refrigerant suction piping, or cooling ducts located outside the conditioned spaceshall include a vapor retardant located outside the insulation (unless the insulation is inherently vapor retardant), all pene-trations and joints of which shall be sealed. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.1]

905.0 Smoke Dampers, Fire Dampers, and Ceiling Dampers.905.1 Smoke Dampers. Smoke dampers shall comply with the standards for leakage-rated dampers referenced in Chapter14, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code.Smoke dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency.905.2 Fire Dampers. Fire dampers shall comply with the standard for fire dampers referenced in Chapter 17, and shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code. Fire dampers shallhave been tested for closure under airflow conditions and shall be labeled for both maximum airflow permitted and direction offlow. Where more than one damper is installed at a point in a single air path, the entire airflow shall be assumed to be passingthrough the smallest damper area. Fire dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency.

Ductwork shall be connected to damper sleeves or assemblies in accordance with the fire damper manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions.905.3 Ceiling Radiation Dampers. Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply with the standard for ceiling radiation dampersreferenced in Chapter 14, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions in the fire-resis-tive ceiling element of floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies where required by the building code. Fire dampers not meet-ing the temperature limitation of ceiling radiation dampers shall not be used as a substitute. Ceiling radiation dampers shall belabeled by an approved agency.905.4 Multiple Arrangements. Where size requires the use of multiple dampers, the installation shall be framed in anapproved manner to ensure that the dampers remain in place.905.5 Access and Identification. Dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access large enough to permitinspection and maintenance of the damper and its operating parts. The access shall not impair fire-resistive construction. Accessshall not require the use of tools, keys, or special knowledge. Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior bya label with letters not less than 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in height reading: SMOKE DAMPER or FIRE DAMPER. Accessdoors in ducts shall be tight fitting and approved for the required duct construction.905.6 Freedom from Interference. Dampers shall be installed in a manner to ensure positive closing or opening as requiredby function. Interior liners or insulation shall be held back from portions of a damper, its sleeve, or adjoining duct that wouldinterfere with the damper’s proper operation. Exterior materials shall be installed so as to not interfere with the operation or main-tenance of external operating devices needed for the function of the damper.905.7 Temperature Classification of Operating Elements. Fusible links, thermal sensors, and pneumatic or electricoperators shall have a temperature rating or classification as in accordance with the building code.

906.0 Ventilating Ceilings.906.1 General. Perforated ceilings shall be permitted to be used for air supply within the limitations of this section. Exit cor-ridors, where required to be of fire-resistive construction by the building code, shall not have ventilating ceilings.906.2 Requirements. Ventilating ceilings shall comply with the following:(1) Suspended ventilating ceiling material shall have a Class 1 flame-spread classification on both sides, determined in accor-

dance with the building code. Suspended ventilating ceiling supports shall be of noncombustible materials.(2) Lighting fixtures recessed into ventilating ceilings shall be of a type approved for that purpose.

907.0 Use of Under-Floor Space as Supply Plenum for Dwelling Units.907.1 General. An under-floor space shall be permitted to be used as a supply plenum.907.2 Dwelling Units. The use of under-floor space shall be limited to dwelling units not more than two stories in height.Except for the floor immediately above the under-floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from the plenum toregisters on other floor levels.Exception: In flood hazard areas, under-floor spaces shall not be used as supply plenums unless the flood opening require-ments in the building code are met.907.3 Enclosed. Such spaces shall be cleaned of all loose combustible scrap material and shall be tightly enclosed.907.4 Flammable Materials. The enclosing material of the under-floor space, including the sidewall insulation, shall be notmore flammable than 1 inch (25.4 mm) (nominal) wood boards (flame-spread index of 200). Installation of foam plastics is reg-ulated by the building code.907.5 Access. Access shall be through an opening in the floor and shall be not less than 24 inches by 24 inches (610 mm by610 mm).

197

907.6 Automatic Control. A furnace supplying warm air to under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic controlthat will start the air-circulating fan where the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not exceeding 150°F (66°C).Such control shall be one that cannot be set to exceed 150°F (66°C).907.7 Temperature limit. A heating devices supplying warm air to such space shall be equipped with an approved temper-ature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 200°F (93°C).907.8 Noncombustible Receptacle. A noncombustible receptacle shall be placed below each floor opening into the airchamber, and such receptacle shall comply with the following sections.907.8.1 location. The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the floor members and shall be not more than 18 inches(457 mm) below the floor opening.907.8.2 Area. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches (76 mm) beyond the opening on all sides.907.8.3 Perimeter. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical lip not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) high at the opensides where it is at the level of the bottom of the joists, or 3 inches (76 mm) high where the receptacle is suspended.907.9 Floor Registers. Floor registers shall be designed for easy removal in order to give access for cleaning the recepta-cles. 907.10 Exterior Wall and Interior Stud Partitions. Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at thefloor.907.11 Wall Register. Each wall register shall be connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot.907.12 Distance from Combustible. A duct complying with Section 602.0 shall extend from the furnace supply outlet notless than 6 inches (152 mm) below combustible framing.907.13 Vapor Barrier. The entire ground surface of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a thick-ness not less than 4 mils (0.1 mm) and a flame-spread index of not more than 200.907.14 Prohibition. Fuel-gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts are not located within the space.

908.0 Automatic Shutoffs.908.1 General. Air-moving systems supplying air in excess of 2000 cubic feet per minute (ft3/min) (0.9439 m3/s) to enclosedspaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interruptingthe power source of the air-moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment.Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions. Such devices shall be compatible with the operating velocities, pressures, temperatures,and humidities of the system. Where fire-detection or alarm systems are provided for the building, the smoke detectors requiredby this section shall be supervised by such systems.Exceptions:(1) Where the space supplied by the air-moving equipment is served by a total coverage smoke-detection system in accordance

with the fire code, interconnection to such system shall be permitted to be used to accomplish the required shutoff.(2) Automatic shutoff is not required where occupied rooms served by the air-handling equipment have direct exit to the exte-

rior and the travel distance does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm).(3) Automatic shutoff is not required for Group R, Division 3 and Group U Occupancies.(4) Automatic shutoff is not required for approved smoke-control systems or where analysis demonstrates shutoff would cre-

ate a greater hazard, such as shall be permitted to be encountered in air-moving equipment supplying specialized portionsof Group H Occupancies. Such equipment shall be required to have smoke detection with remote indication and manualshutoff capability at an approved location.

(5) Smoke detectors that are factory installed in listed air-moving equipment shall be permitted to be used in lieu of smokedetectors installed in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment.

203.0Air-Moving System. A system designed to provide heating, cooling, or ventilation in which one or more air-handling unitsare used to supply air to a common space or are drawing air from a common plenum or space.Air, Outside. Air from outside the building intentionally conveyed by openings or ducts to rooms or to conditioning equip-ment. Air, Return. Air from the conditioned area that is returned to the conditioning equipment for reconditioning.Air, Supply. Air being conveyed to a conditioned area through ducts or plenums from a heat exchanger of a heating, cooling,absorption, or evaporative cooling system.Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

198

205.0Ceiling Radiation Damper. A listed device installed in a ceiling membrane of a fire resistance-rated floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly to automatically limit the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening. [NFPA 5000: 3.3.133.1]Concealed Spaces. That portion(s) of a building behind walls, over suspended ceilings, in pipe chases, attics, and elsewherewhose size might normally range from 13⁄4 inch (44 mm) stud spaces to 8 foot (2438 mm) interstitial truss spaces and that mightcontain combustible materials such as building structural members, thermal, electrical insulation, or both, and ducting. [NFPA96:3.3.48.1] Such spaces have sometimes been used as HVAC plenum chambers. Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by anyequipment.Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.Cooling System. All of that equipment, including associated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of cooling airby mechanical means and discharging such air into any room or space. This definition shall not include any evaporative cooler.Crawl Space. In a building, an area accessible by crawling, having a clearance less than human height, for access to plumb-ing or wiring, storage, etc.

206.0Damper. A valve or plate within a duct or its terminal components for controlling draft or the flow of gases, including air. [NFPA211:3.3.51]Damper, Fire. An automatic-closing metal assembly consisting of one or more louvers, blades, slats, or vanes that closes upondetection of heat so as to restrict the passage of flame and is listed to the applicable recognized standards.Damper, Smoke. A damper arranged to seal off airflow automatically through a part of an air duct system so as to restrict thepassage of smoke and is listed to the applicable recognized standard.Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include:(1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector.(2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa).(3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems.Duct System. Includes ducts, duct fittings, plenums, and fans assembled to form a continuous passageway for the distribu-tion of air.Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units.Dwelling Unit. A building or portion thereof that contains living facilities, including provisions for sleeping, eating, cook-ing, and sanitation, as required by this code, for not more than one family.


208.0Fire-Resistive Construction. Construction in accordance with the requirements of the building code for the time period spec-ified.

209.0Galvanized Steel. A steel that has been coated with a thin layer of zinc for corrosion protection.

210.0Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air isdistributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air sys-tem, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith.


199



(2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over 1⁄8of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50.Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances

to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No mate-rial shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limitsherein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.




Note: ASTM E136, SMACNA, NFPA 262, Ul 181, Ul 181A, Ul 181B, Ul 1820, Ul 1887, and Ul 2043 meet therequirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s RegulationsGoverning Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa& Hot Tub Codes.


ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0SMACNA-2006* HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edi-

tionDucts, Metal andFlexible

902.1, 902.3,902.4, 902.5,903.2, 903.2.1,903.5, 904.1

NFPA 262-2011* Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires andCables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces

Certification 902.2

UL 181-2005* Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors (with revisionsthrough October 27, 2008)

Air connectors, Airducts

902.4

UL 181A-2005* Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts (with revisionsthrough February 13, 2008)

Air ducts 902.3

UL 181B-2005* Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Con-nectors (with revisions through February 13, 2008)

Air connectors, Airducts

902.3

UL 1820-2004* Fire Test of Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Character-istics (with revisions through February 16, 2009)

Surface BurningTest, PneumaticTubing

902.2

UL 1887-2004* Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and SmokeCharacteristics (with revisions through February 16, 2009)

Surface BurningTest, Fire Sprin-kler Pipe

902.2

UL 2043-2008* Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release For DiscreteProducts and Their Accessories Installed in Air-HandlingSpaces

Surface BurningTest, DiscreteProducts

902.2

200


SUBSTANTIATION:Chapter 9 was previously titled Solar Thermal Systems for A Swimming pool and is being moved to Chapter 5, SolarCollectors. Chapter 9 has been replaced with 2012 UMC Chapter 6 Duct Systems and is related to solar thermal airheating systems. No other additions or deletions were performed on this section.



COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested

for further study on the merits of the proposed text.2. Duct systems are outside the scope of the USEHC.3. The proposed language does not correlate with the 2015 UMC.



201

USEHC 2015 – (1002.4.1, 1002.4.2): Item # 089



1002.4.1 Standards for Modules and Panels. Photovoltaic modules and photovoltaic panels shall comply with UL 1703.Concentrator photovoltaic modules shall comply with UL 8703. AC photovoltaic modules shall comply with UL 1741 and UL1703.1002.4.2 Standards for Equipment. Inverters, source-circuit combiners, and charge controllers shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1002.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1703, UL 1741, and UL 8703 are the standardsthat are used to certify these products. These standards are currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist theend user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standards within the code. Addi-tionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of themandatory provisions of NFPA 70.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of these standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 1703 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for photovoltaicmodules and photovoltaic panels for use in a photovoltaic system. UL 8703 is the industry accepted product standardwhich establishes certification requirements for concentrator photovoltaic modules for use in a photovoltaic system.UL 1741 and UL 1703 are the industry accepted product standards which establish certification requirements for ACphotovoltaic modules for use in a photovoltaic system. AHJs at the technical committee meeting who were knowl-edgeable in this area agreed and this proposal was originally accepted as submitted by the technical committee in thefirst vote. It was subsequently rejected when reconsidered after IAPMO staff commented that Chapter 10 is extractedtext from NFPA 70 and could not be modified.

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) because the NFPA style poli-cies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true with IAPMOcodes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standards referencein IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after the extracted textidentifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states: “A charging controller shall comply with UL 1741.” Addi-tional examples of revised NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9, and 1003.4.1.For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards being proposed for reference in a separate sectionwhich would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

202

This section requires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the prod-uct certification standards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what require-ments these products need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the codeassists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed. In addition, theprecedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifying of the extracted sec-tion from NFPA 70.

203

USEHC 2015 – (1002.10, Table 1201.1): Item # 090



1002.10 Mounting Photovoltaic Modules and Panels. Photovoltaic modules and panels shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Mounting systems and clamping devices shall comply with UL 2703. Solartrackers shall comply with UL 3703.


Note: Ul 2703 and Ul 3703 were not developed via an open process having a published development pro-cedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:This code currently only provides requirements for the proper mounting and installation of building-integrated pho-tovoltaic modules. The code needs to also provide requirements for the proper mounting and installation of rack-mounted photovoltaic modules and panels.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 2703 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for mountingsystems and clamping devices for photovoltaic modules and panels. UL 3703 is the industry accepted standard formounting systems and clamping devices for photovoltaic modules and panels. This section requires that these prod-ucts be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the bodyof the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certifiedto. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readilyverify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and GroundLugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels

Mounting andClampingDevices

1002.10

UL 3703-2011 Solar Trackers Solar Trackers 1002.10

204

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) only because the NFPA stylepolicies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true withIAPMO codes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standardsreference in IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after theextracted text identifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states; “A charging controller shall comply withUL 1741.” Additional examples of modified NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9,and 1003.4.1. The precedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifyingthe extracted section from NFPA 70. For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards being pro-posed for reference in a separate section which would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

205

USEHC 2015 – (1007.4.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 091



1007.4.1 Standards. DC circuit breakers shall comply with UL 489 or UL 489B. DC fuses shall comply with UL 2579.


Note: Ul 489 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron-ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: Ul 489B and Ul 2579 were not developed via an open process having a published development pro-cedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1007.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 489, UL 489B, and UL 2579 are the standardsthat are used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate stan-dards pertaining to direct-current overcurrent protection.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 489 and UL 489B are the industry accepted product standards which establish certification requirementsfor DC circuit breakers. UL 2579 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification require-


UL 489-2013* Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclo-sures

Electrical 1007.4.1

UL 489B-2012 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclo-sures for Use with Photovoltaic (PV) Systems

Electrical 1007.4.1

UL 2579-2013 Low-Voltage Fuses - Fuses for Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1007.4.1

206

ments for DC fuses. This section requires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does notinclude the product certification standards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indi-cate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within thebody of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


207

USEHC 2015 – (1008.7.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 092



1008.7.1 Standards. A (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter or a system component providing equivalent protection shall complywith UL 1699B.


Note: Ul 1699B was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure inaccordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uni-form Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1008.7 requires these products to be listed. UL 1699B is the standard that is used to certify these products.This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to dc arc-fault circuitprotection.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standard within the code. Addi-tionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standard being referenced is not a part of the manda-tory provisions of NFPA 70.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 1699B is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupters and system components providing the equivalent protection. This section requires that theseproducts be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within thebody of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be cer-tified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code toreadily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


UL 1699B-2013 Photovoltaic (PV) DC Arc-Fault Circuit Protection Electrical 1008.7.1

208

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) only because the NFPA stylepolicies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true withIAPMO codes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standardsreference in IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after theextracted text identifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states; “A charging controller shall comply withUL 1741.” Additional examples of modified NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9,and 1003.4.1. The precedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifyingthe extracted section from NFPA 70. For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards reference ina separate section which would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

209

USEHC 2015 – (1009.6, Table 1201.1): Item # 093



1009.6 Disconnecting Means. Disconnecting means shall comply with UL 98, UL 98A, UL 98B, UL 489, UL 489B, UL508I, or UL 1066.


Note: Ul 98, Ul 489, and Ul 1066 meet the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordancewith Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform SolarEnergy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: Ul 98A, Ul 98B, Ul 489B, and Ul 508I were not developed via an open process having a publisheddevelopment procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing ConsensusDevelopment of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1009.0 describes several different disconnecting means. This new section provides the standards used tocertify these different types of disconnecting means. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify theappropriate standard pertaining to disconnecting means.







UL 98 - 2004* Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (with revisions through May 31, 2012) Electrical 1009.6UL 98A - 2002 Open Type Switches Electrical 1009.6UL 98B - 2010 Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1009.6UL 489 - 2013* Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclo-

suresElectrical 1009.6

UL 489B - 2012 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclo-sures for Use with Photovoltaic (PV) Systems

Electrical 1009.6

UL 508I - 2011 Manual Disconnect Switches Intended for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1009.6UL 1066 - 2012* Low-Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Electrical 1009.6

210

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 98, UL 98A, UL 98B, UL 489, UL 489B, UL 508I and UL 1066 are the industry accepted product standardswhich establish certification requirements for the disconnecting means for photovoltaic systems. This section requiresthat these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standardswithin the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products needto be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of thiscode to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


211

USEHC 2015 – (1010.2.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 094



1010.2.1 Standards. Single conductor cable type USE-2 shall comply with UL 854. Single-conductor cable photovoltaic (PV)wire shall comply with UL 4703.




SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1010.2 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 854 and UL 4703 are the standards that are usedto certify these products. UL 4703 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and it addresses the minimum requirementspertaining to single conductor cables used in a photovoltaic system. UL 854 is being added to identify the appropri-ate standard pertaining to type USE-2 power cables used in a photovoltaic system. This proposal will assist the enduser to readily identify the appropriate standard.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 854 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for single typeUSE-2 conductor cable for use in photovoltaic systems and UL 4703 is the industry accepted product standard whichestablishes certification requirements for single conductor cable used in photovoltaic systems. This section requiresthat these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standardswithin the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products needto be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of thiscode to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


UL 854-2004* Service-Entrance Cables (with revisions through September 9, 2011) Electrical 1010.2.1

212


213

USEHC 2015 – (1010.9, 1010.9.6, Table 1201.1): Item # 095



1010.9 Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1 through Section1010.9.56. [NFPA 70:690.33]

1010.9.6 Standards. Connectors shall comply with UL 6703 or UL 6703A.


Note: Ul 6703A was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accor-dance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 UniformSolar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:The proposed new Section 1010.9.6 provides the standards used to certify the connectors required by Section1010.9. UL 6703 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and is used for single connectors. UL 6703A is for multi-poleconnectors and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to multi-pole connec-tors used in a photovoltaic system.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 6703 and UL 6703A are the industry accepted product standards which establish certification require-ments for multi-pole connectors for use in photovoltaic systems. This section requires that these products be listedand labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code,


UL 6703A - 2010 Multi-Pole Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1010.9.6

214

this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Includingthe applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that theappropriate equipment is being installed.


215

USEHC 2015 – (1010.11.4.1): Item # 096



1010.11.4.1 Standard. Photovoltaic (PV) wires shall comply with UL 4703.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1010.11.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 4703 is the standard that is used to certifythese products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identifythe appropriate standard pertaining to wires used in a photovoltaic system.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 4703 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for photo-voltaic wires for use in photovoltaic systems. This section requires that these products be listed and labeled butbecause NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code, this direct extractfrom NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the applicablesafety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriateequipment is being installed.


216

USEHC 2015 – (1010.11.7.1): Item # 097



1010.11.7.1 Standard. Inverters and charge controllers shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1010.11.7 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1741 is the standard that is used to certifythese products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to read-ily identify the appropriate standard required for inverters and charge controllers.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 1741 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for invertersand charge controllers for use in photovoltaic systems. This section requires that these products be listed and labeledbut because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code, this directextract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the appli-cable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appro-priate equipment is being installed.

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) only because the NFPAstyle policies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true withIAPMO codes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standardsreference in IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after theextracted text identifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states; “A charging controller shall comply withUL 1741.” Additional examples of modified NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9,and 1003.4.1. The precedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifyingthe extracted section from NFPA 70. For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards being pro-posed for reference in a separate section which would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

217

USEHC 2015 – (1011.1.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 098



1011.1.1 Grounding Equipment. Equipment used for system grounding shall comply with UL 467.





SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify theseproducts. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to groundingequipment.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for systemgrounding equipment for use in photovoltaic systems. This section requires that these products be listed and labeledbut because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code, this directextract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the appli-cable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appro-priate equipment is being installed.


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.1.1

218


219

USEHC 2015 – (1011.3.3.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 099



1011.3.3.1 Standards. Devices intended for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules or other equipment shall complywith UL 467 or UL 2703.



Note: Ul 2703 was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accor-dance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 UniformSolar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.3.3 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the standards that areused to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard per-taining to grounding equipment.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the industry accepted product standards which establish certification requirements


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.3.3.1UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and Ground

Lugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and PanelsMounting andClampingDevices

1011.3.3.1

220

for devices intended for grounding metallic frames and other metallic components within photovoltaic equipment. Thissection requires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certi-fication standards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirementsthese products need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assiststhe end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


221

USEHC 2015 – (1011.3.5.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 100



1011.3.5.1 Standards. Devices intended for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules or other equipment shall complywith UL 467 or UL 2703.



Note: Ul 2703 was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accor-dance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 UniformSolar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.3.5 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the standards that areused to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard per-taining to grounding equipment.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the industry accepted product standards which establish certification requirements


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.3.5.1UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and Ground

Lugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and PanelsMounting andClampingDevices

1011.3.5.1

222

for devices intended for grounding metallic frames and other metallic components within photovoltaic equipment. Thissection requires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certi-fication standards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirementsthese products need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assiststhe end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) only because the NFPAstyle policies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true withIAPMO codes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standardsreference in IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after theextracted text identifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states; “A charging controller shall comply withUL 1741.” Additional examples of modified NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9,and 1003.4.1. The precedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifyingthe extracted section from NFPA 70. For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards proposed forreference in a separate section which would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

223

USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.1.4(A), Table 1201.1): Item # 101



1011.6.1.4(A) Standard. Where required to be listed for grounding and bonding, connectors shall comply with UL 467.




SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.6.1.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify theseproducts. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to connectors.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for connectorswhich are required to be listed for grounding and bonding within a photovoltaic system. This section requires thatthese products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standardswithin the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products needto be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of thiscode to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.

The UL standards are not part of the body of the NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) only because the NFPA stylepolicies do not allow direct reference to applicable standards within the body of their codes. This is not true withIAPMO codes. There are numerous examples of NFPA extracts being revised to include the applicable standardsreference in IAPMO codes, including Chapter 10 of the USEHC. One example is Section 1014.9 where, after the


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.1.4(A)

224

extracted text identifier [NFPA 70:690.72(A)], an additional sentence states; “A charging controller shall comply withUL 1741.” Additional examples of modified NFPA extracts can be seen in Sections 605.5, 702.5, 702.6, 802.4, 1002.9,and 1003.4.1. The precedent has already been set to allow these improvements to the USEHC without modifyingthe extracted section from NFPA 70. For this proposal, careful attention was paid to add the standards being pro-posed for reference in a separate section which would not in any way change the extracted NFPA section.

225

USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.2.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 102



1011.6.2.1 Standard. Where required to be listed for grounding and bonding, connectors shall comply with UL 467.





SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.6.2.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify theseproducts. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to connectors.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for connectorswhich are required to be listed for grounding and bonding within a photovoltaic system. This section requires thatthese products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standardswithin the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products needto be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of thiscode to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.2.1

226


227

USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.2.3.1, Table 1201.1): Item # 103



1011.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shallconsist of the following materials:(1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size 3⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel,

shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection.(2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than 5⁄8 of an inch (15.9

mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)](3) Rod-type electrodes less than 5.8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter shall comply with UL 467.




SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1011.6.2.3.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certifythese products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to rodtype electrodes.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 467 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for rod-type elec-trodes which are less than 15.9 mm in diameter and are intended for use within a photovoltaic system. This sectionrequires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA 70 does not include the product certificationstandards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA does not indicate what requirements these prod-


UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.2.3.1

228

ucts need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard within the body of the code assists the endusers of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is being installed.


229

USEHC 2015 – (1013.2.1): Item # 104



1013.2.1 Standard. Inverters and ac modules shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION:Section 1013.2 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1741 is the standard that is used to certify theseproducts. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to readilyidentify the appropriate standard required for inverters and ac modules.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 1741 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for invertersand ac modules for use in photovoltaic systems. This section requires that these products be listed and labeled butbecause NPFA 70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code, this direct extractfrom NFPA does not indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the applicablesafety standard within the body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriateequipment is being installed.


230

USEHC 2015 – (1013.5.4.6, Table 1201.1): Item # 105



1013.5.4.6 Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers back-fed from utility-interactive inverters in accordance with Sec-tion 1013.2 shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mount-ing means on the panel. Breakers shall comply with UL 489.




SUBSTANTIATION:This section requires these products to be listed. UL 489 is the standard that is used to certify these products. Thisproposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to circuit breakers used in aphotovoltaic system.






EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:FECTEAU: The technical justification for inclusion of the standards was indicated in the substantiation of the pro-posal. UL 489 is the industry accepted product standard which establishes certification requirements for breakerscovered in Section 1013.5.4.6. This section requires that these products be listed and labeled but because NPFA70 does not include the product certification standards within the body of the code, this direct extract from NFPA doesnot indicate what requirements these products need to be certified to. Including the applicable safety standard withinthe body of the code assists the end users of this code to readily verify that the appropriate equipment is beinginstalled.


UL 489-2013* Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclo-sures

Electrical 1013.5.4.6

231


232

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 6, Chapter 10, 204.0, 206.0, 207.0, 210.0, 215.0, Item # 106216.0, 217.0, 218.0, 222.0, 224.0):



CHAPTER 10ElECTRICAl

1001.0 General.1001.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances. This chapter does not provide all electrical information necessary forthe installation of a photovoltaic system. Resort shall be had to the edition of NFPA 70 adopted by the Authority Having Juris-diction.1001.2 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems, including thearray circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems [see Figure 1001.2(1) and Figure 1001.2(2)]. Solar photovoltaicsystems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electrical power production sources or stand-alone, withor without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization.[NFPA 70:690.1]1001.3 Other Articles. Where the requirements of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply.Where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section 1001.4 throughSection 1001.7 shall apply.Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply withthe applicable portions of Article 500 through Article 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3]1001.4 Output Characteristics. The output of a generator or other electric power production source operating in parallelwith an electrical supply system shall be compatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency of the system to which it isconnected. [NFPA 70:705.14]1001.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current Rating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of fault currentsfrom all interconnected power sources for the interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment on interactive systems.[NFPA 70:705.16]1001.6 Ground-Fault Protection. Where ground-fault protection is used, the output of an interactive system shall be con-nected to the supply side of the ground-fault protection.Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground-fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. [NFPA 70:705.32]1001.7 Synchronous Generators. Synchronous generators in a parallel system shall be provided with the necessary equip-ment to establish and maintain a synchronous condition. [NFPA 70:705.143]

1002.0 Installation.1002.1 Photovoltaic Systems. Photovoltaic systems shall be permitted to supply a building or other structure in additionto other electricity supply system(s). [NFPA 70:690.4(A)]1002.2 Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaic source circuits and PV output circuits shall not be contained in the sameraceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction box, or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or branch circuits of other non-PVsystems, unless the conductors of the different systems are separated by a partition. The means of identification shall be per-mitted by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means. Photovoltaic system conductors shall be iden-tified and grouped as follows:(1) Photovoltaic source circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices.(2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input and output circuits shall be identified at points of termination, con-

nection, and splices.(3) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment, the conductors

of each system shall be identified at termination, connection, and splice points.

233

Exception: Where the identification of the conductors is evident by spacing or arrangement, further identification is not required.(4) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box or raceway with a removable cover(s),

the ac and dc conductors of each system shall be grouped separately by wire ties or similar means not less than once, andthen shall be grouped at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway unique to the cir-cuit that makes the grouping obvious. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)]1002.3 Module Connection Arrangement. The connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a mod-ule or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor to other PV source circuits. [NFPA70:690.4(C)]1002.4 Equipment. Inverters, motor generators, photovoltaic modules, photovoltaic panels, ac photovoltaic modules, source-circuit combiners, and charge controllers intended for use in photovoltaic power systems shall be identified and listed for theapplication. [NFPA 70:690.4(D)]1002.5 Wiring and Connection. The equipment and systems in Section 1002.1 through Section 1002.4 and all associatedwiring and interconnections shall be installed by qualified persons [NFPA 70:690.4(E)]. For purposes of this chapter a quali-fied person is defined as “one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equip-ment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.” [NFPA 70:100]

Notes:1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic

system components, circuits, and connections.2 Disconnecting means required by Section 1009.0 are not shown.3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Section

1011.0 of this chapter.

FIGURE 1001.2(1)IDENTIFICATION OF SOlAR PHOTOVOlTAIC

SYSTEM COMPONENTS[NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(A)]

234

Notes:1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for

photo voltaic system components, circuits, and connections.2 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by this

Chapter are not shown.3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See

Section 1011.0.4 Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components

are optional.

FIGURE 1001.2(2)IDENTIFICATION OF SOlAR PHOTOVOlTAIC SYSTEM

COMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS[NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(B)]

1002.6 Circuit Routing. Photovoltaic source and PV output conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of a building or struc-ture, shall be routed along building structural members such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns where the location of thosestructural members are determined by observation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate, or membrane roofing mate-rials in roof areas not covered by PV modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits shall be clearly marked. [NFPA70:690.4(F)]1002.7 Bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum, without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages of the two mono-pole subarrays exceeds the rating of the conductors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays in a bipolar PV system shallbe physically separated, and the electrical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall be installed in separate racewaysuntil connected to the inverter. The disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devices for each monopole subarray out-put shall be in separate enclosures. Conductors from each separate monopole subarray shall be routed in the same raceway.Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum voltage between circuits and containing a physical barrier separating thedisconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall be permitted to be used instead of disconnecting means in separate enclo-sures. [NFPA 70:690.4(G)]1002.8 Multiple Inverters. A PV system shall be permitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters installed in or on asingle building or structure. Where the inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance with Section1012.1 shall be installed at each dc PV system disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting means, and at the main servicedisconnecting means showing the location of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in the building.Exception: A directory shall not be required where inverters and PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the main servicedisconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.4(H)]

235

1002.9 Photovoltaic Modules/Panels/Shingles. Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL 1703 andshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the building code.

1003.0 Ground-Fault Protection.1003.1 General. Grounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection in accordance with Sec-tion 1003.2 through Section 1003.4 to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall comply with Section 1010.11.Exceptions:(1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays with not more than two paralleled source circuits and with all dc

source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protection.(2) Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where each

equipment grounding conductor is sized in accordance with Section 1011.4. [NFPA 70:690.5]1003.2 Ground-Fault Detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall be capable ofdetecting a ground-fault current, interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault.Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall be permit-ted. Where a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shallbe automatically and simultaneously opened.Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded con-ductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA 70:690.5(A)]1003.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods:(1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically disconnected.(2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the output circuits.

[NFPA 70:690.5(B)]1003.4 labels and Markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installernear the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following:

WARNINGELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED,NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS

MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZEDWhere the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location atthe batteries. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)]1003.4.1 Marking. The warning labels required in Section 1003.4, Section 1005.5(3), Section 1008.4, Section 1010.11.6, andSection 1013.5.4.7 shall be in accordance with UL 969.1003.4.2 Format. The marking requirements in Section 1003.4.1 shall be provided in accordance with the following:(1) Red background.(2) White lettering.(3) Not less than 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(4) Capital letters.(5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material.

1004.0 Alternating-Current (ac) Modules.1004.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. The requirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaic source circuits shall notapply to ac modules. The photovoltaic source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall be considered as internal wiring of an acmodule. [NFPA 70:690.6(A)]1004.2 Inverter Output Circuit. The output of an ac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit. [NFPA70:690.6(B)]1004.3 Disconnecting Means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section 1009.2.5 and Section 1009.4,shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more ac modules. Additionally, each ac module in a multiple ac mod-ule system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)]1004.4 Ground-Fault Detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device todetect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)]

236

1004.5 Overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and con-ductor sizing in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.6(E)]:(1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) of run length.(2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet (30 480 mm) of run length.(3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG.(4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG.(5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG.(6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA 70:240.5(B)(2)]

1005.0 Circuit Requirements.1005.1 Maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or output circuit, the maximum pho-tovoltaic system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connectedphotovoltaic modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon mod-ules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table 1005.1. This voltage shall beused to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expectedambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modulesare used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be usedto calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage in accordance with Section 302.1 instead of using Table 1005.1. [NFPA70:690.7(A)]

TABlE 1005.1VOlTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS

FOR CRYSTAllINE AND MUlTICRYSTAllINE SIlICON MODUlES

[NFPA 70: TABlE 690.7]1, 2

For SI units: °C=(°F-32)/1.8Notes:1 Correction factors for ambient temperatures below

77°F (25°C).2 Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appro-

priate correction factor shown above.

1005.2 Direct-Current Utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall comply with Section 1005.2.1through Section 1005.2.5. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)]1005.2.1 Occupancy limitation. In dwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, and similar occupan-cies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, nominal, between conductors that supply the terminals of the following:(1) Luminaires.(2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, nominal, or less than 1⁄4 hp (0.19 kW). [NFPA 70:210.6(A)]1005.2.2 One Hundred Twenty Volts Between Conductors. Circuits not exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between con-ductors shall be permitted to supply the following:

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE(°F)

FACTOR

76 to 68 1.0267 to 59 1.0458 to 50 1.0649 to 41 1.0840 to 32 1.1031 to 23 1.1222 to 14 1.1413 to 5 1.164 to -4 1.18

-5 to -13 1.20-14 to -22 1.21-23 to -31 1.23-32 to -40 1.25

237

(1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their voltage ratings.(2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps.(3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)]1005.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy Seven Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors andnot exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the following:(1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting diodetype luminaires.(2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown autotransformer that is

an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded conductor of thebranch circuit.

(3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell lampholders.(4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied within their voltage ratings.(5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps.(6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)]1005.2.4 Six Hundred Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following:(1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires where the luminaires are

mounted in accordance with one of the following:(a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on poles or similar structures for the illumination of outdoor areas such as

highways, roads, bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots.(b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on other structures such as tunnels.(2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment other than luminaires.(3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated ballast that provides iso-

lation between the dc power source and the lamp circuit and protection from electric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA70:210.6(D)]

Exception: In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on cir-cuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each sec-tion, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shallbe considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet.[NFPA 70:422.14]1005.2.5 Over 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be per-mitted to supply utilization equipment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualifiedpersons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)]1005.3 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits andphotovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaicsystem voltage not exceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 600 voltsshall comply with Section 1015.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)]1005.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. In one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits andphotovoltaic output circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized.[NFPA 70:690.7(D)]1005.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits. For two wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum systemvoltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two wire circuit where the following conditions apply:(1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is solidly grounded.Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to interrupt this connec-tion to ground where the entire bipolar array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment.(2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray.(3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows:

WARNINGBIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY.DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR

GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT INOVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]

238

1005.6 live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts ormore shall be guarded against accidental contact by approved enclosures or by one of the following means:(1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified persons.(2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that qualified persons have access to the space within

reach of the live parts. Openings in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to comeinto accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with them.

(3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified persons.(4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the floor or other working surface. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)]1005.7 Prevent Physical Damage. In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage,enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)]1005.8 Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked withconspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)]

1006.0 Circuit Sizing and Current.1006.1 Calculation of Maximum Circuit Current. Where the requirements of Section 1006.1(1) and Section 1006.2(1)are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calcu-lated as follows:(1) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125 percent.(2) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in Section 1006.1(1).(3) The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating.(4) The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating where the inverter is producing

rated power at the lowest input voltage. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)]1006.2 Ampacity and Overcurrent Device Ratings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered to be continuous.[NFPA 70:690.8(B)] Overcurrent devices, where required, shall be rated in accordance with the following [NFPA70:690.8(B)(1)]:(1) Carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in Section 1006.1.Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)](2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section 302.1. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(b)] The temperature rating associated

with the ampacity of a conductor shall be selected and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowest temperature rating of aconnected termination, conductor, or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations shallbe permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, corrections, or both. [NFPA 70:110.14(C)]

(3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104°F (40°C), the manufacturer’s temperature correction factors shall apply.[NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)]

(4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be per-mitted in accordance with Section 1006.3 through Section 1006.5.[NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)] Circuit conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of currents listed as follows[NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]:(a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in Section 1006.1 without any additional cor-

rection factors for conditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)](b) The maximum current calculated in Section 1006.1 after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)](c) The conductor selected, after application of conditions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent protective device,

where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)]1006.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800 Amperes or less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating (abovethe ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are met:(1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-con-

nected portable loads.(2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without

overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments).(3) The next higher standard rating selected does not exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)]1006.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800 Amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the ampac-ity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in Section 1007.3(1).[NFPA 70:240.4(C)]

239

1006.5 Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by Sec-tion 1006.5(1) through Section 1006.5(7) after correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have beenapplied.(1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following conditions are met:(a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes.(b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following:1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire.2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire.3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses.(2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the following conditions are met:(a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes.(b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following:1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire.2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire.3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses.(3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes.(4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15-amperes.(5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes.(6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25-amperes.(7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)]1006.6 Systems with Multiple Direct-Current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output cir-cuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall be not less than thesum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)]1006.7 Sizing of Module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of twoor more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less thanthe sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules.[NFPA 70:690.8(D)]

1007.0 Overcurrent Protection.1007.1 Circuits and Equipment. Photovoltaic source circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter output circuit, and stor-age battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Article 240 of NFPA 70.Circuits connected to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent pro-tection from all sources.Exceptions: An overcurrent device shall not be required for PV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accordancewith Section 1006.2 where one of the following applies:(1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters.(2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or the maximum overcurrent pro-

tective device size specified on the PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)]1007.2 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided inaccordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer,as the primary.Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output, notless than the rated continuous output current of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from the inverter.[NFPA 70:690.9(B)]1007.3 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to pro-vide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be requiredto be readily accessible.Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one ampere size increments, startingat 1 ampere up to and including 15 amperes. Higher standard values exceeding 15 amperes for supplementary overcurrentdevices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows [NFPA 70:690.9(C)]:

240

(1) The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50,60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500,3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use offuses and inverse time circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)]

1007.4 Direct-Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dc portion of a photovoltaicpower system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA70:690.9(D)]1007.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In PV source circuits, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted toprotect the PV modules and the interconnecting conductors. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)]

1008.0 Stand-Alone Systems.1008.1 General. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installationconnected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA70 except as modified by Section 1008.2 through Section 1008.6. [NFPA 70:690.10]1008.2 Inverter Output. The ac output from a stand-alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the buildingor structure disconnecting means at current levels less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. The inverter out-put rating or the rating of an alternate energy source shall be equal to or greater than the load posed by the largest single uti-lization equipment connected to the system. Calculated general lighting loads shall not be considered as a single load. [NFPA70:690.10(A)]1008.3 Sizing and Protection. The circuit conductors between the inverter output and the building or structure disconnect-ing means shall be sized based on the output rating of the inverter. These conductors shall be protected from overcurrents in accor-dance with Article 240 of NFPA 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)]1008.4 Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to supply120 volts to single-phase, three wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no 240-volt outletsand where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the outputof the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with thefollowing words or equivalent:

WARNINGSINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT

MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! [NFPA 70:690.10(C)]

1008.5 Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are notrequired. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)]1008.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone inverter output in eitherstand-alone or utility-interactive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section 1008.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked“line” and “load” shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)]1008.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug assemblies that are back-fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener thatrequires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)]1008.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits orboth, on or penetrating a building operating at a PV system maximum voltage of 80 volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed(dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-faultprotection means shall comply with the following requirements:(1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, con-

nection, module, or other system component in the dc PV source and output circuits.(2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the following:(a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the fault circuit where the fault is detected.(b) System components within the arcing circuit.(3) The system shall require that the disabled or disconnected equipment be manually restarted.(4) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a visual indication that the circuit interrupter has operated. This indi-

cation shall not reset automatically. [NFPA 70:690.11]

241

1009.0 Disconnecting Means.1009.1 Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying dc conductors of a photovoltaic system from otherconductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded con-ductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungroundedand energized state.Exceptions:(1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system in accordance with Section 1003.1, or that is part

of an arc-fault detection/interruption system in accordance with Section 1008.7, shall be permitted to open the groundedconductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding toground faults.

(2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where the following conditions are met.(a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance.(b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons.(c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that is present during operation, including ground-fault con-

ditions. [NFPA 70:690.13]1009.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1 through Sec-tion 1009.2.4. [NFPA 70:690.14]1009.2.1 Disconnecting Means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shallcomply with Section 1009.4. [NFPA 70:690.14(A)]1009.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such as photovoltaic source circuit isolating switches, overcurrent devices, and blockingdiodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic side of the photovoltaic disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.14(B)]1009.2.3 Requirements for Disconnecting Means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a buildingor other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows:(1) The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building

or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors.Exception: Installations that comply with Section 1010.5 shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remotefrom the point of entry of the system conductors.The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms.(2) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a photovoltaic system dis-

connect.(3) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in haz-

ardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Article 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70.(4) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted

in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard.(5) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to be in

accordance with Section 1009.2.3(4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic moduleor array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)]

1009.2.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters Mounted in Not-Readily-Accessible locations. Utility-interactive invertersshall be permitted to be mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not readily accessible. These installations shall com-ply with the following:(1) A direct-current photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter.(2) An alternating-current disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter.(3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for

the inverter shall comply with Section 1009.2.3(1).(4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section 1012.1. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)]1009.2.5 Disconnection of Photovoltaic Equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as invert-ers, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from ungrounded conductors of all sources. Where the equipment is energized frommore than one source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified.A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section 1009.4 shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or moreinverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15]

242

1009.3 Disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from sourcesof supply where the fuse is energized from both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of beingdisconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must be serviced that are iso-lated from energized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or inte-gral with fuse holder and shall be in accordance with Section 1009.4. Where the disconnecting means are located exceeding 6feet (1829 mm) from the overcurrent device, a directory showing the location of each disconnect shall be installed at the over-current device location. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be marked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA70:690.16(B)]1009.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually oper-able switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) in accordance with the following requirements:(1) Located where readily accessible.(2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts.(3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position.(4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals

of the equipment.Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacentto the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent:

WARNINGELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD.

DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALSON BOTH THE LINE AND

LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZEDIN THE OPEN POSITION.

Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in accordancewith the requirements of Section 1010.9 and is listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.17]1009.5 Installation and Service of an Array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to dis-able an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18]

1010.0 Wiring Methods Permitted.1010.1 General. Raceway and cable wiring methods included in this chapter, and other wiring systems and fittings specifi-cally intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosuresare used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement.Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts are installed in read-ily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)]1010.2 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as pho-tovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic moduleinterconnections within the photovoltaic array.Exception: Raceways shall be used where required by Section 1010.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)]1010.3 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV mod-ules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable power cable;they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacitiesshall be in accordance with Section 400.5 of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86°F (30°C), the ampacities shallbe derated by the appropriate factors given in Table 1010.3. [NFPA 70:690.31(C)]

243

TABlE 1010.3CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON

TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR[NFPA 70: TABlE 690.31(C)]

For SI units: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8

1010.4 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moistureresistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables comply with theampacity requirements of Section 1006.0. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity adjustmentand correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)]1010.5 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits Inside a Building. Where dc photovoltaic sourceor output circuits from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic systems are installed inside a building or structure, they shallbe contained in metal raceways, type MC metal-clad cable that is in accordance with Section 250.118(10) of NFPA 70 or metalenclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnectingmeans. The disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1, Section 1009.2.2 and Section 1009.2.4. The wiring meth-ods shall comply with the additional installation requirements in Section 1010.5.1 through Section 1010.5.4. [NFPA70:690.31(E)]1010.5.1 Beneath Roofs. Installation of wiring methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) from the roof decking orsheathing except where directly below the roof surface covered by PV modules and associated equipment. Circuits shall be runperpendicular to the roof penetration point to supports not less than 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA70:690.31(E)(1)]1010.5.2 Flexible Wiring Methods. Where flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size 3⁄4 of an inch in diameter(19.1 mm) or Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV power circuit conductors is installed acrossceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less than the height ofthe raceway or cable. Where installed exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equipment, thesewiring methods shall closely follow the building surface or be protected from physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA70:690.31(E)(2)]1010.5.3 Marking or labeling Required. The wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shallbe marked with the wording “Photovoltaic Power Source” by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved perma-nent markings as follows:(1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods.(2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes.(3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(3)]1010.5.4 Markings and labeling Methods and locations. The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. Pho-tovoltaic power circuit labels shall appear on the section of the wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions,ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm).Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where installed. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(4)]1010.6 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices,or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)]1010.7 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be secured without damaging the conductors and shall bemade by means of pressure connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to flexible leads. Connection by meansof wire-binding screws or studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall be permitted for not more than 10 AWGconductors. Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used to connect aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA70:110.14(A)]

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE(°F) 140°F 167°F 194°F 221°F

86 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.0087–95 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.9796–104 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93105–113 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.89114–122 0.58 0.75 0.82 0.86123–131 0.41 0.67 0.76 0.82132–140 — 0.58 0.71 0.77141–158 — 0.33 0.58 0.68159–176 — — 0.41 0.58

244

1010.8 Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-siteassembly, where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Suchfittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand,and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32]1010.9 Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1 through Section1010.9.5. [NFPA 70:690.33]1010.9.1 Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable withreceptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)]1010.9.2 Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with liveparts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)]1010.9.3 Type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are usedin circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall requirea tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)]1010.9.4 Grounding Member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mat-ing connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)]1010.9.5 Interruption of Circuit. Connectors shall comply with one of the following:(1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to the operator.(2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not for Current Inter-

rupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)]1010.10 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that thewiring contained in them is rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removablefasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34]1010.11 Ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate withungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system is in accordance with Section 1010.11.1 through Section1010.11.7. [NFPA 70:690.35]1010.11.1 Disconnects. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects in accordance with Sec-tion 1009.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)]1010.11.2 Overcurrent Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection inaccordance with Section 1007.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)]1010.11.3 Ground-Fault Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protec-tion device or system that is in accordance with the following:(1) Detects a ground fault.(2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred.(3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to auto-

matically cease supplying power to output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)]1010.11.4 Conductors. The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following:(1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables.(2) Conductors installed in raceways.(3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)]1010.11.5 Direct-Current Circuits. The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used withungrounded battery systems in accordance with Section 1014.7. [NFPA 70:690.35(E)]1010.11.6 Warning. The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, com-biner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits are exposed during service:

WARNINGELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT

CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THISPHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE

UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]

1010.11.7 Inverters or Charge Controllers. The inverters or charge controllers used in systems with ungrounded photo-voltaic source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 70:690.35(G)]

245

1011.0 Grounding.1011.1 System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one conductor of a two-wire system with a photovoltaic sys-tem voltage exceeding 50 volts and the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shalluse other methods that provide equivalent system protection in accordance with Section 1011.1.1 through Section 1011.1.5 andthat utilize equipment listed and identified for the use.Exception: Systems that comply with Section 1010.11. [NFPA 70:690.41]1011.1.1 Electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner thatwill limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will stabilizethe voltage to earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)]1011.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electricalconductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground onthese materials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)]1011.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical con-ductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in amanner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)]1011.1.4 Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and Other Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying elec-trically conductive materials that become energized shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a mannerthat establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(4)]1011.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive mate-rial that become energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance circuit facilitating the operation of theovercurrent device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the maximumground-fault current to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a ground fault occurs to the electrical sup-ply source. The earth shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)]1011.2 Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any single pointon the photovoltaic output circuit.Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in accordance with Section 1003.0 shall be permitted to have therequired grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to theground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42]1011.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipment grounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section 1011.3.1 throughSection 1011.3.6. [NFPA 70:690.43]1011.3.1 General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical equipment, and conductor enclo-sures shall be grounded in accordance with Section 1011.3.1.1 or Section 1011.3.1.2, regardless of voltage. [NFPA 70:690.43(A)]1011.3.1.1 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding.Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit conductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section 250.140 and Section250.142 of NFPA 70, non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures, where grounded, shall beconnected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the following methods:(1) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductors in accordance with by Section 1011.3.7.(2) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise run with the

circuit conductors.Exceptions:(1) As provided in Section 1011.3.8, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the cir-

cuit conductors.(2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors.

[NFPA 70:250.134]1011.3.1.2 Equipment Considered Grounded. Non-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be consideredgrounded. [NFPA 70:250.136] Where electrical equipment secured to and in electrical contact with a metal rack or structure pro-vided for its support and connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the means indicated in Section 1011.3.1.1.The structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment.[NFPA 70:250.136(A)]1011.3.2 Equipment Grounding Conductor Required. An equipment grounding conductor between a PV array andother equipment shall be required in accordance with the following conditions [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]:(1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and sub-

ject to contact by persons.

246

(2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated.(3) Where in electrical contact with metal.(4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location.(5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an equipment grounding conductor.(6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at over 150 volts to ground.Exceptions:(1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently

and effectively insulated from ground shall not be required to be grounded.(2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at a height exceeding 8 feet

(2438 mm) above ground or grade level shall not be required to be grounded.(3) Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required to be connected to the

equipment grounding conductor. Where such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA70:250.110]

1011.3.3 Structure as Equipment Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic framesof PV modules, or other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed metal surfaces or other equipment to mounting struc-tures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as equipment-grounding conductors or shall have identified bonding jumpers or devices connected between the separate metallic sections andshall be bonded to the grounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)]1011.3.4 Photovoltaic Mounting Systems and Devices. Devices and systems used for mounting PV modules that arealso used to provide grounding of the module frames shall be identified for the purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA70:690.43(D)]1011.3.5 Adjacent Modules. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permit-ted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)]1011.3.6 Combined Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shallbe contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV array circuit conductors where those circuit con-ductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)]1011.3.7 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor installed with or enclos-ing the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the following:(1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered, or

bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any shape.(2) Rigid metal conduit.(3) Intermediate metal conduit.(4) Electrical metallic tubing.(5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions:(a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings.(b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less.(c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the

same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).(d) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment

or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shallbe installed.

(6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions:(a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings.(b) For trade sizes 3⁄8 of an inch through 1⁄2 of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the con-

duit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less.(c) For trade sizes 3⁄4 of an inch through 11⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the con-

duit are protected by overcurrent devices rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible metal conduit, flexiblemetallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes 3⁄8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7mm) in the ground-fault current path.

(d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in thesame ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

247

(e) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipmentor to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shallbe installed.

(7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated in listed fittings and meeting the following conditions:(a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less.(b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the

same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).(8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section 1011.1.5.(9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable.(10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more of the following:(a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with Section 1011.3.7(1).(b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated equipment grounding/bonding conductor of interlocked metal tape-type MC

cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor.(c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath and equipment grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated

tube-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor.(11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 and Section 392.60 of NFPA 70.(12) Cable bus framework in accordance with Section 370.3 of NFPA 70.(13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters.(14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. [NFPA 70:250.118]1011.3.8 Nongrounding Receptacle Replacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. The equipment grounding con-ductor of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be permitted to be connected to one of the following:(1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA 70.(2) An accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor.(3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit orig-

inates.(4) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor within the service equipment enclosure.(5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 70:250.130(C)]1011.4 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photo-voltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Section 1011.4.1 or Section 1011.4.2. [NFPA 70:690.45]1011.4.1 General. Equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized inaccordance with Table 1011.4.1. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent devicerated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table 1011.4.1. Increases in equipment grounding conduc-tor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smallerthat 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)]

248

TABlE 1011.4.1MINIMUM SIzE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT1

[NFPA 70: TABlE 250.122]

Notes:1 Where necessary to comply with Section 1011.1.5, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table.2 See installation restrictions in Section 1011.6.1.2.

1011.4.2 Ground-Fault Protection Not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not pro-vided in accordance with Section 1003.2 through Section 1003.4, each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacityof not less than two times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. [NFPA 70:690.45(B)]1011.5 Array Equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules less than6 AWG where not routed with circuit conductors in accordance with Section 1011.3.8 and Section 1011.3.1.1(2), shall be pro-tected from physical damage by an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces of the framing mem-bers of buildings or structures and where not subject to physical damage. [NFPA 70:690.46 and NFPA 70:250.120(C)]1011.6 Grounding Electrode System.1011.6.1 Alternating-Current Systems. Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided inaccordance with Section 250.50 through Section 250.60 of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed inaccordance with Section 1011.6.1.1 through Section 1011.6.1.4. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)]1011.6.1.1 Installation of Electrodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) and bonding jumpers interconnecting groundingelectrodes shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods. The grounding electrode conductor shall be sizedfor the largest grounding electrode conductor required among the electrodes connected to it.(1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to a convenient grounding electrode available in the ground-

ing electrode system where the other electrode(s), where any, is connected by bonding jumpers that are installed in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.1.2 and Section 1011.6.1.3.

(2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall be permitted to be run to one or more grounding electrode(s) individually.(3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) shall be permitted to be connected to an aluminum or copper busbar not

less than 1⁄4 of an inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). The busbar shall be securely fastened and shall be installed in anaccessible location. Connections shall be made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The groundingelectrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to the busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall bein accordance with Section 1011.6.1.2. [NFPA 70:250.64(F)]

RATING OR SETTING OF AUTOMATIC OVER-CURRENT DEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF

EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., NOT EXCEEDING(AMPERES)

SIzE (AWG OR KCMIl)

COPPERAlUMINUM OR COPPER

ClAD AlUMINUM2152060100

1412108

121086

200300400

643

421

500600800

21

1/0

1/02/03/0

100012001600

2/03/04/0

4/0250350

200025003000

250350400

400600600

400050006000

500700800

75012001200

249

1011.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum groundingelectrode conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive conditions.Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be terminated within 18inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)]1011.6.1.3 Protection Against Physical Damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shallbe securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be permitted to be installed onor through framing members. A copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall be pro-tected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical dam-age shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it issecurely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit(IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT),or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, or cablearmor. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)]1011.6.1.4 Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice orjoint. Where necessary, splices or connections shall be made in accordance with the following:(1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible compression-type connectors

listed as grounding and bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding process.(2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding electrode conductor.(3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of structural metal frames of building structures.(4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping. [NFPA 70:250.64(C)]1011.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 for grounded systems or Section 1011.6.2.6 for ungrounded systems.The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.1 through Section 1011.1.6.1.4. A com-mon dc grounding-electrode conductor shall be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the common grounding elec-trode and the tap conductors shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3. The tap conductors shallbe connected to the common grounding-electrode conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors listed as grounding andbonding equipment in such a manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. [NFPA70:690.47(B)]1011.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than the Neutral Conductor. Where the dc system consists of a three-wire balancer set or bal-ancer winding with overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrode con-ductor shall be not smaller than the neutral conductor and shall not be smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA70:250.166(A)]1011.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than the largest Conductor. Where the dc system is other than in accordance with Section1011.6.2.1, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the system, and be notsmaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(B)]1011.6.2.3 Connected to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.2.3.1 or Section 1011.6.2.3.2, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole con-nection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA70:250.166(C)]1011.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shallconsist of the following materials:(1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size 3⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel,

shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection.(2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than 5⁄8 of an inch (15.9

mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)]1011.6.2.3.2 Plate Electrodes. A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exterior soil.Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron or steel plates shall be not less than 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid,uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)]1011.6.2.4 Connected to a Concrete-Encased Electrode. Where connected to a concrete-encased electrode in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.2.4.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is that sole connection to the groundingelectrode shall not be required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(D)]1011.6.2.4.1 Concrete-Encased Electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm)of one of the following:

250

(1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not lessthan 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 mm) length, or where in multiple piecesconnected together by the usual steel tie wires, exothermic welding, welding, or other effective means to create a length ofnot less than 20 feet (6096 mm).

(2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4 AWG. Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) ofconcrete and shall be located horizontally within that portion of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contactwith the earth or within vertical foundations or structural components or members that are in direct contact with the earth.Where multiple concrete-encased electrodes are present at a building or structure, it shall be permissible to bond one intothe grounding electrode system.

Concrete installed with insulation, vapor barriers, films or similar items separating the concrete from the earth shall not be con-sidered to be in “direct contact” with the earth. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)]1011.6.2.5 Connected to a Ground Ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.5.1, thatportion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to belarger than the conductor used for the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)]1011.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting ofnot less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(4)]1011.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 250.34of NFPA 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a stand-alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an electrode thatis in accordance with Part III of Article 250 of NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, andexposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the metalenclosure at a point on the separately derived system from the source to the first system disconnecting means or overcurrentdevice, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices.The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 andSection 1011.6.2.4. [NFPA 70:250.169]1011.6.3 Systems with Alternating-Current and Direct-Current Grounding Requirements. Photovoltaic systemshaving dc circuits and ac circuits with no direct connection between the dc grounded conductor and ac grounded conductorshall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of the methodsin Section 1011.6.3.1 through Section 1011.6.3.3.This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Where methods in Section 1011.6.3.2 or Section 1011.6.3.3 are used, the exist-ing ac grounding electrode system shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70.[NFPA 70:690.47(C)]1011.6.3.1 Separate Direct-Current Grounding Electrode System Bonded to the Alternating-Current Ground-ing Electrode System. A separate dc grounding electrode or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded directly to theac grounding electrode system. The size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc systems shall be based on the larger sizeof the existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Sec-tion 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4. The dc grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the acgrounding electrode system shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA70:690.47(C)(1)]1011.6.3.2 Common Direct-Current and Alternating-Current Grounding Electrode. A dc grounding electrode con-ductor of the size specified in Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 shall be run from the marked dc grounding elec-trode connection point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc groundingelectrode conductor shall be connected to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.4(1). Thisdc grounding electrode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA70:690.47(C)(2)]1011.6.3.3 Combined Direct-Current Grounding Electrode Conductor and Alternating-Current EquipmentGrounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor shall be run from the markeddc grounding electrode conductor connection point along with the ac circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the associ-ated ac equipment. This combined grounding conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified in Section 250.122 of NFPA70 or Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 and shall be installed in accordance with Section 250.64(E) of NFPA 70.[NFPA 70:690.47(C)(3)]1011.7 Continuity of Equipment Grounding Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the bonding con-nection between the grounding electrode conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photovoltaic source or output cir-cuit equipment, a bonding jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.48]

251

1011.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of theutility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductorand the photovoltaic source, photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both. A bonding jumper shall be installed to main-tain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49]1011.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordance with Section1011.5. [NFPA 70:690.50]

1012.0 Marking.1012.1 Directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting the electrical power sources on or in the premises, shall beinstalled at each service equipment location and at locations of electric power production sources capable of being interconnected.Exception: Installations with large numbers of power production sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups. [NFPA70:705.10]1012.2 Modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrentdevice rating for module protection, and with the following ratings:(1) Open-circuit voltage(2) Operating voltage(3) Maximum permissible system voltage(4) Operating current(5) Short-circuit current(6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51]1012.3 Alternating-Current Photovoltaic Modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification ofterminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings:(1) Nominal operating ac voltage.(2) Nominal operating ac frequency.(3) Maximum ac power.(4) Maximum ac current.(5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection. [NFPA 70:690.52]1012.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic power sourceshall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the photovoltaic disconnecting means as follows:(1) Rated maximum power-point current.(2) Rated maximum power-point voltage.(3) Maximum system voltage.(4) Short-circuit current.(5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (where installed). [NFPA 70:690.53]1012.5 Interactive System Point of Interconnection. Interactive system(s) points of interconnection with other sourcesshall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current andthe nominal operating ac voltage. [NFPA 70:690.54]1012.6 Photovoltaic Power Systems Employing Energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energystorage shall be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any equalization voltage and the polarity of the groundedcircuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55]1012.7 Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems. A structure or building with a photovoltaic power system that is not con-nected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exte-rior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque ordirectory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical powersystem. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)]1012.8 Facilities with Utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photo-voltaic system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the pho-tovoltaic system disconnecting means, where not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)]

252

1013.0 Connection to Other Sources.1013.1 load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources where in the offposition. [NFPA 70:690.57]1013.2 Identified Interactive Equipment. Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permittedin interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60]1013.3 loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic system shallautomatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in thatsystem and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored.A normally interactive solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that havebeen disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61]1013.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single-phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in interactive hybridsystems shall not be connected to three-phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significantunbalanced voltages cannot result. [NFPA 70:705.100(A)]Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized uponloss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalancedvoltages will not result. [NFPA 70:705.100(B)]1013.5 Point of Connection. The output of an interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as specified inSection 1013.5.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12]1013.5.1 Supply Side. An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the serv-ice disconnecting means in accordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devicesconnected to power production sources shall not exceed the rating of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)]1013.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhereon the premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates protective equipment in accor-dance with applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:705.12(B)]1013.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on thepremises where the following conditions are met:(1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours (kW•h) (360 MJ), or the

service is more than 1000 volts.(2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service and operate the system.(3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA 70:705.12(C)]1013.5.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters. The output of an utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to theload side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any distribution equipment on the premises. Where dis-tribution equipment, including switchboards and panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and oneor more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits orfeeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be in accordance with Section1013.5.4.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)]1013.5.4.1 Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect. Each source interconnection shall be made at a dedicated circuitbreaker or fusible disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)]1013.5.4.2 Bus or Conductor Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying powerto a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has an energy storage device to allow stand-alone operation of loads, the value usedin the calculation of bus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of the rated utility-interactive current from the inverter insteadof the rating of the overcurrent device between the inverter and the bus or conductor. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(2)] In systems withpanelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interac-tive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors.1013.5.4.3 Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of ground-fault protection equip-ment.Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground-fault protection for equipment from ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connectedto the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(3)]1013.5.4.4 Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor sup-plied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(4)]

253

1013.5.4.5 Suitable for Backfeed. Circuit breakers, where back-fed, shall be suitable for such operation. [NFPA70:705.12(D)(5)]1013.5.4.6 Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers back-fed from utility-interactive inverters in accordance with Sec-tion 1013.2 shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mount-ing means on the panel.1013.5.4.7 Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of theovercurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the inputfeeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance withArticle 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly con-nected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. A permanentwarning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking:

WARNINGINVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION

DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE[NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)]

1014.0 Storage Batteries.1014.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions ofArticle 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source isinstalled in accordance with Section 1011.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)]1014.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than 50 volts nomi-nal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal).Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance withSection 1005.0 shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)]Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless ofvoltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)]1014.3 Current limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the bat-teries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings ofother equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section 1009.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)]1014.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than 24two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use or be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks usedto support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the topsof the nonconductive cases.This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteriesthat require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)]1014.5 Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than 24 two-voltcells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segmentsof 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA70:690.71(E)]1014.6 Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than 24 two-volt cellsconnected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnectsthe grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not discon-nect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switchshall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)]1014.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than24 two-volt cells connected in series (exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate withungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section 1011.1.(2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.(3) Main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent pro-

tection.(4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA 70:690.71(G)]

254

1014.8 Battery locations. Battery locations shall comply with the following:(1) Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation

of an explosive mixture. [NFPA 70:480.9(A)](2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [(ft3/min)/ft2]

[0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the room to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such exhaust shall dischargedirectly to an approved location at the exterior of the building.

(3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air intakes shallbe located so as to avoid recirculation of contaminated air.

(4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage.(5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or explosive

materials occurs.(6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of not less than

12 inches (305 mm) from combustible material.1014.9 Charge Control. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall notbe required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirementsof the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the ratedbattery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control ofthe charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shall complywith UL 1741.1014.9.1 Diversion Charge Controller. A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the solemeans of regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging ofthe battery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)]1014.9.2 Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion load. Circuits containing a dcdiversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordance with the following:(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge con-

troller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diver-sion load shall be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array.

(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be not less than 150 percent of the max-imum current rating of the diversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)]

1014.9.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive invert-ers to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall be in accordance with the follow-ing:(1) These systems shall not be required to be in accordance with Section 1014.9.2. The charge regulation circuits used shall be

in accordance with the requirements of Section 1006.0.(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use where the util-

ity is not present or where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)]1014.9.4 Buck/Boost Direct-Current Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power convertersthat increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, therequirements shall comply with the following:(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the

charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter

for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)]1014.10 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes not less than 2/0 AWGshall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connectedto an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the batteryenclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shallbe terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.74]

1015.0 Systems Over 600 Volts.1015.1 General. Solar photovoltaic systems with a system voltage exceeding 600 volts dc shall comply with Section 1015.3through Section 1015.9, Article 490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable to installations with a system voltage exceed-ing 600 volts. [NFPA 70:690.80]

255

1015.2 Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as fol-lows:(1) In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced under charging or equalizing conditions.(2) In dc photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits, the maximum system voltage. [NFPA 70:690.85]1015.3 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment. Where access for other than visual inspec-tion is required to a compartment that contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental con-tact by persons, tools, or other equipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall be permitted in compartments accessibleto qualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall bepermitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32]1015.4 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized partsshall be locked. [NFPA 70:490.35(A)]1015.5 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistantcell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA70:490.21(A)(1)(a)]1015.6 Operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics:(1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power.(2) Be release free (trip free).(3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed

of the manual operation.(4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts.(5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated. [NFPA

70:490.21(A)(2)]1015.7 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trade-mark, manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA)or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by anappropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)]1015.8 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be providedwith a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switchbetween the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-inter-rupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the inter-rupting capacity of the switch.Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches areinstalled to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically inter-locked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying thepresence of more than one source. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)]1015.9 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the circuit voltage. Fuses shall notbe applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(3)]

CHAPTER 610THERMAl STORAGE

6011001.0 General.6011001.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar thermal stor-age. Solar thermal storage includes storage tanks with or without heat exchangers and expansion tanks.6011001.2 Test Pressure for Conventional Closed Storage Tanks. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subjectto water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but notless than 300 psi (2068 kPa).1001.2.1 Test Pressure for Unconventional Open Storage Tanks. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subjectto static water pressure shall be hydrostatically tested to the maximum allowable water column height of the tank or system towhich it is connected. Tank and system shall be observed in this static fill condition with no appreciable loss of water or signs

256

indicating a leak within the storage system. The energy input and extraction heat exchangers shall be tested in accordance withthis code as it pertains to material type and shall be equipped with required safety devices also addressed in this code.

6021002.0 Storage Tanks.6021002.1 Plans. Plans for tanks shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval, unless listed by anapproved listing agency. Such plans shall show dimensions, reinforcing, structural calculations, and such other pertinent dataas required.6021002.2 Gravity and Non-Pressurized Tanks. Gravity and non-pressurized tanks shall be installed with an overflowopening of not less than 2 inches (50 mm) Internal Pipe Size (IPS). The openings shall be aboveground and installed with ascreened return bend with no check valves, isolation valves or pressure relief valves connected to the overflow piping.6021002.3 Prefabricated Tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be listed and labeled.6021002.4 Pressure-Type Storage Tanks. Pressure-type water storage tanks shall be installed with a listed combinationtemperature and pressure relief valve. The temperature setting shall not exceed 210°F (99°C). The pressure setting shall notexceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressure of the solar thermal system, or 150 percent of the establishednormal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeled maximum operating pressure of a pressure-type storage tank,whichever is less. The relief valve setting shall not exceed the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.

All pressurized storage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a water heater shall be provided with a vacuum relief valveat the top of the tank that will operate up to a water pressure not exceeding 200 psi (1379 kPa) and up to a temperature not exceed-ing 250°F (121°C) to prevent siphoning of any water heater or storage tank. The size of such vacuum relief valves shall have aminimum rated capacity for the equipment served. This section shall not apply to pressurized captive air diaphragm/bladder tanks.

Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approvedmaterial that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet,discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceed-ing 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.6021002.5 Separate Storage Tanks. For installations with separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and temperaturerelief valve or combination thereof shall be installed on both the water heater and storage tank. There shall not be a check valveor shutoff valve between a relief valve and the heater or tank served.

The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The dischargepipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system oroutside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the groundand pointing downward. Discharges from such valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer mediums shallbe approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Relief discharges for tanks installed where freezing conditions can occurshall terminate within the heated space.6021002.6 Underground Tanks. Tanks shall be permitted to be buried underground where designed and constructed for suchinstallation.6021002.7 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and the installation thereof, shall comply with minimum requirements forsafety from structural failure, mechanical failure, and excessive pressures in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdictionand nationally recognized standards.6021002.8 Devices. Devices attached to or within a tank shall be accessible for repair and replacement.6021002.9 Tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.6021002.10 Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank is installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, orfloor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leaking storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materialsshall be installed beneath the storage tank with not less than 3⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an approved location.

6031003.0 Materials. 6031003.1 General. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 6031003.1 through Section 6031003.7.6031003.2 Construction. Tanks shall be constructed of durable materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decay and shallbe watertight. Each such tank shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures and shall be installedlevel and on a solid bed.6031003.3 Standards. Pressurized tanks shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

257

6031003.4 Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in-place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior walls shallbe double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exterior walls during the required water test. The compressive strength of aconcrete tank wall, top and covers, or floor shall be not less than 2500 pounds per square inch (lb/in2) (1.7577 E+06 kg/m2).Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V Portland Cement).6031003.5 Metal Tanks. Metal tanks shall be welded, riveted and caulked, brazed, bolted, or constructed by use of a combi-nation of these methods.6031003.6 Filler Metal. Filler metal used in brazing shall be non-ferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above1000°F (538°C) and below that of the metal joined.6031003.7 Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks. Non-fiberglass storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII or other approved standards.6031003.8 Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks. Fiber-reinforced storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X or other approved standards.

6041004.0 Expansion Tanks.6041004.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a solar thermal system where a pressure reducing valve,backflow prevention device, check valve or other device is installed on a water supply system utilizing storage or tankless waterheating equipment as a means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion. Expansion tanks shall be of theclosed or open type and securely fastened to the structure. Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system and shall be con-structed of non-corrosive material. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water withoutplacing strain on the connecting piping.

Solar thermal systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be installed to prevent freezing under nor-mal operating conditions. The termination for fluid relief columns shall be protected from vermin and freezing. 6041004.2 Systems with Open Type Expansion Tanks. Open type expansion tanks shall be located not less than 3 feet(914 mm) above the highest point of the system. Such tanks shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow witha diameter of not less than one-half the size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall be installed atthe top of the tank. The overflow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system and shall be protected from ver-min and freezing.6041004.3 Closed-Type Systems. Closed-type systems shall have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion that willbe consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half times the allowable working pressure of the system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for including pressur-ized tanks.6041004.4 Minimum Capacity of Closed-Type Tank. The minimum capacity of a closed-type expansion tank shall be inaccordance with Table 6041004.4(1) and Table 6041004.4(2) or from the following formula:

(Equation 604.4 1004.4)

Where:Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons.Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gallons.t = Average operating temperature, °F.Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H2O absolute.Pf = Fill pressure, feet H2O absolute.Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H2O absolute.For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 foot of water = 2.989 kPa

258

(0.00041t - 0.0466) Vs

(Pa Pa)Pf Po

Vt =

1004.5 Minimum Capacity of Open-Type Tank. The minimum capacity of an open-type expansion tank shall be in accor-dance with generally accepted engineering practices and shall have a minimum fill temperature of 50°F (10°C). and a maximumsystem average water temperature of 180°F (82°C). The volume expansion resulting from the temperature differential shall notcause the tank to overflow.

6051005.0 Dry Storage Systems.6051005.1 Waterproofing. The containment structure for dry thermal storage systems shall be constructed in an approvedmanner to prevent the infiltration of water or moisture.6051005.2 Detecting Water Intrusion. The containment structure shall be capable of fully containing spillage or moistureaccumulation that occurs. The structure shall have a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage or moisture accumulation,and shall be fitted with a drainage device to eliminate spillage.6051005.3 Rock as Storage Material. Systems utilizing rock as the thermal storage material shall use clean, washed rock,and free of organic material.

TABlE 6041004.4(1)EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR GRAVITY

HOT WATER SYSTEMSINSTAllED EXPANSION

DIRECT RADIATION*

(square feet)TANK CAPACITY

(gallons)

Up to 350 18Up to 450 21Up to 650 24Up to 900 30Up to 1100 35Up to 1400 40Up to 1600 2 to 30Up to 1800 2 to 30Up to 2000 2 to 35Up to 2400 2 to 40

For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2

* For systems exceeding 2400 square feet (222.9 m2) of installed equiva-lent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shallbe increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 L) tank capacity per 33 squarefeet (3.1 m2) of additional equivalent direct radiation.

TABlE 6041004.4(2)EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR FORCED

HOT WATER SYSTEMS

For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L* Includes volume of water in boiler, radiation, and piping, not including

expansion tank.

SYSTEM VOlUME*(gallons)

TANK CAPACITY(gallons)

100 15200 30300 45400 60500 751000 1502000 300

259

6051005.4 Odor and Particulate Control. Thermal storage materials and containment structures, including an interiorprotective coating, shall not impart toxic elements, particulate matter, or odor to areas of human occupancy.6051005.5 Combustibles Within Ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustibleor shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50 where tested as a compos-ite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.


206.0Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include:(1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector.(2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa).(3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems.


210.0Heating Equipment. Includes warm air furnaces, warm air heaters, combustion products vents, heating air-distribution ductsand fans, and all steam and hot water piping, together with all control devices and accessories installed as part of, or in connectionwith, any environmental heating system or appliance regulated by this code.

215.0Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade nameto equipment or devices.


tion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E136 are con-sidered noncombustible material. [NFPA 220:3.3.4]

(2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over 1⁄8of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50.Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances

to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No mate-rial shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limitsherein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.


218.0Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.

260

222.0Termination. The final or intended end portion of a duct system that is designed and functions to fulfill the obligations of thesystem in a satisfactory manner. [NFPA 96:3.3.20]



Note: ASTM E136 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Deleted entire section regarding solar electric due to referral of more significant code and applicability to the NFPA

standards. The USEHC will address water (hydronic) and air solar heating systems only.2. Section 1001.2.1 was added to clarify static pressure test procedures for site built non pressurized storage

tanks. 3. Section 1002.2 Added “non-pressurized” to the gravity tank statement for clarification that gravity tanks and

open tanks are essentially one in the same. Also addressed the exclusion of valves, pressure relief valves onthe tank overflow because it would essentially turn the system into a closed loop pressurized system.

4. Modified section 1002.5 to require the overflow and pressure relief connections of any given tank to terminatewithin the heated space to avoid the possibility of ice close of, thereby rendering safety relief valves and safetyoverflows as useless.

5. Section 1004.1 Add requirement that open expansion be compatible with highly oxygenated water to avoid cor-rosion associated with fresh potable water (required on potable side of solar DHW tanks).

6. Section 1004.2 Modified section to require the overflow and pressure relief terminations of any given tank be ter-minated within the heated space to avoid the possibility of ice close off, thereby rendering safety relief valvesand safety overflows as useless.

7. Added to section 1004.5, specific language to provide instruction on proper sizing of open system and gravitysystem expansion tanks (fluid temperature expectations).

8 Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope ofthe proposed code.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. Photovoltaic systems are under the scope of the code. 2. No technical substantiation or justification is provided for the proposed changes.




ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0

261

USEHC 2015 – (1102.0 – 1102.3, 218.0): Item # 107



1102.0 Installation.1102.1 General. The selection of pumps shall be based on fluids to be pumped, pump head and flow rates, power source, max-imum operating temperatures, pressures and compatible materials for seals, gaskets etc. Circulating pumps shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 1102.2 Maintenance. Circulators shall be listed for their intendeduse based on the heat transfer medium. Circulators Circulating pumps shall be installed to allow for service and maintenance.The manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be followed for correct orientation and installation.1102.3 1102.2 Mounting. Where the installation of a circulating pump circulator will cause strain on the piping, the circu-lating pump circulator shall be supported in a manner that will eliminate strain on the piping. Where means for controllingvibration of a pump circulator is required, an approved means for support and restraint shall be provided.1102.3 Sizing. The selection and sizing of a circulator shall be based on all of the following:(1) Loop or system head pressure(2) Capacity, gallons per minute (L/s)(3) Maximum velocity, feet per second (m/s)(4) Maximum temperature, °F (°C)(5) Maximum working pressure, pounds-force per square inch (kPa)(6) Fluid type

218.0 205.0Circulators Pump (Circulating Pump). A device that circulates liquids or gases within a closed circuit for an intended pur-pose.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. Section 1102.2 (Maintenance) is being incorporated into Section 1102.1 (General) for ease of use. In Section

1102.1 (General), text pertaining to sizing of pumps is being deleted as it is already addressed in Section 1102.3(Sizing). Section 1102.3 (Sizing) will address the fundamental criteria that is necessary for correctly sizing apump. Furthermore, the changes to Section 1102.1 (General) thorough Section 1102.3 (Sizing) will correlatewith proposed language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by theUMC Technical Committee.

2. Circulators, when properly sized, overcome the friction loss of the piping to provide the necessary volume of fluidflow required by the circuits they serve. The circulator is the heart of any solar thermal, hydronics or geothermalheating system as it moves the water or other fluid through pipes from the heat source to the heat emitters andback again. Circulators move liquids around a closed-loop circuit by creating low pressure on the inlet side ofthe circulator. Circulators must be properly sized to accomplish this efficiently. The head pressure required toovercome the friction loss of the network of piping the circulator serves may be a single loop, zone or the entiresystem. The maximum desired velocity of the system fluid as it moves through the system must meet systemdesign specifications. The designer must also take into consideration the maximum temperature and workingpressure the circulator will be exposed to during system operation. Lastly, the type of fluid used as the heatingmedium must be taken into consideration as various mix ratios all have different densities and resulting frictionloss.

3. The text “pumps (circulating)” was revised to “circulators (circulating pumps)” in order to correlate with the pro-posed language submitted for the 2015 UMC, which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee.

262


1102.2 Mounting. The circulator shall be installed in such a way that strain from the piping is not transferred to the circula-tor housing. The circulator shall be permitted to be directly connected to the piping, provided the piping is supported on eachside of the circulator. Where the installation of a circulator will cause strain on the piping, the circulator shall be installed on amounting bracket or base plate supported in a manner that will eliminate strain on the piping. Where means for controllingvibration of a circulator is required, an approved means for support and restraint shall be provided.1102.3 Sizing. The selection and sizing of a circulator shall be based on all of the following: (1) Loop or system head pressure, feet of head (m)(2) Capacity, gallons per minute (L/s)(3) Maximum and minimum velocity, feet per second (m/s)(4) Maximum and minimum temperature, °F (°C)(5) Maximum working pressure, pounds-force per square inch (kPa)(6) Fluid type

205.0Circulators (Circulating Pump). A device that circulates liquids or gases within a closed circuit for an intended purpose.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT:1. The modification to Section 1102.2 will clarify that circulators installed within the piping must be supported to not

cause any torsional stress on the pump housing that can be transferred to the motor or other parts. 2. Section 1102.3 was modified to clarify that a circulator shall be sized based on the feet of head, maximum and

minimum velocity, and temperature. Furthermore, pump manufacturers select pumps based on feet of head. 3. The modification to the definition for “circulators (circulation pump)” is necessary as a circulator cannot pump

gases.



263

USEHC 2015 – (1102.4 – 1102.6): Item # 108



1102.4 Drainback Systems. For drainback solar thermal systems, a circulator without a check valve shall be installed. 1102.5 Pumps Used in Parallel. A check valve shall be installed downstream of each circulator installed in parallel. Cir-culators with integral check valves shall be permitted.1102.6 Cavitation. Systems, which utilize circulators, shall be designed such that the pressure of the system is more than thevapor pressure of the liquid it conveys.

SUBSTANTIATION:Many circulators come equipped with plastic check valves installed at the outlet of the pump. When such circulatorsare used, the check valve needs to be removed prior to installation, as it will prevent fluid to drain back to the heatexchanger. In a drainback system, when the pump is turned off, the fluid naturally flows back to the heat exchangerto avoid freezing in the piping. Therefore, the installer must make sure that they do not install a check valve in a drain-back system.

Whenever two or more circulators are used in parallel, a check valve must be present downstream of each cir-culator. This prevents flow reversal through a circulator that may be off because the system needs minimal flow orbecause of failure. Without this check valve, much of the flow produced by the active circulator would simply short-circuit backwards through the inactive circulator and cause excess vibration in the system.

Some circulator manufacturers offer circulators with integral spring loaded check valves. The integral checkvalve consists of a small spring-loaded valve housed within the outlet port of the circulator’s volute. Like stand alonecheck valves, its purpose is to prevent reverse flow as well as forward heat migration due to differences in fluid den-sity.

Cavitation occurs when a liquid at a given temperature has a pressure that drops below the vapor pressure. Theair bubbles which form will damage the valves, pump impellers, and volute.




264

USEHC 2015 – (1102.4): Item # 109



1102.4 Water Pumps. Motor operated water pumps shall comply with UL 778 and be installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION:This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 778 is the standard that is used to certify these prod-ucts. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to readily iden-tify the appropriate standard pertaining to motor operated water pumps.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standard within the code. Themanner by which the standard applies is not indicated.



265




CHAPTER 1113PUMPS

1101.0 1301.0 General.1101.1 1301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the installation, sizing, and operation of circulating pumps used in solarthermal systems.

1102.0 1302.0 Installation.1102.1 1302.1 General. The selection of pumps shall be based on fluids to be pumped, pump head and flow rates, powersource, maximum operating temperatures, pressures and compatible materials for seals, gaskets etc. Circulating pumps shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.1102.2 1302.2 Maintenance. Circulating pumps shall be installed to allow for service and maintenance.1102.3 1302.3 Mounting. Where the installation of a circulating pump will cause strain on the piping, the circulating pumpshall be supported in a manner that will eliminate strain on the piping. Where means for controlling vibration of a pump isrequired, an approved means for support and restraint shall be provided.

1103.0 1303.0 Design and Operation.1103.1 1303.1 Flow Rate. For drainback systems, the pump shall overcome the total head of the system while maintainingthe required collector flow rate. For all other systems the pump shall overcome the friction head of the system while maintain-ing the required collector flow rate.1103.2 1303.2 Materials. Circulating pumps shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the heat transfermedium.1103.3 1303.3 Operation. Over-temperature protection shall be provided for circulating pumps. The temperature set pointof the pump shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. The pumps shall automatically turn off when the system is notin operation.

SUBSTANTIATION:Moved Chapter 11 in entirety without revision to new Chapter 13.


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Rejected in favor of Item # 001 which relocates Chapter 11 to Chapter 3.



266

USEHC 2015 – (1101.0 – 1101.4, 206.0, 209.0): Item # 111



CHAPTER 11GEOTHERMAl ENERGY SYSTEMS

1101.0 General.1101.1 Applicability. This chapter applies to direct-expansion ground-source heat pumps and single-package or split-systemliquid-source and ground-source heat pumps using groundwater, submerged heat exchangers, or ground-heat exchangers as athermal source or sink for heating or cooling, with or without a supplementary heating source. A ground-source heat pump,accessory, component, equipment, or material used in an installation shall be of a type and rating approved for the specific use.The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location and installation of geothermal energy systems.1101.2 Construction Documents. The construction documents for geothermal energy systems shall be submitted to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction and shall include:(1) Required inspections and reports.(2) Excavation and backfill.(3) Specification of materials.(4) Heat transfer medium type.(5) Handling and storage of materials.(6) Testing protocols and purging.(8) Backflow prevention.(9) System identification and labeling.(10) Grouting materials and grouting installation procedures.(11) Commissioning of the system.(12) Start-up procedures and maintenance of the system.1101.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted prior to designing the geothermal system. Construction documents shallinclude the ground and water resources required for the geothermal energy system to be installed, physical limitations and lay-out of the land area including utilities, and subsurface conditions including the water table, test wells, and water supplies. Thedesign report shall include, but not limited to, the following information:(1) Specify the ground thermal properties and drilling conditions.(2) Indicate building arrangement into thermal comfort zones.(3) Calculate peak zone heating and cooling loads and estimate off-peak loads.(4) Estimate annual heat rejection into and absorption from loop field to identify potential ground temperature changes.(5) Specify operating temperatures and flow rates.(6) Provide heat pump performance at rated conditions to actual design conditions.(7) Arrange heat pump into ground loop circuits.(8) Specify loop field arrangements.(9) Determine the ground heat exchanger dimensions.1101.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior to the abandonment or decommissioning of a borehole or closedloop system the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

206.0Direct Exchange (DX). A ground-source heat pump that circulates a refrigerant through a closed-loop system.Direct Expansion System. See Direct Exchange (DX).

267

209.0Geothermal Energy System. A system that uses the earth’s interior thermal energy for space heating and cooling, and waterheating.Ground-Source Heat Pump. A device that uses the earth’s interior as a heat source or sink for heating and cooling. Wherecooling, heat is extracted from the space and dissipated into the earth; where heating, heat is extracted from the earth and pumpedinto the space.

SUBSTANTIATION:Note: Chapter 11 has been added and divided into separate proposals for discussion purposes. However, Item #111 through Item # 120 should be viewed as a whole.

Construction documents are required to be a quality and detail such that the Authority Having Jurisdiction can deter-mine that the work conforms to the code and other applicable laws and regulations. In order to properly design a geot-hermal system, it is important to know the seasonal variation in the soil temperature, as well as the soil’s inherentcapability to store and transmit heat, namely its heat capacity and thermal conductivity. These soil thermal proper-ties depend on soil porosity and moisture content. Therefore, any preliminary assessment of a potential geothermalheat pump system will require knowing the soil texture and average groundwater level at the site. Another importantgeologic feature is the depth of bedrock, which determines the feasibility of certain ground loop configurations. Theconstruction phase is dominated by observation of installation and verification of prefunctional checks and tests.The acceptance phase starts with functional tests and verification of all test results.

Proper decommissioning or abandonment eliminates the physical hazard of the well, eliminates a pathway formigration of contamination, prevents hydrologic changes in aquifers system, such as the changes in hydraulic headand mixing of water between aquifers. The actual method will depend on both the reason for abandonment and thecondition and construction details of the borehole or well. Many states have different requirements, therefore it isimperative to check with the local jurisdiction.

The sources of information and recommendations for this chapter are included as follows:1. See ASHRAE. Ground-Source Heat Pumps, Design of Geothermal Systems for Commercial and Institutional

Buildings, 1997. Stephen P. Kavanaugh and Kevin Rafferty. Atlanta, GA. 2. See International Ground-Source Heat Pump Association. Closed-Loop/Geothermal Heat Pump Systems,

Design and Installation Standards, 2011. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK. 3. See International Ground-Source Heat Pump Association. Ground Source Heat Pump Residential and Light

Commercial, Design and Installation Guide, 2011. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK. 4. See Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Generic Guide Specifications for Geothermal Heat Pump System Installa-

tion, 2000. Warren Thomas and Melissa Madgett. Oakridge, TN. 5. See ASHRAE Handbook. Chapter 34 Geothermal Energy, 2011. Atlanta, GA. 6. See CSA Standard C448-2013. Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems. Ontario, Canada.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: In general, it is my recommendation that any content referring to the buried "ground heat exchanger" bereferred to the state or local authority given the responsibility for ground water protection. It does not belong in a Build-ing Code. I continue to maintain that only the portion of the proposed code dealing with the above ground portion ofa geothermal energy system belongs in the USEHC.

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: The proposed standard goes beyond best practice and public health and safety, to include over bur-densome requirements on geothermal contractors to a level not required of other trades. The proposed code is a“wish list” of every possible design requirement in geothermal publications. Both the wording and content are prob-lematic. This section requires a complete rewrite which is best addressed through public comment with consensusfrom the geoexchange community.

268

USEHC 2015 – (1102.0 – 1102.1.2, 209.0, 225.0): Item # 112



1102.0 Groundwater Systems.1102.1 General. The potable water supply connected to a groundwater system shall be protected with an approved backflowprevention device. The connection of a discharge line to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewage disposal system,shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.1102.1.1 Test Wells. Test wells drilled to investigate subsurface conditions shall provide details of the groundwater location,chemical and physical characteristics, rock strata and temperature profiles. The number of test wells shall be determined inaccordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall be tested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24hours. Water samples shall be collected from each well to establish existing water quality levels are approved for groundwatersystem use. Water samples shall be analyzed for standard drinking water fecal and coliform content, bacterial iron, dissolvedminerals, pH, hardness, and other compounds in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Wells shall be tested fortheir recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capability. Monitoring wells shall be protected, and marked to allow for mon-itoring of ground temperature, groundwater levels and groundwater quality.1102.1.2 Installation of Water Wells. Water supply, recharge wells, and pumping equipment shall be hydraulically tested,sealed and grouted in accordance with approved well construction practices and submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdictionfor approval. Wells shall be tested for flow volume and water quality before final system design. Wells shall be disinfected uponcompletion in an approved manner. Verification shall be provided to the owner that the well is designed for the anticipatedpotable water and groundwater heat pump requirements.

209.0Groundwater Source. A geothermal energy system that uses the groundwater as a heat source or sink.

225.0Water Well. A hole constructed in the ground used to withdraw or reject water for an open-loop geothermal system.

SUBSTANTIATION:Tests can be performed for both water flow and water quality. In order to gain information about the producing aquifer,drawdown at other points in the area of the well, future drawdown and influences on other wells, a multi-well test isrecommended. In this test, the production well is pumped at a controlled rate, and at least one nearby well is mon-itored for water level. Recommended test periods are typically 24 hours or longer. These periods are frequentlyshortened, however, depending upon the quality of the data and the extent of available information on the aquifer.The purpose of water quality testing is to determine the chemical nature of the water and its impact upon systemmaterials selection and maintenance requirements. Water quality testing can be a critical part of the well testingphase if unusual or problem water chemistry is suspected.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: In general, it is my recommendation that any content referring to the buried "ground heat exchanger" bereferred to the state or local authority given the responsibility for ground water protection. It does not belong in a Build-ing Code. I continue to maintain that only the portion of the proposed Code dealing with the above ground portionof Geothermal Energy Systems belong in the USEHC.

269

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: Groundwater systems must be approved by local Department of Natural Resources (DNR), local Depart-ment of Water Resources, and any other local governmental agency in charge of ensuring the safety of local groundwater. I recommend deleting the entire Section 1102.0 and replacing with the following: “Groundwater systems shallbe approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.” Furthermore, I recommend deleting Sections 1102.1, 1102.1.1 and1102.1.2.

WAllACE: For health and safety of ground water, most states Department of Water Resources is the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction who should set these standards. The Authority Having Jurisdiction (e.g. Colorado Dept of WaterResources) should regulate the installation of ground source heat exchangers, not the code. This section addressesonly one type of GHEX (open loop) and is silent on other GHEX types that could affect ground water (such asmethanol installed in horizontal GHEX over a potable water source - stream or shallow well.) Ground source heatexchangers (GHEX) are not water wells, and the restrictions such as disinfecting open loop systems are not appli-cable.Other issues are as follows:(1) We donʼt connect GHEX to potable water systems (like radiant refill); (2) Code should not mandate or infer a man-date to drill test wells and what data needs to be collected; (3) approved well construction practices is undefined;(4) Why disinfect geothermal wells when an open loop system by default is open so any disinfection is not sustain-able; (5) Multi-well test is overly burdensome and left to system designer to determine number of wells.

Section 1102.0 (Groundwater Systems) must be rewritten to reflect industry practices for health and safety, with-out being overly burdensome by applying water well practices to GHEX.

270

USEHC 2015 – (1103.0 – 1103.2, 209.0): Item # 113



1103.0 Design of Systems.1103.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of the ground heat exchanger shall be based on the building designloads, monthly and annual heating and cooling loads, soil thermal and temperature properties, heat exchanger geometry and pipethermal properties, and the capacities and efficiencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop.1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat transfer

between the supply and return piping or insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. (2) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insu-

lation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab.

(3) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing.(4) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line.(5) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or

pond.(6) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger

system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.(7) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accor-

dance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.(8) Grout shall be applied in a single continuous operation into the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a tremie pipe

after fluid is circulated in the annular space to clear obstructions.

209.0Ground-Heat Exchanger. An underground closed-loop heat exchanger through which a heat-transfer medium passes to andfrom a heat pump.

SUBSTANTIATION: Sizing of the ground-heat exchanger may be accomplished with one of the many computer programs available orheating and cooling design loads, energy loads and ground loads. The type of system to be installed is based onthe available land area and the geotechnical survey at the site before the ground loop is designed. In addition, spec-ifications need to address the total ground coil length, minimum bore separation distance, and U-tube diameter toensure acceptable maximum and minimum liquid loop temperatures during the life of the system, specify heat pumpequipment that will operate efficiently with the liquid temperature, ground and building piping loops with adequateflow to ensure effective heat transfer without creating unacceptable head losses or excessive pumping energy.Lastly, design a layout that can be purged of air and debris, balanced with 15% without flow regulators, and connectedin a minimum number of trenches or pits. Piping must be protected from freezing. Where piping is installed in an exte-rior wall or ceiling of a space intended for occupancy (in other words, a heated space), some degree of freeze pro-tection can be achieved by making sure that the thermal insulation for the wall (or ceiling) is installed between theoutdoor surface and the piping. Whether or not this arrangement will prevent freezing temperatures at the piping loca-tion depends on the climatic conditions, the thickness of insulation (between the outdoor surface and the piping) andthe room temperature. Note that there must always be a heat source along with an appropriate insulation thicknessin order to protect pipes from freezing conditions. Insulation by itself (without a heat source) cannot protect a pipefrom freezing; insulation only slows the rate of heat loss.

Typically, rigid foam board insulation is used for insulating slabs on grade that will be heated by geothermal sys-tems. For most manufacturers of this product, an R-value of 5 equates to a 1-inch material thickness. Other typesof insulation products that are suitable for under slab installation are also available.


271



COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: Most of this section addresses best practices and not specific code language. In general, it is my recom-mendation that any content referring to the buried "ground heat exchanger" be referred to the state or local author-ity given the responsibility for ground water protection. It does not belong in a Building Code. I continue to maintainthat only the portion of the proposed code dealing with the above ground portion of a geothermal energy systembelongs in the USEHC.

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: The submission does not provide specific guidance on geothermal ground heat exchanger design thatis related to building application type (commercial, residential, industrial); and therefore leaves out critical analysisfor block for bin load modeling. Does not address requirement for trace wire or marking ground heat exchangers.Limits supply and return spacing which is not an issue as both supply and return piping provide connectivity with thesoil. Too many issues to address in this limited forum. Will provide alternative proposal in public forum.

272

USEC 2015 – (1103.3 – 1103.4.2): Item # 114



1103.3 Verification. For loop systems, the system shall be flushed of debris and purged of air after the assembly of each sub-header and after completion of the entire ground-heat exchanger. A report shall be submitted to the owner to confirm that theloop flow is in accordance with the original design and balanced.1103.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to a depth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to its spec-ified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shall be visuallyinspected for integrity as specified by the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend joint and pipe shall be filled withwater and pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before insertion. To reduce thermal inter-ference between individual bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separa-tion distances shall be permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.1103.4.1 Backfill. Thermally-enhanced bentonite grout shall be used to seal and backfill each borehole. Grouting compound(bentonite-based and thermal enhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60.1103.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall be thermally fused to the horizontal supply and return headers (or subhead-ers) in the trench. The assembly shall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution) and purged at a flow rate that exceeds2 feet per second (0.6 m/s). Once purged, the U-bend and header assemblies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689kPa) and maintained for 1 hour.For DX systems, each U-bend shall be tested and proved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) and main-tained for 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting of the boreholes shall be maintainedin the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.


Note: NSF 60 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron-ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: The installation of vertical ground loops require that the installation of a leak-free loop, backfill of the loop-to-boreannulus to ensure good heat transfer to the ground and groundwater protection. U-tubes can be manufactured bythe pipe manufacturer with automated equipment at the factory. It is recommended that vertical bores should bedrilled to sufficient depths to ensure that the entire length of the U-tube is inserted, the annular space between thetubing and borehole wall is filled to ensure good heat transfer from the loop to the ground and to prevent flow of con-taminated water from the surface to the groundwater. To reduce thermal interference between boreholes, a recom-mended separation distance of 20 feet is required.



STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCEDSECTION

NSF 60-2012* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 1103.4.1

273


COMMENTS ON AFFIRMATIVE:CUDAHY: I think having the hydronic and DX refrigerant types of geothermal systems in the same text is confus-ing, and the sections should be separated.

MElINE: In general, it is my recommendation that any content referring to the buried "ground heat exchanger" bereferred to the state or local authority given the responsibility for ground water protection. It does not belong in a Build-ing Code. I continue to maintain that only the portion of the proposed code dealing with the above ground portion ofa geothermal energy system belongs in the USEHC.

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: Standard practice is to pressure test before and after insertion of piping in a borehole, for which this pro-posal provides no allowance. Keeping piping under pressure during insertion has its own liabilities not addressed.Alternative wording will be provided as a public comment.

274

USEHC 2015 – (1103.5 – 1103.7, Table 1201.1): Item # 115



1103.5 Ground-Heat Exchanger Underground Piping Materials. Underground and submerged piping for ground-heatexchanger shall be polyethylene (PE) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.1 and Section 1103.5.1.1 or cross-linkedpolyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.2 and Section 1103.5.2.1.1103.5.1 Polyethylene (PE). Polyethylene pipe or tubing shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness andrespective tolerances in accordance with ASTM D3035, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714 or CSA B137.1. Pipe or tubing shall havea maximum dimension ratio of 11 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F(23°C).

Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM D2683 for socketfusion fittings, ASTM D3261 for butt/sidewall fusion fittings or ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings.1103.5.1.1 Joining Methods for Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing,or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and one of the following heat fusionmethods:(1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fit-

ting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper meltis obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force.

(2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620, by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipeend and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by insertingone into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.

(3) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipeto prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heatthe joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.

1103.5.2 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX). Cross-linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured to outside diameters,wall thickness and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM F876, ASTM F877 or CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have adimension ratio of 9 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C).

Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM F1055 for elec-trofusion fittings, and ASTM F2080 or CSA 137.5 for cold-expansion compression sleeve fittings.1103.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyeth-ylene (PEX) pipe, tubing or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one ofthe following methods:(1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe

to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heatthe joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.

(2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expandertool, inserting the cold-expression fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe andthe fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted tobe buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering.

1103.6 DX Systems. Copper pipe and tubing installed for DX systems shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTMB280 and copper fittings in accordance with ASME B16.22. Joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazingalloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8. Underground piping and tubing shall have a cathodic pro-tection system installed.1103.7 Indoor Piping. Indoor piping, fittings, and accessories that are part of the groundwater system and are not isolatedfrom the groundwater by a water-to-water heat exchanger shall be non-ferrous. Such materials shall be rated for the operatingtemperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of transfer medium. For DX systems, joints shallbe purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8.

275


Note: ASTM B280, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714, and ASTM F2620 meets the requirement for mandatory refer-ence standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Developmentof the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: Piping, fittings and joints must be compatible with the heat transfer fluid, antifreeze (or the refrigerant in the case ofdirect exchange systems) and corrosion resistant. For discussion purposes, piping is divided into underground pip-ing for geothermal applications and indoor piping. In accordance with ASHRAE, Chapter 34 Geothermal Systems,carbon steel piping has shown good service in a number of systems as long as the system design excluded oxy-gen. However, the introduction of 0.03 mg/kg oxygen under turbulent flow conditions causes a fourfold increase inuniform corrosion. Saturation with air often increases the corrosion rate by at least 15 times. Oxygen contaminationat the 0.05 mg/kg level causes severe pitting and chronic oxygen contamination causes rapid failure. External sur-faces of buried steel pipe must be protected from contact with groundwater. Groundwater is aerated and has causedpipe failures by external corrosion. External protection can be obtained by coatings, wraps or pre-insulated providedthe selected material resists the system operating temperature and thermal stress. Carbon steel piping is primarilyused on the inside or clean loop side of the isolation heat exchanger. In both underground and aboveground instal-lations, allowance for expansion joints or loops must be provided. For these reasons, carbon steel is not recom-mended for underground piping, but may be used as an acceptable indoor piping material.

Copper-tubed fan-coil units and heat exchangers have consistently poor performance because of traces of sulfidespecies found in geothermal fluids in the United States. Copper tubing rapidly becomes fouled with cuprous sul-fide films more than .04 mm thick. Serious crevice corrosion occurs at cracks in the film, and uniform corrosion ratesof 50 to 150 mils per year appear typical, based on failure analysis. Much less information is available regarding cop-per and copper alloys in non-heat-transfer service. Copper pipe shows corrosion behavior similar to copper heatexchange tubes under conditions of moderate turbulence. Solder is yet another problem area for copper equipment.Lead tin solder (50, 50) was observed to fail by dealloying after a few years’ exposure. Silver solder (1Ag, 7P, Cu)was completely removed from joints in under two years. If the designer elects to accept this risk, solders containingat least 70% tin should be used. For this reason, copper is not recommended for use in systems where it is exposedto the geothermal fluid (underground or indoor piping). This section does not apply to DX systems as the refrigerantis an inert gas - it does not, cannot cause electrolysis, so it will not corrode from the inside.

Unlike copper and cupronickel, stainless steels are not affected by traces of hydrogen sulfide. Their most likely appli-cation is heat exchange surfaces. For economic reasons, most heat exchangers are probably of the plate-and-frametype, most of which are fabricated with one of two standard alloys, Type 304 and Type 316 austenitic stainless steel.Some pump and valve trim also are fabricated from these or other stainless steels. These alloys are subject to pit-ting and crevice corrosion above a threshold chloride level, which depends on the chromium and molybdenum con-tent of the alloy and on the temperature of the geothermal fluid. Above this temperature, the passivation film, whichgives the stainless steel its corrosion resistance, is ruptured, and local pitting and crevice corrosion occur Type 316is resistant at that temperature until the chloride level reaches approximately 510 mg/kg. Because of its 2% to 3%molybdenum content, Type 316 is always more resistant to chlorides than is Type 304. Stainless steel is recom-mended for the interior piping portion.

Aluminum alloys are not acceptable in most cases because of catastrophic pitting.


ASTM B280-2013 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service Piping, Ferrous 1103.6ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1ASTM F2620-2012* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings Joints 1103.5.1.1

276

CPVC and PVC materials are easily fabricated and are not adversely affected by oxygen intrusion. External pro-tection against groundwater is not required. The mechanical properties of these materials at higher temperatures mayvary greatly from those at ambient temperature, and the materials’ mechanical limits should not be exceeded. Theusual mode of failure is creep rupture: strength decays with time. Manufacturer’s directions for joining should be fol-lowed to avoid premature failure of joints. CPVC and PVC are not recommended for underground piping of theground heat exchanger. However, CPVC and PVC have been used for the interior piping portions.

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) is a high-density polyethylene material in which the individual molecules are“cross-linked” during the production of the material. The effect of the crosslinking imparts physical qualities to the pip-ing which allow it to meet the requirements of much higher temperature/pressure applications Joining the piping isaccomplished through the use of specially designed, conversion fittings which are generally of brass construction.Piping with and without an oxygen diffusion barrier is available. The oxygen barrier prevents the diffusion of oxygenthrough the piping wall and into the water. This is necessary corrosion prevention for closed systems in which fer-rous materials are included. PEX is recommended for underground and indoor piping.

Polyethylene (PE) is in the same chemical family (polyolefin) and is similar in physical characteristics. It is a flexi-ble material available in a wide variety of sizes. This is the most common type of piping materials for undergroundportion of a ground source heat pump. In order to maintain a consistent pressure rating over a range of dimensions,PE is manufactured according to dimension ratios to determine wall thickness. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) isthe ratio of the pipe outside diameter to the wall thickness and relates to the pressure rating of the pipe. One advan-tage of using the SDR designation is a consistent pressure rating for all pipe diameters unlike Schedule 40 or 80pipes. In the schedule dimension ratio, pipe pressure ratings decrease as the pipe dimension increases because thepipe wall thickness does not increase proportionally to the pipe diameter. SDR 17 is generally rated at 100 psi forall diameters, SDR 11 is rated at 160 psi, and SDR 9 is rated at 200 psi. The only recommended joining method isby thermal fusion. Polyethylene is recommended for underground and indoor piping.





EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:CUDAHY: Other plastic materials can be used in ground loops, such as PP, composite, etc. Also, still would like tosee hydronic based and DX based systems in different sections of the code.

WAllACE: This submission covers a wide range of issues and technologies associated with geothermal heatexchanger installation without consensus from the geothermal community. One poor example is permitting PEX pip-ing to be used in a ground heat exchanger installation without the appropriate guidance to ensure piping does notfreeze with above ground manifolds or damaged due to exposure to UV. Public comment will provide a tighter code-like specification which is both accurate and applicable to geothermal installations. Too many issues to address inthis limited forum. Will submit as public comment.

277

USEHC 2015 – (1104.0 – 1104.7): Item # 116



1104.0 Installation.1104.1 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill. Prior to any excavation, trenching, or drilling, buried utilities, drainage,water, and irrigation systems shall be located. Prior to any excavation, trenching, or drilling, the contractor and owner shallagree in writing to site restoration requirements and submit to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. 1104.2 Trenches, Tunneling, and Driving. Trenches shall comply with Section 308.1. Tunneling and driving shall com-ply with Section 308.2.1104.3 Excavations and Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of piping or tubing shallcomply with Section 308.3. Piping or tubing shall be supported to maintain its alignment and prevent sagging. Piping in theground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved in accor-dance with Section 302.0. Piping or tubing shall be backfilled after inspection in accordance with Section 308.41104.4 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures. Piping and tubing passing under or through walls shall be pro-tected from breakage in accordance with Section 402.1.1. Piping and tubing installed within a building and in or under a con-crete floor slab resting on the ground shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.2. Piping and tubing shall be installedin accordance with Section 402.1.3 to provide for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. An electrically continuouscorrosion-resistant tracer wire (not less than AWG 14) or tape shall be buried with the plastic pipe to facilitate locating. One endshall be brought aboveground at a building wall or riser.1104.5 Sleeves. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight and shall notbe subject to a load from building construction in accordance with Section 402.1.4.1104.6 Steel Nail Plates. Steel nail plates shall be installed for plastic and copper piping penetrating framing members towithin 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing in accordance with Section 402.1.7.1104.7 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested in accordance withSection 402.1.6.

SUBSTANTIATION: Piping installed within or under a footing or foundation wall must be structurally protected from any transferred load-ing from the footing or foundation wall. This protection may be provided by a relieving arch or a pipe sleeve. Whena sleeve is used, it must be sized larger than the penetrating pipe. This space will allow for any differential move-ment of the pipe. By providing structural protection to the piping system, the piping will not be subjected to unduestresses that could cause it to rupture and leak.

A section was added to minimize the possibility of pipe damage caused by nails, screws or other fasteners. Becausenails and screws sometimes miss the stud, rafter, joist or sole or top plates, the shield must protect the pipe throughthe full width of the member on each side and must extend not less than 2 inches above or below the sole or topwall plates.

A trench must be wide enough to allow for proper alignment of the piping system. Piping is best supported when itrests directly on the bottom of a solid, continuous trench for its entire length. Piping must not be supported inter-mittently by hard surfaces, such as rock or concrete as this creates “point loads” on the pipe wall. Bedding providesa continuous “smooth” cradled support to insure that the pipe is not exposed to concentrated “point” loads which couldultimately cause pipe failure. Proper backfilling technique is important to ensure that the pipe remains aligned in itsbedded position, especially where there will be loads from additional backfill. Piping in trenches under a slab-on-ground buildings need not be buried any more than what is necessary to provide for a full thickness of the concreteslab above.

278

There are many variables to consider during the design and installation of hangers and supports. Considerationmust be given to the type and size of the pipe material; the weight of the pipe, fittings and contents; the structuralelement available for attachment; earthquake motions; vibration-sensitive applications and thermal expansion andcontraction. Other load conditions to consider include the weight of valves and appurtenances; insulating materials;and hanger and support components. When the hanger or strapping material is not compatible with the piping mate-rial it supports, corrosion caused by galvanic action can occur. This happens when dissimilar metals are in contactwith one another and sufficient moisture is present to carry an electrical current. Such corrosion can deteriorate thehanger, anchor or piping to the point of failure. Where metallic pipe is installed, the hangers or supports must be ofsimilar material to prevent any corrosive galvanic action. Ultimately, a support is only as strong as its means ofattachment and the member to which it is attached.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: Section is incomplete and mandates requirements on contractors which do not affect health, safety orbest practices. Requirements for site restoration are outside code authority. Tunneling is non-descript and inconsistentwith horizontal boring, and should require input from these trade professionals. Piping in trenching is not supported.Mandates for pipe supports should be specific distances and are addressed in other parts of this code by materialtype. Sheathing requirements are stated without specifying a standard for waterproofing, and this requirement dupli-cates other sections with respect to building penetrations. Penetration below grade vertically through poured slabsis not addressed. Backfilling materials are non-descript while requiring horizontal piping to be on a "firm" bed with-out a definition. There are so many revisions required in content and wording that public comment is the best venueto make these recommendations.

279

USEHC 2015 – (1105.0 – 1105.4, Table 1201.1): Item # 117



1105.0 Specific System Components Design.1105.1 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer or heat recovery, shall protect the potable water system frombeing contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall meet the requirement in Section 406.1.1. Dou-ble-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat transfer medium by providing a space between the twowalls that are vented to the atmosphere.1105.2 Heat-Transfer Medium. The heat-transfer medium shall be compatible with all components with which it comes intocontact. Where antifreeze or corrosion inhibitors are used, such solutions shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion. The flash point of the heat-transfer medium shall be not less than 194°F (90°C). For DX systems, the heat transfer mediumshall be a refrigerant listed in ASHRAE 34 or the mechanical code. The heat-transfer fluid shall provide freeze protection to notless than 9°F (-13°C) below the minimum loop-design temperature.1105.3 On Site Storage. Exterior piping shall be fitted with end caps and protected from freezing, UV radiation, corrosionand degradation. For DX systems, copper piping and fittings shall be stored to prevent physical damage, contamination and eachpipe or tubing shall be pressurized with an inert gas and sealed with a cap. 1105.4 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless theyare protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the sleeve insulation shall retain its full size over the length of the mate-rial being protected.


Note: ASHRAE 34 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy &Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: Heat exchangers using an essentially toxic transfer fluid must be double-wall construction. An air gap open to theatmosphere must be provided between the two walls. Heat exchangers using an essentially nontoxic transfer fluidsafe by the food and drug administration may be of single-wall construction. In addition, the maximum operating pres-sure of the heat exchanger does not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable water supply. Theextent of isolation required for a heat exchanger depends on the type of fluid used on the nonpotable side of the heatexchanger. The double-wall heat exchanger must have an intermediate space between the walls that is open to theatmosphere. This type of construction would allow any leakage of fluid through the walls of the heat exchanger todischarge externally to the heat exchanger where it would be observable.

The intent of requiring insulation where the temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants exceeds140°F is to protect occupants from burn injury.


STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATION REFERENCEDSECTION

ASHRAE 34-2010 Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants RefrigerantClassifications

1105.2

280



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:GIllESPIE: Our goal is to protect health and safety of the potable water with a single wall heat exchanger. Heattransfer medium is either water or contains fluids which are listed on the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21, Foodand Drugs; Chapter 1, Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Food Substances Affirmed as Generally Recognizedas Safe (GRAS). The heat transfer medium shall be a fluid registered by an accredited organization as acceptablefor use as a heat transfer fluid where there is a possibility of incidental food contact. NSF registration HT-1, or equalregistration.

FDA will only approve direct food additives; therefore FDA does not approve heat transfer fluid for solar, hydronicor ground source heating systems. Also, FDA only refers to additives when used in food and does approve mixinginhibitors into heat transfer fluids for a high temperature application in solar thermal systems. When mixing inhibitorstogether it can create a heat transfer fluid which could be toxic and contaminate the potable water system.

As a manufacturer, we can only self certify that our particular FDA food additive mixture of heat transfer fluid issafe. We have found that NSF is an independent third party that performs a toxicology assessment of our FDA addi-tive mixture of heat transfer fluid, and registers it as safe to protect the health and safety of potable water systems.

We have had inspectors asking for documents stating that our particular mixture of heat transfer fluid is listedsafe by an independent recognized organization.

I would recommend the following language: “Heat exchangers shall protect the potable water system from beingcontaminated by the heat transfer medium. Systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger to separatepotable water from the heat-transfer fluid shall meet the following requirements:(1) Heat transfer medium is either water or contains fluids which are listed on the Code of Federal Regulations, Title21, Food and Drugs; Chapter 1, Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Food Substances Affirmed as Generally Rec-ognized as Safe (GRAS). The heat transfer medium shall be a fluid registered by an accredited organization asacceptable for use as a heat transfer fluid where there is a possibility of incidental food contact. NSF registration HT-1, or equal registration.”

281

USEHC 2015 – (1106.0 – 1106.2): Item # 118



1106.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger Testing.1106.1 Testing. Pressure-testing of the ground-heat exchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heat exchanger intothe borehole, after the assembly of each runout, including connections to the boreholes or horizontal heat exchangers, connec-tions to subheaders and after the complete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed, purged, and backfilled.

Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure-tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15 min-utes without pressure drop prior to the insertion into the boreholes. This pressure shall be maintained in the piping or tubing fornot less than 1 hour after the completion of tremie-grouting the borehole.1106.2 DX System Testing. For DX systems, each loop shall be tested with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa)for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after grouting of the boreholes shall be maintained inthe ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

SUBSTANTIATION: Testing is necessary to make sure that the system is free from leaks or other defects. Testing is also required, to theextent specified in the technical chapters of the code. For DX systems, after each loop is assembled, a pressure testusing air or an inert gas is required to determine whether the system leaks. Refrigerant cannot be used for testingbecause the purpose of testing is to find and repair any leaks before the system is charged with refrigerant, therebypreventing exposure of anyone to the refrigerant. Also, testing with refrigerant introduces the additional and unnec-essary risk of environmental damage from release of refrigerant to the atmosphere.





EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: The submission requires pressure testing of piping before, during, and after insertion into bore holes.This is non-standard and can create risk to drillers with certain equipment configurations by maintaining pressureon plastic piping. An acceptable alternative is pressure testing before and after insertion. Under pressure, plastic pip-ing tends to expand and requiring the same pressure on the pipe for two hours is highly dependent on pipe andground temperature. The wording is inconsistent with manufacturer recommendations and industry common prac-tices for ensuring proper installation. The testing process assumes vertical bore holes, and does not address hori-zontal heat exchangers or horizontal boring. The testing time limits are arbitrary and inconsistent with any otherstandard.

This section requires a major rewrite, but alternatives include changing testing pressures and test duration asaddressed above to permit adequate leak testing before and after pipe insertion into the bore hole.

282

USEHC 2015 – (1107.1 – 1107.4, Table 1201.1, 209.0): Item # 119



1107.0 Heat Pump and Distribution System Design.1107.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirementsin accordance with ISO 13256-1. Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating per-formance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rat-ing performance requirements in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat pump equipment used in DX systems shall comply withAHRI 870. Heat pumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that the compressor is locked out.1107.2 Heat Pump Distribution System. The heat pump distribution system shall be designed as follows:(1) Selection for circulation pump(s) and boiler(s) shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.(2) Individual heat pumps shall have the capacity to handle the peak load for each zone at its peak hour.(3) Reverse-return piping shall be installed to minimize the need for balancing.(4) Distribution piping and fittings shall be insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-3 value to prevent condensation.(5) An isolation valve shall be installed on both supply and return of each unit.(6) A balancing valve on the return shall be installed for each heat pump.(7) Condensate drains on heat pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.(8) Air filters shall be installed for heat pump units.(9) Drain valves shall be installed at the base of each supply and return pipe riser for system flushing.(10) Piping shall be supported in accordance with Section 307.0 and provisions for vibration, expansion or contraction shall

be provided. (11) Specifications for each heat pump, the heating and cooling capacity, the fluid flow rate, the airflow rate, and the external

pressure or head shall be provided to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.(12) Manually controlled air vents shall be installed at the high points in the system and drains at the low points. Where the heat-

transfer fluid is a salt or alcohol, automatic air vents shall not be installed.(13) Means for flow balancing for the building loop shall be provided.(14) Supply and return header temperatures and pressures shall be marked.1107.3 Circulating Pumps. The circulating pump shall be sized in accordance with the heat pump manufacturer’s instruc-tions and minimum flow rates under operating conditions. The heat transfer fluid properties and minimum operational temper-atures shall be used when sizing the circulating pump. Where heat pumps are installed with integral circulating pumps, theground heat exchanger shall be designed to be compatible with the flow rate and developed head of the integral circulatingpump.

Circulating pumps that are activated automatically when the main pump fails shall be designed into the system.1107.4 Heat Pump and Distribution System Installation. The heat pump and distribution system shall be installed inaccordance with the system’s design, with this code, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

209.0Geoexchange. See Geothermal Energy System.



AHRI 870-2005* Performance Rating of Direct Geoexchange Heat Pumps Equipment 1107.1ISO 13256-1-1998 (RA2012)*

Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water-to-Airand Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps

Equipment 1107.1

ISO 13256-2-1998 Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps

Equipment 1107.1

283

Note: AHRI, ISO 13256-1, and ISO 13256-2 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards inaccordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uni-form Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION: The designer should carefully consider the building owner’s maintenance capability. It is often a disservice to a cus-tomer to specify a control system that cannot be adjusted and maintained by personnel with average skills. Propersizing of the circulating pump will be within the heat pump manufacturer’s required flow rate range for the specifiedunit. Isolation valves are necessary in such systems so that major components can be isolated from the system toaccommodate servicing as well as protecting the components when required pressure testing. Valves must belocated on the supply and return piping so that the component or group of components may be separated from therest of the system when servicing is required. Valves are also used to take system components out of service tem-porarily. Isolation valves should be installed to allow the isolation of any device or component that will require serv-icing, repair or replacement at regular intervals. Flow balancing is a set of techniques to ensure that the intendedamount of water reaches each terminal unit. This is done typically by means of calibrated flow control valves placedthroughout the building. Balancing also enables the detection and correction of problems (i.e., air in system, defi-cient balancing valves, etc). If the system is not balanced properly water will flow to the path of least resistancecausing temperature variation and increased operating costs.

Flow sensing devices must be installed with any direct fired heat source which requires forced circulation to avoidoverheating such as those with coil or fin tube type exchangers that will shut down the supply.




COMMENT ON AFFIRMATIVE:MElINE: Much of this content is best practices and duplicates content for general piping systems. Note that wedon't put “salt” in a ground heat exchanger loop. We typically provide propylene glycol or other approved anti-freezesolutions in loops in cold regions as permitted by the local or state authority (ground water protection).

EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: “Brine” inferring the use of salt as antifreeze is not permitted in ground heat exchangers due to corro-siveness. Nomenclature is a carryover from European references. The standards listed are neither comprehensivenor necessarily applicable to an installation contractor. Lock out is non-descript and allows the shutdown of the heatpump to serve as a means (failure). A heat pump can lock out for a number of failures unrelated to the compressor,so this isolated fault is not comprehensive to ensure proper installation. Heat pumps do not have be designed to han-dle peak load, as energy efficiency strategies include heat pump design to partial loads augmented with electricheat (the standard in Sweden which has 99% residential installation rate). Insulation on distribution piping is forinternal piping only, not that piping in the ground. Balancing valves are a poor installation requirement showingimproper design and causing unnecessary head pressure on pumps versus properly designed systems. Three wayflush ports are descript for flushing the system, and the requirement for drain valves on supply and return “risers” isneither standard nor enforcing a safety or reliability issue addressed by manufacturers. Heat pump specifications pro-vided to the Authority Having Jurisdiction should be consistent with those requirements of other trades with non-geot-hermal equipment. Flow balancing within a building is a fix to a design problem that is not addressed in thissubmission. Either proper balancing or mechanical balancing are alternatives. Ground loops do not have air ventslike a hydronic system. This is a poor practice and can introduce air into the pressurized ground loop system. Saltis not an acceptable antifreeze. Severe problems identified above are best addressed as a public comment.

284

USEHC 2015 – (1108.0 – 1108.2): Item # 120



1108.0 System Start-Up.1108.1 General. The following requirements shall be verified prior to system start-up.(1) Piping shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium.(2) The internal and the external heat exchanger loop shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium before

connection of the loops.(3) The air shall be purged from the piping system.(4) The method used for the removal of air and adding additional heat transfer fluid (where necessary) shall be provided.(5) The heat pumps shall be operational and adjustments shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation

instructions.(6) Valves and operating controls shall be set, adjusted, and operating as required.(7) The system shall be labeled at the loop charging valves with a permanent-type label. Where antifreeze is used, the labels

shall indicate the antifreeze type and concentration.(8) DX systems shall have permanent type labels installed and affixed on the compressor unit with the refrigerant type and

quantity.(9) Supply and return lines, as well as associated isolation valves, from individual boreholes or water wells shall be identi-

fied and tagged.(10) For DX systems, refrigerant liquid and vapor lines from the loop system shall be identified and tagged.(11) Supply and return lines on submerged systems shall be identified in an approved manner, at the point of entry to a surface

water resource.1108.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An operation and maintenance manual for the geothermal system shall beprovided to the owner. The manual shall include information on required testing and maintenance of the system. Training shallbe provided on the system’s operation, maintenance requirements, and on the content of the operation and maintenance man-ual. The operation and maintenance manual shall contain a layout of the ground-heat exchanger and building loop.

SUBSTANTIATION: The initial startup, check for system operation, and to help diagnose problems that may be encountered during thisphase. A static system check is performed before the system is turned on to identify obvious problems that must beresolved before proper operation can be expected. A dynamic system check is performed after the system has beenstarted and consists of measuring various system performance parameters to ensure that the system is performingas promised. Many checklists are commercially available for each type of system. During construction, excavation,and pipe assembly create the greatest opportunity for dirt and construction residue, or other contaminants, whileavoiding contact with the pump impellers and any other system interior piping components. Before starting the com-pleted system, the piping must be flushed, purged and pressurized.




EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:WAllACE: Submission goes well beyond public health and safety, and gets into manufacturer startup processeswhich are highly dependent on specific equipment configurations. This section does not have consensus from thegeothermal community. Too extensive and requires a major rewrite that will be submitted as a public comment.

285

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 6, Table 1201.1, 204.0, 205.0, 207.0, 210.0, 212.0, Item # 121215.0, 218.0, 224.0):



CHAPTER 6GEOTHERMAl HEATING AND COOlING

601.0 Geothermal Systems.601.1 Applicability. Geothermal systems that use the earth or body of water as a heat source or sink for heating or coolingshall be in accordance with Section 601.1.1 through Section 605.2.601.1.1 Design, Installation and Testing. Geothermal systems shall be designed by a registered design professional. Thegeothermal system design, installation and testing shall be in accordance with CSA C448. 601.1.2 Heat Pump Approval. Water source heat pumps used in conjunction with geothermal heat exchangers shall be listedand labeled for use in such systems and shall be designed for the minimum and maximum design water temperature.601.2 Ground Source Heat Pump-loop Systems. Ground source heat pump ground-loop piping and tubing material forwater-based systems shall comply with the standards cited in this appendix.601.3 Material Rating. Piping shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressure of the ground source heat pump-loopsystem. Fittings shall be rated for the temperature and pressure applications and recommended by the manufacturer for instal-lation with the piping material installed. Where used underground, materials shall be approved for burial.601.4 Used Materials. The installation of used pipe, fittings, valves, and other materials shall not be permitted.601.5 Piping and Tubing Materials Standards. Ground source heat pump ground-loop pipe and tubing shall comply withthe standards listed in Table 601.5.

TABlE 601.5PlASTIC GROUND SOURCE lOOP PIPING

601.6 Fittings. Fittings for ground source heat pump systems shall be approved for installation with the piping materials tobe installed, and shall comply with the standards listed in Table 601.6.

MATERIAl STANDARDChlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) ASTM D2846; ASTM F441; ASTM F442

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) ASTM F876; ASTM F877; CSA B137.5Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) pressure

pipeASTM F1282; CSA B137.9

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) ASTM D2737; ASTM D3035; ASTM F714; AWWA C901;CSA B137.1; CSA C448; NSF 358-1

Polypropylene (PP-R) ASTM F2389; CSA B137.11Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ASTM D1785; ASTM D2241

Polyethylene Raised Temperature (PE-RT) ASTM F2623; ASTM F2769

286

TABlE 601.6GROUND SOURCE lOOP PIPE FITTINGS

602.0 Joints and Connections.602.1 Approval. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints and connections shall be tight for the pressure ofthe ground source-loop system. Joints and fittings used underground shall be approved for buried applications.602.2 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various piping materials shall be made with approved transitionfittings.602.3 Preparation of Pipe Ends. Pipe shall be cut square, reamed, and free of burrs and obstructions. Pipe ends shall havefull-bore openings and shall not be undercut. CPVC, PE, and PVC pipe shall be chamfered.602.4 Joint Preparation and Installation. Where required by Section 602.6 through Section 602.12.2, the preparation andinstallation of mechanical and thermoplastic-welded joints shall be in accordance with Section 602.4 and Section 602.5.602.5 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.602.6 Thermoplastic-Welded Joints. Joint surfaces for thermoplastic welded joints shall be cleaned by an approved pro-cedure. Joints shall be welded in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.602.7 CPVC Plastic Pipe. Joints between CPVC plastic piping and fittings shall comply with Section 602.7.1 and Section602.7.2.602.7.1 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier plastic pipe shall be threadedwith dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant, pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the malethreads only and shall be approved for application on the piping material.602.7.2 Solvent Cement. Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solventcements in accordance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer, shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored andbe in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does not require the use ofprimers, yellow or red in color shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, 1⁄2 of aninch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter.602.8 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Tubing. Compression or plastic to metal transition joints between cross-linked polyethylene plastic tubing and fittings shall comply with Section 602.8.1 and Section 602.8.2. Mechanical joints shallcomply with Section 602.5.602.8.1 Compression-Type Fittings. Where compression- type fittings include inserts and ferrules or O-rings, the fittingsshall be installed with the inserts and ferrules or O-rings.602.8.2 Plastic-to-Metal Connections. Soldering on the metal portion of the system shall be performed not less than 18inches (457 mm) from a plastic-to-metal adapter in the same water line.602.9 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Tubing. Joints between polyethylene plastic piping shall comply with Section 602.9.1through Section 602.9.3.602.9.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Joints shall be of the socket-fusion, saddle-fusion, or butt-fusion type and joined in accordancewith ASTM D2657. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures andjoined. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2683 or ASTMD3261.602.9.2 Electrofusion Joints. Joints shall be of the electrofusion type. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture, andscoured to expose virgin resin. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures for the period of time specified by the man-ufacturer. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F1055.

MATERIAl STANDARDChlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) ASTM D2846; ASTM F437; ASTM F438; ASTM F439; ASTM

F1970; CSA B137.6Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) ASTM F877; ASTM F1807; ASTM F1960; ASTM F2080; ASTM

F2159; ASTM F2434; CSA B137.5Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) ASTM F2434; ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) ASTM D2683; ASTM D3261; ASTM F1055; CSA B137.1; CSAC448, NSF 358-1

Polypropylene (PP-R) ASTM F2389; CSA B137.11Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ASTM D2464; ASTM D2466; ASTM D2467; ASTM F1970; CSA

B137.2; CSA B137.3Polyethylene Raised Temperature (PE-RT) ASTM D3261; ASTM F1807; ASTM F2159; ASTM F2769; CSA

B137.1

287

602.9.3 Stab-Type Insert Fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Pipe ends shall be chamfered andinserted into the fittings to full depth. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F1924.602.10 Polypropylene (PP) Plastic. Joints between PP plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section 602.10.1 and Sec-tion 602.10.2.602.10.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, electrofusion polypropylene fittings, or by butt fusion. Joint surfaces shall be clean andfree from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2389.602.10.2 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.602.11 Raised Temperature Polyethylene (PE-RT) Plastic Tubing. Joints between raised temperature polyethylene tub-ing and fittings shall comply with Section 602.11.1 and 602.11.2. Mechanical joints shall comply with Section 602.5.602.11.1 Compression-Type Fittings. Where compression-type fittings include inserts and ferrules or O-rings, the fittingsshall be installed without omitting the inserts and ferrules or O-rings.602.11.2 PE-RT-to-Metal Connections. Solder joints in a metal pipe shall not occur within 18 inches (457 mm) of a tran-sition from such metal pipe to PE-RT pipe.602.12 PVC Plastic Pipe. Joints between PVC plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section 602.12.1 and Section602.12.2.602.12.1 Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture.Purple primer in accordance with ASTM F656 shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solventcement in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be applied to joint surfaces.602.12.2 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier plastic pipe shall be threadedwith dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant, pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the malethreads only and shall be approved for application on the piping material.

603.0 Valves.603.1 Where Required. Shutoff valves shall be installed in ground source-loop piping systems in the locations indicated inSection 603.2 through Section 603.8.603.2 Heat Exchangers. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the supply and return side of a heat exchanger, except wherethe heat exchanger is integral with a boiler or is a component of a manufacturer’s boiler and heat exchanger packaged unit, andis capable of being isolated from the hydronic system by the supply and return valves.603.3 Central Systems. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the building supply and return of a central utility system.603.4 Pressure Vessels. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the connection to a pressure vessel.603.5 Pressure-Reducing Valves. Shutoff valves shall be installed on both sides of a pressure-reducing valve.603.6 Equipment and Appliances. Shutoff valves shall be installed on connections to mechanical equipment and appliances.This requirement does not apply to components of a ground source loop system such as pumps, air separators, metering devices,and similar equipment.603.7 Expansion Tanks. Shutoff valves shall be installed at connections to nondiaphragm-type expansion tanks.603.8 Reduced Pressure. A pressure relief valve shall be installed on the low-pressure side of a hydronic piping system thathas been reduced in pressure. The relief valve shall be set at the maximum pressure of the system design.

604.0 Installation.604.1 General. Piping, valves, fittings, and connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.604.2 Protection of Potable Water. Where ground source heat pump ground loop systems have a connection to a potablewater supply, the potable water system shall be protected.604.3 Pipe penetrations. Openings for pipe penetrations in walls, floors, and ceilings shall be larger than the penetrating pipe.Openings through concrete or masonry building elements shall be sleeved. The annular space surrounding pipe penetrations shallbe protected in accordance with the building code.604.4 Clearance from Combustibles. A pipe in a ground source heat pump piping system having an exterior surface tem-perature exceeding 250°F (121°C) shall have a clearance of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) from combustible materials.

288

604.5 Contact with Building Material. A ground source heat pump ground-loop piping system shall not be in direct con-tact with building materials that cause the piping or fitting material to degrade or corrode, or that interferes with the operationof the system.604.6 Strains and Stresses. Piping shall be installed so as to prevent detrimental strains and stresses in the pipe. Provisionsshall be made to protect piping from damage resulting from expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. Piping shall beinstalled so as to avoid structural stresses or strains within building components.604.7 Flood Hazard. Piping located in a flood hazard area shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loadsand stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood elevation.604.8 Pipe Support. Pipe shall be supported in accordance with Section 316.1.604.9 Velocities. Ground source heat pump ground-loop systems shall be designed so that the flow velocities do not exceedthe maximum flow velocity recommended by the pipe and fittings manufacturer. Flow velocities shall be controlled to reducethe possibility of water hammer.604.10 labeling and Marking. Ground source heat pump ground-loop system piping shall be marked with tape, metal tags,or other methods where it enters a building. The marking shall indicate the following words: “GROUND SOURCE HEATPUMP-LOOP SYSTEM.” The marking shall indicate antifreeze used in the system by name and concentration.604.11 Chemical Compatibility. Antifreeze and other materials used in the system shall be chemically compatible with thepipe, tubing, fittings, and mechanical systems.604.12 Transfer Fluid. The transfer fluid shall be compatible with the makeup water supplied to the system.

605.0 Testing.605.1 Ground Source Heat Pump loop System Testing. Before connection header trenches are backfilled, the assem-bled loop system shall be pressure tested with water at 100 psi (689 kPa) for 15 minutes with no observed leaks. Flow and pres-sure loss testing shall be performed, and the actual flow rates and pressure drops shall be compared to the calculated designvalues. Where actual flow rate or pressure drop values differ from calculated design values by more than 10 percent, the causeshall be identified and corrective action taken.605.2 Pressurizing During Installation. Ground source heat pump ground loop piping to be embedded in concrete shallbe pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During pouring, the pipe shall be maintained at the proposed operating pressure.


205.0Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.



212.0Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves so thatthey form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing they connect.Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a positive hold-ing mechanical construction.

289


218.0PEX. An acronym for cross-linked polyethylene.Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting,gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices thatserve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures andstructural attachments.PP. An acronym for polypropylene.Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.



Note: ASTM F714, ASTM F1924, ASTM F2623, CSA B137.2, CSA B137.3, CSA B137.6, CSA C448, and NSF358 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 ofIAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronicsand Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:Move Chapter 6 (Thermal Storage) to Chapter 10 and insert new Chapter 6. Water based geothermal PE piping isa growing application in residential and commercial construction. This special and growing application should coverother materials that could potentially be used. Green building rating systems are promoting geothermal ground loopheating and cooling systems. While HDPE dominates the water based technology with an expected 95% of the sys-tems, other piping materials can be utilized. Copper is used in direct exchange systems that use refrigerants directly.Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron-ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of theproposed code.


ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Piping, Plastic Table 601.5ASTM F1924-2012* Plastic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Poly-

ethylene Gas Distribution Pipe and TubingPiping, Plastic 602.9.3

ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 601.5CSA B137.2-2009 Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Injection-Moulded Gasketed Fittings for Pressure

ApplicationsPiping, Plastic Table 601.6

CSA B137.3-2009 Rigid Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic Table 601.6CSA B137.6-2009 Chlorinated Polyvinylchloride (CPVC) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Hot-

and Cold-Water Distribution SystemsPiping, Plastic Table 601.6

CSA C448-2002 Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems Miscellaneous 601.1.1, Table601.5

NSF 358-1-2012* Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings for Water-Based Ground-Source “Geother-mal” Heat Pump Systems

Piping, Plastic Table 601.5,Table 601.6

290


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for

further study on the merit of the proposed text. 2. The current text only applies to water-based systems. 3. The definitions for “valve, pressure relief,” “joint, compression,” “joint, mechanical,” and “PEX” are already

addressed in Item # 005.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:CUDAHY: There is language missing, and should be included in the new code. Multiple plastics can be used inthese systems.

291

USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 12, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, Item # 122207.0, 210.0, 217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1):



CHAPTER 12CONTROlS

1201.0 zone Thermostatic Controls.1201.1 General. The supply of heating and cooling energy to each zone shall be individually controlled by thermostatic con-trols responding to temperature within the zone. For the purposes of Section 703.4.3.1, a dwelling unit shall be permitted to beconsidered a single zone. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.1]Exceptions: Independent perimeter systems that are designed to offset only building envelope loads shall be permitted to serveone or more zones also served by an interior system provided:(1) The perimeter system includes at least one thermostatic control zone for each building exposure having exterior walls fac-

ing only one orientation for 50 contiguous feet (15 240 mm) or more.(2) The perimeter system heating and cooling supply is controlled by a thermostatic control(s) located within the zones(s)

served by the system.Exterior walls are considered to have different orientations if the directions they face differ by more than 45 degrees (0.79

rad).1201.2 Non-electric Valves. Listed non-electric thermostatically operated zone flow control valves shall be permitted.1201.3 Dead Band. Where used to control both heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of provid-ing a temperature range or dead band of not less than 5°F (-15°C) within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to thezone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.2]Exceptions:(1) Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes.(2) Special occupancy or special applications where wide temperature ranges are not acceptable (such as retirement homes,

process applications, museums, some areas of hospitals) and are approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.(3) Non-electric type thermostatic control valves.

1202.0 Setpoint Overlap Restriction. 1202.1 General. Where heating and cooling to a zone are controlled by separate zone thermostatic controls located within thezone, means (such as limit switches, mechanical stops, or, for DDC systems, software programming) shall be provided to pre-vent the heating setpoint from exceeding the cooling setpoint minus any applicable proportional band. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.2]

1203.0 Off-Hour Controls.1203.1 General. HVAC systems shall have the off-hour controls required by Section 703.4.3.3.1 through Section 703.4.3.3.4.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3]Exceptions:(1) HVAC systems intended to operate continuously.(2) HVAC systems having a design heating capacity and cooling capacity less than 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW) that are equipped

with readily accessible manual ON/ OFF controls.(3) Non-electric type thermostatic control valves.1203.2 Automatic Shutdown. HVAC systems shall be equipped with one of the following:

292

(1) Controls that can start and stop the system under different time schedules for seven different day-types per week, are capa-ble of retaining programming and time setting during loss of power for a period of not less than 10 hours, and include anaccessible manual override, or equivalent function, that allows temporary operation of the system for up to 2 hours.

(2) An occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes.(3) A manually operated timer capable of being adjusted to operate the system for up to 2 hours.(4) An interlock to a security system that shuts the system off when the security system is activated. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.1]Exception: Residential occupancies shall use controls that can start and stop the system under two different time schedules perweek.1203.3 Setback Controls. Heating systems located in climate zone 2 through zone 8 shall be equipped with controls that havethe capability to automatically restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain zone temperatures above a heat-ing setpoint adjustable down to 55°F (13°C) or lower. Cooling systems located in climate zones 1b, 2b, and 3b shall be equippedwith controls that have the capability to automatically restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain zonetemperatures below a cooling setpoint adjustable up to 90°F (32°C) or higher or to prevent high space humidity levels. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.3.3.2]Exception: High mass radiant floor systems.1203.4 Optimum Start Controls. Individual heating and cooling air distribution systems with a total design supply aircapacity exceeding 10 000 ft3/min (4.7195 m3/s), served by one or more supply fans, shall have optimum start controls. The con-trol algorithm shall, as a minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied setpoint and theamount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.3]1203.5 zone Isolation. HVAC systems serving zones that are intended to operate or be occupied nonsimultaneously shall bedivided into isolation areas. Zones may be grouped into a single isolation area provided it does not exceed 25 000 ft2 (2322.6m2) of conditioned floor area nor include more than one floor. Each isolation area shall be equipped with isolation devices capa-ble of automatically shutting off the supply of conditioned air and outdoor air to and exhaust air from the area. Each isolationarea shall be controlled independently by a device meeting the requirements of Section 1203.2, Automatic Shutdown. For cen-tral systems and plants, controls and devices shall be provided to allow stable system and equipment operation for any lengthof time while serving only the smallest isolation area served by the system or plant. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.4]Exceptions: Isolation devices and controls are not required for the following:(1) Exhaust air and outdoor air connections to isolation zones when the fan system to which they connect is 5000 ft3/min

(2.3597 m3/s) and smaller.(2) Exhaust airflow from a single isolation zone of less than 10 percent of the design airflow of the exhaust system to which it

connects.(3) Zones intended to operate continuously or intended to be inoperative only when all other zones are inoperative.

1204.0 Ventilation System Controls.1204.1 Stair and Shaft Vents. Stair and elevator shaft vents shall be equipped with motorized dampers that are capable ofbeing automatically closed during normal building operation and are interlocked to open as required by fire and smoke detec-tion systems. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.1]1204.2 Shutoff Damper Controls. Both outdoor air supply and exhaust systems shall be equipped with motorized dampersthat will automatically shut when the systems or spaces served are not in use. Ventilation outdoor air dampers shall be capableof automatically shutting off during preoccupancy building warm-up, cool down, and setback, except when ventilation reducesenergy costs (e.g., night purge) or when ventilation must be supplied to meet code requirements. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.2]Exceptions:(1) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable for exhaust and relief in buildings less than three stories in height

and for ventilation air intakes and exhaust and relief dampers in buildings of any height located in climate zone 1 throughzone 3. Backdraft dampers for ventilation air intakes must be protected from direct exposure to wind.

(2) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in systems with a design outdoor air intake or exhaust capacityof 300 ft3/min (0.142 m3/s) or less.

(3) Dampers are not required in ventilation or exhaust systems serving unconditioned spaces.(4) Dampers are not required in exhaust systems serving Type 1 kitchen exhaust hoods.1204.3 Damper leakage. Where outdoor air supply and exhaust/relief dampers are required by Section 1204.0, they shallhave a maximum leakage rate when tested in accordance with AMCA 500 as indicated in Table 1204.3. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.3]

293

TABlE 1204.3 MAXIMUM DAMPER lEAKAGE

(cubic foot per minute per square foot) at 1.0 in. w.g.[ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.4.3.4.3]

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 square foot = 0.929 m2, 1 inch water gauge = 0.249 kPa* Dampers smaller than 24 inches (610 mm) in either dimension shall have leakage of 40 (ft3/min)/ft2 (203 L/s/m2).

1204.4 Ventilation Fan Controls. Fans with motors greater than 0.75 hp (0.56 kW) shall have automatic controls comply-ing with Section 1203.2 that are capable of shutting off fans when not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.4]Exception: HVAC systems intended to operate continuously.1204.5 Enclosed Parking Garage Ventilation. Heat Enclosed parking garage ventilation systems shall automaticallydetect contaminant levels and stage fans or modulate fan airflow rates to 50 percent or less of design capacity provided accept-able contaminant levels are maintained. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.5]Exceptions:(1) Garages less than 30 000 square feet (2787.09 m2) not utilize mechanical cooling or mechanical heating.(2) Garages that have a garage area to ventilation system motor nameplate hp ratio that exceed 1500 ft2/hp (186.8 m2/kW) and

do not utilize mechanical cooling or mechanical heating.(3) Where not permitted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1205.0 Heat Pump Auxiliary Heat Control.1205.1 General. Heat pumps equipped with internal electric resistance heaters shall have controls that prevent supplementalheater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone during both steady-state operation and setback recov-ery. Supplemental heater operation is permitted during outdoor coil defrost cycles. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.5]Exceptions: Heat pumps whose minimum efficiency is regulated by U.S. National Appliance Energy Conservation Act(NAECA) and whose HSPF rating both meets the requirements shown in Table 1205.1 and includes all usage of internal elec-tric resistance heating.

1206.0 Humidifier Preheat.1206.1 General. Humidifiers with preheating jackets mounted in the airstream shall be provided with an automatic valve toshut off preheat when humidification is not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.6]

1207.0 Humidification and Dehumidification.1207.1 General. Where a zone is served by a system or systems with both humidification and dehumidification capability,means (such as limit switches, mechanical stops, or, for DDC systems, software programming) shall be provided capable of pre-venting simultaneous operation of humidification and dehumidification equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.7]Exceptions:(1) Zones served by desiccant systems, used with direct evaporative cooling in series.(2) Systems serving zones where specific humidity levels are required, such as museums and hospitals, and approved by the

Authority Having Jurisdiction.

ClIMATE zONEVENTIlATION AIR INTAKE EXHAUST/RElIEF

NONMOTORIzED1 MOTORIzED NONMOTORIzED* MOTORIzED1, 2

any height–20

–4

–20 4

3any height

–20

–10

–20 10

4, 5b, 5cless than 3 stories3 or more stories

–not allowed not allowed

–1010

–20

not allowed1010

5a, 6, 7, 8less than 3 stories3 or more stories

–not allowed not allowed

–44

–20

not allowed44

294

1208.0 Freeze Protection and Snow/Ice Melting Systems. 1208.1 General. Freeze protection systems, such as heat tracing of outdoor piping and heat exchangers, including self-regu-lating heat tracing, shall include automatic controls capable of shutting off the systems when outdoor air temperatures are above40°F (4°C) or when the conditions of the protected fluid will prevent freezing. Snow- and ice-melting systems shall include auto-matic controls capable of shutting off the systems when the pavement temperature is above 50°F (10°C) and no precipitation isfalling and an automatic or manual control that will allow shutoff when the outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) so that thepotential for snow or ice accumulation is negligible. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.8]

1209.0 Activation Control.1209.1 General. Systems designed to provide less than 100 percent snow free surfaces shall provide either a manual or auto-matic control that allows the snowmelt system to activate once snow fall begins. This requirement shall not allow for more than12 hours of preheating of the snow melting surfaces and shall turn itself off at the end of the timed event.

1210.0 Slab Sensor.1210.1 General. A non-metallic conduit and a non-ferrous metallic sensor well shall be installed within the slab to allow forthe future installation of a slab sensor to harvest free falling solar energy off of the snowmelt slab during non-snowmelt peri-ods of the year. The non-metallic conduit shall have a water proof junction box located above grade near the snow melting slab,and the conduit shall terminate inside of the mechanical room serving the building and snow melting system. The developed max-imum length of the wire serving the sensor shall be according to the manufacturer’s specifications. The slab temperature sens-ing well shall be located equidistance between two snow melting tubes, within 2 inches (51 mm) of the melting surface.1210.2 Sensor logic. Where a slab sensor is installed, the sensor logic shall be interlocked with the snow melting logic todisallow operation during snow melting periods, and shall not be allowed to cool the slab below 45°F (7°C).

1211.0 Ventilation Controls for High-Occupancy Areas. 1211.1 General. Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces larger than 500 ft2 (46.45 m2) and with a design occu-pancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people per 1000 ft2 (92.9 m2) of floor area and served by systems with one or more ofthe following:(1) An air-side economizer.(2) An automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or(3) A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 ft3/min (1.4158 m3/s). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.9]Exceptions:(1) Systems with the exhaust air energy recovery complying with Section 703.5.6.1.(2) Multiple-zone systems without DDC of individual zones communicating with a central control panel.(3) Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 ft3/min (0.5663 m3/s).(4) Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 ft3/min

(0.5663 m3/s).

1212.0 Single zone Variable-Air-Volume Controls. 1212.1 General. HVAC systems shall have variable airflow controls as follows:(1) Air-handling and fan-coil units with chilled-water cooling coils and supply fans with motors greater than or equal to 5.36

hp (3.999 kW) shall have their supply fans controlled by two-speed motors or variable-speed drives. At cooling demandsless than or equal to 50 percent, the supply fan controls shall be able to reduce the airflow to no greater than the larger ofthe following:

(a) One half of the full fan speed, or(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet the ventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1.(2) Effective January 1, 2012, all air-conditioning equipment and air-handling units with direct expansion cooling and a cool-

ing capacity at AHRI conditions greater than or equal to 110 000 Btu/h (32 kW) that serve single zones shall have their sup-ply fans controlled by two-speed motors or variable-speed drives. At cooling demands less than or equal to 50 percent, thesupply fan controls shall be able to reduce the airflow to no greater than the larger of the following:

(a) Two-thirds of the full fan speed, or(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet the ventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.10]

295

1213.0 Outdoor Heating.1213.1 General. Only direct gas-fired low mass radiant heat systems shall be used to provide heat outdoors. Outdoor radiantheating systems shall be provided with controls that sense the presence of occupants or other device that automatically shuts downthe system when no occupants are in the heating area.

1214.0 System Balancing.1214.1 General. Construction documents shall require that all HVAC systems be balanced in accordance with generallyaccepted engineering standards (see informative Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). Construction documents shall require that a writ-ten balance report be provided to the building owner or the designated representative of the building owner for HVAC systemsserving zones with a total conditioned area exceeding 5000 ft2 (464.52 m2). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.1]1214.2 Air System Balancing. Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses. Then, for fanswith fan system power greater than 1 hp (0.7 kW), fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. [ASHRAE90.1:6.7.2.3.2]1214.3 Hydronic System Balancing. Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimizethrottling losses; then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Exceptions: Impellers need not be trimmed nor pump speed adjusted.(1) For pumps with pump motors of 10 hp (7.5 kW) or less.(2) When throttling results in no greater than 5 percent of the nameplate horsepower draw, or 3 hp (2.2 kW), whichever is

greater, above that required if the impeller was trimmed.(3) Those pumps being controlled with a variable frequency drive that is controlled by either a Delta T or Delta P type of con-

trol.

TABlE 1205.1ElECTRONICAllY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPlIED HEAT PUMPS— MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABlE 6.8.1B]

EQUIPMENT TYPE SIzE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION TYPESUBCATEGORY ORRATING CONDITION

MINIMUMEFFICIENCY1

TEST PROCE-DURE2

Air cooled(cooling mode)

3 AllSplit System 13.0 SEER

AHRI210/240

Single Package 13.0 SEER

Through-the-wall (aircooled, cooling mode)

3 AllSplit System 12 SEER

Single Package 12.0 SEER

Air cooled(cooling mode)

≥65 000 Btu/h and<135 000 Btu/h

Electric resistance(or none)

Split system and singlepackage

11.0 EER11.2 IEER

AHRI340/360

All otherSplit system and single

package10.8 EER11.0 IEER

≥135 000 Btu/h and<240 000

Btu/h



10.6 EER10.7 IEER



≥240 000 Btu/h



9.5 EER9.6 IEER



Water source (coolingmode)

<17 000 Btu/h All 86°F entering water 11.2 EER

ISO 13256-1

≥17 000 Btu/h and<65 000 Btu/h

All 86°F entering water 12.0 EER

≥65 000 Btu/h and<135 000 Btu/h

All 86°F entering water 12.0 EER

Groundwater source(cooling mode)


296

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, °C = (°F-32)/1.8

203.0Air, Conditioned. Air that has been treated to achieve a desired level of temperature, humidity, or cleanliness. Air, Exhaust. Air being removed from any space or piece of equipment and conveyed directly to the atmosphere by means ofopenings or ducts. Air-Handling Unit. A blower or fan used for the purpose of distributing supply air to a room, space, or area. Air Intakes. An opening in a building’s envelope whose purpose is to allow outside air to be drawn into the structure to replaceinside air that is removed by exhaust systems or to improve the quality of the inside air by providing a source of air having alower concentration of odors, suspended particles, or heating content. [NFPA 96:3.3.2]Air, Supply. Air being conveyed to a conditioned area through ducts or plenums from a heat exchanger of a heating, cooling,absorption, or evaporative cooling system. Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

205.0Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by anyequipment.Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.Cooling System. All of that equipment, including associated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of cooling airby mechanical means and discharging such air into any room or space. This definition shall not include any evaporative cooler.

206.0Damper. A valve or plate within a duct or its terminal components for controlling draft or the flow of gases, including air. [NFPA211:3.3.51] Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units.Dwelling Unit. A building or portion thereof that contains living facilities, including provisions for sleeping, eating, cooking,and sanitation, as required by this code, for not more than one family.


210.0Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air isdistributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air sys-tem, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith.Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes.Plural use of this term is hydronics.

Ground source(cooling mode)

<135 000 Btu/h All 77°F entering water 13.4 EER ISO 13256-1

Water source water-to-water (cooling mode)


ISO 13256-2Groundwater source waterto water (cooling mode)


Ground source brine towater (cooling mode)


Air cooled (heating mode)<65 000 Btu/h3

(cooling capacity)– Split system 7.7 HSPF

AHRI 210/240– Single package 7.7 HSPF

Through-the-wall, (aircooled, heating mode)

≤30 000 Btu/h3

(cooling capacity)– Split system 7.4 HSPF

– Single package 7.4 HSPF

297

Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a systemof pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recov-ery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating; swim-ming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.




Note: AMCA 500, ASHRAE 62.1, ISO 13256-1, ISO 13256-2, AHRI 210/240, AHRI 340/360 meet the require-ments for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Gov-erning Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa &Hot Tub Codes.


SUBSTANTIATION:1. Chapter 12 was added to discern the difference between required “boiler” controls, and required “systems” con-

trols. This section was extracted from ASHRAE 90.1 commercial building standards for greater than 3 storybuildings. The following changes were made to 90.1 as follows;

2. Under section 1201.1 (General) we added “These provisions shall not preclude the use of listed and approvednon electric thermostatically operated zone flow control valves when applicable.” This provision was donebecause the use of linear control devices is conducive to additional pumping energy savings when working withthe newer class of variable speed, constant pressure pumps and circulators that are coming on to the market.

3. At 1201.2 (Dead Band) an exception was added for non electric thermostatic control valves due to their pro-portional operating characteristics. Dead band does not apply to these types of valves.

4. At section 1203.0 (Off-Hour Controls) an exception was again made for non electric thermostatic flow controlvalves.

5. At section 1203.3 (Setback Controls) an exception was made for high mass radiant floors, and the reference toradiant ceilings was deleted. High mass radiant floors are not conducive to deep set back and fast recovery. Radi-


AMCA 500-D-2012* Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating Dampers 1204.3ASHRAE 62.1-2010* Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality Indoor Air Quality

Ventilation1212.1

ISO 13256-1-1998* Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps – Testing and Rating forPerformance

Water-Source HeatPumps

Table 1205.1

ISO 13256-2-1998 Water-Source Heat Pumps – Testing and Rating for Performance Water-Source HeatPumps

Table 1205.1

AHRI 210/240-2008* Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning & Air-Source HeatPump Equipment

Air-ConditioningEquipment, HeatPumps

Table 1205.1

AHRI 340/360-2007* Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Condi-tioning and Heat Pump Equipment

Air-Condi t ioningEquipment, HeatPumps

Table 1205.1

298

ant ceilings are a low mass heating system which are conducive to deep set back and quick recovery, hence theirelimination from the exemptions.

6. Added section 1209.0 This provision was added in an effort to allow lesser expensive, lower energy (100 btu/sqft per hour) density dependant snowmelt systems to work as well as the more energy intensive (150 btu/sq ftper hour) designs.

7. Added section 1210.0 This provision was introduced to allow these snowmelt systems the opportunity to har-vest more energy on an annual basis then they would normally consume in the course of providing snow melt-ing services. This low grade energy in some cases can be extracted directly off of the slab, and utilized fordomestic hot water preheating, hot tub and spa heating, swimming pool heating and possibly even space heat-ing applications by incorporating heat exchangers or water source heat pumps into the design.



COMMITTEE STATEMENT:The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons:1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for

further study on the merit of the proposed text.2. The text was obtained from ASHRAE 90.1 which is an energy standard for buildings except low rise residential

buildings (more than 3 stories); and outside the scope of the USEHC. The USEHC is a minimum standard andany green provisions should be optional.

3. Makes references to sections that do not exist within the code.



299

USEHC 2015 – (1201.0, 1201.1): Item # 123



1201.0 General.1201.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table 1201.1 are intended for use in the design, testing, and installation of mate-rials, devices, appliances, and equipment regulated by this code. These standards are mandatory where required by sections inthis code. Organization abbreviations referred to in Table 1201.1 are defined in a list found at the end of the table.

SUBSTANTIATION:1. The following revisions to Section 1201.1 correlate with similar revisions made to the UMC and UPC.2. The purpose of this change is to clarify to the end user that only those standards that are referenced within the

code text are enforceable.




300

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 124

SUBMITTER: Angel Guzman/Colleen O’BrienThe American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASME standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.




STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITlE APPlICATIONREFERENCED

SECTIONSASME A112.1.2-20042012*

Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water-Con-nected Receptors)

Fittings Table 405.2(1)

ASME A112.18.1-20052012/CSA B125.1-20052012

Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME A112.18.2-20052011/CSA B125.2-20052011

Plumbing Waste Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.3-2006 2011* Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.4-2006 2011* Gray Iron Threaded Fittings (Classes 125 and 250) Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.5-2009 2013* Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.15-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.18-2001(R2005) 2012*

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1

ASME B16.21-2005 2011* Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.22-2001(R2010) 2012*

Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1

ASME B16.23-2002(R2006) 2011*

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.24-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300,600, 900, 1500 and 2500

Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.26-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.29-2007 2012* Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fit-

tings–DWV (Note 1)Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.33-2002(R2007) 2012*

Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for use in Gas Piping Systems upto 125 psi (Sizes NPS 1/2 - NPS 2)

Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.34-2009 2013* Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End Valves 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.47-2006 2011* Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60 Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

301

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 125

SUBMITTER: Steve MawnAmerican Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)




ASTM A53/A53M-20102012

Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1

ASTM A74-2009 2013a Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM A312-2009A312/A312M-2013a

Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless SteelPipes

Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1

ASTM A 518-1999(R2008) A518/A518M-1999 (R2012)

Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM B75-2002 (R2010)B75/B75M-2011

Seamless Copper Tube Piping, CopperAlloy

Table 407.1

ASTM B302-2007 2012 Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, CopperAlloy

Table 407.1

ASTM B306-2009 2013 Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Piping, CopperAlloy

302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM B447-2007 2012a Welded Copper Tube Piping, CopperAlloy

Table 407.1

ASTM B584-2009a 2013 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications Piping, CopperAlloy

302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM B587-2008 2012 Welded Brass Tube Piping, CopperAlloy

302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM B687-1999(R2005)e1 (R2011)

Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Piping, CopperAlloy

302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM C411-2005 2011 Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Thermal Insulat-ing Materials

702.6.1, 802.4

ASTM C443-2010 2012 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM C564-2009a 2012 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM C700-2011 2013 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated Piping, Non-

Metallic302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM C1277-2009a2012

Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM D56-2005 (R2010) Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0ASTM D93-2010a 2012 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0ASTM D635-2006 2010 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Hor-

izontal PositionTesting 218.0

ASTM D1785-20062012*

Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D2239-20032012a*

Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled InsideDiameter


ASTM D2464-20062013*

Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule80


ASTM D2467-20062013*

Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Fittings Table 407.1

ASTM D2513-2011 2013 Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM D2564-2004(R2009) 2012*

Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Sys-tems

Joints 503.13.2

302


SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASTM standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.



ASTM D2683-2010e1* Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-ControlledPolyethylene Pipe and Tubing


ASTM D2737-2003 2012a* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D2846/D2846 M-2009be1*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and Cold-WaterDistribution Systems

Piping, Plastic Table 407.1,503.4.2

ASTM D3035-20102012e1*

Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled OutsideDiameter


ASTM D3261-2010a2012*

Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene(PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing


ASTM E84-2010b2013a*

Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6,802.4

ASTM F402-2005(R2012)*

Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used forJoining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM F439-2009 2012* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sched-ule 80


ASTM F441-2009F441/F 441M-2013*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40and 80


ASTM F442-2009F442/F 442M-2013*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM F480-2006be1

2012*Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in StandardDimension Ratios (SDR), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80

Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM F628-2008 F628-2012e1*

Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain,Waste, and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core


ASTM F876-2010 2013* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic 503.10.1, Table407.1

ASTM F877-20072011a*

Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribu-tion Systems


ASTM F1055-1998(R2006) 2013*

Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter ControlledPolyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing


ASTM F1281-20072011*

Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe


ASTM F1807-2010e1

2013*Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of RaisedTemperature (PE-RT) Tubing


ASTM F1960-20102012*

Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use withCross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing


ASTM F1970-20052012*

Special Engineered Fittings, Appurtenances or Valves for Use in Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)Systems


ASTM F2080-20092012*

Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression-Sleeves forCrosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe


ASTM F2159-2010F2159-2011*

Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of RaisedTemperature (PE-RT) Tubing

Joints Table 407.1

ASTM F2769-20092010*

Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot and Cold-Water Tubing and Distribution Systems

Piping and Fit-tings, Plastic

Table 407.1

303



304

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 126

SUBMITTER: Annette AlonsoAmerican Welding Society (AWS)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the AWS standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.





SECTIONSAWS A5.8-2004A5.8/A5.8M-2011*

Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding Joints 503.2.1, 503.3.1

AWS A5.9-2006A5.9/A5.9M-2012*

Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints 503.14.2

AWS B2.2/B2.2M-2010* Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification Certification 302.1.2, 302.2

305

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 127

SUBMITTER: Paul OlsonAmerican Water Works Association (AWWA)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the AWWA standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.





AWWA C110-2008 2012* Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Fittings Table 407.1AWWA C111-2007 2012* Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Joints 503.5.1, 503.5.2AWWA C153-2006 2011* Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Fittings Table 407.1AWWA C507-2005 2011* Ball Valves, 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm) Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

306

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 128

SUBMITTER: Lauro PillaCanadian Standards Association (CSA)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the CSA standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.





CSA B64.1.1-2007 2011 Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.1.2-2007 2011 Pressure Vacuum Breakers (PVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.2.1.1-2007 2011 Hose Connection Dual Check Vacuum Breakers (HCDVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.4-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.4.1-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection

Systems (RPF)Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

CSA B64.5-2007 2011 Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.5.1-2007 2011 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems

(DVCAF)Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

CSA Z21.10.1a-20092013*

Gas Water Heaters – Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Rat-ings of 75 000 Btu Per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1a)

Fuel Gas, Appli-ances

302.1.2, 302.2

CSA Z21.10.3b-2008(R2010) 2013*

Gas Water Heaters-Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Input Rat-ings Above 75 000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous(same as CSA 4.3b)


302.1.2, 302.2

CSA Z21.13ab-20102012*

Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers (same as CSA4.9ab)


302.1.2, 302.2

CSA Z21.24a-2009(R2011)*

Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Fuel Gas, Swim-ming Pools andSpas, and Hot Tubs

302.1.2, 302.2,USPSHTC

CSA Z21.56a-2008 2013* Gas-Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7a) Fuel Gas, Swim-ming Pools andSpas, and Hot Tubs

302.1.2, 302.2,USPSHTC

307

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 129

SUBMITTER: Kyle ThompsonInternational Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the IAPMO standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.





IAPMO IS 20-2010e1 CPVC Solvent Cemented Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO PS 64-20072012ae1

Roof Pipe Flashings Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2

IAPMO PS 72-2007e1 Valves with Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Valves 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO PS 117-20082012ae1

Press and Nail Copper and Copper Alloy Tubing System IncorporatingPress-Type or Nail-Type Connections

Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

308

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 130

SUBMITTER: David ThompsonManufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the MSS standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.





MSS SP-58-2009* Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection,Application, and Installation

Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2

MSS SP-80-2008 2013* Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

309

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 131

SUBMITTER: Denise BeachNational Fire Protection Association (NFPA)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NFPA 274 standard that is referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC.





NFPA 274-2009 2013* Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation Pipe Insulation 802.4

310

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 132

SUBMITTER: Jeremy BrownNSF International (NSF)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NSF standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.





NSF 14-2010 2012* Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2NSF 61-2010a 2012* Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects Water Supply

Components302.1.2, 302.2

311

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 133

SUBMITTER: Jim HugginsSolar Rating & Certification Corporation (SRCC)




SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the SRCC standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of theUSEC. Furthermore, SRCC 150 is being deleted as it has been discontinued.





SRCC 100-2005 2013 Operating Guidelines for Certifying Solar Collectors Solar Thermal Collec-tors

Collectors 702.5

SRCC 150-2008 (D) Test Methods and Minimum Standards for Certifying Innovative Solar Collec-tors (Discontinued)

Testing 302.1.2, 302.2

SRCC 300-2008 2013 Operating Guidelines and Minimum Standards for Certifying Solar WaterHeating Systems

Solar Systems 302.1.2, 302.2

312

USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1): Item # 134





SUBSTANTIATION:The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the UL standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.





SECTIONSUL 174-2004* Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions through April

22, 2009 September 21, 2012) Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 778-2010* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through August 25, 2011 May25, 2012)

Pumps 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 873-2007 Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revisions throughJanuary 6, 2010 July 27, 2012)

Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 916-2007 Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through June 4, 2010 March12, 2012)


UL 1453-2004* Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisionsthrough December 4, 2009 July 15, 2011)

Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 1703-2002* Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions through May 23,2011 8, 2012)

Electrical 1002.9

UL 6703-2010 2011 Outline for Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2UL 8703-2008 2011 Outline for Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Assemblies Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2UL 60730-1A-20022009*

Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: GeneralRequirements (with revisions through March 29, 2013)


313

USEHC 2015 – (Appendix A, Appendix B, Appendix C): Item # 135



APPENDICESThe appendices are intended to supplement the provisions of the installation requirements of this Code. The defi-nitions in Chapter 2 are also applicable to the appendices.

CONTENTS

PageAppendix A

Engineered Solar Energy Systems ......................................................................................................................................85

Appendix BSolar Photovoltaic System Installation Guidelines ............................................................................................................87

Appendix CSupplemental Checklist for Solar Photovoltaic Systems ....................................................................................................93

APPENDIX AENGINEERED SOlAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

A 1.0 General.A 1.1 Applicability. The provisions of this appendix shall apply to the design, installation, and inspection of an engineeredsolar energy system, alternate materials, and equipment not specifically covered in other parts of the code.A 1.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has the right to require descriptive details of anengineered solar energy system, alternate material, or equipment including pertinent technical data to be filed.A 1.3 Conformance. Components, materials, and equipment shall comply with standards and specifications listed in Table1201.1 of this code and other national consensus standards applicable to solar energy systems and materials.A 1.4 Alternate Materials and Equipment. Where such standards and specifications are not available, alternate materialsand equipment shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.2 of this code.

A 2.0 Engineered Solar Energy Systems.A 2.1 Definition. For purposes of this appendix, the following definition shall apply:Engineered Solar Energy System. A system designed for a specific building project with drawings and specificationsindicating materials to be installed, all as prepared by a person registered or licensed to perform solar energy system design work.A 2.2 Inspection and Installation. In other than one- and two-family dwellings, the designer of the system shall provideperiodic inspection of the installation on a schedule found suitable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Prior to the finalapproval, the designer shall verify to the Authority Having Jurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with the approvedplans, specifications, and data and such amendments thereto. The designer shall also certify to the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion that the installation is in compliance with the applicable engineered design criteria.

314

A 2.3 Owner Information. The designer of the system shall provide the building owner with information concerning the sys-tem, considerations applicable for subsequent modifications to the system, and maintenance requirements.

A 3.0 Water Heat Exchangers.A 3.1 Protection of Potable Water System. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or other solar thermalpurposes shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat-transfer medium.A 3.2 Where Permitted. Single-wall heat exchangers shall be permitted where they satisfy the following requirements:(1) The heat-transfer medium is either potable water or contains nontoxic fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug

Administration (FDA) as food grade.(2) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium is maintained at less than the average minimum operating pressure of the potable

water system.Exception: Steam complying with Section A 3.2(1).

(3) The equipment is permanently labeled to indicate that only additives recognized as safe by the FDA shall be used in the heat-transfer medium.

A 3.3 Other Designs. Other heat exchanger designs shall be permitted where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

APPENDIX BSOlAR PHOTOVOlTAIC SYSTEM INSTAllATION GUIDElINES

B 1.0 General.B 1.1 Applicability. Provisions contained in these guidelines shall not apply unless specifically adopted by local ordinance inaccordance with Section 102.8.These guidelines shall not apply to non-habitable structures (e.g., parking shade structures, solar trellises, etc.).B 1.2 Alternate Materials and Methods. Alternate materials and methods shall be approved in accordance with Section302.2.

B 2.0 Marking.B 2.1 General. Photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be marked. Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant in accordancewith UL 969.B 2.2 Main Service Disconnect. For residential applications, the marking shall be permitted to be placed within the mainservice disconnect. Where the main service disconnect is operable with the service panel closed, the marking shall be placed onthe outside cover.For commercial applications, the marking shall be placed adjacent to the main service disconnect in a location visible fromwhere the lever is operated.B 2.2.1 Marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for main service disconnects shall comply with the fol-lowing:(1) Marking content:

CAUTION:SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM

CONNECTED.(2) Red background.(3) White lettering.(4) Minimum 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(5) Capital letters.(6) Arial or similar font, non-bold.(7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement).

315

B 2.3 Marking for Direct Current Conduit, Raceways, Enclosures, Cable Assemblies, and Junction Boxes.Markings shall be required on interior and exterior dc conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes.Markings shall be placed on interior and exterior dc conduit, raceways, enclosures, and cable assemblies every 10 feet (3048mm), at turns; on both sides of a penetration; and at dc combiner and junction boxes. B 2.3.1 Marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for direct current conduit, raceways, enclosures, cableassemblies, and junction boxes shall comply with the following:(1) Marking content:

CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT.

(2) Red background.(3) White lettering.(4) Minimum 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(5) Capital letters.(6) Arial or similar font, non-bold.(7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement).B 2.4 Inverters. Markings shall not be required for the inverter.

B 3.0 Access, Pathways, and Smoke Ventilation.B 3.1 General. Access and spacing of PV modules shall comply with Section B 3.2 through Section B 3.3.3.B 3.2 Residential Systems—Single and Two-Unit Residential Dwellings. Plan review shall be required where a sys-tem is installed on more than 50 percent of the roof area of a residential building. See Figure B 3.2(a) through Figure B 3.2(d).B 3.2.1 Access or Pathways. Access or pathways on the roof shall be provided in accordance with the following:(1) Modules, on a hip roof, shall be located in a manner that provides one 3 foot (914 mm) wide clear access pathway from the

eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located. The access pathway shall be located over structural mem-bers.

(2) Modules, on a roof with a single ridge, shall be located in a manner that provides two 3 foot (914 mm) wide access path-ways from the eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located.

(3) Modules, adjacent to hips and valleys, shall be located not less than 18 inches (457 mm) from a hip or a valley where mod-ules are to be placed on both sides of a hip or valley. Where modules are to be located on one side of a hip or valley that isof equal length, modules shall be permitted to be placed directly adjacent to the hip or valley.

B 3.2.2 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided by locating modules not more than 3 feet (914 mm) fromthe lowest level of the ridge.B 3.3 Commercial Buildings and Residential Housing Comprised of Three or More Units. Where the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction determines that the roof configuration is similar to residential (such as in the case of townhouses, condo-miniums, or single family attached buildings), the access and ventilation requirements of Section B 3.2 through Section B 3.2.2shall be permitted. See Figure B 3.3(a) through Figure B 3.3(d).B 3.3.1 Access. There shall be not less than a 6 feet (1829 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of the roof. Where eitheraxis of the building is 250 feet (76 200 mm) or less, there shall be not less than a 4 feet (1219 mm) wide clear perimeter aroundthe edges of the roof.B 3.3.2 Pathways. Pathways shall be established in the design of the solar installation. Pathways shall be provided in accor-dance with the following:(1) Pathways shall be located over structural members.(2) Centerline axis pathways shall be provided in both axis of the roof. Centerline axis pathways shall run on structural mem-

bers or over the next closest structural member nearest to the center lines of the roof.(3) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to skylights, ventilation hatches, or both.(4) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to roof standpipes.(5) There shall be not less than a 4 foot (1219 mm) clearance around roof access hatches, skylights, ventilation hatches, roof

standpipes, and similar obstructions.(6) There shall be not less than one 4 foot (1219 mm) clear pathway to parapets or roof edges.B 3.3.3 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the following:

316

(1) Arrays shall not exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm) by 150 feet (45 720 mm) in distance in either axis.(2) Ventilation between array sections shall be provided with one of the following:(a) A pathway 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in width.(b) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width that borders existing roof skylights or ventilation hatches.(c) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width that borders 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet (2438 mm) venting cutouts every

20 feet (6096 mm) on alternating sides of the pathway.

B 4.0 location of Direct Current (dc) Conductors.B 4.1 General. Conduit, wiring systems, and raceways for photovoltaic circuits shall comply with NFPA 70 and be located asclose as possible to a ridge, hip, or valley; and from the hip or valley as directly as possible to an outside wall.Conduit runs between subarrays and dc combiner boxes shall be the shortest path from the array to the dc combiner box. Thedc combiner boxes shall be located such that conduit runs are minimized in the pathways between arrays.Direct Current (dc) wiring shall be ran in metallic conduit or raceways where located within enclosed spaces in a building andshall be ran along the bottom of structural members.

B 5.0 Ground Mounted Photovoltaic Arrays.B 5.1 General. Setback requirements shall not apply to ground-mounted and freestanding photovoltaic arrays. A clearance ofnot less than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required around ground-mounted photovoltaic arrays.

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.2(a)

SOlAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABlE ROOF – SINGlE AND TWO–UNIT RESIDENTIAl BUIlDING

317

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.2(b)

SOlAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABlE ROOF WITH VAllEY – SINGlE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAl BUIlDING

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.2(c)

SOlAR SYSTEM ON FUll GABlE ROOF SINGlE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAl BUIlDING

318

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.2(d)

SOlAR SYSTEM ON FUll HIP ROOF – SINGlE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAl BUIlDING

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.3(a)

SOlAR ARRAY INSTAllATION ON lARGE COMMERCIAl BUIlDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WAlKWAYS

319

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.3(b)

SOlAR ARRAY INSTAllATION ON lARGE COMMERCIAl BUIlDINGS WITH 4 FOOT WIDE WAlKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOTVENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT lENGTH

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.3(c)

SOlAR ARRAY INSTAllATION ON SMAll COMMERCIAl BUIlDINGSWITH 4 FOOT WIDE WAlKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOT VENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT lENGTH

320

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mmFIGURE B 3.3(d)

SOlAR ARRAY INSTAllATION ON SMAll COMMERCIAl BUIlDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WIDE WAlKWAYS

APPENDIX CSUPPlEMENTAl CHECKlIST FOR SOlAR PHOTOVOlTAIC SYSTEMS

C 1.0 Plan Details.C 1.1 General. The following shall be provided with the plan details of a photovoltaic (PV) system:(1) Scope of the project, including the system kW•h(J)) rating.(2) Complete single line diagram and utility interconnect.(3) Site plan, including location of system components.(4) Type of system (i.e. alternating-current modules, bipolar, grounded, ungrounded, hybrid, isolated, interactive, stand-alone,

etc).(5) Utility service operating voltage or class.(6) Information on the size, type, and insulation ratings (voltage, temperature, etc) of conductors and associated wiring com-

ponents of the direct current (dc) and alternating current (ac) side of the PV system.(7) Type, size, and material of raceway(s).(8) Roof plan, including roof access and roof mounted equipment.(9) The following information shall be provided for the dc side of the PV system:

(a) Number of series connected modules for each PV source circuit.(b) Number of parallel connected module or panel PV source circuits for each array or PV power source.(c) Number of combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers for each array, subarray, or PV power source.(d) Number of PV output circuits.(e) PV source circuit module or panel connection arrangements.(f) Operating and open-circuit voltage for each module or panel.(g) Operating voltage for each array or PV power source.(h) Operating current for each PV source circuit.(i) Operating current for each array.(j) Maximum array, panel, or module system voltage.(k) Short circuit current of modules or panels.(l) Short circuit current of array and subarrays.

321

(m) Short circuit current of battery system.(n) Disconnecting means electrical ratings.(o) Disconnecting means wiring diagram.(p) Disconnecting means rated short-circuit current per pole.

(10) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for the PV modules or panels. The manufacturer’s instructions shallinclude the manufacturer’s name, catalog numbers, complete electrical information, required marked acceptable seriesbackfeed fuse protection rating, and installation instructions.

(11) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for inverters, converters, charge controllers, and ac modules, indicatingthe following ratings:(a) Maximum input ac and dc voltage, and the range of operating voltage(s).(b) Nominal ac output voltage.(c) Nominal dc voltage and operating range for utility interactive or stand-alone systems with charge controller.(d) Maximum input ac and dc current, and maximum input short circuit current.(e) Maximum inverter output short circuit current and duration.(f) Maximum utility source backfeed current, short or open circuit, for utility interactive system with or without charge

controller.(g) Maximum continuous ac output current and power.(h) Normal operation temperature range.

(12) Information indicating where the inverter(s) or charge controller(s) contains current limiting devices that limits the outputcircuit current to the maximum inverter input dc current rating.

(13) The manufacturer’s wiring details shall be provided for combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers. It shall con-tain the manufacturer’s name, model designation, and listing.

(14) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for each connector indicating configuration, construction, type, ground-ing member, and circuit current interruption capability and method.

(15) Where the PV system uses a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery.(16) Methods of access to the junction, pull, or outlet boxes behind the modules or panels.C 1.2 Circuits. Circuit requirements shall be indicated in the detail plans in accordance with the following:(1) Circuit conductors and overcurrent protective devices shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum cur-

rent in accordance with Section 1006.0.(2) Overcurrent protection of output circuits with internal current limiting devices shall be not less than 125 percent of the

maximum limited current of the output circuit. The conductors in such an output circuit shall be sized in accordance withSection 1006.0.

(3) Common-return conductor of systems with multiple voltages shall not be smaller than the sum of the ampere ratings of theovercurrent devices of the individual output circuits.

(4) Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacityof each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less than the sum of the fuse rating and 125 percent of theshort-circuit from the other parallel-connected modules.

C 1.3 Overcurrent Protection. Circuits connected to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent protectivedevices that provide overcurrent protection from sources indicated on the plan details.C 1.4 Disconnecting Means. Disconnecting means shall be provided in the plan details for the following:(1) PV source circuits (isolating switches)(2) Overcurrent devices(3) Blocking diodes(4) Inverters(5) Batteries(6) Charge controllers

The PV disconnecting means shall be grouped together and the number of disconnects shall not exceed six.C 1.5 Wiring Method. Wires used in a PV system shall be in accordance with Section 1010.0. Ungrounded source and out-put circuits shall be installed with disconnects, overcurrent protection, ground-fault protection, and inverter or charge controllers

322

and shall be listed for such purpose in accordance with Section 1010.11. Ungrounded sources and circuit conductors shall con-sist of sheathed multi-conductor cable or shall be located in an approved raceway.C 1.6 Grounding. Grounding shall be indicated in the plan details as follows:(1) Where components of the system are negatively or positively grounded.(2) The dc circuit grounding shall be made at a single point on the PV output circuit.(3) The equipment-grounding conductor for a PV source and PV output circuits for a roof-mounted dc PV array in dwellings

shall be sized in accordance with Section 1011.4.(4) Grounding electrode system used for the ac, dc, or combined ac/dc systems.(5) The method used to ensure the removal of equipment from the system that shall not disconnect the bonding connection

between the grounding electrode conductors and exposed conducting surfaces.(6) The method used to ensure the removal of an utility-interactive inverter or other equipment that shall not disconnect the

bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and the PV source and the output circuit grounded con-ductor, or both.

C 1.7 Ground Fault Protection. Direct current ground-fault protection for dwellings with roof mounted dc-PV arrays shallbe provided on the plan details.C 1.8 Systems Over 600 Volts. Plan details for PV systems over 600 volts shall indicate the following:(1) The PV system is in accordance with Section 1015.0, and other applicable installation requirements.(2) The voltage rating of a battery circuit cable shall not be smaller than the charging or equalizing condition of the battery sys-

tem.C 1.9 Calculations. Calculations shall be provided for solar PV systems in accordance with the following:(1) The maximum system voltage calculation shall be based on the expected ambient temperature.(2) The maximum system open-voltage calculation shall be based on manufacturer’s instructions for PV power source mod-

ules made of materials other than crystalline or multi-crystalline silicon.(3) The maximum dc circuit current calculation for each PV source circuit.(4) The maximum dc current calculation for each PV output circuit.(5) The fault current calculation from the utility side to the ac disconnect(s) and inverter(s).(6) Calculations to determine the minimum overcurrent protection device rating for the dc side. Photovoltaic system currents

shall be considered as continuous.(7) Where conductors are exposed to direct sunlight, the ampacities shall be derated by the correction factors in accordance with

NFPA 70.(8) Calculations showing the size of equipment-grounding conductor for the PV source and PV output circuit size shall be not

less than 125 percent of the short circuit current from the PV source.(9) Calculations showing the required maximum charging current of the interconnected battery cells.(10) Calculations for the ampacity of the neutral conductor of a two-wire inverter output connected to the ungrounded conduc-

tors of a three-wire or a three-phase, four-wire system.(11) Calculations showing that the total dc leakage current in the dc ground or dc grounded circuits in non-isolated PV systems

do not exceed the equipment ground-fault protective device leakage current trip setting.(12) Calculations showing the required current and voltage ratings of dc diversion charge controllers and diversion loads in a

circuit.(13) Calculations showing the required conductor ampacity and overcurrent protective device rating for circuits containing dc

diversion charge controllers and diversion loads.(14) Calculations showing where expansion fittings are not required for the roof mounted raceways due to thermal expansion

or building expansion joints where the raceway is used as an equipment grounding conductor.

SUBSTANTIATION:Appendices A, B, and C were removed in their entirety without replacement because they pertained to photovoltaicsolar, and not fluidic based solar nor hydronic based thermal systems. New appendices addressing all componentsof the USEHC will be developed for future application and should be completed before the next code cycle comesaround, once this code cycle is complete and finalized.

323


COMMITTEE STATEMENT:Appendices A, B, and C should not be deleted as they are within the scope of the USEHC. Furthermore, the justifi-cation lacks technical substantiation as to why the appendices should be deleted.



EXPlANATION OF NEGATIVE:NICKElSON: This material provided should be information provided by the manufacturer, and should not be codelanguage (even if it is in the appendix). If this is included, then installation guidelines for geothermal wells, radiantheating panels, and solar thermal panels should also be included. I recommend accepting the original proposal #135.

324

101.0 General.101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “UniformSolar Energy and Hydronics Code,” may be cited as such,and will be referred to herein as “this code.”101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to theerection, installation, alteration, addition, repair, relocation,replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energysystems, including but not limited to equipment and waterheating, appliances intended to utilize solar energy for spaceheating or cooling;, water heating; swimming pool heating,or process heating;, and solar photovoltaic geothermal andhydronic systems, snow and ice melt systems and use of anysolar energy systems or swimming pool, spa or hot tub sys-tems within this jurisdiction.101.3 Purpose. This code is an ordinance providing min-imum requirements and standards for the protection of thepublic health, safety, and welfare.101.4 Unconstitutional. Where a section, subsection,sentence, clause, or phrase of this code is, for a reason, heldto be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect thevalidity of the remaining portions of this code. The legisla-tive body hereby declares that it would have passed thiscode, and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, orphrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that one or more sec-tions, subsections, sentences, clauses, and phrases aredeclared unconstitutional.101.5 Validity. Where a provision of this code, or the appli-cation thereof to a person or circumstance, is held invalid,the remainder of the code, or the application of such provi-sion to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affectedthereby.

102.0 Applicability.102.1 Conflicts Between Codes. Where the require-ments within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with therequirements of the plumbing or mechanical code, this codeshall prevail. In instances where the this code, applicablestandards, or the manufacturer’s installation instructionsconflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Wherethere is a conflict between a general requirement and a spe-cific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail.102.2 Existing Installation. Solar energy sSystems law-fully in existence at the time of the adoption of this codeshall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repaircontinued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accor-dance with the original design and location and no hazard tolife, health, or property has been created by such system.102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy sSystems, materials,and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereofof a premise under the Authority Having Jurisdiction shallbe maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards

required by this code shall be maintained in accordance withthe code edition under which installed.

The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall beresponsible for maintenance of the solar energy systems. Todetermine compliance with this subsection, the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solarenergy system to be reinspected.102.4 Additions, Alterations, Renovations, orRepairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to asolar energy system shall conform to that required for a newsystem without requiring the existing solar energy system tobe in accordance with the requirements of this code. Addi-tions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause anexisting system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded.

Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existingsolar energy systems installations shall comply with the pro-visions for new construction, unless such deviations arefound to be necessary and are first approved by the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction.102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with theprovisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nui-sance, or other dangerous or insanitary condition thatinvolves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’sagent shall install such additional solar energy facilities orshall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. Solar energysSystems that are a part of a building or structure undergoinga change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code,shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code thatare applicable to the new use or occupancy.102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy sys-tems of a building or part thereof that is moved from onefoundation to another, or from one location to another, shallbe in accordance with the provisions of this code for newinstallations and completely tested as prescribed elsewherein this section for new work, except that walls or floors neednot be removed during such test where other equivalentmeans of inspection acceptable to the Authority HavingJurisdiction are provided.102.8 Appendices. The provisions in the appendices areintended to supplement the requirements of this code andshall not be considered part of this code unless formallyadopted as such.

103.0 Duties and Powers of the Authority HavingJurisdiction.103.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall bethe Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For suchpurposes, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have thepowers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having

12015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE

CHAPTER 1ADMINISTRATION

PRE-PRINT

Jurisdiction shall have the power to render interpretations ofthis code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations sup-plemental to this code as deemed necessary in order to clar-ify the application of the provisions of this code. Such inter-pretations, rules, and regulations shall be in accordancecomply with the intent and purpose of this code.

In accordance with the prescribed procedures and withthe approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction shall be permitted to appoint such number oftechnical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shallbe authorized from time to time. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors oremployees as necessary to carry out the functions of the codeenforcement agency.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted torequest the assistance and cooperation of other officials ofthis jurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of theduties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordi-nance.103.2 Liability. The Authority Having Jurisdiction chargedwith the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith andwithout malice in the discharge of the Authority HavingJurisdiction’s duties, shall not thereby be rendered person-ally liable for a damage that accrues to persons or propertyas a result of an act or by reason of an act or omission in thedischarge of such duties. A suit brought against the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act oromission performed in the enforcement of a provisions ofthis code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by thisjurisdiction until final termination of the such proceedings.103.3 Applications and Permits. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission ofplans, specifications, drawings, and such other informationas required by in accordance with the Authority HavingJurisdiction, prior to the commencement of, and at a timeduring the progress of, work regulated by this code.

The issuance of a permit upon plans and specificationsshall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction fromthereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans andspecifications or from preventing construction operationsbeing carried on thereunder where in violation of this codeor of other pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificateof approval where issued in error.

103.3.1 Licensing. Provision for licensing shall bedetermined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

103.4 Right of Entry. Where it is necessary to make aninspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or wherethe Authority Having Jurisdiction has reasonable cause tobelieve that there exists in a building or upon a premises acondition or violation of this code that makes the building orpremises unsafe, insanitary, dangerous, or hazardous, theAuthority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to enter thebuilding or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to per-form the duties imposed upon the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion by this code, provided that where such building orpremises is occupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction

shall present credentials to the occupant and request entry.Where such building or premises is unoccupied, the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction shall first make a reasonable effort tolocate the owner or other person having charge or control ofthe building or premises and request entry. Where entry isrefused, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has recourse toevery remedy provided by law to secure entry.

Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have firstobtained an inspection warrant or other remedy provided bylaw to secure entry, no owner, occupant, or person havingcharge, care, or control of a building or premises shall fail orneglect, after a request is made as herein provided, topromptly permit entry herein by the Authority Having Juris-diction for the purpose of inspection and examination pur-suant to this code.

104.0 Permits.104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a per-son, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration,repair, replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regu-lated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or tocause the same to be done without first obtaining a separatepermit for each separate building, or structure, or intercon-nected set of systems.104.2 Exempt Work.A permit shall not be required for thefollowing:(1) The repairing of leaks in pipes, valves, or components,

provided such repairs do not involve or require thereplacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes, or com-ponents.

(2) Replacement of a component part that does not alter itsoriginal approval and is in accordance with other appli-cable requirements of this code.Exemption from the permit requirements of this code

shall be deemed not to grant authorization for work to be donein violation of the provisions of the code or other laws or ordi-nances of this jurisdiction.104.3 Application for Permit. To obtain a permit, theapplicant shall first file an application therefore in writing ona form furnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for thatpurpose. Such application shall:(1) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per-

mit for which application is made.(2) Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be

done by legal description, street address, or similardescription that will readily identify and definitely locatethe proposed building or work.

(3) Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposedwork is intended.

(4) Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, andother data as required in accordance with Section 104.3.1.

(5) Be signed by the permittee or the permittee’s authorizedagent. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permit-ted to require evidence to indicate such authority.

(6) Give such other data and information as required by inaccordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

ADMINISTRATION

2 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE

PRE-PRINT

104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineer-ing calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be sub-mitted in one or more sets with each application for a per-mit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permittedto require plans, computations, and specifications to beprepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, aregistered desinged professional, an engineer, an archi-tect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practiceas such.Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall bepermitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations,or other data where the Authority Having Jurisdictionfinds that the nature of the work applied for is such thatreviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliancewithin the code.104.3.2 Plan Review Fees.Where a plan or other datais required to be submitted by in accordance with Section104.3.1, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of sub-mitting plans and specifications for review.

The plan review fees for solar energy system workshall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction.

The plan review fees specified in this subsection areseparate fees from the permit fees specified in Section104.5 this section and are in addition to the permit fees.

Where plans are incomplete or changed so as torequire additional review, a fee shall be charged at therate shown in Table 104.5.104.3.3 Information on Plans and Specifica-tions. Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scaleupon substantial paper or cloth and shall indicate thelocation, nature, and extent of the work proposed andshow in detail that it is in accordance with the provi-sions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules,and regulations.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have theoption to accept plans and specifications electronically,in lieu of on cloth or paper, in whatever format it shallrequire.104.3.4 Time Limitation of Application. Applica-tions for which no permit is issued within 180 days fol-lowing the date of application shall expire by limitation,plans and other data submitted for review thereafter,shall be returned to the applicant or destroyed by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to exceed extend the timefor action by the applicant for a period not to exceed180 days upon request by the applicant showing that cir-cumstances beyond the control of the applicant haveprevented action from being taken. No application shallbe extended more than once. In order to renew action onan application after expiration, the applicant shall resub-mit plans and pay a new plan review fee.

104.4 Permit Issuance. The application plans, and speci-fications and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shallbe reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plansshall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this

jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws undertheir jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdictionfinds that the work described in an application for permit andthe plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are inaccordance with the requirements of the code and other perti-nent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Sec-tion 104.5 have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdictionshall issue a permit therefore to the applicant.

104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Docu-ments. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issuesthe permit where plans are required, the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp theplans and specifications “APPROVED.” Such approvedplans and specifications shall not be changed, modified,or altered without authorization from the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed inaccordance with approved plans.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permit-ted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of asolar energy system before the entire plans and specifi-cations for the whole system have been submitted orapproved, provided adequate information and detailedstatements have been filed in accordance with the perti-nent requirements of this code. The holder of such per-mit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder’s riskwithout assurance that the permit for the entire building,structure, or solar energy system will be granted.104.4.2 Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permitor approval of plans and specifications shall not be con-strued to be a permit for, or an approval of, a violationof the provisions of this code or other ordinance of thejurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority toviolate or cancel the provisions of this code shall bevalid.

The issuance of a permit based upon plans, specifi-cations, or other data shall not prevent the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the cor-rection of errors in said plans, specifications, and otherdata or from preventing building operations being car-ried on thereunder where in violation of this code or ofother ordinances of this jurisdiction.104.4.3 Expiration. A permit issued by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction under the provisions of this codeshall expire by limitation and become null and voidwhere the work authorized by such permit is not com-menced within 180 days from the date of such permit,or where the work authorized by such permit is sus-pended or abandoned at a time after the work is com-menced for a period of 180 days. Before such work isrecommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to doso, and the fee therefore shall be one-half the amountrequired for a new permit for such work, provided nochanges have been made or will be made in the originalplans and specifications for such work, and providedfurther that such suspensions or abandonment have hasnot exceeded 1 year.

ADMINISTRATION


PRE-PRINT

104.4.4 Extensions. A permittee holding an unex-pired permit shall be permitted to apply for an extensionof the time within which work shall be permitted tocommence under that permit where the permittee isunable to commence work within the time required bythis section. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall bepermitted to extend the time for action by the permitteefor a period not exceeding 180 days upon writtenrequest by the permittee showing that circumstancesbeyond the control of the permittee have preventedaction from being taken. No permit shall be extendedmore than once. In order to renew action on a permitafter expiration, the permittee shall pay a new full per-mit fee.104.4.5 Suspension and Revocation. The Author-ity Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to, in writing,suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisionsof this code where the permit is issued in error or on thebasis of incorrect information supplied or in violation ofother ordinance or regulation of the jurisdiction.104.4.6 Retention of Plans. One set of approvedplans, specifications, and computations shall be retainedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction until final approvalof the work covered therein.

One set of approved plans, specifications, computa-tions, and manufacturer’s installation instructions shallbe returned to the applicant, and said set shall be kept onthe site of the building or work at times during whichthe work authorized thereby is in progress.

104.5 Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with theprovisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule,Table 104.5. The fees are to be determined and adopted bythis jurisdiction.

104.5.1 Work Commencing Before PermitIssuance. Where work for which a permit is requiredby this code has been commenced without first obtainingsaid permit, a special investigation shall be made beforea permit is issued for such work.104.5.2 Investigation Fees.An investigation fee, inaddition to the permit fee, shall be collected whether ornot a permit is then or subsequently issued. The investi-gation fee shall be equal to the amount of the permit feethat is required by this code, if a permit were to beissued. The payment of such investigation fee shall notexempt a person from compliance with other provisionsof this code, nor from a penalty prescribed by law.104.5.3 Fee Refunds. The Authority Having Juris-diction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding ofa fees as follows:(1) The amount paid hereunder that was erroneously

paid or collected.(2) Refunding of not more than a percentage, as deter-

mined by this jurisdiction where no work has beendone under a permit issued in accordance with thiscode.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not the author-ize the refunding of a fee paid except upon written applica-tion filed by the original permittee not to exceed 180 daysafter the date of fee payment.

105.0 Inspections and Testing.105.1 General. Solar energy sSystems for which a permitis required by this code shall be inspected by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

No solar energy system or portion thereof shall be cov-ered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested,inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neitherthe Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shallbe liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacementof material required to permit inspection. Solar energy sSys-tems regulated by this code shall not be connected to thewater, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system untilauthorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.105.2 Required Inspection. New solar energy systemwork and such portions of existing systems as affected bynew work, or changes, shall be inspected by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the require-ments of this code and to ensure that the installation and con-struction of the solar energy system is in accordance withapproved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shallmake the following inspections and other such inspections asnecessary. The permittee or the permittee’s authorized agentshall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections asfollows:(1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or

ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, andbefore backfill is put in place.

(2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installa-tion of wall or ceiling membranes.

(3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of theinstallation.105.2.1 Uncovering.Where a solar energy system, orpart thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, iscovered or concealed before being inspected, tested, andapproved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncoveredfor inspection after notice to uncover the work has beenissued to the responsible person by the Authority HavingJurisdiction. The requirements of this section shall not beconsidered to prohibit the operation of solar energy sys-tem equipment installed to replace existing equipmentserving an occupied portion of the building in the event arequest for inspection of such equipment has been filedwith the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72hours after such replacement work is completed, andbefore a portion of such solar energy system is concealedby a permanent portion of the building.105.2.2 Other Inspections. In addition to theinspections required by this code, the Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to require other inspec-

ADMINISTRATION


PRE-PRINT

tions to ascertain compliance with the provisions of thiscode and other laws that are enforced by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.105.2.3 Inspection Requests. It shall be the duty ofthe person doing the work authorized by a permit tonotify the Authority Having Jurisdiction that such workis ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdic-tion shall be permitted to require that every a request forinspection be filed not less than 1 working day beforesuch inspection is desired. Such request shall be permit-ted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the optionof the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspec-tions required by in accordance with this code to provideaccess to and means for proper inspection of such work.105.2.4 Advance Notice. It shall be the duty of theperson doing the work authorized by the permit tonotify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, orally or inwriting that said work is ready for inspection. Such noti-fication shall be given not less than 24 hours before thework is to be inspected.105.2.5 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of theholder of a permit to make sure that the work will standthe test prescribed before giving the notification.

The equipment, material, and labor necessary forinspection or tests shall be furnished by the person towhom the permit is issued or by whom inspection isrequested.105.2.6 Reinspections. A reinspection fee shall bepermitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspec-tion where such portion of work for which inspection iscalled is not complete or where required correctionshave not been made.

This provision is shall not to be interpreted asrequiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejectedfor failure to be in accordance with the requirements ofthis code, but as controlling the practice of calling forinspections before the job is ready for inspection orreinspection.

Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessedwhere the approved plans are not readily available to theinspector, for failure to provide access on the date forwhich the inspection is requested, or for deviating fromplans requiring the approval of the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file anapplication therefore in writing upon a form furnishedfor that purpose and pay the reinspection fee in accor-dance with Table 104.5.

In instances where reinspection fees have beenassessed, no additional inspection of the work will beperformed until the required fees have been paid.

105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy sSystems shallbe tested and approved as required by in accordance withthis code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Tests shall be

conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion or the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duly appointedrepresentative. No test or inspection shall be required wherea solar energy system, or part thereof, is set up for exhibitionpurposes and has no connection with a water or drainagesystem an energy fuel supply. In cases where it would beimpractical to provide the required water or air tests, or forminor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Juris-diction shall be permitted to make such inspection asdeemed advisable in order to be assured that the work hasbeen performed in accordance with the intent of this code.Joints and connections in a the solar energy system shall beairtight, gastight, and or watertight for the pressures requiredby the test.

105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be usedin testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or asolar energy system of a building premises where thereis reason to believe that it has become defective. Inbuildings or premises condemned by the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition ofthe solar energy system, or part thereof, the alterationsin such system shall be in accordance with the require-ments of this code.105.3.2 Retesting. Where the Authority HavingJurisdiction finds that the work will not pass the test,necessary corrections shall be made, and the work shallbe resubmitted for test or inspection.105.3.3 Approval.Where prescribed tests and inspec-tions indicate that the work is in accordance with thiscode, a certificate of approval shall be issued by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction to the permittee ondemand.

105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. No person shallmake connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solarenergy system or equipment regulated by this code and forwhich a permit is required until approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. No person shall make connection froma water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system reg-ulated by this code and for which a permit is required untilapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Author-ity Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize tem-porary connection of the solar energy system equipment tothe source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing theequipment.

106.0 Violations and Penalties.106.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or cor-poration to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move,improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain asolar energy system or permit the same to be done in violationof this code.106.2 Notices of Correction or Violation. Notices ofcorrection or violation shall be written by the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the siteof the work, or mailed, or delivered to the permittee or histheir authorized representative.

ADMINISTRATION


PRE-PRINT

Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with such noticeor order within 10 days of receipt thereof, shall be consid-ered a violation of this code and shall be subject to the penal-ties set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. 106.3 Penalties. A person, firm, or corporation violating aprovision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misde-meanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable bya fine, imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing lawsof the jurisdiction. Each separate day or portion thereof, dur-ing which a violation of this code occurs or continues, shallbe deemed to constitute a separate offense.106.4 Stop Orders. Where work is being done contrary tothe provisions of this code, the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion shall be permitted to order the work stopped by noticein writing served on persons engaged in the doing or causingsuch work to be done, and such persons shall forthwith stopwork until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdictionto proceed with the work.106.5 Authority to Disconnect Utilities in Emergen-cies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have theauthority to disconnect a solar energy system to a building,structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case ofemergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate haz-ard to life or property.106.6 Authority to Condemn.Where the Authority Hav-ing Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or por-tion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardousto life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, theAuthority Having Jurisdiction shall order in writing thatsuch solar energy system either be removed or placed in asafe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonabletime limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain adefective solar energy system after receiving such notice.

Where such solar energy system is to be disconnected,written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate dangerto life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted tobe made immediately without such notice.

107.0 Board of Appeals.107.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals oforders, decisions, or determinations made by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpre-tations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created aBoard of Appeals consisting of members who are qualifiedby experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining toa solar energy system design, construction, and maintenanceand the public health aspects of such systems and who arenot employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act assecretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matterbefore the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointedby the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure.The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting itsbusiness and shall render decisions and findings in writing tothe appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

107.2 Limitations of Authority. The Board of Appealsshall have no authority relative to interpretation of theadministrative provisions of this code, nor shall the board beempowered to waive requirements of this code.

ADMINISTRATION


PRE-PRINT

TABLE 104.5SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM PERMIT FEES2

Permit Issuance1. For issuing each permit..........................................................................................................................................1________2. For issuing each supplemental permit ..................................................................................................................1________

Unit Fee Schedule (in addition to items 1 and item 2 above)1. For Collectors (including related piping and regulating devices):

Up to 1000 square feet....................................................................................................................................1________Between 1001 and 2000 square feet ..............................................................................................................1________More than 2000 square feet, $5.00 plus $1.00 per1000 square feet or fraction thereof over 2000 square feet............................................................................1________

2. For Storage Tanks (including related piping and regulating devices):Up to 750 gallons............................................................................................................................................1________Between 751 gallons and 2000 gallons ..........................................................................................................1________Exceeding 2000 gallons, $3.00 plus $1.00 per1000 or fraction thereof exceeding 2000 gallons ...........................................................................................1________

3. For Rock Storage:Up to 1500 cubic feet......................................................................................................................................1________Between 1501 and 3000 cubic feet ................................................................................................................1________More than 3000 cubic feet, $3.00 plus $1.00 per1000 cubic feet or fraction thereof over 3000 cubic feet ...............................................................................1________

4. For each appliance or piece of equipment regulated by this code for which no fee is listed ..............................1________

Other Inspections and Fees1. Inspections outside of normal business hours ......................................................................................................1________2. Reinspection Fee ....................................................................................................................................................1________3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated ..........................................................................................1________4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions, or

revisions to approved plans (minimum charge - 1⁄2 hour)......................................................................................1________5. Plan Check Fee:

Where specific plans are required, a plan check fee shall be charged equal to one-half the total permit fee, excluding the permit issuance fee......................................................1________

For SI units: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3

Notes:1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here.2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes.

ADMINISTRATION


PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

201.0 General.201.1 Applicability. For the purpose of this code, the fol-lowing terms have the meaning indicated in this chapter.

No attempt is made to define ordinary words, which areused in accordance with their established dictionary mean-ings, except where a word has been used loosely and it isnecessary to define its meaning as used in this code to avoidmisunderstanding.

202.0 Definition of Terms.202.1 General. The definitions of terms are arrangedalphabetically according to the first word of the term.202.2 Terms Defined in Other Documents. Whereterms are not defined in this chapter and defined in the build-ing code, mechanical code, plumbing code, electrical code,and fire code; such terms shall have meanings as defined inthose codes.

203.0 – A – Absorber. That part of the solar collector that receives theincident radiation energy.Absorptance. The collecting of heat, measured as percentof total radiation available.Accessible. Where applied to a device, appliance, orequipment, “accessible” means Hhaving access thereto, butwhich first may require the removal of an access panel, door,or similar obstruction.Accessible, Readily. Having a direct access without thenecessity of removing panel, door, or similar obstruction.Air Mass. The ratio of the mass of atmosphere, in the actualearth-sun path, to the mass that would exist if the sun weredirectly overhead at sea level.Air Break, Drainage. The drain from an appliance orappurtenance that discharges indirectly into another receptorat a point below the flood level rim and above the trap seal.Air Gap, Drainage. The unobstructed vertical distancethrough the free atmosphere between the lowest openingsfrom a pipe, appliance, or appurtenance conveying waste tothe flood-level rim of the receptor.Air Gap, Water Distribution. The unobstructed verticaldistance through the free atmosphere between the lowestopening from a pipe or faucet conveying potable water to theflood-level rim of a tank, vat, or receptor.Alternating-Current (ac) Module (Alternating-Current Photovoltaic Module). A complete, environmen-tally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics, inverter,and other components, exclusive of tracker, designed to gen-erate ac power where exposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2]

Ambient Temperature. Surrounding temperature.Angle of Incidence. The angle between the direct solarirradiation and the normal to the aperture plane.Appliance. A device that utilizes an energy source to pro-duce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air conditioning orapparatus that is designed to utilize energy.Approved. Acceptable to the Authority HavingJurisdiction. Approved Testing Agency. An organization primarilyestablished for purposes of testing to approved standards andapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Appurtenance, Plumbing. A manufactured device, aprefabricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of com-ponent parts that is an adjunct to the basic piping system. Anappurtenance demands no additional water supply, nor doesit add a discharge load to the drainage system. It performssome useful function in the operation, maintenance, servic-ing, economy, or safety of the system.Appurtenance, Solar. A manufactured device, a prefab-ricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of componentparts that is an adjunct to a solar energy system.Area, Absorber. The total projected heat transfer areafrom which the absorbed solar irradiation heats the transfermedia.Area, Aperture. The maximum projected area of a solarcollector through which the unconcentrated solar radiantenergy is admitted.Area, Gross Collector. The maximum projected area ofthe complete collector module, including integral mountingmeans.Array. A mechanically integrated assembly of modules orpanels with a support structure and foundation, tracker, andother components, as required, to form a direct-currentpower-producing unit. [NFPA 70:690.2]Authority Having Jurisdiction. The organization,office, or individual responsible for enforcing the require-ments of a code or standard, or for approving equipment,materials, installations, or procedures. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be a federal, state, local, or other regionaldepartment or an individual such as a plumbing official,mechanical official, labor department official, health depart-ment official, building official, or others having statutoryauthority. In the absence of a statutory authority, theAuthority Having Jurisdiction may be some other responsi-ble party. This definition shall include the Authority HavingJurisdiction’s duly authorized representative. Auxiliary Energy System. Equipment using non-solarenergy sources to supplement or backup the output providedby a solar energy system.


CHAPTER 2DEFINITIONS

PRE-PRINT

204.0 – B – Backflow. The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures, orsubstances into the distributing pipes of a potable supply ofwater from sources other than its intended source. SeeBacksiphonage, backpressure backflow. Backflow Connection. An arrangement whereby back-flow can occur. Backflow Preventer. A backflow prevention device, anassembly, or other method to prevent backflow into thepotable water system. Backpressure Backflow. Backflow due to an increasedpressure above the supply pressure, which may be due topumps, boilers, gravity, or other sources of pressure. Backsiphonage. The flowing back of used, contaminated,or polluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into awater supply pipe due to a pressure less than atmospheric insuch pipe. See Backflow. Balancing Valves. A valve that regulates the flow rate ofliquid, to achieve uniform distribution, throughout multiplecollectors.Bipolar Photovoltaic Array. A photovoltaic array thathas two outputs, each having opposite polarity to a commonreference point or center tap. [NFPA 70:690.2]Blocking Diode. A diode used to block reverse flow ofcurrent into a photovoltaic source circuit. [NFPA 70:690.2]Building. A structure built, erected, and framed of compo-nent structural parts designed for the housing, shelter, enclo-sure, or support of persons, animals, or property of any kind. Building Code. The building code that is adopted by thejurisdiction. Building Drain. That part of the lowest piping of a drainagesystem that receives the discharge from soil, waste, and otherdrainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys itto the building sewer beginning 2 feet (610 mm) outside thebuilding wall. Building Integrated Photovoltaics. Photovoltaic cells,devices, modules, or modular materials that are integratedinto the outer surface or structure of a building and serve asthe outer protective surface of that building. [NFPA70:690.2]

205.0 – C – Calcium Hardness.A measure of dissolved calcium com-pounds and mineral content of water. It is measured as cal-cium carbonate (CaCO3).Certified Backflow Assembly Tester. A person whohas shown competence to test and maintain backflow assem-blies to the satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Charge Controller. Equipment that controls dc voltage ordc current, or both, used to charge a battery. [NFPA70:690.2]Circulating Air. Air being conveyed from or to a collectorthrough openings, ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces to aheat exchanger or storage media.

Circulators Pump (Circulating Pump). A device thatcirculates liquids or gases within a closed circuit for anintended purpose.Closed Loop System. A system where the fluid isenclosed in a piping system that is not vented to the atmos-phere.Coastal High Hazard Areas Flood Hazard AreaSubject to High Velocity Wave Action. An Aareawithin the flood hazard area which that is subject to highvelocity wave action, and shown on a Flood Insurance RateMap or other flood hazard map as Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30.Code. A standard that is an extensive compilation of provi-sions covering broad subject matter or that is suitable foradoption into law independently of other codes and stan-dards. Collector. See Solar Collector.Collector, Concentrating. A solar collector that usesreflectors, lenses, or other optical elements to concentratethe radiant energy passing through the aperture onto anabsorber of which the surface area is smaller than the aper-ture area.Collector System. That section of the solar system thatincludes the collector and piping or ducts from the collectorto the storage system.Collector Tilt. The angle above horizontal at which a solarheat collector is positioned.Combination Temperature and Pressure-ReliefValve. A relief valve that actuates when a set temperature,pressure, or both is reached. Also known as a T&P valve.Combustible Liquid. A liquid having a flash point at orabove 100°F (38°C). Combustible liquids shall be dividedinto the following classifications:(1) Class II liquids having a flash point above 100°F (38°C)

and below 140°F (60°C).(2) Class IIIA liquids having a flash point at or above 140°F

(60°C) and below 200°F (93°C).(3) Class IIIB liquids having a flash point at or above 200°F

(93°C).The classifications of combustible liquids do not

include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids.Concentration Ratio. The ratio of the aperture area to theabsorber area (in concentrating solar collectors).Concentrator. Reflector of lens designed to focus solarenergy into a reduced area.Condensate. A liquid obtained from condensation of a gasor vapor.Contamination. An impairment of the quality of thepotable water that creates an actual hazard to the publichealth through poisoning or through the spread of disease bysewage, industrial fluids, or waste. Also defined as HighHazard. Cover, Collector (Glazing). The material covering theaperture to provide thermal and environmental protection.

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

Critical Level. The critical level (C-L or C/L) marking ona backflow prevention device or vacuum breaker is a pointconforming to approved standards and established by thetesting laboratory (usually stamped on the device by themanufacturer) that determines the minimum elevation abovethe flood-level rim of the fixture or receptor served at whichthe device may be installed. Where a backflow preventiondevice does not bear a critical level marking, the bottom ofthe vacuum breaker, combination valve, or the bottom ofsuch approved device shall constitute the critical level. Cross-Connection. A connection or arrangement, physi-cal or otherwise, between a potable water supply system anda tank, receptor, equipment, or device through which it maybe possible for nonpotable, used, unclean, polluted and con-taminated water, or other substances to enter into a part ofsuch potable water system under any condition.

206.0 – D – Department Having Jurisdiction. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction, including other law enforcement agen-cies affected by a provision of this code, whether suchagency is specifically named or not. Design Flood Elevation. The elevation of the “designflood,” including wave height, relative to the datum speci-fied on the community’s legally designated flood hazardmap. In areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood ele-vation shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade ofthe building’s perimeter plus the depth number in feet (m)specified on the flood hazard map. In areas designated asZone AO where a depth number is not specified on the map,the depth number shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610mm).Design Pressure. The maximum allowable pressure forwhich a specific part of a system is designed.Design Temperature. The maximum allowable continu-ous or intermittent temperature for which a specific part of asolar energy system is designed to operate safely and reli-ably.Developed Length. The length along the center line of apipe and fittings. Diameter. Unless specifically stated, “diameter” is thenominal diameter as designated commercially.Direct Exchange (DX). A ground-source heat pump thatcirculates a refrigerant through a closed-loop system.Direct Expansion System. See Direct Exchange (DX).Distribution System. That section of the solar systemfrom the storage system to the point of use.Diversion Charge Controller. Equipment that regulatesthe charging process of a battery by diverting power fromenergy storage to direct-current or alternating-current loadsor to an interconnected utility service. [NFPA 70:690.2]Drain. A pipe that carries waste or waterborne wastes in abuilding drainage system.

Drainage System. Includes the piping within a premisethat conveys liquid waste to a legal point of disposal.Drainback System. A closed loop system, which allowsgravity draining of the heat transfer fluid into, lower portionsor the solar loop under prescribed circumstances.Draindown. An active solar energy system in which thefluid in the solar collector is drained from the solar energysystem under prescribed circumstances.

207.0 – E –Electrical (Auxiliary) Heating. Electrical heating ele-ment immersed into the storage.Electrical Production and Distribution Network. Apower production, distribution, and utilization system, suchas a utility system and connected loads, that is external toand not controlled by the photovoltaic power system. [NFPA70:690.2]Emittance. The amount of heat radiated back from thesolar collector, measured as percent of energy absorbed bythe collector.Enclosure. A room or box used to store solar components.Energy Collector Fluid. That fluid used to transfer energyfrom the collector to the storage system or point of use.Energy Storage Fluid (or Media). That fluid (or media)used in the storage container for storing collected energy.Energy Transfer Fluid. That fluid used within a closedsystem either from the collector to the storage system orfrom the storage system to the point of use.Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings,devices and apparatus used as part of or in connection withinstallations regulated by this code.Essentially Nontoxic Transfer Fluid. Fluid generallyrecognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration(FDA) as food grade.Existing Work. A solar system or part thereof that hasbeen installed prior to the effective date of this code. External Auxiliary Heating. Auxiliary heating devicelocated outside the storage. The heat is transferred to thestorage by direct or indirect charging via a charge loop.

208.0 – F – Flammable Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash pointbelow 100°F (38°C), and has a vapor pressure not exceeding40 psi (276 kPa) at 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids shallbe known as Class I liquids and shall be divided into the fol-lowing classifications:(1) Class IA liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)

and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C).(2) Class IB liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C)

and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C).(3) Class IC liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F

(23°C) and below 100°F (38°C).

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

Flash Point. The minimum temperature corrected to apressure of 14.7 psi (101 kPa) at which a test flame causesthe vapors of a portion of the sample to ignite under the con-ditions specified by the test procedures and apparatus. Theflash point of a liquid shall be determined in accordance withASTM D 56, ASTM D 93, or ASTM D 3278. Flat Plate Collector. A panel (nonconcentrating type) ofsuitable material that converts solar energy into usableenergy and the absorbing surface is essentially planar.Flood Hazard Area. The greater of the following twoareas:(1) The area within a floodplain subject to a 1 percent or

greater chance of flooding in any given year.(2) The area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu-

nity’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally desig-nated.

Flood-Level Rim. The top edge of a receptor from whichwater overflows.

209.0 – G – Geoexchange. See Geothermal Energy System.Geothermal Energy System. A system that uses theearth’s interior thermal energy for space heating and cooling,and water heating.Grade. The slope or fall of a line of pipe in reference to ahorizontal plane. In drainage, it is usually expressed as thefall in a fraction of an inch (mm) or percentage slope per foot(m) length of pipe.Gravity Tank. A water storage tank in which fluid is storedat atmospheric pressure and distributed by gravity flow in adownfeed system.Ground-Heat Exchanger. An underground closed-loopheat exchanger through which a heat-transfer mediumpasses to and from a heat pump.Ground-Source Heat Pump. A device that uses theearth’s interior as a heat source or sink for heating and cool-ing. Where cooling, heat is extracted from the space and dis-sipated into the earth; where heating, heat is extracted fromthe earth and pumped into the space.Groundwater Source. A geothermal energy system thatuses the groundwater as a heat source or sink.

210.0 – H – Hangers. See Supports. Hazardous Material. A substance or mixture of sub-stances that is toxic, corrosive, flammable, an irritant, a sen-sitizer, and that presents a potential threat to the health ofhumans or animals.Heat Exchanger. A device that transfers heat from onemedium to another.Heat Transfer Medium. The medium used to transferenergy from the solar collectors to the thermal storage orload.

Heliostat. A reflecting surface mounted on an axis to directthe sun’s rays to a fixed point.High Hazard. See Contamination. Horizontal Pipe. A pipe or fitting that is installed in a hor-izontal position or which makes an angle of less than 45degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal. Hybrid System. A system comprised of multiple powersources. These power sources may include photovoltaic,wind, micro-hydro generators, engine-driven generators,and others, but do not include electrical production and dis-tribution network systems. Energy storage systems, such asbatteries, do not constitute a power source for the purpose ofthis definition. [NFPA 70:690.2]

211.0 – I – Ignition Source. Appliances or equipment due to theirintended use and operation, are capable of providing suffi-cient temperature and energy to raise its ignition temperatureand capable of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Sourcesmay include appliance or equipment burners, burner ignitersor electric switching devices.Immersed Heat Exchanger. Heat exchanger, which iscompletely surrounded with the fluid in the storage tank.Indirect Waste Pipe. A waste pipe that does not connectdirectly with the drainage system, but that discharges intothe drainage system through an air break or air gap into atrap, fixture, receptor or interceptor.Insanitary. A condition that is contrary to sanitary princi-ples or is injurious to health.

Conditions to which “insanitary” shall apply include thefollowing:(1) A trap that does not maintain a proper trap seal.(2) An opening in a drainage system, except where lawful,

that is not provided with an approved liquid-sealed trap.(3) A plumbing fixture or other waste-discharging receptor

or device that is not supplied with water sufficient toflush and maintain the fixture or receptor in a clean con-dition.

(4) A defective fixture, trap, pipe, or fitting.(5) A trap, except where in this code exempted, directly

connected to a drainage system, the seal of which is notprotected against siphonage and backpressure by a ventpipe.

(6) A connection, cross-connection, construction, or condi-tion, temporary or permanent, that would permit ormake possible by any means whatsoever for an unap-proved foreign matter to enter a water distribution sys-tem used for domestic purposes.

(7) The foregoing enumeration of conditions to which theterm “insanitary” shall apply, shall not preclude theapplication of that term to conditions that are, in fact,insanitary.

Insolation. The rate of solar energy received on a unit sur-face in a unit time.

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

Instantaneous Efficiency. The amount of energyremoved by the transfer fluid per gross collector area.During the specified time period, divided by the total solarradiation incident on the collector per unit area during thesame test period, under steady state or quasi-steady state.Interactive System. A solar photovoltaic system thatoperates in parallel with and may deliver power to an elec-trical production and distribution network. For the purposeof this definition, an energy storage subsystem of a solarphotovoltaic system, such as a battery, is not another electri-cal production source. [NFPA 70:690.2]Inverter. Equipment that is used to change voltage level orwaveform, or both, of electrical energy. Commonly, aninverter [also known as a power conditioning unit (PCU) orpower conversion system (PCS)] is a device that changes dcinput to an ac output. Inverters may also function as batterychargers that use alternating current from another source andconvert it into direct current for charging batteries. [NFPA70:690.2]Inverter Input Circuit. Conductors between the inverterand the battery in stand-alone systems or the conductorsbetween the inverter and the photovoltaic output circuits forelectrical production and distribution network. [NFPA70:690.2]Inverter Output Circuit. Conductors between the inverterand an ac panelboard for stand-alone systems or the conduc-tors between the inverter and the service equipment or anotherelectric power production source, such as a utility, for electri-cal production and distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2]Irradiation, Instantaneous. The quantity of solar radia-tion incident on a unit surface area in unit time, measured inBritish thermal unit per square foot hour [Btu/(ft2•h)](kW/m2).Irradiation, Integrated Average. The solar radiationincident on a unit surface area during a specified time perioddivided by the duration of that time period.

212.0 – J – Joint, Brazed. A joint obtained by joining of metal partswith alloys that melt at temperatures exceeding 840°F(449°C), but less than the melting temperature of the parts tobe joined. Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shapedthreaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleevesso that they form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubingthey connect.Joint, Flanged. One made by bolting together a pair offlanged ends.Joint, Flared. A metal-to-metal compression joint in whicha conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is com-pressed by a flare nut against a mating flare.Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a posi-tive holding mechanical construction.

Joint, Soldered. A joint obtained by the joining of metalparts with metallic mixtures or alloys that melt at a temper-ature up to and including 840°F (449°C).Joint, Welded. A gastight joint obtained by the joining ofmetal parts in the plastic molten state.

213.0 – K – No definitions.

214.0 – L – Labeled. Equipment or materials bearing a label of a list-ing agency (accredited conformity assessment body). SeeListed (Third-Party Certified). Langelier Saturation Index. A formula used to measurewater balance or mineral saturation control of pool, spa, orhot tub water. Total alkalinity, calcium hardness, pH, watertemperature, and total dissolved solids are measured, givena factor, and calculated to determine whether water has atendency to be corrosive or scale forming.Langley (calth/cm2). A unit of measurement of insolation,equal to 4.184 E+04 joules per square meter (J/m2).Listed (Third party certified). Equipment or materialsincluded in a list published by a listing agency (accreditedconformity assessment body) that maintains periodic inspec-tion on current production of listed equipment or materialand whose listing states either that the equipment or materialcomplies with approved standards or has been tested andfound suitable for use in a specified manner. Listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independentand authoritative conformity assessment body to operate amaterial and product listing and labeling (certification) systemand that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction,which is in the business of listing or labeling. The systemincludes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspec-tion on current production of listed (certified) products, andthat makes available a published report of such listing inwhich specific information is included that the material orproduct is in accordance with applicable standards and foundsafe for use in a specific manner. Load. The heat output of the storage during discharge. Theload is defined as the product of the mass, specific thermalcapacity and temperature increase of the water as it passesthe solar hot water system.Lot. A single or individual parcel or area of land legallyrecorded or validated by other means acceptable to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction on which is situated a build-ing or which is the site of work regulated by this code,together with the yards, courts, and unoccupied spaceslegally required for the building or works, and that is ownedby or is in the lawful possession of the owner of the buildingor works. Low Hazard. See Pollution.

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

215.0 – M – Main. The principal artery of a system of continuous pipingto which branches may be connected. May. A permissive term. Mechanical Code. The mechanical code that is adoptedby the jurisdiction. Where a mechanical code is not adoptedor where the content of the mechanical code adopted by thejurisdictions is not applicable, then mechanical code shallmean the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) promulgated bythe International Association of Plumbing and MechanicalOfficials (IAPMO).Module. A complete, environmentally protected unit con-sisting of solar cells, optics, and other components, exclu-sive of tracker, designed to generate dc power whereexposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2]Monopole Subarray. A PV subarray that has two conduc-tors in the output circuit, one positive and one negative. Twomonopole PV subarrays are used to form a bipolar PV array.[NFPA 70:690.2]

216.0 – N – Nuisance. Includes, but is not limited to:(1) A public nuisance known at common law or in equity

jurisprudence.(2) Where a work regulated by this code is dangerous to

human life or detrimental to health and property.(3) Inadequate or unsafe water supply or sewage disposal

system.

217.0 – O – Offset. A combination of elbows or bends in a line of pip-ing that brings one section of the pipe out of line but into aline parallel with the other section. Open Loop System. A system where the fluid is enclosedin a piping system that is vented to the atmosphere.Out-Gassing. As applied to thermal energy, the thermalprocess by which materials expel gas.

218.0 – P – Passive Solar Systems. As used in these requirements,are solar systems that utilize elements of a building, withoutaugmentation by mechanical components such as blowers orpumps, to provide for the collections, storage, or distributionof solar energy for heating, cooling, or both.PE. Polyethylene.PE-AL-PE. Polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene.PE-RT. Polyethylene of raised temperature.Person. A natural person, his heirs, executor, administra-tors, or assigns and shall also include a firm, corporation,municipal or quasi-municipal corporation, or governmentalagency. Singular includes plural, male includes female.PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene.

PEX-AL-PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene-aluminum-cross-linked polyethylene.pH. The log of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentra-tion of a solution, and a measure of the acidity or alkalinityof the water. It is determined by the concentration of hydro-gen ions in a specific volume of water.Photolysis. A chemical decomposition caused by radia-tion.Photosynthesis. The building up of chemical compoundswith the help of radiation.Photovoltaic. Relating to electricity produced by theaction of solar radiation on a solar cell.Photovoltaic Output Circuit. Circuit conductorsbetween the photovoltaic source circuit(s) and the inverter ordc utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:690.2]Photovoltaic Panel. A collection of modules mechani-cally fastened together, wired, and designed to provide afield-installable unit. [NFPA 70:690.2]Photovoltaic Power Source. An array or aggregate ofarrays that generates dc power at system voltage and current.[NFPA 70:690.2]Photovoltaic Source Circuit. Circuits between modulesand from modules to the common connection point(s) of thedc system. [NFPA 70:690.2]Photovoltaic System Voltage. The direct current (dc)voltage of any photovoltaic source or photovoltaic outputcircuit. For multiwire installations, the photovoltaic systemvoltage is the highest voltage between any two dc conduc-tors. [NFPA 70:690.2]Pipe. A cylindrical conduit or conductor conforming to theparticular dimensions commonly known as “pipe size.” Plastic CC1. Plastic materials that have a burning extent of1 inch (25.4 mm) or less where tested in nominal 0.060 inch(1.524 mm) thickness by ASTM D 635 or in the thicknessintended for use.Plastic CC2. Plastic materials that have a burning rate of21⁄2 inches per minute (in/min) (0.001 m/s) or less wheretested in nominal 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) thickness byASTM D 635 or in the thickness intended for use.Plenum. An air compartment or chamber to which one ormore ducts are connected and that forms part of either theconditioned air supply, circulating air, or exhaust air system,other than the occupied space being conditioned.Plumbing Code. The plumbing code that is adopted bythe jurisdiction. Where a plumbing code is not adopted orwhere the content of the plumbing code adopted by the juris-diction is not applicable, then plumbing code shall mean theUniform Plumbing Code (UPC) promulgated by theInternational Association of Plumbing and MechanicalOfficials (IAPMO).Plumbing Official. See Authority Having Jurisdiction. Pollution. An impairment of the quality of the potablewater to a degree that does not create a hazard to the publichealth but which does adversely and unreasonably affect the

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

aesthetic qualities of such potable water for domestic use.Also defined as Low Hazard. Potable Water. Water that is satisfactory for drinking,culinary, and domestic purposes and that meets the require-ments of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. Pressure. The normal force exerted by a homogeneous liq-uid or gas, per unit of area, on the wall of the container.

Residual Pressure. The pressure available at the fix-ture or water outlet after allowance is made for pressuredrop due to friction loss, head, meter, and other losses inthe system during maximum demand periods. Static Pressure. The pressure existing without anyflow.

Pressure-Limiting Device. A pressure-responsive mech-anism designed to automatically stop the operation of thepressure-imposing element at a predetermined pressure. PVC. Poly (vinyl chloride).Pyranometer. A device used to measure the total solarradiation incident upon a surface per unit time per unit area.Pyrheliometer. A device used to measure the direct radia-tion on a surface normal to the sun’s rays.

219.0 – Q – Quasi-Steady State. The state of the solar collector testwhere the flow rate and temperature of the fluid entering thecollector are constant but the exit fluid temperature changesgradually due to the normal change in irradiation that occurswith time for clear sky conditions.Quick-Acting Valve. A valve that closes quickly orabruptly where manually released or electrically actuated.

220.0 – R – Radiant Heater. A heater designed to transfer heat prima-rily by direct radiation. Registered Design Professional. An individual who isregistered or licensed by the laws of the state to performsuch design work in the jurisdiction.Relief Valve, Vacuum. A device which automaticallyopens or closes for relieving a vacuum with the system,depending on whether the vacuum is above or below a pre-determined value.Rock Storage. A bin, basement, or other container filledwith rock to act as an energy reservoir for a solar system.Roughing-In. The installation of the parts of the solar sys-tem that are capable of being completed prior to the installa-tion of fixtures. This includes drainage, water supply, gaspiping, vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports.

221.0 – S – Selective Surface. A special coating applied to solar col-lectors, having high absorption and low emission factors.Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement.

Size. See Diameter. Solar Cell. The basic photovoltaic device that generateselectricity where exposed to light. [NFPA 70:690.2]Solar Collector. A device used to absorb energy from thesun.Solar Constant. The average amount of solar radiationreaching the earth’s atmosphere per unit time [about 2 lang-leys per minute [1395 J/(m2•s)].Solar Energy System. A configuration of equipment andcomponents to collect, convey, store, and convert the sun’senergy for a purpose.Solar Energy System Components. Any appliance,assembly, device, equipment, or piping used in the conver-sion of solar energy into thermal energy for service waterheating, pool water heating, space heating and cooling, andelectrical service.Solar Photovoltaic System. The total components andsubsystems that, in combination, convert solar energy intoelectric energy suitable for connection to a utilization load.[NFPA 70:690.2]Solar Thermal System. A complete assembly of subsys-tems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and uti-lize this energy for service water heating, pool water heating,space heating and cooling purposes.Stand-Alone System. A solar photovoltaic system thatsupplies power independently of an electrical productionand distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2]Standard. A document, the main text of which containsonly mandatory provisions using the word “shall” to indicaterequirements and which is in a form generally suitable formandatory reference by another standard or code or foradoption into law. Nonmandatory provisions shall be locatedin an appendix, footnote, or fine print note and are not to beconsidered a part of the requirements of a standard. Standard Air. Air weighing 0.075 of a pound per cubicfoot (lb/ft3) (1.201 kg/m3) and is equivalent in density to dryair at a temperature of 70°F (21°C) and standard barometricpressure of 29.92 of a inch Hg. (101.32 kPa).Storage Tank. See Thermal Storage.Storage Temperature. Temperature of the storagemedium.Stored Energy. Accumulated energy that is available foruse.Stratified. State where thermal stratification is inside thestorage.Subarray. An electrical subset of a PV array. [NFPA70:690.2]Supports. Supports, hangers, and anchors are devices forproperly supporting and securing pipe, fixtures, and equip-ment. Swimming Pool Code. For the purpose of this code, anyreference to the swimming pool code shall mean the UniformSwimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) aspromulgated by the International Association of Plumbingand Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) or local ordinance.

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

222.0 – T – Thermal Storage. A tank or vessel used in a solar thermal,hydronic, or geothermal system, in which thermal energy isstored.Thermal Stratification. State where the local storagetemperature is a function of the vertical storage height, withthe temperature decreasing from top to bottom.Thermosiphon. The natural circulation of fluids due totemperature differential.Tilt Angle. The angle above horizontal of a plane surface.Time Constant. The time required for the fluid leaving asolar collector to attain 63.2 percent of its steady state valuefollowing a step change in insolation or inlet fluid tempera-ture.Total Alkalinity. The sum of all alkaline minerals in thewater that is primarily in bicarbonate form, but also assodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium carbonates, andhydroxides. It is a measure of the water’s ability to resistchanges in pH.Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). A measure (by electricalconductivity) of the amount of soluble matter that is presentin the water.Total Incident Irradiation. The total solar radiant energyincident upon a unit surface area during a specified timeperiod, expressed in British thermal unit per square foot(Btu/ft2) (J/m2).Transfer System. The intermediate piping, ducts, or bothbetween the various components of the solar system.Transfer Time. Time period during which energy is trans-ferred through the connections for charge (x=C) or discharge(x=D). The transfer time is calculated over one of more testsequences, excluding time periods used for conditioning atthe beginning of the test sequences.Trickling Collector. A solar collector in which fluids freeflow over the collector surface.

223.0 – U – Unsanitary. See Insanitary.

224.0 – V – Vacuum. A pressure less than that exerted by the atmos-phere. Vacuum Breaker. See Backflow Preventer. Valve, Pressure-Relief Device. A pressure-actuatedvalve held closed by a spring or other means and designed toautomatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting, rup-ture member, or fusible plug designed to automaticallyrelieve excessive pressure.Venetian Blind Collector. A solar collector in whichmovable vanes are employed to absorb or reject energy.

225.0 – W – Water-Distribution Pipe. In a building or premises, apipe that conveys potable water from the building supplypipe to the plumbing fixtures and other water outlets.Water Supply System. The building supply pipe, thewater-distribution pipes, and the necessary connecting pipes,fittings, control valves, backflow prevention devices, and allappurtenances carrying or supplying potable water in oradjacent to the building or premises. Water Well. A hole constructed in the ground used to with-draw or reject water for an open-loop geothermal system.

226.0 – X – No definitions.

227.0 – Y – No definitions.

228.0 – Z – No definitions.

DEFINITIONS


PRE-PRINT

301.0 General.301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the generalrequirements for the installation, design, construction, andrepair of a solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal system.

302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates.302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps,equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energysystem shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by alisting agency (accredited conformity assessment body) andshall comply with the approved applicable recognized stan-dards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects.Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, equip-ment appurtenances, or devices used or entering into theconstruction of solar energy a systems, or parts thereof, shallbe submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction forapproval.

302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, and each pipefitting, appliance, equipment, assembly material, anddevice used in a solar energy system shall have cast,stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’smark or name, which shall readily identify the manufac-turer to the end user of the product. Where required bythe approved standard that applies, the product shall bemarked with the weight and the quality of the product.Materials and devices used or entering into theconstruction of solar energy a systems, or parts thereof,shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactoryto the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such markingshall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shallnot be permitted acceptable.302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to inthis chapter or other chapters cover materials that willconform to the requirements of this code, where used inaccordance with the limitations imposed in this or otherchapters thereof and their listing. Where a standardcovers materials of various grades, weights, quality, orconfigurations, the portion of the listed standard that isapplicable shall be used. Design and materials forspecial conditions or materials not provided for hereinshall be permitted to be used by special permission ofthe Authority Having Jurisdiction after the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to theiradequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system mate-rials standards is are included referenced in Table1201.1 901.1. 302.1.3 Existing Buildings. In existing buildings orpremises in which a solar energy system installationsare to be altered, repaired, or renovated, the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permitdeviation from the provisions of this code, provided thatsuch proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper

determination in order that health and safety require-ments, as they pertain to the solar energy systems, shallbe observed.

302.2 Alternate Materials and Methods of Construc-tion Equivalency. Nothing in this code is intended toprevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalentor superior quality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness,durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Tech-nical documentation shall be submitted to the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall have the authority to approve ordisapprove the system, method, or device for the intendedpurpose.

However, the exercise of this discretionary approval bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effectbeyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. An alternate material or method ofconstruction so approved shall not be considered as in accor-dance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code fora purpose other than that granted by the Authority HavingJurisdiction where the submitted data does not prove equiv-alency.

302.2.1 Testing. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall have the authority to require tests, as proof ofequivalency.

302.2.1.1 Tests. Tests shall be made in accordancewith approved or applicable standards, by anapproved testing agency at the expense of the appli-cant. In the absence of such standards, the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall have the authority tospecify the test procedure. 302.2.1.2 Request by Authority HavingJurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall have the authority to require tests to be made orrepeated where there is reason to believe that a mate-rial or device no longer is in accordance with therequirements on which its approval was based.

302.3 Flood Hazard Areas. Solar energy sSystems andcomponents shall be located above the elevation in accor-dance with the building code for utilities and attendantequipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solarenergy systems and components shall be located not lessthan the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowestfloor, whichever is higher.Exceptions: (1) Solar energy sSystems shall be permitted tobe located below the elevation in accordance with thebuilding code for utilities and attendant equipment or theelevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, providedthat the systems that are designed and installed to preventwater from entering or accumulating within their compo-


CHAPTER 3GENERAL REGULATIONS

PRE-PRINT

nents and the systems are constructed to resist hydrostaticand hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effectsof buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to suchelevation in accordance with the flood-resistant constructionrequirements of the building code.(2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are

designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resistall flood-related and other loads during the design flood,or lesser floods.302.3.1 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to HighVelocity Wave Action Coastal High HazardAreas. Systems in buildings located Iin flood coastalhigh hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action,solar energy systems and components shall comply bein accordance with the requirements of with Section302.3, and systems, pipes, tubing, and appurtenancesshall not be mounted on or penetrate through walls thatare intended to breakaway under flood loads in accor-dance with the building code.302.3.2 Flood Resistant Materials. Solar energysSystem components installed in flood hazard areas andbelow the design flood elevation shall be made of flooddamage-resistant materials.

302.4 Alternative Engineered Design. An alternativeengineered design shall comply with the intent of the provi-sions of this code and shall provide an equivalent level ofquality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, andsafety. Material, equipment, or components shall be designedand installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions.

302.4.1 Permit Application. The registered designprofessional shall indicate on the design documents thatthe system, or parts thereof, is an alternative engineereddesign so that it is noted on the construction permit appli-cation. The permit and permanent permit records shallindicate that an alternative engineered design was part ofthe approved installation.302.4.2 Technical Data. The registered design profes-sional shall submit sufficient technical data to substan-tiate the proposed alternative engineered design and toprove that the performance meets the intent of this code.302.4.3 Design Documents. The registered designprofessional shall provide two complete sets of signedand sealed design documents for the alternative engi-neered design for submittal to the Authority Having Juris-diction. The design documents shall include floor plansof the work. Where appropriate, the design documentsshall indicate location, sizing, and loading of appurte-nances, equipment, appliances, and devices.302.4.4 Design Approval. An approval of an alterna-tive engineered design shall be at the discretion of theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. The exercise of thisdiscretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional bound-aries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternativeengineered design so approved shall not be considered as

in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both ofthis code for a purpose other than that granted by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.302.4.5 Design Review. The Authority Having Juris-diction shall have the authority to require testing of thealternative engineered design in accordance with Section302.2.1, including the authority to require an independentreview of the design documents by a registered designprofessional selected by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion and at the expense of the applicant.302.4.6 Inspection and Testing. The alternativeengineered design shall be tested and inspected in accor-dance with the submitted testing and inspection plan andthe requirements of this code.

318.0 303.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe.318.1 303.1 General. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipeshall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe.

311.0 304.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste.311.1 304.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person tocause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heattransfer medium, or other solar thermal liquids, in a place ormanner, except through and by means of an approveddrainage system installed and maintained in accordance withthe provisions of this code. Waste from a solar thermalsystem that is deleterious to surface or subsurface watersshall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway.311.2 304.2 Connections to Drainage SystemRequired. Receptors, drains, appurtenances, and appli-ances, used to receive or discharge liquid wastes, shall beconnected to the drainage system of the building or premisesin accordance with the requirements of this code.304.3 Drainage. For heating or hot-water-supply boilerapplications, the boiler room shall be equipped with a floordrain or other approved means for disposing of the accumu-lation of liquid wastes incident to cleaning, recharging, androutine maintenance. No steam pipe shall be directlyconnected to a part of a plumbing or drainage system, norshall a water having a temperature above 140°F (60°C) bedischarged under pressure directly into a part of a drainagesystem. Pipes from boilers shall discharge by means of indi-rect waste piping, as determined by the Authority HavingJurisdiction or the boiler manufacturer’s instructions.

305.0 Installation.305.1 Dissimilar Metals. Except for necessary valves,where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur,the point of connection shall be confined to exposed oraccessible locations.

The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted torequire the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solarthermal piping connections of an open loop systems.

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

305.2 Direction of Flow. Valves, pipes, and fittings shallbe installed in correct relationship to the direction of flow. 305.3 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shallbe made by the approved use of fittings, except that changesin direction in copper tubing shall be permitted to be madewith bends provided that such bends are made with bendingequipment that does not deform or create a loss in the cross-sectional area of the tubing.305.4 Improper Location. Solar thermal pPiping orequipment shall not be located as to interfere with the normaluse thereof or with the normal operation and use of windows,doors, or other required facilities.305.5 Attic Installations. An attic space in which thesolar energy system components are installed shall be acces-sible through an opening and passageway not less than aslarge as the largest component of the appliance, and not lessthan 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA54:9.5.1]

305.5.1 Length of Passageway. Where the heightof the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 mm), thedistance from the passageway access to the componentsshall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) measured along thecenterline of the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.1]305.5.2 Width of Passageway. The passagewayshall be unobstructed and shall have solid flooring notless than 24 inches (610 mm) wide from the entranceopening to the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.2]305.5.3 Work Platform. A level working platformnot less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762mm) shall be provided in front of the service side of thecomponents. [NFPA 54:9.5.2]305.5.4 Lighting and Convenience Outlet. Apermanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a luminairelighting fixture shall be installed near the appliance. Theswitch controlling the luminaire lighting fixture shall belocated at the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA54:9.5.3]

305.6 Condensation Control. Piping, tubing, andfittings shall be insulated where located in areas capable ofreaching a surface temperature below the dew point of thesurrounding air, and that are located in spaces or areas wherecondensation is capable of creating a hazard for the buildingoccupants or damage to the structure. Condensate from airwashers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appli-ances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall becollected and discharged in accordance with the mechanicalcode.305.7 Drainage Pan. Where a water heater, boiler, orthermal storage tank is located in an attic, or in or on an attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloorassembly where damage results from a leaking water heater,boiler, or tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant mate-rials shall be installed beneath the water heater, boiler, ortank, with not less than 3⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drainto an approved location. Such pan shall be not less than 11⁄2inches (38 mm) in depth.

305.8 Anchorage. Appliances and equipment designed tobe fixed in position shall be securely fastened in place inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.The supports shall be designed and constructed to sustainvertical and horizontal loads within the stress limitationsspecified in the building code.303.0 305.9 Structural Design Loads. 303.1General. Solar energy sSystem components, includingbuilding components and attachments, shall be designed andconstructed to withstand the following loads in accordancewith the building code:(1) Dead loads.(2) Live loads.(3) Snow loads.(4) Wind loads.(5) Seismic loads.(6) Flood loads.(7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temper-

ature changes.312.0 305.10 Location. 312.1 System. Except as other-wise provided in this code, no solar energy system, or partsthereof shall be located in a lot other than the lot that is thesite of the building, structure, or premises served by suchfacilities. 312.2 305.11 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, ortransfer of ownership of existing property shall be made insuch manner that the area, clearance, and access require-ments of this code are decreased.

304.0 306.0 Workmanship.304.1 306.1 Engineering Practices. Design, construc-tion, and workmanship shall comply with accepted engi-neering practices and shall be of such character as to securethe results sought to be obtained by this code. 304.2 306.2 Concealing Imperfections. It is unlawful toconceal cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials bywelding, brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon apaint, wax, tar, solvent cement, or other leak-sealing or repairagent.304.3 306.3 Burred Ends. Burred ends of pipe andtubing shall be reamed to the full bore of the pipe or tube,and chips shall be removed. 304.4 306.4 Installation Practices. Solar energy Asystems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordancewith this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.

304.4.1 306.4.1 On-Site. The installer shall leave themanufacturer’s installation and operating instructionswith the system owner.

404.0 307.0 Unlawful Connections.404.1 307.1 Prohibited Installation. No installation ofsolar thermal piping installation, or part thereof, shall be

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

GENERAL REGULATIONS


made in such a manner that it will be possible for used,unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, orsubstances to enter a portion of the potable water systemfrom a pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment by reason of back-siphonage, suction, or other cause, either during normal useand operation thereof, or where such pipe, tank, receptor, orequipment is subject to pressure exceeding the operatingpressure in the potable water system.404.2 307.2 Cross-Contamination. No person shallmake a connection or allow one to exist between pipes orconduits carrying potable water supplied by a public orprivate building supply system, and pipes or conduitscontaining or carrying water from other source or containingor carrying water that has been used for a purpose whatso-ever, or piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, orsubstances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflowprevention device approved for the potential hazard andmaintained in accordance with this code.404.3 307.3 Backflow Prevention. No device or construc-tion shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to apotable water supply, where such installation or connectionprovides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connection between a distributing system of water for drinkingand domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminatedby such device or construction unless there is provided a back-flow prevention device approved for the potential hazard.

405.0 308.0 Cross-Connection Control.405.1 308.1 General. Cross-connection control shall beprovided between the potable water system and a the solarthermal system in accordance with Section 405.2 308.2through Section 405.12 308.12.

No person shall install a water-operated equipment ormechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance,where it is found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical,or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potablewater supply. Such equipment or mechanism shall bepermitted where equipped with an approved backflow deviceor assembly.405.2 308.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies.Before a device or an assembly is installed for the preventionof backflow, it shall have first been approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested inaccordance with recognized standards or other standardsacceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflowprevention devices and assemblies shall comply with Table405.2(1) 308.2(1), except for specific applications and provi-sions as stated in this code. The minimum air gap to affordbackflow protection shall comply with Table 405.2(2)308.2(2).

Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supplysystem for protection against backflow shall be maintained ingood working condition by the person or persons havingcontrol of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assem-blies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or reloca-tion and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more

often where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device orassembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assemblyshall be removed from use or relocated or other device orassembly substituted, without the approval of the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

Testing shall be performed by a certified backflowassembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or other-wise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.405.3 308.3 Assemblies. Assemblies shall be listed inaccordance with listed standards and be acceptable to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over theselection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies. 405.4 308.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. Where morethan one backflow prevention valve is installed on a singlepremise, and the valves are installed in one location, each sepa-rate valve shall be permanently identified by the permittee in amanner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 405.5 308.5 Testing. The premise owner or responsibleperson shall have the backflow prevention assembly testedby a certified backflow assembly tester at the time of instal-lation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annualschedule thereafter, or more often when required by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall beperformed in accordance with the procedures referenced inTable 1201.1 901.1 by a tester qualified in accordance withthose standards.405.6 308.6 Access and Clearance. Access and clear-ance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance,and repair. Access and clearance shall be in accordance withthe manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than 12 inches(305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly andgrade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5feet (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be providedwith a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester ormaintenance person.405.7 308.7 Connections. Where potable water isdischarged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of anapproved air gap of two pipe diameters of the supply inlet,but in no case shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm).405.8 308.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. Back-flow preventers for hot water exceeding 110°F (43°C) shallbe a type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding110°F (43°C) without rendering a portion of the assemblyinoperative.405.9 308.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Solarthermal sSystems with integral backflow preventers or inte-gral air gaps manufactured as a unit shall be installed inaccordance with their listing requirements and the manufac-turer’s installation instructions.405.10 308.10 Prohibited Locations. Backflow preven-ters shall not be located in an area containing fumes that aretoxic, poisonous, or corrosive. Backflow preventers withatmospheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits,underground, or submerged locations.

PRE-PRINT

405.11 308.11 Cold Climate. In cold climate areas, back-flow assemblies and devices shall be protected from freezingwith an outdoor enclosure or by a method acceptable to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. 405.12 308.12 Drain Lines. Drain lines serving backflowdevices or assemblies shall be sized in accordance with thedischarge rates of the manufacturer’s flow charts of suchdevices or assemblies.

306.0 309.0 Protection of Structures. 402.0 Protec-tion of Piping, Materials, and Structures.402.1 309.1 General. Piping installed for a solar thermalsystem shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.1through Section 402.1.9.1. 402.1.1 Under or ThroughWalls. Piping or tubing passing under or through walls shallbe protected from breakage. Piping passing through or undercinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected fromexternal corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provi-sions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voidsaround piping or tubing passing through concrete floors onthe ground shall be sealed. 402.1.3 309.2 Expansion and Contraction Installa-tion. Piping or tubing in connection with a solar thermalsystem shall be so installed so that piping, tubing, or connec-tions will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, andprovisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, andstructural settlement. No solar thermal piping or tubing,unless designed and listed for such use, shall be directlyembedded in concrete or masonry. No structural membershall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting,notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code.

402.1.2 309.2.1 Under Concrete Slab. Solarthermal pPiping installed within a building and in orunder a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shallbe installed in accordance with the following require-ments:(1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an

approved type, machine applied and in accordancewith recognized standards. Field wrapping shallprovide equivalent protection and shall berestricted to those short sections and fittings neces-sarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galva-nizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping orfittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not berequired to be wrapped.

(2) Copper or copper alloy tubing shall be installedwithout joints where possible. Where joints arepermitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall bewrought copper.

For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shallmean within the fixed limits of the building foundation.

402.1.6 309.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where pPro-tectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested,and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipecoating shall be repaired in an approved manner.

309.4 Fire-Resistant Construction. Piping penetrationsof fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors, floor/ceilingassemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies, or shaft enclosures shallbe protected in accordance with the requirements of thebuilding code.306.2 309.5 Waterproofing of Openings. Joints at theroof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall bemade watertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron,or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exteriorwall openings shall be made watertight. 402.1.7 309.6 Plastic and Copper Piping Steel NailPlates. Plastic and copper or copper alloy piping pene-trating framing members to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of theexposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates notless than No. 18 gauge (0.0478 inches) (1.2141 mm) inthickness. The steel nail plate shall extend along the framingmember not less than 11⁄2 inches (38 mm) beyond the outsidediameter of the pipe or tubing.402.1.4 309.7 Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided toprotect piping through concrete, and masonry walls, andconcrete floors.Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings aredrilled or bored.

402.1.5 309.7.1 Building Loads. Piping throughconcrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a loadfrom building construction.309.7.2 Exterior Walls. In exterior walls, annularspace between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed andmade watertight, as approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistiveconstruction shall be in accordance with Section 309.4.309.7.3 Firewalls. A pipe sleeve through a firewallshall have the space around the pipe completely sealedwith an approved fire-resistive material in accordancewith other codes.

306.1 309.8 Structural Integrity Members. A struc-tural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, orotherwise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as tobe left in a safe structural condition in accordance with therequirements of the building code. 306.3 309.9 Rodentproofing. Solar thermal, hydronic,and geothermal systems shall be constructed in such amanner as to restrict rodents or vermin from entering abuilding by following the duct work from the outside intothe building.

309.9.1 Metal Collars. In or on buildings whereopenings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings forthe passage of pipes and components, such openingsshall be closed and protected by the installation ofapproved metal collars securely fastened to theadjoining structure.

307.0 310.0 Hangers and Supports.307.1 310.1 Components of Solar Energy SystemGeneral. Piping, tubing, appliances, and appurtenances

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

Components of a solar energy system shall be supported inaccordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installationinstructions, and in accordance with the Authority HavingJurisdiction.307.2 310.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be ofsufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe or tubing,and its contents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatiblematerials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficientstrength to withstand all static and dynamic loading condi-tions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers andsupports with direct contact with piping shall be of approvedmaterials that are compatible with the piping and will notcause galvanization.307.3 310.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping ortubing shall be supported at intervals not to exceed thoseshown in Table 307.3 310.3.307.4 310.4 Alignment. Piping or tubing shall besupported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment andprevent sagging. 307.5 310.5 Underground Installation. Piping ortubing in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entirelength; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall beapproved in accordance with Section 302.0.307.6 310.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shallnot be not smaller than those shown in Table 307.6 310.6.

310.7 Strength. Hangers and supports shall be of suffi-cient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loadingconditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe and tubehangers and supports with direct contact with piping ortubing shall be of approved materials that are compatiblewith the piping and will not cause galvanization.

308.0 311.0 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill.308.1 311.1 Trenches. Trenches deeper than the footingof a building or structure, and paralleling the same, shall belocated not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom fromthe bottom exterior edge ofthe footing, or as approved inaccordance with Section 302.0.308.2 311.2 Tunneling and Driving. Tunneling anddriving shall be permitted to be done in yards, courts, ordriveways of a building site. Where sufficient depth is avail-able to permit, tunnels shall be permitted to be used betweenopen-cut trenches. Tunnels shall have a clear height of 2 feet(610 mm) above the pipe and shall be limited in length toone-half the depth of the trench, with a maximum length of 8

feet (2438 mm). Where pipes are driven, the drive pipe shallbe not less than one size larger than the pipe to be laid. 308.3 311.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to bemade for the installation of a solar energy system, or a partthereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trenchwork and shall be kept open until the piping it has beeninspected, tested, and accepted. 308.4 311.4 Excavations. Excavations shall be completelybackfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Precautionshall be taken to ensure compactness of backfill around pipingwithout damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilledin thin layers to 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of thepiping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boul-ders, cinderfill, frozen earth, construction debris, or othermaterials that will damage or break the piping or cause corro-sive action. Mechanical devices such as bulldozers, graders,etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill tograde. Fill shall be properly compacted. Precautions shall betaken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled ormade ground. 308.5 311.5 Water Pipes.Water pipes shall not be run orlaid in the same trench as building sewer or drainage pipingconstructed of clay or materials that are not approved for usewithin a building unless both of the following conditions aremet:(1) The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not

less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the seweror drain line.

(2) The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf exca-vated at one side of the common trench with a clearhorizontal distance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm)from the sewer or drain line.

Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage pipingconstructed of clay or materials that are not approvedfor use within a building shall be laid not less than 12inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drainpipe.

313.0 312.0 Abandonment.313.1 312.1 General.An abandoned solar thermal systemor part thereof shall be disconnected from remainingsystems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approvedmanner.313.2 312.2 Storage Tank. An underground waterstorage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued other-wise from use in a solar thermal system shall be completelydrained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or otherapproved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

314.0 313.0 Safety Requirements.314.1 313.1 Welding.Welding shall be done by approvedwelders in accordance with nationally recognized standards.Such welding shall be subject to the approval of the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

PIPE AND TUBE SIZE(inches)

ROD SIZE(inches)

1⁄2 – 4 3⁄85 – 8 1⁄210 – 12 5⁄8

TABLE 307.6 310.6HANGER ROD SIZES


GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

314.2 313.2 Spark or Flame. Solar energy systemeEquipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable ofigniting flammable vapors shall be permitted to be installedin a residential garage provided the pilots and burners,heating elements, motors, controllers, or switches are notless than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unlesslisted as flammable vapor ignition resistant.314.3 313.3 Hazardous Heat-Transfer Mediums.Hazardous heat-transfer mediums shall comply with Section314.3.1 and Section 314.3.2. 314.3.1 Approval. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used insolar thermal systems, except with prior approval of whereapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.314.4 313.4 Discharge. The collector, collector manifold,and manifold relief valve shall not discharge directly or indi-rectly into the building or toward an open flame or othersource of ignition.309.3 313.5 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be testedin accordance with Section 309.3.1 313.5.1 and Section309.3.2 313.5.2.

309.3.1 313.5.1 Pressure Type. Storage tanks shallbe tested in accordance with Section 309.2.3 504.2.3.309.3.2 313.5.2 Non-Pressure Type. Storage tanksshall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the testwithout leaking. No tank or portion thereof shall becovered or concealed prior to approval.

314.0 Pumps. 1102.0 Installation.1102.1 314.1 General. The selection of pumps shall bebased on fluids to be pumped, pump head and flow rates,power source, maximum operating temperatures, pressuresand compatible materials for seals, gaskets etc. Circulatingpumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions. 1102.2 Maintenance.Circulators shall be listed for their intended use based on theheat transfer medium. Circulating Circulators pumps shallbe installed to allow for service and maintenance. The manu-facturer’s installation instructions shall be followed forcorrect orientation and installation.1102.3 314.2 Mounting. The circulator shall be installedin such a way that strain from the piping is not transferred tothe circulator housing. The circulator shall be permitted tobe directly connected to the piping, provided the piping issupported on each side of the circulator. Where the installa-tion of a circulating pump circulator will cause strain on thepiping, the circulating pump circulator shall be installed ona mounting bracket or base plate supported in a manner thatwill eliminate strain on the piping. Where means for control-ling vibration of a pump circulator is required, an approvedmeans for support and restraint shall be provided.314.3 Sizing. The selection and sizing of a circulator shallbe based on the following:(1) Loop or system head pressure, feet of head (m)

(2) Capacity, gallons per minute (L/s)(3) Maximum and minimum velocity, feet per second (m/s)(4) Maximum and minimum temperature, °F (°C)(5) Maximum working pressure, pounds-force per square

inch (kPa)(6) Fluid type314.4 Drainback Systems. For drainback solar thermalsystems, a circulator without a check valve shall be installed. 314.5 Pumps Used in Parallel. A check valve shall beinstalled downstream of each circulator installed in parallel.Circulators with integral check valves shall be permitted.314.6 Cavitation. Systems, which utilize circulators, shallbe designed such that the pressure of the system is more thanthe vapor pressure of the liquid it conveys.1103.2 314.7 Materials. Circulating pumps shall beconstructed of materials that are compatible with the heattransfer medium.1103.3 314.8 Operation. Over-temperature protectionshall be provided for circulating pumps. The temperature setpoint of the pump shall comply with the manufacturer’sinstructions. The pumps shall automatically turn off whenthe system is not in operation.

315.0 Safety Devices.315.1 Pressure Relief Valves General. Solar energythermal system components containing pressurized fluidsshall be protected against pressures exceeding the designlimitations with a pressure relief valve. Hydronic or geot-hermal system components containing pressurized fluidsshall be protected against pressures and temperaturesexceeding design limitations with a pressure and tempera-ture relief valve. Each section of the system in which exces-sive pressures are capable of developing shall have a reliefdevice valve located so that a section cannot be is notcapable of being isolated from a relief device. Pressure andtemperature relief valves shall be installed in accordancewith the terms of their listing and the manufacturer’s instal-lation instructions. Valves shall not be located on either sideof a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipeshall be of approved material that is rated for the tempera-ture of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the samediameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravitythrough an air gap into the drainage system or outside of thebuilding with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground andpointing downward.

315.1.1 Nonpotable Discharge. The dischargelocation for a relief device on a system utilizing otherthan potable water shall be in accordance with Section304.1.

315.2 Pressurized Vessels. Pressurized vessels shall beprovided with overpressure protection by means of a listed

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

pressure relief valve installed in accordance with the manu-facturer’s installation instructions.315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving atemperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combina-tion of both shall have no valves, obstructions, or means ofisolation and be provided with the following:(1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge

full size to the flood level of the area receiving thedischarge and pointing down.

(2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operatingtemperature of the system and approved for such use.

(3) Discharge pipe shall discharge by gravity through an airgap into the drainage system or outside of the buildingwith the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm)and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the groundand pointing downwards.

(4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personalinjury or structural damage.

(5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped orsubject to freezing.

(6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded.315.2 315.4 Vacuum Relief Valves. The solar energysSystem components that are subjected to a vacuum while inoperation or during shutdown shall be protected withvacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration,equipment location, and valve outlets are located below thestorage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with avacuum relief valve at the highest point.315.3 315.5 Space Heating Temperature Regula-tion. Where a system is capable of providing combinationpotable water heating and space heating system requireswater for space heating potable water at temperatures thatexceed higher than 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixingvalve that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall beprovided to limit the water supplied to the potable hot waterdistribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.

316.0 Protection of System Components.316.1 Materials. Solar thermal sSystem components incontact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved forsuch use. Solar thermal system cComponents, installedoutdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation.316.2 Corrosion. Solar thermal sSystems and componentssubject to corrosion shall be protected in an approvedmanner. Metal parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shallbe of corrosion-resistant material.316.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a solar energysystem installed where subjected to mechanical damageshall be guarded against such damage by being installedbehind approved barriers or, where located within a garage,be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle.

408.0 317.0 Valves.408.1 317.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the oper-ating temperature and pressures of the system. Valves andshall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium

and piping material. Valves shall be approved for the instal-lation with the piping materials to be installed.317.2 Where Required. Valves shall be installed in asolar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal system in accordancewith Section 317.3 through Section 317.14.317.3 Heat Exchanger. Isolation valves shall be installedon the supply and return side of the heat exchanger.317.4 Pressure Vessels. Isolation valves shall beinstalled on connections to pressure vessels.317.5 Pressure Reducing Valves. Isolation valves shallbe installed on both sides of a pressure reducing valve.317.6 Equipment, Components, and Appliances.Serviceable equipment, components, and appliances withinthe system shall have isolation valves installed upstream anddownstream of such devices.317.7 Expansion Tanks. Isolation valves shall beinstalled at connections to non-diaphragm-type expansiontanks.408.4 317.8 Flow Balancing Valves.Where flow bBal-ancing valves are installed, such valves shall be capable ofincreasing or decreasing the amount of flow by means ofadjustment permitted to be used to obtain uniform flowdistribution.

408.4.1 317.8.1 Location. Balancing valves shall beinstalled at the outlet of each group of collectors.

408.6 317.9 Control Valves. An approved three-wayvalve shall be permitted to be installed for manual controlsystems. An approved electric control valve shall bepermitted to be installed for automatic control systems. Theinstallation and operation of automatic control valves shallcomply with the manufacturer’s instructions.

317.9.1 Mixing or Temperature Control Valves.Where mixing or temperature control valves areinstalled, such valves shall be capable of obtaining thedesign water temperature and design flow requirements.

408.7 317.10 Check Valves Thermosiphoning. Anapproved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heattransfer piping to control thermosiphoning of heated liquidswhere the system design is capable of allowing reverse ther-mosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array.317.11 Air Removal Device or Air Vents. Isolationvalves shall be installed where air removal devices or auto-matic air vents are utilized to permit cleaning, inspection, orrepair without shutting the system down.408.9 317.12 Closed Loop Systems. Closed loopsystems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used tocharge or drain the system, shall be of loose key type; havevalve outlets capped; or have handles removed where thesystem is operational.408.2 317.13 Fullway Valves. A fullway valve shall beinstalled in the following locations:(1) On the water supply to a solar thermal system.(2) On the water supply pipe to a gravity or pressurized

water tank.(3) On the water supply pipe to a water heater.

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

408.5 317.14 Accessible. Required fullway or shutoffvalves shall be accessible.

406.1 318.0 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used forheat transfer, heat recovery, or solar thermal systems shallprotect the potable water system from being contaminatedby the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangersshall meet the requirements of Section 406.1.1. Double-wallheat exchangers shall separate the potable water from theheat transfer medium by providing a space between the twowalls that are vented to the atmosphere.406.1.1 318.1 Single-Wall Heat ExchangersGeneral. Solar thermal Systems utilizing heat exchangersshall protect the potable water system from being contami-nated by the heat transfer medium. Ssystems that incorporatea single-wall heat exchanger to separate potable water fromthe heat-transfer fluid shall meet the following requirements:(1) Heat transfer medium is either potable water or contains

fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Admin-istration (FDA) as food grade.

(2) A tag or Bear a label shall be securely affixed to the heatsource with the word “Caution,” followed by and thefollowing statements:(a) The heat transfer medium shall be water or other

nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA.(b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat

exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operatingpressure of the potable water supply.

(3) The word “Caution” and the statements in letters listedabove shall have an uppercase height of not less than0.120 of an inch (3.048 mm). The vertical spacingbetween lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of aninch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shall be not less thancompatible with the uppercase letter size specification.Systems that do not comply with the requirements for a

single-wall heat exchanger shall install a double-wall heatexchanger. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate thepotable water from the heat transfer medium by providing aspace between the two walls that are vented to the atmos-phere.

310.0 319.0 Electrical.310.1 319.1 Wiring. Electrical connections, wiring, anddevices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Elec-trical equipment, appliances, and devices installed in areas thatcontain flammable vapors or dusts shall be of a type approvedfor such environment.310.2 319.2 Controls. Required electrical, mechanical,safety, and operating controls shall be listed or labeled by alisting agency. Electrical controls shall be of such design andconstruction as to be suitable for installation in the environ-ment in which they are located.319.3 Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Systems. Solar photo-voltaic systems shall be installed in accordance withChapter 8.

317.0 320.0 Duct Work.317.1 320.1 General. Solar thermal system dDucts shallbe installed in accordance with the requirements of themechanical code.

319.0 321.0 Other Systems.319.1 321.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunc-tion with solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal systems forthe purpose of domestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating,swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall complywith applicable codes.

GENERAL REGULATIONS


PRE-PRINT

GENERAL REGULATIONS


DEGREE OF HAZARDDEVICE, ASSEMBLY,

OR METHOD1APPLICABLESTANDARDS

POLLUTION(LOW HAZARD)

CONTAMINATION(HIGH HAZARD) INSTALLATION2,3

BACK-SIPHONAGE

BACK-PRESSURE

BACK-SIPHONAGE

BACK-PRESSURE

Air gap ASMEA112.1.2 X –– X –– See Table 405.2(2) 308.8(2) in this

chapter.

Air gap fittings for usewith appliances andappurtenances

ASMEA112.1.3 X –– X ––

Air gap fitting is a device with aninternal air gap and typical installa-tion includes plumbing fixtures,appliances and appurtenances. Thecritical level shall not be installedbelow the flood level rim.

Atmospheric vacuumbreaker (consists of abody, checking memberand atmospheric port)

ASSE 1001 orCSA B64.1.1 X –– X ––

Upright position. No valve down-stream. Minimum of 6 inches orlisted distance above all down-stream piping and flood-level rim ofreceptor.4, 5

Vacuum breaker wallhydrants, hose bibbs,frost resistant, automaticdraining type

ASSE 1019 orCSA B64.2.1.1 X –– X ––

Installation includes wall hydrantsand hose bibbs. Such devices arenot for use under continuous pres-sure conditions (means of shut-offdownstream of device is prohib-ited).4, 5

Spill-Resistant PressureVacuum Breaker (singlecheck valve with airinlet vent and means offield testing)

ASSE 1056 X –– X ––

Upright position. Minimum of 12inches or listed distance above alldownstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor.5

Double Check ValveBackflow PreventionAssembly (two inde-pendent check valvesand means of fieldtesting)


X X –– ––

Horizontal unless otherwise listed.Access and clearance shall be inaccordance with the manufac-turer’s instructions, and not lessthan a 12 inch clearance at bottomfor maintenance. May need plat-form or ladder for test and repair.Does not discharge water.

Pressure Vacuum BreakerBackflow PreventionAssembly (loaded airinlet valve, internallyloaded check valve andmeans of field testing)

ASSE 1020 orCSA B64.1.2 X –– X ––

Upright position. May have valvesdownstream. Minimum of 12 inchesabove all downstream piping andflood-level rim of receptor. Maydischarge water.

Reduced Pressure Prin-ciple Backflow Preven-tion Assembly (two inde-pendently acting loadedcheck valves, a differen-tial pressure relief valveand means of fieldtesting)


X X X X

Horizontal unless otherwise listed.Access and clearance shall be inaccordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions, and not less than a 12inch minimum clearance at bottomfor maintenance. May need plat-form/ladder for test and repair. Maydischarge water.

TABLE 405.2(1) 308.2(1)BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mmNotes:1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter.2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation.4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period.5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section 406.5 408.4.

PRE-PRINT

GENERAL REGULATIONS


For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mmNotes:1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect air gaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times thediameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls.

2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified inFootnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the air gap shall be measured from thetop of the wall.

3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet.Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area ofthe single outlet, whichever is smaller.

4 Air gaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions withvacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (0 kPa to 85 kPa).

FIXTURESWHERE NOT AFFECTED

BY SIDEWALLS1(inches)

WHERE AFFECTEDBY SIDEWALLS2

(inches)

Effective openings3 not greater than 1⁄2 of an inch in diameter 1 11⁄2

Effective openings3 not greater than 3⁄4 of an inch in diameter 11⁄2 21⁄4

Effective openings3 not greater than 1 inch in diameter 2 3

Effective openings3 greater than 1 inch in diameterTwo times diameter of effective

openingThree times diameter of effective

opening

TABLE 405.2(2) 308.2(2)MINIMUM AIR GAPS4

PRE-PRINT

GENERAL REGULATIONS


TABLE 307.3 310.3HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

MATERIALS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL

CastLead and Oakum 5 feet, except 10 feet where

10 foot lengths are installed1, 2, 3Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet

Compression Gasket Every other joint, unless over4 feet then support each joint1, 2, 3

Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet

Cast Iron Hubless Shielded Coupling Every other joint, unless over4 feet then support each joint1, 2, 3, 4

Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet

Copper Tube and Pipe &Copper Alloys

Soldered, or Brazed, Treaded, orMechanical

11⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet;2 inches and larger, 10 feet Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5

Steel and Brass Pipe forWater

Threaded or Welded3⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet;1 inch and larger, 12 feet

Every other floor, not to exceed 25 feet5

Schedule 40 PVC andABS

Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet; aAllow for expansionevery 30 feet3

Base and each floor; provide mid-story guides; Provide forexpansion every 30 feet.

CPVCSolvent Cemented 1 inch and smaller, 3 feet;

11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feetBase and each floor;


Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction

Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction

PE-RT Insert and Compression 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches;11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet

Based on each floor; providedmid-story guides

PEXCold Expansion,

Insert and Compression1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet


PEX-AL-PEX Metal Insert and Metal Compression1⁄2 inch3⁄4 inch1 inch

All sizes 98 inchesBase and each floor;


PE-AL-PE Metal Insert and Metal Compression1⁄2 inch3⁄4 inch1 inch

All sizes 98 inchesBase and each floor;


Polypropylene (PP)Fusion weld (socket, butt,

saddle, electrofusion), threaded(metal threads only), or mechanical

1 inch and smaller, 32 inches;11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet


For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mmNotes:1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm).2 Brace not to exceed 40 foot (12 192 mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement.3 Support at each horizontal branch connection.4 Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling.5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction,where first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

}}

PRE-PRINT

401.0 General.401.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter addressthe construction, installation, alteration, and protection ofsolar thermal system piping and the protection of the potablewater supply from contamination This chapter shall apply tohydronic piping systems that are part of heating, cooling,ventilation, and air conditioning systems. Such piping sys-tems include steam, hot water, chilled water, steam conden-sate, solar thermal systems, and ground source heat pumpsystems. The regulations of this chapter shall govern theconstruction, location, and installation of hydronic pipingsystems. Piping for potable water supply and distributionshall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code.401.2 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces withinreach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C)unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves areinstalled, the insulation shall continue full size throughthem.

Coverings and insulation used for piping shall be ofmaterial approved for the operating temperature of the sys-tem and the installation environment. Where installed in aplenum, the insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives,including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed indexnot to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84or UL 723.402.1.9 401.3 Water Hammer Protection. Solar ther-mal systems where quick-acting valves are installed shall beprovided with water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pres-sures resulting from the quick closing of these valves. Waterhammer arrestors shall be approved mechanical devices inaccordance with the applicable standard(s) referenced inTable 1201.1 and shall be installed as close as possible toquick-acting valves. The flow of the hydronic piping systemshall be controlled to prevent water hammer.401.4 Manifolds. Manifolds shall be equipped with a full-way isolation valve that is fully sealed on the supply andreturn lines. Manifolds shall be capable of withstanding thepressure and temperature of the system. The material of themanifold shall be compatible with the system fluid and shallbe installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions.401.5 Heat Emitters. Heat emitters shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 402.1.9.1 401.6 Mechanical Devices. Where listedmechanical devices are used, the manufacturer’s installationinstructions as to location and method of installation shall befollowed.

402.0 Protection of Potable Water Supply.402.1 Prohibited Sources. Hydronic systems or partsthereof, shall be constructed in such a manner that polluted,

contaminated water, or substances shall not enter a portionof the potable water system either during normal use orwhere the system is subject to pressure that exceeds theoperating pressure in the potable water system. Piping, com-ponents, and devices in contact with the potable water shallbe approved for such use and where an additive is used itshall not affect the performance of the system.402.2 Chemical Injection. Where systems include anadditive, chemical injection or provisions for such injection,the potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly listed orlabeled in accordance with ASSE 1013. Such additive orchemical shall be compatible with system components.402.3 Compatibility. Where materials in the hydronic sys-tem are not suitable for use in a potable water system, suchpotable water shall not be used. Where a heat exchanger isinstalled with a dual purpose water heater, such applicationshall comply with the requirements for a single wall heatexchanger in Section 318.1.

403.0 Capacity of Heat Source.403.1 Heat Source. The heat source shall be sized to thedesign load.403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters uti-lized for both, to supply potable hot water and provide hotwater for space heating shall be listed or labeled, and shallbe installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions. The total heating capacity of a dual pur-pose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potablehot water requirements and the space heating design require-ments corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery.403.3 Tankless Water Heater. The output performanceon tankless water heaters shall be determined by the temper-ature rise and flow rate of water through the unit. The ratingsshall be expressed by the water temperature rise at a givenflow rate. Manufacturers flow rates shall not be exceeded.

403.0 404.0 Identification of Piping Systems.403.1 404.1 General. In buildings where a potable watersystem and nonpotable water or solar thermal system, orboth, are installed, each system shall be clearly identified inaccordance with Section 403.2 404.2 through Section 403.4404.4.403.2 404.2 Color and Information. Each system shallbe identified with a colored pipe or band and coded withpaints, wraps, and materials compatible with the piping andin accordance with Section 403.2.1 404.2.1 through Section403.2.3 404.2.3.

403.2.1 404.2.1 Potable Water. Potable water sys-tems shall be identified with a green background withwhite lettering. The minimum size of the letters andlength of the color field shall comply with Table 403.2.1404.2.1.


CHAPTER 4PIPING AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL HYDRONICS

PRE-PRINT

403.2.2 404.2.2 Nonpotable Water. Nonpotablewater systems shall be identified in accordance with theplumbing code.403.2.3 404.2.3 Heat Transfer Medium. Solar ther-mal piping shall be identified with an orange back-ground with black uppercase lettering, with the words“CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOTDRINK.” Each solar thermal system shall be identifiedto designate the medium being conveyed. The minimumsize of the letters and length of the color field shall com-ply with Table 403.2.1 404.2.1.

Each outlet on the solar thermal piping system shallbe posted with black uppercase lettering as follows:“CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOTDRINK.”

403.3 404.3 Location of Piping Identification. Thebackground color and required information shall be indi-cated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once perroom, and shall be visible from the floor level. 403.4 404.4 Flow Directions. Solar thermal systemsshall have flow directions indicated on system componentsand piping or shall have flow directions indicated on a dia-grammatic representation of the system as installed, and per-manently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visiblelocation.

405.0 Heating Appliances and Equipment.405.1 General. Heating appliances, equipment, safety andoperational controls shall be listed for their intended use in ahydronic heating system and installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions.405.2 Boilers. Boilers shall be designed and constructed inaccordance with the mechanical code.

405.2.1 Condensing Boilers. A condensing boiler,in which the heat exchanger and venting system aredesigned to operate with condensing flue gases, shall bepermitted to be connected directly to the panel heatingsystem without a protective mixing device.405.2.2 Noncondensing Boilers. Where the heatexchanger and venting system are not designed to oper-ate with condensed flue gases, the boiler shall be per-mitted to connect directly to the panel heating system

where protected from flue gas condensation. The oper-ating temperature of the boiler shall be more than thefluid temperature in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions.

405.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water heaters usedfor combined space- and water-heating applications shall bein accordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA Z21.10.3.

405.3.1 Temperature Limitations. Where a com-bined space- and water-heating application requireswater for space heating at temperatures exceeding140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve in accor-dance with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to temper thewater supplied to the potable water distribution systemto a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.

405.4 Solar Heat Collector Systems. Solar water heat-ing systems used in hydronic panel radiant heating systemsshall be installed in accordance with Chapter 5.

406.0 Expansion Tanks.406.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall beinstalled in a hydronic system to control thermal expansion.Secondary hot water systems, that are isolated from the pri-mary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separateexpansion tank and pressure relief valve. Expansion tanksshall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used inhydronic systems shall be in accordance with the require-ments of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, SectionVIII, where the diameter of the tank exceeds 24 inches (610mm) or where the operating temperature exceeds 250°F(121°C). Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system.Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance andshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.406.2 Systems with Closed Expansion Tanks. Aclosed expansion tank shall be sized based on the capacity ofthe system. The minimum size of the tank shall be deter-mined in accordance with Section 605.4 and shall beequipped with an airtight tank or other air cushion that isconsistent with the volume and capacity of the system.Tanks without membranes shall be equipped with a drainvalve and a manual air vent. Tanks shall be located in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwisespecified by the system design. Each tank shall be equippedwith a shutoff device that will remain open during operationof the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open orremoved to prevent from being inadvertently shut off.406.3 Systems with Open Expansion Tanks. An openexpansion tank shall be located not less than 36 inches (914mm) above the highest point in the system and shall be sizedbased on the capacity of the system. An overflow with adiameter of not less than one-half the size of the water sup-ply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall beinstalled at the top of the tank. The overflow shall dischargethrough an air gap into the drainage system. Isolation valvesshall not be installed in the piping between the heat-distribu-tion system and the expansion tank. Tanks shall be located in

OUTSIDE DIAMETER OFPIPE OR COVERING

(inches)

MINIMUM LENGTH OFCOLOR FIELD

(inches)

MINIMUM SIZE OFLETTERS(inches)

1⁄2 to 11⁄4 8 1⁄211⁄2 to 2 8 3⁄421⁄2 to 6 12 11⁄48 to 10 24 21⁄2Over 10 32 31⁄2

TABLE 403.2.1 404.2.1MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD AND SIZE OF LETTERS


HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless oth-erwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall beequipped with a shutoff device that will remain open duringoperation of the heating system. Valve handles shall belocked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertentlyshut off.

407.0 Materials.407.1 Piping Materials Pipe, Tube, Tubing andFittings. Hydronic pipe and tubing Piping materials shallcomply with the applicable standards referenced in Table407.1 and shall be acceptable for use approved for use basedon the intended purpose. Materials shall be rated for theoperating temperature and pressures of the system and shallbe compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Pipefittings and valves shall be approved for the installation withthe piping, materials to be installed and shall comply withthe applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 systems,and shall be compatible with, or shall be of the same mate-rial as the pipe or tubing. Exterior piping shall be protectedagainst freezing, UV radiation, corrosion and degradation.Embedded pipe or tubing shall comply with Section 417.2from corrosion, degradation, and shall be resistant to UVradiation.407.2 Screwed Fittings. Screwed fittings shall be ABS,cast-iron, copper, copper alloy, malleable iron, PVC, steel,stainless steel or other approved materials. Threads shall betapped out of solid metal or molded in solid ABS or PVC.407.2 Expansion and Contraction. Pipe and tubingshall be so installed that it will not be subject to unduestrains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expan-sion, contraction, and structural settlement. 407.3 Hangers and Supports. Pipe and tubing shall besupported in accordance with Table 310.3. Systems withvalves, circulators, and expansion tanks shall be providedwith additional support in accordance with this code andmanufacturer’s installation instructions.407.4 Flexible Connectors. Listed flexible connectorsshall be installed in readily accessible locations, unless oth-erwise listed.407.3 407.5 Storage Tank Connectors. Flexible metal-lic storage tank connectors or reinforced flexible storagetank connectors connecting a storage tank to the piping sys-tem shall be in accordance with the applicable standards ref-erenced in Table 1201.1 901.1. Copper or stainless steelflexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm).PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RT tubing shall notbe installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of pipingconnected to a storage tank.

406.0 408.0 Specific Requirements.406.2 408.1 Water Supply Inlets.Water supply inlets totanks and other receptors shall be protected by one of the fol-lowing means:(1) An approved air gap.

(2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge sideof the last valve with the critical level not less than 6inches (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing.

(3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination orpollution, installed in accordance with the requirementsfor that type of device or assembly as set forth in thischapter.

406.3 408.2 Systems with Backflow Devices. Wheresystems have a backflow device installed downstream froma potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pumpconnection, the device shall be one of the following:(1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB).(2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assem-

bly (PVB).(3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB).(4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention

assembly (RP).406.4 408.3 Chemical Injection.Where systems includea chemical injector or provisions for chemical injection, thepotable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pres-sure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP).408.3 Shutoff Valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed inthe following locations:(1) On the supply line to each appliance, equipment, or

pressure vessel.(2) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank.406.5 408.4 Deck-Mounted and Equipment-Mounted Vacuum Breakers. Deck-mounted or equip-ment-mounted vacuum breakers shall be installed in accor-dance with their listing and the manufacturer’s installationinstructions, with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25.4mm) above the flood-level rim.408.4.2 Construction. Balancing valves shall be made ofa bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types com-patible with the heat transfer medium.408.4.3 Marking. Final settings shall be marked on eachbalancing valve in an approved manner.

409.0 Joints and Connections.409.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of anapproved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight anddesigned for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes indirection shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipebends. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.503.4 409.2 CPVC Plastic Pipe and JointsChlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe.CPVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and shall comply with Section 503.4.1 throughSection 503.4.3. Joints between chlorinated poly (vinylchloride) (CPVC) pipe and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with one of the following methods:

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

503.4.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Removable and nonre-movable push fit fittings with an elastomeric O-ring thatemploy a quick assembly push fit connectors listed orlabeled shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061.503.4.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cementjoints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt andmoisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F493,requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. Theprimer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTMF656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493that does not require the use of primers, yellow or red incolor, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufacturedin accordance with ASTM D2846, 1⁄2 of an inch (15 mm)through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer whererequired inside the fitting and to the depth of the fitting onpipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface ofpipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting. Place pipe insidefitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and holdtogether until joint is set. The manufacturer’s instructionsand ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices.503.4.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threadsed joints for CPVCpipe shall comply be made with pipe threads in accordancewith ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall bepermitted to be threaded; however, and the pressure ratingshall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittingsshall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rat-ing of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fab-ricated so that the wall thickness of the material is main-tained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is com-patible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and non-toxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be usedduring assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVCcomponents once the thread sealant has been applied.Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with plasticmale threads only.503.3 409.3 Copper Pipe, and Tubing and Joints.Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and shall comply with Section 503.3.1 throughSection 503.3.5. Joints between copper or copper alloy pipeor tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance withone of the following methods:503.3.1 Brazed Joints. (1) Brazed joints between copperor copper alloy pipe or tubing and fittings shall be made withbrazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000°F(538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleanedbright by either manual or mechanical means. Tubing shallbe cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazingflux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required bymanufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal inaccordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the pointwhere the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting.503.3.2 Flared Joints. (2) Flared joints for soft copperwater or copper alloy tubing shall be made with fittings thatare in accordance with the applicable standards referenced inTable 407.1. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using anappropriate tubing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full

inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with aproper flaring tool.503.3.3.1 Mechanically Formed Tee Fittings. (3)Mechanically formed tee fittings shall have extracted collarsthat shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting ofdrilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surfaceto form a collar having a height not less than three times thethickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tubeshall be notched to conform to the inner curve of the run pipeor tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure thatpenetration of the branch pipe or tube into the collar is of adepth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does notobstruct the flow in the main line pipe or tube. Dimple depthstops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. Thesecond dimple shall be 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) above the firstand shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings andjoints shall be made by brazing. Soldered joints shall not bepermitted.503.3.3.2 Pressed Fittings. (4) Pressed fittings for cop-per or copper alloy pipe or tubing shall have an elastomericO-ring that forms the joint. The pipe or tubing shall be fullyinserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at theshoulder of the fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square,chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fittingalignment shall be checked against the mark on the pipe ortubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting.The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended bythe manufacturer.503.3.3.3 Push Fit Fittings. (5) Removable and nonre-movable push fit fittings for copper or copper alloy tubing orpipe that employ quick assembly push fit connectors shall bein accordance with ASSE 1061. Push fit fittings for copperor copper alloy pipe or tubing shall have an approved elas-tomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall becut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter.The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tub-ing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting align-ment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing toensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and grippingmechanism has engaged on the pipe.503.3.4 Soldered Joints. (6) Soldered joints between cop-per or copper alloy pipe or tubing and fittings shall be madein accordance with ASTM B828 with the following sequenceof joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring andcutting, reaming, cleaning, fluxing, assembly and support,heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe ortubing shall be cut square and reamed to the full inside diam-eter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipeor tubing. Surfaces to be joined shall be cleaned bright bymanual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe ortubing and fittings and shall be in accordance with ASTMB813, and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after sol-dering. Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fitting andremove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be sup-ported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the joint.Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flameperpendicular to the pipe or tubing using acetylene or an LP

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

gas. Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The flameshall be moved to the fitting cup and alternate between thepipe or tubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTMB32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces until capillary actiondraws the molten solder into the cup. Solder and fluxes with alead content that exceeds 0.2 percent shall be prohibited inpiping systems conveying potable water. Joint surfaces shallnot be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residueshall be cleaned.503.3.5 Threaded Joints. (7) Threaded joints for copperor copper alloy pipe shall be made with pipe threads inaccordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape orcompound shall be applied only on male threads, and suchmaterial shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, andnontoxic.503.10 409.4 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) PipePlastic Tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fit-ting joining methods shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall complywith Section 503.10.1 and Section 503.10.2 Joints betweencross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe and fittings shall beinstalled with fittings for PEX tubing that comply with theapplicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubinglabeled in accordance with ASTM F876 shall be markedwith the applicable standard designation for the fittingsspecified for use with the tubing. Mechanical joints shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.503.11 409.5 Cross-Linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) PipePlastic Tubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe ortubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions andshall comply with Section 503.11.1 and Section 503.11.1.1Joints between cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe and fittings shallbe installed in accordance with one of the following meth-ods:503.11.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical jointsbetween PEX-AL-PEX tubing and pipe and fittings shallinclude mechanical and compression type fittings and insertfittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimp-ing ring shall be in accordance with ASTM F1974 or ASTMF2434. Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joinedto PEX-AL-PEX pipe by the compression of a crimp ringaround the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipematerial into annular spaces formed by ribs on the fitting.503.11.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression jointsshall include compression insert fittings and shall be joinedto PEX-AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a splitring or compression nut around the outer circumference ofthe pipe, forcing the pipe material into the annular spaceformed by the ribs on the fitting.503.5 409.6 Ductile Iron Pipe and Joints. Ductile ironpipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions andshall comply with Section 503.5.1 and Section 503.5.2.

Joints between ductile iron pipe and fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with one of the following methods:503.5.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints forductile iron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a bell that iscast integrally with the pipe or fitting and provided with anexterior flange having bolt holes and a socket with annularrecesses for the sealing gasket and the plain end of the pipeor fitting. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWAC111. Lubricant recommended for potable water the applica-tion by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasketand plain end of the pipe.503.5.2 Push-On Joints. (2) Push-on joints for ductileiron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a single elastomericgasket that shall be assembled by positioning the elastomericgasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket andforcing the plain end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. Theplain end shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form apositive seal and shall be designed so that the elastomericgasket shall be locked in place against displacement. Theelastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111.Lubricant recommended for potable water the application bythe pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plainend of the pipe.503.7 409.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubingand Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joiningmethods shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section503.7.1 and Section 503.7.2. Joints between polyethylene(PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with one of the following methods:503.7.1.1 Butt-Fusion Joints. (1) Butt-fusion jointsshall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shallbe made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe andfitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated ele-ment. The heated element shall be removed where the propermelt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed togetherwith applied force.503.7.1.2 Electro-Fusion Joints. (2) Electro-fusionjoints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F1290and shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in thefitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall beclamped in place and power applied through a controlledprocessor. The material surrounding the wire shall be meltedalong with the pipe and shall provide the pressure requiredfor fusion.503.7.1.3 Socket-Fusion Joints. (3) Socket-fusionjoints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620and shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside sur-face of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Wherethe proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall bejoined by inserting one into the other with applied force. Thejoint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.503.7.2 Mechanical Joints. (4) Mechanical jointsbetween PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall include insertand mechanical compression fittings that provide a pressureseal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

HYDRONICS


MATERIALBUILDING

SUPPLY PIPEAND FITTINGS

SOLARTHERMALPIPE ANDFITTINGS

REFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPEPIPING/TUBING REFERENCED STANDARD(S) FITTINGS

Asbestos-Cement X1 –– ASTM C296 ––

Brass X X ASTM B43, ASTM B135 ––

Copper/Copper Alloy X X2

ASTM B42, ASTM B43, ASTMB75, ASTM B88, ASTM B135,ASTM B2512, ASTM B302,ASTM B447

ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22,ASME B16.23, ASME B16.24, ASME B16.26,ASME B16.29, ASME B16.51

Ductile Iron X X3 AWWA C115, AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C1101, AWWA C153

Galvanized Steel X X5 ASTM A53, ASTM A106, ASTMA254

ASME B16.5, ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11,ASTM A420

Gray Iron –– ASTM A126Malleable Iron X X4 –– ASME B16.3AcrylonitrileButadiene Styrene(ABS)

ASTM D1527 ––

Chlorinated PolyvinylChloride (CPVC) X X ASTM D2846, ASTM F441,

ASTM F442ASTM D2846, ASTM F437, ASTM F438,ASTM F439, ASTM F1970

Polyethylene (PE) X1 ––

ASTM D2239, ASTM D2737,ASTM D1693, ASTM D2513,ASTM D2683, ASTM D2837,ASTM D 3035, ASTM D3350,ASTM F1055 AWWA C901, CSAB137.1

ASTM D2609, ASTM D2683, ASTM D3261, ASTM F1055, CSA B137.1

Cross-LinkedPolyethylene(PEX)

X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSA B137.5, AWWA C904

ASSE 1061, ASTM F877, ASTM F1807,ASTM F1960, ASTM F1961, ASTM F2080, ASTM F2159, ASTM F2735, CSA B137.5

Polypropylene (PP) X X ASTM F2389, CSA B137.11 ASTM F2389, CSA B137.11Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) X1 –– ASTM D1785, ASTM D2241,

AWWA C900ASTM D2464, ASTM D2466, ASTM D2467, ASTM F1970

Raised TemperaturePolyethylene(PE-RT)

X X ASTM F2623, ASTM F2769 ASTM F1807, ASTM F 2098,ASTM F2159, ASTM F2735, ASTM F2769

Cross-LinkedPolyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-Linked Polyethylene(PEX-AL-PEX)

X X ASTM F1281, ASTM F2262, CSAB137.10

ASTM F1281, ASTM F1974, ASTM F2434, CSA B137.10

Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE)

X X ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F1282, ASTM F1974, CSA B137.9

Stainless Steel X X ASTM A269, ASTM A312 ––

TABLE 407.1MATERIALS FOR HYDRONICS AND SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEM, PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

Notes:1 For building supply or cold-water applications Ductile and gray iron. 2 Copper tube for solar thermal piping shall have a weight of not less than Only Type K, L, or. Type M shall be permitted to be installed copper tubing shall

be permitted to be used for solar thermal piping where piping is aboveground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures.3 Cast iron fittings not more than 2 inches (50 mm) in size, where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized.4 Malleable iron water fittings shall be galvanized.5 Galvanized steel shall not be used in solar thermal systems where in contact with glycol heat transfer fluid.

PRE-PRINT

made by cutting the pipe square, using a cutter designed forplastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainlesssteel clamps shall be placed over the end of the pipe. Fittingsshall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of thepipe. The end of pipe shall be placed over the barbed insertfitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clampsshall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14 rad) apart andshall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compressiontype couplings and fittings shall be permitted for use in join-ing PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond theclamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be not less than30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with thecoil. Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diam-eters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall bedesigned for their intended use.503.8 409.8 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene(PE-AL-PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PEplastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and shall comply with Section 503.8.1 and Section503.8.1.1. Joints between polyethylene/aluminum/polyethyl-ene (PE-AL-PE) pipe and fittings shall be installed in accor-dance with one of the following methods:503.8.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints forPE-AL-PE pipe, or tubing and fittings shall be either of themetal insert fittings with a split ring and compression nut ormetal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fit-tings shall comply with ASTM F1974. Crimp insert fittingsshall be joined to the pipe by placing the copper crimp ringaround the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipematerial into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting untilthe pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. The crimp ringshall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimpring is 1⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) to 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) fromthe end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall becentered over the crimp ring and tool perpendicular to thebarb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring andshall not be crimped more than once.503.8.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression jointsfor PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be joinedthrough the compression of a split ring, by a compressionnut around the circumference of the pipe. The compressionnut and split ring shall be placed around the pipe. The ribbedend of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipecontacts the shoulder of the fitting. Position and compressthe split ring by tightening the compression nut onto theinsert fitting.503.9 409.9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature(PE-RT). Joints between Ppolyethylene of raised tempera-ture (PE-RT) tubing and fittings shall be installed with fit-tings for PE-RT tubing that comply with the applicable stan-dards referenced in Table 407.1. Metal insert fittings, metalcompression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufac-tured to and marked in accordance with the standards for fit-tings in Table 407.1. marked with the appropriate standard

designation(s) listed in Table 407.1 for which the tubing hasbeen approved. PE-RT tubing shall be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.503.12 409.10 Polypropylene (PP) Piping Pipe andJoints. PP pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shallcomply with Section 503.12.1 through Section 503.12.3.Joints between polypropylene pipe and fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with one of the following methods:503.12.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. (1) Heat-fusion joints forpolypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be installedwith socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusionoutlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be cleanand free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed untilcool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2389or CSA B137.11. 503.12.2 Mechanical andCompression Sleeve Joints. (2) Mechanical and com-pression sleeve joints shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.503.12.3 Threaded Joints. PP Polypropylene pipe shallnot be threaded. PP Polypropylene transition fittings for con-nection to other piping materials shall only be threaded byuse of brass copper or copper alloy or stainless steel insertsmolded into the fitting.503.13 409.11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipeand Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methodsshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions and shall comply with Section503.13.1 through Section 503.13.3. Joints betweenpolyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with one of the following methods:503.13.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shallbe designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of themechanical or push-on joint. The mechanical joint shallinclude a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstandwithout deformation or collapse; the compressive forceexerted where the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shallhave a minimum wall thickness of the bell at any pointbetween the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasketshall comply with ASTM D3139, and be of such size andshape as to provide a compressive force against the spigotand socket after assembly to provide a positive seal.503.13.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cementjoints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt andmoisture. Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred.Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt,moisture, oil, and other foreign material, apply primer pur-ple in color in accordance with ASTM F656. Primer shall beapplied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened.Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall beapplied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while boththe inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wetwith solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

1 minute after assembly. The manufacturer’s instructionsand ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices.503.13.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threads shall complywith ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall bepermitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shallbe reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shallnot result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating ofthe pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricatedso that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at thethreads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible withthe pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall beapplied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assem-bly to prevent over tightening of the PVC components oncethe thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threadedfittings shall be used with plastic male threads only.503.6 409.12 Galvanized Steel Pipe and JointsTubing. Galvanized steel pipe and fitting joining methodsshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions and shall comply with Section503.6.1 and Section 503.6.2. Joints between steel pipe or tub-ing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one ofthe following methods:503.6.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shall bemade with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket.503.6.2 Threaded Joints. (2) Threaded joints shall bemade with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASMEB1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be appliedonly on male threads, and such material shall be of approvedtypes, insoluble in water, and nontoxic.(3) Welded joints shall be made by electrical arc oroxygen/acetylene method. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned byan approved procedure. Joints shall be welded by anapproved filler metal.409.13 Joints Between Various Materials. Jointsbetween various materials shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shallcomply with Section 409.13.1 and Section 409.13.2.

409.13.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe or Tubingto Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper or cop-per alloy pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be madeby the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union inaccordance with ASSE 1079. The joint between the cop-per or copper alloy pipe or tubing and the fitting shall bea soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the con-nection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall bemade with a standard pipe size threaded joint.409.13.2 Plastic Pipe to other Materials. Whereconnecting plastic pipe to other types of piping,approved types of adapter or transition fittings designedfor the specific transition intended shall be used.

410.0 System Controls.410.1 Water Temperature Controls. A heat source orsystem of commonly connected heat sources shall be pro-

tected by a water-temperature-activated operating control tostop heat output of the heat source where the system waterreaches a pre-set operating temperature.410.2 Radiant Floor Heating Panels. Radiant floorheating panels shall be protected with a high-limit controlset 20°F (11°C) above the maximum design water tempera-ture for the panel to prevent the introduction of heat into thepanel. The high-limit setting shall not exceed the tempera-ture rating for the pipe and shall be equipped with a manualreset.410.3 Operating Steam Controls. A steam heat sourceor system of commonly connected steam heat sources shallbe protected by a pressure-actuated control to shut off thefuel supply where the system pressure reaches a pre-setoperating pressure.

410.3.1 Water-Level Controls. A primary water-level control shall be installed on a steam heat source tocontrol the water level in the heat source. The controlshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.

410.4 Occupied Spaces. An air-temperature-sensingdevice shall be installed in the occupied space to regulate theoperation of the heat-distribution system.410.5 Return-Water Low-Temperature Protection.Where a minimum return-water temperature to the heatsource is specified, the heating system shall be designed andinstalled to ensure that the minimum return-water tempera-ture is maintained during the normal operation of the heatsource.410.6 Simultaneous Operation. Radiant heating andcooling systems sharing a common space temperature con-trol shall be configured to prevent simultaneous heating andcooling.410.7 Temperature Reading. A temperature gauge ortransmitter shall be installed for reading the following fluidtemperatures:(1) The panel system supply and outlet. One temperature

gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the tem-perature between the heat source outlet and panel sys-tem supply are the same.

(2) The heat source outlet and return line. One temperaturegauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the tem-perature between the panel system outlet and the heatsource return are the same.

411.0 Pressure and Flow Controls.411.1 Balancing. A means for balancing distributionloops, heat emitting devices, and multiple-boiler installa-tions shall be provided in accordance with the manufac-turer’s instructions. A means for balancing and flow controlshall include the piping design, pumping equipment, or bal-ancing devices.411.2 Low-Water Control. Direct-fired heat sourceswithin a closed heating system shall have a low-water fuelcut-off device, except as specified in Section 411.3. Where a

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

low-water control is integral with the heat source as part ofthe appliance’s integrated control, and is listed for such use,a separate low-water control shall not be required. An exter-nal cut-off device shall be installed in accordance with theheat-source manufacturer’s installation instructions. Novalve shall be located between the external low-water fuelcut-off and the heat-source unit. Where a pumped conden-sate return is installed, a second low-water cut-off shall beprovided.411.3 Flow-Sensing Devices. A direct-fired heat source,requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating, shallhave a flow-sensing device installed with the appliance orsuch device shall be integral with the appliance. A low-waterfuel cut-off device shall not be required.411.4 Automatic Makeup Water. Where an automaticmakeup water supply fill device is used to maintain thewater content of the heat-source unit, or any closed loop inthe system, the makeup supply shall be located at the expan-sion tank connection.

A pressure-reducing valve shall be installed on themakeup water feed line. The pressure of the feed line shallbe set in accordance with the design of the system, and con-nections to potable water shall be in accordance with Section402.0 to prevent contamination due to backflow.411.5 Differential Pressure Regulation. Provisionsshall be made to control zone flows in a multi-zone hydronicsystem where the closing of some or all of the two-way zonevalves is capable of excess flow through the open zones ordeadheading of a fixed-speed pump.

411.5.1 Differential Pressure Bypass Valve.Where a differential pressure bypass valve is used forthe purpose in accordance with Section 411.4, it shall beinstalled and adjusted to provide bypass of the distribu-tion system where the zones are closed.

411.6 Air-Removal Device. Provision shall be made forthe removal of air in the heat-distribution piping system. Theair-removal device shall be located in the area of the heat-distribution piping system where air accumulates. Air-removal devices shall be installed to facilitate their removalfor examination, repair, or replacement.411.7 Air-Separation Device. An air-separation deviceshall be installed on a closed heat-distribution system. Thedevice shall be located in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions or at the point in the heat-dis-tribution system where there is no pressure change and thewater in the heat-distribution system is at the highest tem-perature.411.8 Secondary Loops. Secondary loops that are iso-lated from the primary heat-distribution loop by a heatexchanger shall have an air-removal device or an air-separa-tion device in accordance with in Section 411.6 or Section411.7.

412.0 Hydronic Space Heating.412.1 General. Based on the system design, the heat-dis-tribution units shall be selected in accordance with the man-ufacturer’s specifications.

412.2 Installation. Heat-distribution units shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and this code.412.3 Freeze Protection. Hydronic heat-distributionunits or other system components shall be designed,installed, and protected from freezing.412.4 Balancing. System loops shall be installed so thatthe design flow rates are achieved within the system.412.5 Heat Transfer Medium. The flash point of transferfluid in a hydronic piping system shall be a minimum of50°F (28°C) above the maximum system operating temper-ature in accordance with Section 501.14. The transfer fluidshall be compatible with the makeup fluid supplied to thesystem.

413.0 Steam Systems.413.1 Steam Traps. For other than one-pipe steam sys-tems, each heat-distribution unit shall be supplied with asteam trap that is listed for the application.413.2 Sloping for Two-Pipe System. Two-pipe steamsystem piping and heat-distribution units shall be slopeddown at 1⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) in the direction of thesteam flow.413.3 Sloping for One-Pipe System. One-pipe steamsystem piping and heat-distribution units shall be slopeddown at 1⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) towards the steamboiler, without trapping.413.4 Automatic Air Vents. Steam automatic air ventsshall be installed to eliminate air pressure in heat-distribu-tion units on gravity steam piping systems. Steam traps shallbe installed on pump and receiver condensate systems toeliminate negative pressures in coils and heat exchangers ona low-pressure steam system. Air vents shall not be used ona vacuum system.413.5 Condensate Flow. System piping shall be installedto allow condensate to flow from the steam trap to the con-densate tank or steam boiler.413.6 Steam-Distribution Piping. Where multi-row ele-ments are installed in an enclosure, they shall be top fed andpiped in parallel down to the steam trap. A single steam trapfor each row of heating elements shall be installed. Wherethe size of the return header is increased by a minimum ofone pipe size, a single steam trap shall be permitted to beinstalled for multiple rows. Where multiple steam unitheaters are installed, an individual steam trap for each unitshall be installed.

414.0 Radiant Heating and Cooling.414.1 Installation. Radiant heating and cooling panelsshall be installed in accordance with the system design.414.2 Radiant Under-Floor Heating. Floor surface tem-peratures shall not exceed the following temperatures:(1) 85°F (29°C) in dwellings, buildings, or structures.

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

(2) 85°F (29°C) in occupancies where prolonged foot con-tact with the floor, and solid or laminated hardwoodflooring.

(3) 90°F (32°C) in bathrooms and indoor swimming pools.The radiant heating panel temperature shall not exceed

the maximum temperature rating of the materials used in theconstruction of the radiant heating panel. The radiant panelshall be protected with a high-limit control in accordancewith Section 410.2.414.3 Chilled Water Systems. Chilled water systems forcooling shall be designed to minimize the potential for con-densation. Chilled water piping, valves, and fittings shall beinsulated and vapor sealed to prevent surface condensation.414.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floorpanels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humid-ity-controlled environment. An air handling device thatremoves humidity shall be incorporated into the system tokeep the relative humidity below 70 percent. A humiditysensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the pan-els where the surface approaches the dew point. 414.5 Tube Placement. Hydronic radiant panel tubingshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions and system design. The length ofcontinuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold shallnot exceed the lengths in accordance with the manufactureror, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, thelengths in accordance with Table 414.5. Actual loop lengthsshall be determined by spacing, number of loops, flow rate,and pressure drop requirements in accordance with the sys-tem design.

For the purpose of system balancing, each individualloop shall have a tag securely affixed to the manifold to indi-cate the length of the loop, and the room(s) and area(s)served.

In a single-zone multiple-manifold installation, bal-anced flow through manifolds shall be in accordance withSection 412.4.

TABLE 414.5MAXIMUM LENGTH OF CONTINUOUS TUBING FROMA SUPPLY-AND-RETURN MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

414.6 Poured Floor Systems (Thermal Mass). Wheretubing is embedded in a concrete slab such tubes shall not belarger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall

thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than threediameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embeddedin the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

414.6.1 Slab Penetration Tube and JointProtection. Where embedded in or installed under aconcrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage atpenetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve.The space between the tubing and sleeve shall besealed. The tubing at the location of an expansion jointin a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipesleeve that covers the tubing not less than 12 inches(305 mm) on either side of the expansion joint or thetubing shall be installed below the slab.414.6.2 Insulation. Where a poured concrete radiantfloor system is installed in contact with the soil, not lessthan R-5 insulation shall be installed and shall be placedbetween the soil and the concrete; extend to the outsideedges of the concrete; and be placed on all slab edges.

Where a poured concrete radiant floor system isinstalled on grade, not less than R-5 insulation shall beinstalled and placed on vertical slab edges.

Where a poured concrete radiant floor system isinstalled within a habitable space above and below, thetotal R-value of the floor system below the concrete slabshall be more than the total R-value of the material lyingabove the concrete slab and the floor system shall havenot less than a R-3 value.

414.7 Joist Systems and Subfloors. Where tubing isinstalled below a subfloor, the tube spacing shall be in accor-dance with the system design and joist space limitations.

Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, thetube spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) center-to-center for living areas.

Where tubing is installed in the joist cavity, the cavityshall be insulated with not less than R-12 material.

An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall bemaintained between the top of the insulation and the under-side of the floor unless a conductive plate is installed.

Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor andnot embedded in concrete, the floor assembly shall be insu-lated with not less than R-12 material below the tubing.414.8 Wall and Ceiling Panels. Where piping isinstalled in the wall stud cavity or the ceiling joist cavity, thecavity shall be insulated with material having an R-value ofnot less than R-12 material. The insulation shall be installedin such a manner as to prevent heating or cooling from beinglost from the space intended to be controlled.

An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall bemaintained between the insulation and the interior surface ofthe panel unless a conductive plate is installed.414.9 Radiant Heating and Cooling Panels. Radiantheating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall belisted for the application.

NOMINAL TUBE SIZE(inches)

MAXIMUM LOOP LENGTH(feet)

1⁄4 1255⁄16 2003⁄8 2501⁄2 3005⁄8 4003⁄4 5001 750

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

414.9.1 Electric Heating Panel Systems.Clearances for electric heating panels or between out-lets, junction boxes, mounting luminaries, ventilating,or other openings shall comply with NFPA 70.414.9.2 Radiant Wall and Ceiling Panels. Radiantpanels attached to wood, steel, masonry, or concreteframing members shall be fastened by means ofanchors, bolts, or approved expansion screws of suffi-cient size and anchorage to support the loads applied. Inhigh moisture areas, panels shall be installed with cor-rosion-resistant fasteners. Piping systems shall bedesigned for thermal expansion to prevent the loadbeing transmitted to the panel.

415.0 Indirect-Fired Domestic Hot-Water StorageTanks.415.1 General. Domestic hot-water heat exchangers,whether internal or external to the heating appliance, shall bepermitted to be used to heat water in domestic hot-waterstorage tanks. Tanks used to store hot water shall be listedfor the intended use and constructed in accordance withnationally recognized standards. A pressure- and tempera-ture-relief valve with a set pressure not exceeding 150 per-cent of the maximum operating pressure of the system, andat a temperature of 210°F (99°C), shall be installed on thestorage tank.

Where the normal operating temperature of the boiler ordual-purpose water heater that provides heat input fordomestic hot water exceeds 140°F (60°C), a thermostaticallycontrolled mixing valve in accordance with Section 405.3.1shall be installed to limit the water supplied to the potablehot water system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.The potability of the water shall be maintained throughoutthe system.

416.0 Auxiliary Systems.416.1 General. Additional heating loads shall be sized inaccordance with one of the following methods and therequired additional capacity shall be added to the primaryheat source:(1) Methods included in this chapter.(2) Other approved engineering methods acceptable to the

Authority Having Jurisdiction.(3) Sizing guidelines included in the manufacturer’s

instructions.Where an auxiliary system is deemed to be in use only

in seasons other than winter, it shall not be required to becombined with the space heating requirement in the winter.The heat source shall be sized to the level of the highest totalseasonal load.416.2 Use of Chemical Additives and CorrosiveFluids. Where auxiliary systems contain chemical addi-tives, corrosive fluids, or both not intended or designed foruse in the primary system, a double wall heat exchanger

shall be used in accordance with Section 318.0. The chemi-cal additives in the auxiliary systems shall be compatiblewith auxiliary system components and accepted for use bythe heat exchanger manufacturer.416.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operatingcontrol device that controls the supply hydronic solution tem-perature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system.A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronicsolution temperature in accordance with Section 410.5. Snowmelt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing withan approved hydronic solution. The circulating heat transferfluid shall be a mixture of propylene glycol or ethylene glycoland water. Automotive antifreeze shall not be used.

416.3.1 Tube Placement. Snow melt tubing shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa-tion instructions and with the tube layout and spacing inaccordance with the system design. Except for distribu-tion mains, tube spacing that is shown in the design ascenter-to-center and the individual loop lengths shall beinstalled with a variance of not more than ±10 percentfrom the design.

The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold arrangement shall not exceed thelengths in accordance with the manufacturer installationinstructions and system design or, in the absence ofmanufacturer’s specifications, the lengths in accordancewith Table 416.3.1. Actual loop lengths shall be deter-mined by spacing, flow rate, temperature, and pressuredrop in accordance with the system design.

TABLE 416.3.1LOOP LENGTHS FOR SNOW MELT SYSTEMS1,2

For SI units: 1 inch = 25mm, 1 fot = 304.8mm

Notes:(1) The total PE-RT or PEX loop lengths consist of two separate sections,

the active loop and the leader length. The active loop is installed withinthe heated slab. The leader length is the total distance to and from themanifold and heated slab, including vertical distances.

(2) The manifolds shall be installed as close to the snow melts area as pos-sible.

(3) In concrete use not less than Type L copper water tubing. In bituminouspavement use a Type K copper water tubing.

416.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab Systems(Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a con-crete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside

SIZE(inches)

AVERAGE ACTIVE LOOP(feet)

TOTAL LOOP(feet)

PE-RT or PEX Tubing5⁄8 225 250¾ 300 3251 450 475

Copper Tubing3

½ – 140¾ – 280

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT

dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of theslab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters oncenter. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in theslab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.416.3.3 Slab Penetration Tube and JointProtection. Where embedded in or installed under aconcrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage atpenetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve.The space between the tubing and sleeve shall besealed. The tubing at the location of a joint in a concreteslab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve thatcovers the tubing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) oneither side of the joint or the tubing shall be installedbelow the slab.416.3.4 Concrete Slab Preparation. A solid foun-dation shall be prepared before the tubing is installed.Compaction shall be used for slabs, sidewalks, anddriveways.416.3.5 Insulation. Where a poured concrete snowmelt system is installed in contact with the soil, insula-tion that has a R-5 value shall be placed between theconcrete and the compacted grade; extend as close aspractical to the outside edges of the concrete; and beplaced on vertical slab edges that are in contact withplants or landscaping.416.3.6 Testing. Testing of auxiliary systems shall bein accordance with Section 417.3.

416.4 Hydronic Makeup Air Units. Hydronic makeupair units that are affected by freezing shall be protectedagainst freezing by a hydronic solution or a methodapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

417.0 Piping Installation.417.1 General. Piping, fittings, and connections shall beinstalled in accordance with the conditions of their approval.417.2 Embedded Piping and Joints. Piping for heatingor cooling panels embedded in concrete shall be steel pipe,Type L copper tubing or plastic pipe or tubing rated at notless than 100 psi at 180°F (689 kPa at 82°C). Joints of pipeor tubing that are embedded in a portion of the building,such as concrete or plaster, shall be installed in accordancewith Section 417.2.1 through Section 417.2.3.

417.2.1 Steel Pipe. Steel pipe shall be welded byelectrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method.417.2.2 Copper Tubing. Copper tubing shall bejoined by brazing with filler metals having a meltingpoint not less than 1000°F (538°C).417.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall beinstalled in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heatfusion method.

417.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in con-crete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete.During the pour, the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of

not less than one and one-half times the operating pressurebut not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). During freezing or thepossibility of freezing conditions, testing shall be done withair where permitted by the manufacturer.417.4 System Drainage. Hydronic piping systems shallbe installed to permit the system to be drained. The systemshall drain by indirect waste in accordance with Section304.3. Embedded piping underground or under floors is notrequired to be designed for draining the system.417.5 Condensate Drainage. Condensate drains fromdehumidifying coils shall be constructed and sloped for con-densate removal. Such drains shall be installed in accor-dance with Section 304.3.417.6 Clearance to Combustibles. Hydronic pipingwhere the exterior temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) shallhave a clearance of not less 1 inch (25.4 mm) to combustiblematerials.

HYDRONICS


PRE-PRINT


501.0 General.501.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the types ofjoints and connections permitted in solar thermal systems.701.0 501.0 General.701.1 501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapteraddress the construction and installation of solar collectorsthermal systems, including components. The solar thermalsystem shall include the solar collector, thermal storage, sys-tem piping and appurtenances.501.2 Connections. Connections that are required for fill-ing, draining, and flushing shall be readily accessible. Solarthermal systems using liquid as a heat transfer medium shallhave means for purging air.703.3 501.3 Stagnation Condition. The collector solarthermal assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnantconditions in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruc-tions where high solar flux and no flow occurs.501.4 Draining. Solar thermal system piping shall beinstalled to permit draining of the system. Drainback systempiping shall have a slope of not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot(20.8 mm/m).501.5 Materials. Materials in contact with heat transfermedium shall be approved for such use. Galvanized steelshall not be used for solar thermal piping systems containingantifreeze. Black steel shall not be used in systems withentrained air. Unions between dissimilar metals shall com-ply with Section 305.1. The material used shall be capable ofwithstanding the maximum temperature and pressure of thesystem.

702.4 501.5.1 Plastic. Plastic used in collector theconstruction of a solar thermal system shall be installedin accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.703.6 501.5.2 Combustible Materials. Collectorsconstructed of cCombustible materials shall not belocated on or adjacent to construction required to be ofnoncombustible materials or in fire areas, unlessapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.501.5.3 Adhesives. Adhesives used in a solar collec-tor shall not vaporize at the design temperature.501.5.4 Potable Water. Materials in contact withpotable water shall comply with NSF 61.501.5.5 Racking. Dissimilar metals used for rackingshall be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. Paintshall not be used as a method of isolation. 703.5 501.5.6 Fasteners. Mountings and fastenersshall be made of corrosion-resistant materials.703.5.1Carbon Steel. Carbon steel mountings and fastenersshall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance withASME SA194.

501.6 Thermosiphon Systems. The storage tank in athermosiphon system shall be installed above the collector.501.7 Drainback Systems. The circulating pump shallbe sized to overcome the static head pressure height of thecollector, pressure losses, and provide the required flow rateto the collector. The drainback reservoir shall be located in aconditioned space to prevent freezing. A sight glass, or othermethod of monitoring the level of fluid in the solar loop shallbe installed in the solar loop, or on the drainback reservoir.A drainback system shall be capable of being manually iso-lated and drained.501.8 Auxiliary Heating. Auxiliary heating that utilizeselectricity as the energy source shall be in accordance withSection 319.0. Auxiliary heating that utilizes solid fuel orfuel gas as the energy source shall be in accordance with themechanical code.408.8 501.9 Automatic Air Vents. Where installed, aAu-tomatic air release vents shall be installed at high points ofthe solar thermal system in accordance with the systemdesign requirements and manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions.703.4 501.10 Waterproofing. Joints between structuralsupports and buildings or dwellings, including penetrationsmade by bolts or other means of fastening, shall be madewatertight with approved material.402.1.8 501.11 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal pip-ing shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in anexterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision ismade to protect such pipe from freezing. Freeze protection forsolar thermal systems shall be provided in accordance with thefollowing:(1) Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temper-

ature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for systemcomponents containing heat transfer liquids in anapproved manner.

(2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit(“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance offreezing weather conditions.

(3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freezeprotection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freezetolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a con-stant atmospheric temperature.

(4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid ispotable water, not less than two freeze protection mecha-nisms shall be provided on each system. Manual interven-tion (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall bepermitted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze pro-tection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention,shall be designed to protect components from freeze dam-age, in the event of power failure in an approved manner.Where approved, thermal mass of a system shall be per-mitted to be a form of freeze protection.

CHAPTER 5JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

PRE-PRINT

(5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed toallow for manual gravity draining and air filling of solarthermal system components and piping. Pipe slope forgravity draining shall be not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot(20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies toheader pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to thecollector. Where a means to drain the system is provideda drain valve shall be installed.

(6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the methodof freeze protection for the system shall be attached tothe system in a visible location. For systems which relyon manual intervention for freeze protection, such labelshall indicate the minimum ambient temperature condi-tions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owneraction is recommended by the manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

1103.0 Design and Operation.1103.1 501.12 Flow Rate Circulators. Circulatingpumps shall be installed in accordance with Section 314.0.For drainback systems, the pump shall overcome the totalhead of the system while maintaining the required collectorflow rate. For all other systems, the pump shall overcome thefriction head of the system while maintaining the requiredcollector flow rate.306.4 501.13 Protection Against Decay.Wood used inthe construction of collector or system mounting, andexposed to outdoor conditions shall be pressure-treated withpreservative or shall be a naturally durable, decay resistantspecies of lumber.314.3.2 501.14 Flash Points. The flash point of a heat-transfer medium shall be: (1)Not less than 50°F (10 28°C) ormore above the design maximum nonoperating temperatureand as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of themedium in the system.(2) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum

operating temperature and exceeding the maximumstagnation temperature minus 200°F (93°C) of themedium in the system.

501.15 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall comply withChapter 6 and be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions. Access ports and connec-tions shall be accessible.

702.0 502.0 Construction Solar Collectors.702.1 502.1 General. Frames and braces exposed to theweather shall be constructed of materials for exterior loca-tions, and protected from corrosion or deterioration, inaccordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

702.2 502.1.1 Construction. Collectors shall bedesigned and constructed as to prevent interior condensa-tion, out-gassing, or other processes that will reduce thetransmission properties of the glazing, reduce the effi-ciency of the insulation, or otherwise adversely affect theperformance of the collector.

704.0 502.2 Fire Safety Requirements. 704.1 Build-ing Components. Collectors that function as building components shall be in accordance with the building code.702.3 502.3 Glass.Glass used in collector construction shallbe tempered.702.6 502.4 Air Collectors. Materials exposed within aircollectors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flamespread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed indexnot to exceed 50 where tested as a composite product inaccordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.

702.6.1 502.4.1 Testing. Materials used within an aircollector shall not smoke, smolder, glow, or flame wheretested in accordance with ASTM C411 at temperaturesexposed to in service. In no case shall the test temperaturebe less than 250°F (121°C).

703.0 502.5 Collector Installation. 703.1 General.Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or othersurfaces in accordance with Section 307.1 310.1. Collectorsshall be mounted as to minimize the accumulation of debris.Connecting pipes shall not be used to provide support for asolar collector. Collectors shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions.

703.1.1 502.5.1 Roof Installations. Anchorssecured to and through a roofing material shall be madeto maintain the water integrity of the roof covering.Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installationof collectors. Solar collectors that are not an integralpart of the roofing system shall be installed to preservethe integrity of the roof surface.704.2 502.5.2 Above or On the Roof. Collectorslocated above or on roofs, and functioning as buildingcomponents, shall not reduce the required fire-resist-ance and fire-retardance classification of the roof cover-ing materials.Exceptions:(1) One- and two-family dwellings.(2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three

stories in height, a 9000 square feet (836.13 m2)total floor area; or both providing:(a) The collectors are noncombustible.(b) Collectors with plastic covers have noncom-

bustible sides and bottoms, and the total areacovered and the collector shall not exceed thefollowing:1. Plastic CC1 – 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.2. Plastic CC2 – 25 percent of the roof area.

(c) Collectors with plastic film covers having athickness of not more than 0.010 of an inch(0.254 mm) shall have noncombustible sides andbottoms, and the total area covered by the collec-tor shall not exceed 331⁄3 percent of the roof area.

703.1.2 502.5.3 Ground Installations. Solar collec-tors installed at ground level shall be not less than 6inches (152 mm) above the ground level shall terminate

SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS


PRE-PRINT

above finished grade to avoid being obstructed by veg-etation, snow, or ice. The supporting columns shallextend below the frost line.703.8 502.5.4 Wall Mounted. Solar collectors thatare mounted on a wall shall be secured and fastened inan approved manner in accordance with Section 307.0310.0.703.2 502.5.5 Access. Access shall be provided tocollectors and components in an approved manner. Awork space adjacent to collectors for maintenance andrepair shall be provided in accordance with the Author-ity Having Jurisdiction.703.7 502.5.6 Orientation. Collectors shall be locatedand oriented in accordance with the manufacturer’s instal-lation instructions.

702.5 502.6 Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as acomplete component shall be listed or labeled by an approvedlisting agency in accordance with SRCC 100, UL 1279, orequivalent standard.

503.0 Insulation.802.4 503.1 Insulation General. The temperature of sur-faces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed140°F (60°C) unless they are protected by insulation. Wheresleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full sizethrough them.

Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes pip-ing shall be of material approved for the operating tempera-ture of the system and the installation environment. Whereinstalled in a plenum, tThe insulation, jackets, and lap-sealadhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have aflame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developedindex not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance withASTM E84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation andmounting procedures of ASTM E2231 shall be used. Alter-nately, materials used for pipe coverings and insulation(including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhesives)shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of 1.02 E+06British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (299 kW), a maximumtotal heat release of 4.7 E+04 Btu (50 MJ), a maximum totalsmoke release of 5382 square feet (500 m2) and shall notgenerate flames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more abovethe top of the vertical portion of the apparatus during the testwhere tested in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation cov-erings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke

where tested in accordance with ASTM C411 at the temper-ature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shallthe test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).801.0 503.2 General Heat Loss. 801.1 Applicability.Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork shall beinsulated according to this chapter to minimize heat loss.Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulatedwhere exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss fromsuch ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heat-ing or cooling load within such space.Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installedfor swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions unless such pip-ing is located within a building.802.0 503.3 Piping. 802.1 Required. Pipe and fittings,other than unions, flanges, or valves, shall be insulated.Insulation material shall be approved for continuous operat-ing temperatures of not less than 220°F (104°C). [See Table802.1 503.3(1) through Table 802.1 503.3(4)].802.2 503.4 Fittings. Fittings shall be insulated withmitered sections, molded fittings, insulating cement, or flex-ible insulation.802.3 503.5 Installation. Insulation shall be finished witha jacket or facing with the laps sealed with adhesives or sta-ples so as to secure the insulation on the pipe. Insulationjacket seams shall be on the underside of the piping and shalloverlap in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions. Joints and seams shall be sealed with a sealantthat is approved for both the material and environmentalconditions. Insulation exposed to the weather shall beweather-proofed in accordance with standard practicesacceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In lieu ofjackets, molded insulation shall be permitted to be securedwith 16 gauge galvanized wire ties not exceeding 9 inches(229 mm) on center.

503.5.1 Exterior Applications. Insulation for exte-rior applications shall be finished with an approvedjacket or facing with the surfaces and laps sealed. Jack-eting, facing, and tape used for exterior applicationsshall be designed for such use. Where flexible insulationis used, it shall be wrapped and sealed against waterpenetration. Insulation used for exterior applicationsshall be resistant to extreme temperatures, UV expo-sure, and moisture.



For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8

FLUID TEMPERATURE RANGE(°F)

PIPE DIAMETER (inches)1 AND LESS 1.25 – 2 2.5 – 4 5 – 6 8 AND LARGER

R-VALUE306–460 10 10 12 14 14251–305 8 10 10 12 12201–250 6 6 8 8 8105–200 2 4 6 6 6

TABLE 802.1(1) 503.3(1)MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION

PRE-PRINT

803.0 503.6 Ducts. 803.1 General. Circulating air ductsshall be insulated in accordance with Table 803.1 503.6.

309.0 504.0 Testing.309.1 504.1 Piping. The piping of the solar thermal sys-tem shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer liquid, or asrecommended by the manufacturer’s instructions, exceptthat plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removalof plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached allparts of the system.309.2 504.2 System Requirements. Upon completion,the system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers,and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved air-tight.

309.2.1 504.2.1 Open Loop Systems. Open loopsystems directly connected to the potable water systemshall be tested under a water pressure not less than themaximum working pressure under which it is to beused. The water used for tests shall be obtained from apotable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per squareinch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permittedto be substituted for the water test.309.2.2 504.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Sys-tems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be testedunder actual operating conditions.309.2.3 504.2.3 Closed Loop Systems. Closedloop or other type pressure systems shall be tested atone-and-one-half times maximum designed operatingpressure.

Systems shall withstand the test without leaking fora period of not less than 15 minutes.

505.0 Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs.901.0 General.901.1 Applicability.902.0 505.1 Water Chemistry. 902.1 General. Wherewater from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by wayof circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of suchwater shall comply with the requirements of Section 902.2505.2, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section 902.3505.3 and Section 902.3.1 505.3.1.902.2 505.2 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals usedwithin a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accor-dance with Table 902.2 505.2.

902.3 505.3 Filter. A filter shall be provided to removedebris from the water entering the solar loop.Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heatingsystem with a heat exchanger.

902.3.1 505.3.1 Location. A filter shall be locatedupstream of a pump used to direct water to solar collec-tors.

903.0 505.4 Corrosion Resistant. 903.1 Copper.Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used forsolar pool, spa, or hot tub heating.Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between thecollector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water.

502.0 Tightness.502.1 General. Joints and connections in the solar thermalsystem shall be airtight, gastight, and watertight for the pres-sures required by tests.

503.0 Types of Joints.503.1 Asbestos-Cement Pipe and Joints. Joiningmethods for asbestos-cement pipe and fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions and shall comply with Section 503.1.1.

503.1.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shallbe of the same composition as the pipe and sealed withan approved elastomeric gasket or joined by a listedcompression type coupling. Elastomeric gaskets shallcomply with ASTM D1869. The coupling grooves, pipeends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elas-tomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves.Lubricant recommended for potable water applicationby the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to themachined end of the pipe. Lubricant shall not be appliedto the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specificallyrecommended by the manufacturer.

503.2 Brass Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brasspipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and shall complywith Section 503.2.1 through Section 503.2.3.

503.2.1 Brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brasspipe and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys hav-ing a liquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). Thejoint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright byeither manual or mechanical means. Pipe shall be cutsquare and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing fluxshall be applied to the joint surfaces where required bymanufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal inaccordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the pointwhere the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting.503.2.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shallbe of the compression, pressed, or grooved type usingan approved elastomeric gasket to form a seal.503.2.3 Threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall bemade with pipe threads in accordance with ASMEB1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall beapplied only on male threads, and such material shall beof approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic.

PARAMETER ACCEPTABLE RANGECalcium hardness 200 – 400 parts per million (ppm)Langelier Saturation Index 0 (+ or - 0.3 acceptable)pH 7.2 – 7.8 TDS < 1500 ppmTotal alkalinity 80 – 120 ppm

TABLE 902.2 505.2WATER CHEMISTRY

For SI Units: 1 part per million = 1 mg/L



PRE-PRINT

503.3.3 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shallinclude, but are not limited to, compression, flanged,grooved, pressed, and push fit fittings.503.7.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion jointsbetween PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be assem-bled in accordance with Section 503.7.1.1 through Sec-tion 503.7.1.3 using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heatmethods in accordance with ASTM D2657.

503.9.1 Fittings. Metal insert fittings, metal compres-sion fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufacturedto and marked in accordance with the standards for fit-tings in Table 407.1.

503.10.1 Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall com-ply with the applicable standards referenced in Table407.1. PEX tubing in accordance with ASTM F876shall be marked with the applicable standard designa-tion for the fittings specified for use with the tubing.503.10.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical jointsshall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.

503.14 Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints. Joining meth-ods for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructionsand shall comply with Section 503.14.1 and Section 503.14.2.

503.14.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shallbe designed for their intended use. Such joints shallinclude compression, flanged, grooved, pressed, andthreaded.503.14.2 Welded Joints. Welded joints shall be eitherfusion or resistance welded based on the selection of thebase metal. Chemical composition of the filler metalshall comply with AWS A5.9 based on the alloy contentof the piping material.

503.15 Slip Joints. In water piping, slip joints shall bepermitted to be used only on the exposed fixture supply.503.16 Dielectric Unions. Dielectric unions whereinstalled at points of connection where there is a dissimilar-ity of metals shall be in accordance with ASSE 1079.503.17 Joints Between Various Materials. Jointsbetween various materials shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shallcomply with Section 503.17.1 through Section 503.17.3.

503.17.1 Copper Pipe or Tubing to ThreadedPipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing tothreaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter,brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fit-ting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079.The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fit-ting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed jointand the connection between the threaded pipe and the fit-ting shall be made with a standard pipe size threadedjoint.

503.17.2 Plastic Pipe to Other Materials. Whereconnecting plastic pipe to other types of piping,approved types of adapter or transition fittings designedfor the specific transition intended shall be used.503.17.3 Stainless Steel to Other Materials.Where connecting stainless steel pipe to other types ofpiping, mechanical joints of the compression type,dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance withASSE 1079 and designed for the specific transitionintended shall be used.

503.18 Expansion Joints. Listed expansion joints shallbe accessible and shall be permitted to be used where neces-sary to provide for expansion and contraction of the pipes.503.19 Unions. Unions shall be installed in a solar thermalsystem, not more than 12 inches (305 mm) of regulatingequipment, water heating, conditioning tanks, and similarequipment that requires service by removal or replacementin a manner that will facilitate its ready removal.



PRE-PRINT



TABLE 802.1(2) 503.3(2)IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSULATION THICKNESS

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293kW*T = Thickness (inches), HL = Heat loss (Btu/h)

TEMPDIFF.(DT)(°F)

INSULATION*PIPE SIZE (inches)

IRON PIPE SIZE COPPER TUBING SIZE (nominal)1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6

240

CalciumSilicate

T 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 21⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5H L 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 38 39 40 23 25 25 24 24 25 25 39 40 40 38 40 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 3 11⁄2 2 3 4 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4H L 25 23 25 26 25 25 38 40 37 39 20 21 25 22 25 24 23 34 39 38 36 39 38

230

CalciumSilicate

T 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 2 3 3 31⁄2 4 4H L 23 24 25 25 25 25 39 40 40 40 21 23 24 24 25 24 23 40 38 40 39 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 22 21 23 25 23 25 34 37 38 40 18 18 23 20 23 25 25 31 38 40 39 39 40

220

CalciumSilicate

T 2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 3 3 31⁄2 4 4H L 23 25 24 24 24 24 37 39 40 40 25 22 23 25 25 25 25 38 37 39 40 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 22 20 22 25 22 24 33 35 36 39 25 18 22 24 21 24 24 30 36 37 37 37 38

210

CalciumSilicate

T 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 2 3 31⁄2 4 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4H L 24 25 24 22 25 25 40 39 38 40 24 24 25 24 25 24 25 36 38 40 40 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 3 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3H L 21 25 21 25 21 23 31 34 40 40 24 24 24 23 20 23 23 40 35 39 36 36 37

200

CalciumSilicate

T 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 3 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 31⁄2H L 23 24 25 25 23 25 38 38 40 40 23 23 24 23 25 25 25 39 40 39 38 38 40

FibrousGlass

T 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 3 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2H L 20 25 21 23 21 25 31 40 40 40 24 22 24 22 20 23 24 39 34 35 35 40 40

180

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 2 2H L 24 24 21 19 22 25 37 33 40 38 20 20 20 18 22 23 22 32 36 39 35 34 38

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 2 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2H L 21 23 23 25 22 25 40 40 40 40 21 22 22 24 24 24 25 36 40 39 39 38 40

170

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 22 23 20 18 21 23 35 31 38 35 18 18 19 25 21 22 22 30 34 37 32 38 36

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 2 21⁄2H L 25 22 22 24 25 24 38 39 40 40 20 20 25 22 23 24 23 39 37 36 36 40 40

160

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 2H L 16 18 19 25 20 23 34 40 36 40 18 18 18 24 25 21 25 29 33 37 40 37 35

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 2 21⁄2H L 23 24 25 22 25 32 37 38 37 38 22 23 24 21 22 23 25 37 36 36 39 39 38

150

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 20 21 18 23 24 21 32 38 34 38 17 18 19 23 23 20 24 40 31 33 37 35 40

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 24 18 23 24 25 24 40 39 40 40 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 34 39 31 38 40 40

140

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 19 19 17 22 22 25 29 35 32 35 15 15 16 21 21 18 22 37 28 31 35 32 27

FlexibleTubing

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 1 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 2H L 22 25 21 23 24 23 37 37 39 39 18 19 21 23 22 22 23 38 38 39 38 40 39

130

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1 11⁄2H L 17 17 23 25 20 23 26 31 38 40 14 14 14 19 21 24 20 33 38 25 31 37 34

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 1 1 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 2H L 21 24 25 21 22 25 35 35 40 37 17 18 19 20 21 21 25 36 36 37 34 39 37

120

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 11⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1H L 16 16 21 23 18 21 38 29 35 37 13 13 14 17 18 23 18 31 35 40 29 35 40

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 11⁄2H L 19 22 23 25 23 23 32 39 38 40 16 16 17 19 24 24 23 33 38 34 32 38 40

110

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1⁄2 1 1 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1H L 14 15 19 21 17 19 34 26 32 38 12 12 13 16 16 20 24 28 32 36 39 31 36

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1 1H L 17 20 21 23 22 25 37 36 35 36 14 15 16 17 22 22 21 30 35 40 29 35 40

80

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1H L 10 11 15 16 21 24 28 38 40 38 9 9 10 12 14 19 21 25 37 38 39 34 36

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4H L 12 15 15 23 16 22 39 35 25 37 10 11 12 12 16 23 19 30 34 40 31 36 40

70

FibrousGlass

T 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄2H L 9 10 13 14 18 19 23 29 35 31 8 9 9 10 12 16 18 22 27 32 34 41 50

FlexibleTubing

T 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4H L 11 13 13 21 14 20 37 33 39 40 9 10 11 11 14 21 23 26 29 37 29 34 38

PRE-PRINT



TABLE 802.1(3) 503.3(3)UNIVERSAL PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IPS

For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 square inch = 0.000645 m2*A = Area (square inches), r1 = Inside radius (inches), r2 = Outside radius (inches)

IPS(inches)

Pipe Diameter(inches)

r1*

1⁄2 INCH THICK* 3⁄4 INCH THICK* 1 INCH THICK* 11⁄2 INCHES THICK* 2 INCHES THICK*

r2 •lnr2 A r2 r2 •ln

r2 A r2 r2 •lnr2 A r2 r2 •ln

r2 A r2 r2 •lnr2 A r2r1 r1 r1 r1 r1

1⁄2 0.840 0.420 0.72 0.48 0.92 1.21 0.62 1.18 1.77 0.75 1.44 3.12 1.05 2.00 4.46 1.31 2.503⁄4 1.050 0.525 0.69 0.54 1.03 0.96 0.62 1.18 1.44 0.75 1.44 2.67 1.05 2.00 3.90 1.31 2.501 1.315 0.657 0.65 0.61 1.16 1.11 0.75 1.44 1.71 0.92 1.75 2.77 1.18 2.25 4.01 1.46 2.7811⁄4 1.660 0.830 0.63 0.70 1.33 1.29 0.86 1.64 1.31 0.92 1.75 2.76 1.31 2.50 3.36 1.46 2.7811⁄2 1.990 0.950 0.53 0.63 1.39 1.06 0.92 1.75 1.49 1.05 2.00 2.42 1.31 2.50 2.98 1.46 2.782 2.375 1.187 0.62 0.90 1.71 1.02 1.04 1.99 1.43 1.18 2.25 2.37 1.46 2.78 3.39 1.73 3.3121⁄2 2.875 1.437 0.58 1.02 1.94 0.99 1.17 2.24 1.38 1.31 2.50 1.84 1.46 2.78 2.76 1.73 3.313 3.500 1.750 0.56 1.18 2.25 0.87 1.29 2.48 1.29 1.46 2.78 2.11 1.73 3.31 2.96 2.00 3.8131⁄2 4.000 2.000 0.52 1.29 2.48 0.89 1.46 2.78 1.67 1.73 3.31 1.67 1.73 3.31 2.46 2.00 3.814 4.500 2.250 0.59 1.46 2.78 1.25 1.72 3.29 1.28 1.73 3.31 2.01 2.00 3.81 2.80 2.26 4.316 6.625 3.312 0.64 2.05 3.90 0.83 2.13 4.06 1.13 2.26 4.31 1.79 2.52 4.81 2.60 2.82 5.38

PRE-PRINT



For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.01846 kg/m3, 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree fahrenheit = 0.1[W/(m•K)]Notes:1 These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer’s recommendations.2 Values are for aged board stock.3 Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC 4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification valuesfor materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiasedtests.

4 Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time.5 Thermal conductivity (k) of industrial insulation shall be expressed in British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree fahrenheit [Btu•in/(h•ft2•°F)][W/(m•K)]

FORM MATERIAL COMPOSITION3ACCEPTEDMAX TEMPFOR USE(°F)

TYPICALDENSITY(lb/ft3)

TYPICAL THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (k) AT MEAN TEMP (°F)

-100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 200 300 500 700BLOCKS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATIONASBESTOSLaminated asbestos paper 700 30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 ––Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper4-ply 300 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.54 0.57 0.68 –– –– ––6-ply 300 15-17 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.51 0.59 –– –– ––6-ply 300 18-20 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.47 0.49 0.57 –– –– ––

MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER 1500 15-18 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.6285 PERCENT MAGNESIA 600 11-12 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.35 0.38 0.42 –– ––

CALCIUM SILICATE 1200 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.38 0.41 0.44 0.52 0.621800 12-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.63 0.74

CELLULAR GLASS 800 9 –– –– 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.48 0.55 –– ––

DIATOMACEOUS SILICA 1600 21-22 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.64 0.681900 23-25 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.70 0.75

MINERAL FIBERGlass, Organic bonded, block and boards 400 3-10 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– ––

Nonpunking binder 1000 3-10 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.52 ––

Pipe insulation, slag or glass 350 3-4 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.29 –– –– ––500 3-10 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– ––

Inorganic bonded-block 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55 ––1800 15-24 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.62

Pipe insulation, slag or glass 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55MINERAL FIBERResin binder –– 15 –– –– 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.29 –– –– –– –– ––

RIGID POLYSTYRENEExtruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 3.5 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– ––Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 2.2 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– –– ––Extruded 170 1.8 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.27 –– –– –– ––Molded beads 170 1 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 –– –– –– –– ––

POLYURETHANE2, 4

Refrigerant 11 exp 210 1.5-2.5 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 –– –– –– ––RUBBER, Rigid Foamed 150 4.5 –– –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 –– –– –– ––VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER

Wool felt (pipe insulation) 180 20 –– –– –– –– –– 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.33 –– –– –– ––INSULATING CEMENTSMINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass)With colloidal clay binder 1800 24-30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.85With hydraulic setting binder 1200 30-40 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.95 ––

LOOSE FILLCellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) –– 2.5-3 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.27 0.29 –– –– –– ––Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass –– 2-5 –– –– 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.31 –– –– –– ––Perlite (expanded) –– 5-8 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.34 0.35 0.37 0.39 –– –– –– –– ––Silica aerogel –– 7.6 –– –– 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 –– –– –– ––

Vermiculite (expanded) –– 7-8.2 –– –– 0.39 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 –– –– –– –––– 4-6 –– –– 0.34 0.35 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.46 –– –– –– ––

TABLE 802.1(4) 503.3(4)DESIGN VALUES FOR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (k) OF INDUSTRIAL INSULATION3, 4, 5

PRE-PRINT



Notes:Where ducts are used for both heating and cooling, the minimum insulation shall be as required for the most restrictive condition.1 Heating Degree Days:(a) Zone I – below 4500 Degree Days(b) Zone II – 4501 Degree Days to 8000 Degree Days(c) Zone III – exceeds 8000 Degree Days

2 Vapor barriers shall be installed on supply ducts in spaces vented to the outside in geographic areas where the average July, August, and September meandew point temperature exceeds 60°F (16°C).

3 Insulation shall be permitted to be omitted on that portion of a duct that is located within a wall or a floor-ceiling space where:(a) Both sides of the space are exposed to conditioned air.(b) The space is not ventilated.(c) The space is not used as a return plenum.(d) The space is not exposed to unconditioned air.Ceilings that form plenums need not be insulated.

4 The examples of materials listed under each type of insulation is not meant to limit other available thickness and density combinations with the equiva-lent installed conductance or resistance based on the insulation only.Insulation Types:A =Materials with an installed conductance of 0.48 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 2.1.Examples of materials capable of meeting the above requirements:(a) One inch (25.4 mm), 0.60 pounds per cubic feet (lb/ft3) (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass) blanket.(b) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner.(c) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.B =Materials with an installed conductance of 0.24 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 4.2.Examples of materials meeting the above requirements:(a) Two inch (51 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket.(b) One inch (25.4 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner.(c) One inch (25.4 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.C =Materials with an installed conductance 0.16 or the equivalent thermal resistance 6.3.Examples of materials meeting the above requirements:(a) Three inch (76 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket.(b) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral blanket duct liner.(c) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board.V = Vapor barrier: Material with a perm rating not exceeding 0.5 perm [2.9 E-11 kg/(Pa•s•m2)]. Joints shall be sealed.W =Approved weatherproof barrier.

DUCT LOCATION INSULATION TYPES MECHANICALLY COOLED4 HEATING ZONES1

INSULATION TYPES HEATING ONLY4

On roof or on exterior of building C, V2 and WIIIIII

A and WB and WC and W

Attics, and garages and crawl spaces A and V2IIIIII

AAB

In walls,3 within floor-ceiling spaces3 A and V2IIIIII

AAB

Within the conditioned space, or in basements; returnducts in air plenums None required –– None required

Cement slab or within ground None required –– None required

TABLE 803.1 503.6INSULATION OF DUCTS

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

601.0 General.601.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construc-tion, design, location, and installations of solar a thermal stor-age. Solar tThermal storage includes storage tanks with orwithout heat exchangers and expansion tanks.601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks.The test pressurefor storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utilitymains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be twotimes the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068kPa).

804.0 602.0 Tanks Insulation.804.1 602.1 Thickness. Tank insulation shall have a R-value thermal resistance not less than shown in Table 804.1602.1. 804.2 Temperature Difference. The Ttempera-ture difference shall be calculated as the difference betweenthe design operating temperature of the tank and the designtemperature of the surrounding air, or soil where the tank isinstalled underground during the operating season. Whereengineering such data is not available, assume 100°F (38°C)indoors and 150°F (66°C) outdoors for water and space heat-ing and 150°F (66°C) for air conditioning a temperature dif-ference of 50°F (28°C) shall be used.

602.0 603.0 Storage Tanks.602.1 603.1 Plans. Plans for tanks shall be submitted tothe Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval, unless listedby an approved listing agency. Such plans shall show dimen-sions, reinforcing, structural calculations, and such otherpertinent data as required.603.2 Atmospheric Tanks. Atmospheric storage tanksshall be vented to the atmosphere and installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

602.2 603.2.1 Gravity Tanks. Gravity tanks shall beinstalled with an overflow opening of not less than 2inches (50 mm) Internal Pipe Size (IPS) in diameter.

The openings shall be aboveground and installed with ascreened return bend.603.2.2 Makeup Water. Makeup water from apotable water system to an atmospheric tank shall beprotected by an air gap in accordance with Table308.2(2).603.2.3 Overflow. An overflow shall be provided foran atmospheric tank. The overflow shall be providedwith a means of drainage in accordance with Section304.0. The overflow for an atmospheric tank containingnonpotable water shall be emptied into an approvedcontainer.

602.3 603.3 Prefabricated Tanks. Prefabricated tanksshall be listed and labeled.602.5 603.4 Separate Storage Tanks. For installationswith separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and tem-perature relief valve or combination thereof shall beinstalled on both the water heater main storage and auxiliarystorage tank. There shall not be a check valve or shutoffvalve between a relief valve and the heater or tank served.

The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approvedmaterial that is rated for the temperature of the system. Thedischarge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valveoutlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into thedrainage system or outside of the building with the end ofthe pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward.Discharges from such valves on systems utilizing other thanpotable water heat transfer mediums shall be approved bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

603.4.1 Isolation. Storage tanks shall be providedwith isolation valves for servicing.

602.6 603.5 Underground Tanks. Tanks shall be permit-ted to be buried underground where designed and constructedfor such installation.602.7 603.6 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and theinstallation thereof, shall comply with minimum requirementsfor safety from structural failure, mechanical failure, andexcessive pressures in accordance with the Authority HavingJurisdiction and nationally recognized standards. A pressure-type storage tank exceeding an operating pressure of 15pounds-force per square inch (psi) (103 kPa) shall be con-structed in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII. 603.8Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks. Fiber-reinforced plasticstorage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code BPVC, Section X or otherapproved standards.602.8 603.7 Devices. Devices attached to or within a tankshall be accessible for repair and replacement.

602.4 603.7.1 Pressure-Type Storage TanksSafety Devices. Pressure-type water thermal storage


MINIMUM R-VALUETHERMAL RESISTANCE (R)

[°F•h•ft2 /(Btu·inch)]50 6100 12150 18200 24250 30

TABLE 804.1 602.1MINIMUM TANK INSULATION

For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 degree Fahrenheit hour square foot perBritish thermal unit inch = [6.9 (m•K/W]*Based on thermal conductivity (k) of 0.20 [(Btu•inch)/(°F•h•ft2)]


CHAPTER 6THERMAL STORAGE

PRE-PRINT

tanks shall be installed with a listed combination tem-perature and pressure relief valve in accordance withSection 315.1. The temperature setting shall not exceed210°F (99°C). and tThe pressure setting shall notexceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operatingpressure of the solar thermal system, or 150 percent ofthe established normal operating pressure of the pipingmaterials, or the labeled maximum operating pressureof a pressure-type storage tank, whichever is less. Therelief valve pressure and temperature setting shall notexceed the pressure and temperature rating of the tankor the recommendations of the equipment as recom-mended by the tank manufacturer.

All sStorage tanks and bottom fed tanks connectedto a water heater shall be designed to withstand vacuuminduced pressure, or shall be provided with a vacuumrelief in accordance with Section 315.4. The vacuumrelief valve shall be installed at the top of the tank thatwill operate up to a water and shall have an operatingpressure not to exceeding 200 psi (1379 kPa) and up toa temperature rating not to exceeding 250°F (121°C) toprevent siphoning of any water heater or storage tank.The size of such vacuum relief valves shall have a min-imum rated capacity for the equipment served. This sec-tion shall not apply to pressurized captive airdiaphragm/ or bladder tanks.

Valves shall not be located on either side of a reliefvalve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shallbe of approved material that is rated for the temperatureof the system. The discharge pipe shall be the samediameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravitythrough an air gap into the drainage system or outside ofthe building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) abovethe ground and pointing downward.

602.9 603.8 Tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurallydesigned to withstand anticipated loads and pressures in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.602.10 603.9 Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank isinstalled in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceilingassembly, or floor subfloor assembly where damage resultsfrom a leaking storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materials shall be installed beneath the storage tankwith not less than 3⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to anapproved location.

603.0 604.0 Materials. 603.1 604.1 General. Tanks shall be constructed in accor-dance with Section 603.1 604.2 through Section 603.7 604.5.603.2 604.2 Construction. Tanks shall be constructed ofdurable materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decayand shall be watertight. Each such tank shall be structurallydesigned to withstand anticipated loads and pressures and shallbe installed level and on a solid bed.603.3 Standards. Tanks shall be constructed in accordancewith nationally recognized standards and the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

603.4 604.3 Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in-place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior wallsshall be double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exte-rior walls during the required water test. The compressivestrength of a concrete tank wall, top and covers, or floor shallbe not less than 2500 pounds per square inch (lb/in2) (1.7577E+06 kg/m2). Where required by the Authority Having Juris-diction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V PortlandCement).603.5 604.4 Metal Tanks.Metal tanks shall be welded, riv-eted and caulked, brazed, bolted, or constructed by use of acombination of these methods.603.6 604.5 Filler Metal. Filler metal used in brazing shallbe non-ferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above1000°F (538°C) and below that of the metal joined.603.7 Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks. Non-fiberglassstorage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII or otherapproved standards.

604.0 605.0 Expansion Tanks.604.1 605.1Where Required.An expansion tank shall beinstalled in a solar thermal system where a pressure reducingvalve, backflow prevention device, check valve or otherdevice is installed on a water supply system utilizing storageor tankless water heating equipment as a means for control-ling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion. Expan-sion tanks shall be of the closed or open type and securelyfastened to the structure. Tanks shall be rated for the pressureof the system. Supports shall be capable of carrying twicethe weight of the tank filled with water without placingstrain on the connecting piping.

Solar thermal systems incorporating hot water tanks orfluid relief columns shall be installed to prevent freezingunder normal operating conditions.604.2 605.2 Systems with Open Type ExpansionTanks. Open type expansion tanks shall be located not lessthan 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point of the system.Such tanks shall be sized based on the capacity of the sys-tem. An overflow with a diameter of not less than one-halfthe size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm)in diameter shall be installed at the top of the tank. The over-flow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage sys-tem.604.3 605.3 Closed-Type Systems. Closed-type systemsshall have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion thatwill be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system,and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two andone-half times the allowable working pressure of the system.Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above 30pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) shall be con-structed in accordance with nationally recognized standardsand the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions shall bemade for draining the tank without emptying the system,except for pressurized tanks.


THERMAL STORAGE

PRE-PRINT

604.4 605.4 Minimum Capacity of Closed-Type Tank.The minimum capacity of a closed-type expansion tank shallbe in accordance with Table 604.4(1) 605.4(1) and Table604.4(2) 605.4(2) or from the following formula:

(Equation 604.4 605.4)

Where:Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons.Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gal-

lons.t = Average operating temperature, °F.Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H2O absolute.Pf = Fill pressure, feet H2O absolute.Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H2O absolute.For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 foot of water = 2.989 kPa

605.0 606.0 Dry Storage Systems.605.1 606.1 Waterproofing. The containment structurefor dry thermal storage systems shall be constructed in anapproved manner to prevent the infiltration of water or mois-ture.605.2 606.2 Detecting Water Intrusion. The contain-ment structure shall be capable of fully containing spillageor moisture accumulation that occurs. The structure shallhave a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage ormoisture accumulation, and shall be fitted with a drainagedevice to eliminate spillage.605.3 606.3 Rock as Storage Material. Systems utiliz-ing rock as the thermal storage material shall use clean,washed rock, and free of organic material.605.4 606.4 Odor and Particulate Control. Thermal stor-age materials and containment structures, including an interiorprotective coating, shall not impart toxic elements, particulatematter, or odor to areas of human occupancy.605.5 606.5 Combustibles Within Ducts orPlenums.Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shallbe noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not toexceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50where tested as a composite product in accordance withASTM E84 or UL 723.


THERMAL STORAGE

(0.00041t - 0.0466) Vs

(Pa Pa)Pf Po

Vt =

TABLE 604.4(1) 605.4(1)EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR GRAVITY

HOT WATER SYSTEMSINSTALLED EXPANSIONDIRECT RADIATION*

(square feet)TANK CAPACITY

(gallons)

Up to 350 18Up to 450 21Up to 650 24Up to 900 30Up to 1100 35Up to 1400 40Up to 1600 2 to 30Up to 1800 2 to 30Up to 2000 2 to 35Up to 2400 2 to 40

For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2

* For systems exceeding 2400 square feet (222.9 m2) of installed equiva-lent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shallbe increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 L) tank capacity per 33square feet (3.1 m2) of additional equivalent direct radiation.

TABLE 604.4(2) 605.4(2)EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR FORCED

HOT WATER SYSTEMS

For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L* Includes volume of water in boiler, radiation, and piping, not includingexpansion tank.

SYSTEM VOLUME*(gallons)

TANK CAPACITY(gallons)

100 15200 30300 45400 60500 751000 1502000 300

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

701.0 General.701.1 Applicability. This chapter applies to direct-expan-sion ground-source heat pumps and single-package or split-system liquid-source and ground-source heat pumps usinggroundwater, submerged heat exchangers, or ground-heatexchangers as a thermal source or sink for heating orcooling, with or without a supplementary heating source. Aground-source heat pump, accessory, component, equip-ment, or material used in an installation shall be of a typeand rating approved for the specific use. The regulations ofthis chapter shall govern the construction, location, andinstallation of geothermal energy systems.701.2 Construction Documents. The constructiondocuments for geothermal energy systems shall besubmitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shallinclude:(1) Required inspections and reports.(2) Excavation and backfill.(3) Specification of materials.(4) Heat transfer medium type.(5) Handling and storage of materials.(6) Testing protocols and purging.(7) Backflow prevention.(8) System identification and labeling.(9) Grouting materials and grouting installation procedures.(10)Commissioning of the system.(11) Start-up procedures and maintenance of the system.701.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted priorto designing the geothermal system. Construction docu-ments shall include the ground and water resources requiredfor the geothermal energy system to be installed, physicallimitations, and layout of the land area including utilities,and subsurface conditions including the water table, testwells, and water supplies. The design report shall include,but not limited to, the following information:(1) Specify the ground thermal properties and drilling

conditions.(2) Indicate building arrangement into thermal comfort

zones.(3) Calculate peak zone heating and cooling loads and esti-

mate off-peak loads.(4) Estimate annual heat rejection into and absorption from

loop field to identify potential ground temperaturechanges.

(5) Specify operating temperatures and flow rates.(6) Provide heat pump performance at rated conditions to

actual design conditions.(7) Arrange heat pump into ground loop circuits.

(8) Specify loop field arrangements.(9) Determine the ground heat exchanger dimensions.701.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior tothe abandonment or decommissioning of a borehole orclosed loop system the owner shall obtain the necessarypermits from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

702.0 Groundwater Systems.702.1 General. The potable water supply connected to agroundwater system shall be protected with an approvedbackflow prevention device. The connection of a dischargeline to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewagedisposal system, shall be approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

702.1.1 Test Wells. Test wells drilled to investigatesubsurface conditions shall provide details of thegroundwater location, chemical and physical character-istics, rock strata, and temperature profiles. The numberof test wells shall be determined in accordance with theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall betested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24hours. Water samples shall be collected from each wellto establish existing water quality levels are approvedfor groundwater system use. Water samples shall beanalyzed for standard drinking water fecal and coliformcontent, bacterial iron, dissolved minerals, pH, hard-ness, and other compounds in accordance with theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. Wells shall be tested fortheir recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capa-bility. Monitoring wells shall be protected and markedto allow for monitoring of ground temperature, ground-water levels, and groundwater quality.702.1.2 Installation of Water Wells. Water supply,recharge wells, and pumping equipment shall behydraulically tested, sealed, and grouted in accordancewith approved well construction practices andsubmitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction forapproval. Wells shall be tested for flow volume andwater quality before final system design. Wells shall bedisinfected upon completion in an approved manner.Verification shall be provided to the owner that the wellis designed for the anticipated potable water andgroundwater heat pump requirements.

703.0 Design of Systems.703.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of theground heat exchanger shall be based on the building designloads, monthly and annual heating and cooling loads, soilthermal and temperature properties, heat exchanger geom-etry and pipe thermal properties, and the capacities and effi-ciencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop.


CHAPTER 7COLLECTORS GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

PRE-PRINT


GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

703.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchangersystem shall be installed as follows:(1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by

not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heattransfer between the supply and return piping or insu-lated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value.

(2) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insu-lated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value.Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basementfloors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) fromthe structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab.

(3) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing.

(4) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet(1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) belowthe frost line.

(5) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected fromdamage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom ofthe lake or pond.

(6) A minimum separation distance shall be maintainedbetween the potable water intake and the submergedheat exchanger system in accordance with the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

(7) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall beseparated from wells and private sewage disposalsystems in accordance with the Authority Having Juris-diction.

(8) Grout shall be applied in a single continuous operationinto the bottom of the borehole by pumping through atremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular spaceto clear obstructions.

703.3 Verification. For loop systems, the system shall beflushed of debris and purged of air after the assembly of eachsubheader and after completion of the entire ground-heatexchanger. A report shall be submitted to the owner toconfirm that the loop flow is in accordance with the originaldesign and balanced.703.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to adepth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to itsspecified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall notexceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shallbe visually inspected for integrity in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend jointand pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not lessthan 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks beforeinsertion. To reduce thermal interference between individualbores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be notless than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separation distances shall bepermitted to be reduced where approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

703.4.1 Backfill. Thermally-enhanced bentonite groutshall be used to seal and backfill each borehole.Grouting compound (bentonite-based and thermalenhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60.

703.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall bethermally fused to the horizontal supply and returnheaders (or subheaders) in the trench. The assemblyshall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution)and purged at a flow rate that exceeds 2 feet per second(0.6 m/s). Once purged, the U-bend and header assem-blies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689kPa) and maintained for 1 hour.

For DX systems, each U-bend shall be tested andproved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi(2172 kPa) and maintained for 15 minutes without pres-sure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting ofthe boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heatexchanger for not less than 2 hours.

703.5 Ground-Heat Exchanger Underground aPiping Materials. Underground and submerged piping fora ground-heat exchanger shall be polyethylene (PE) pipe ortubing in accordance with Section 703.5.1 and Section703.5.1.1, or cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubingin accordance with Section 703.5.2 and Section 703.5.2.1.

703.5.1 Polyethylene (PE). Polyethylene pipe ortubing shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wallthickness, and respective tolerances in accordance withASTM D3035, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714 or CSAB137.1. Pipe or tubing shall have a maximum dimen-sion ratio of 11 and shall have a minimum pressurerating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F(23°C).

Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional spec-ifications and requirements in accordance with ASTMD2683 for socket fusion fittings, ASTM D3261 forbutt/sidewall fusion fittings, or ASTM F1055 for elec-trofusion fittings.

703.5.1.1 Joining Methods for PolyethylenePipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene(PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions, and one of the followingheat fusion methods:(1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance

with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared endsof two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings byholding ends against a heated element. Theheated element shall be removed where theproper melt is obtained and joined ends shallbe placed together with applied force.

(2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accor-dance with ASTM F2620, by simultaneouslyheating the outside surface of a pipe end andthe inside of a fitting socket. Where the propermelt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall bejoined by inserting one into the other withapplied force. The joint shall fuse together andremain undisturbed until cool.

(3) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internallyby a conductor at the interface of the joint.

PRE-PRINT



Align and restrain fitting to pipe to preventmovement and apply electric current to thefitting. Turn off the current when the propertime has elapsed to heat the joint. The jointshall fuse together and remain undisturbeduntil cool.

703.5.2 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX).Cross-linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufacturedto outside diameters, wall thickness, and respectivetolerances in accordance with ASTM F876, ASTMF877, or CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have adimension ratio of 9 and shall have a minimum pressurerating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F(23°C).

Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional spec-ifications and requirements in accordance with ASTMF1055 for electrofusion fittings, and ASTM F2080 orCSA 137.5 for cold-expansion compression sleevefittings.

703.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-LinkedPolyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints betweencross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing andfittings shall be installed in accordance with themanufacturer’s installation instructions and one ofthe following methods:(1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally

by a conductor at the interface of the joint.Align and restrain fitting to pipe to preventmovement and apply electric current to thefitting. Turn off the current when the propertime has elapsed to heat the joint. The jointshall fuse together and remain undisturbeduntil cool.

(2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made andfittings shall be joined to pipe by expandingthe end of the pipe with the expander tool,inserting the cold-expression fitting intoexpanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting,compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion jointsshall be permitted to be buried with the manu-facturer’s approved corrosion covering.

703.6 DX Systems. Copper pipe and tubing installed forDX systems shall be manufactured in accordance withASTM B280 and copper fittings in accordance with ASMEB16.22. Joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazedwith a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content inaccordance with AWS A5.8. Underground piping and tubingshall have a cathodic protection system installed.703.7 Indoor Piping. Indoor piping, fittings, and acces-sories that are part of the groundwater system, and are notisolated from the groundwater by a water-to-water heatexchanger, shall be non-ferrous. Such materials shall berated for the operating temperature and pressures of thesystem and shall be compatible with the type of transfer

medium. For DX systems, joints shall be purged with aninert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percentsilver content in accordance with AWS A5.8.

704.0 Installation.704.1 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill. Prior toexcavation, trenching, or drilling, buried utilities, drainage,water, and irrigation systems shall be located. Prior to exca-vation, trenching, or drilling, the contractor and owner shallagree in writing to site restoration requirements and submitto the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.704.2 Trenches, Tunneling, and Driving. Trenchesshall comply with Section 311.1. Tunneling and driving shallcomply with Section 311.2.704.3 Excavations and Open Trenches. Excavationsrequired to be made for the installation of piping or tubingshall be in accordance with Section 311.3. Piping or tubingshall be supported to maintain its alignment and preventsagging. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed forits entire length; where other support is otherwise provided,it shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.0.Piping or tubing shall be backfilled after inspection in accor-dance with Section 311.4.704.4 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Struc-tures. Piping and tubing passing under or through wallsshall be protected from breakage in accordance with Section309.1. Piping and tubing installed within a building and in orunder a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall beprotected in accordance with Section 309.2.1. Piping andtubing shall be installed in accordance with Section 309.2 toprovide for expansion, contraction, and structural settle-ment. An electrically continuous corrosion-resistant tracerwire (not less than AWG 14) or tape shall be buried with theplastic pipe to facilitate locating. One end shall be broughtaboveground at a building wall or riser.704.5 Sleeves. In exterior walls, annular space betweensleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight andshall not be subject to a load from building construction inaccordance with Section 309.7.704.6 Steel Nail Plates. Steel nail plates shall be installedfor plastic and copper piping penetrating framing membersto within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing in accor-dance with Section 309.6.704.7 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectivelycoated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested in accor-dance with Section 309.3.

705.0 Specific System Components Design.705.1 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heattransfer or heat recovery, shall protect the potable watersystem from being contaminated by the heat transfermedium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall comply withSection 318.1. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separatethe potable water from the heat transfer medium byproviding a space between the two walls that are vented tothe atmosphere.

PRE-PRINT

705.2 Heat-Transfer Medium. The heat-transfer mediumshall be compatible with components with which it comesinto contact. Where antifreeze or corrosion inhibitors areused, such solutions shall be approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. The flash point of the heat-transfermedium shall be not less than 194°F (90°C). For DXsystems, the heat transfer medium shall be a refrigerantlisted in ASHRAE 34 or the mechanical code. The heat-transfer fluid shall provide freeze protection to not less than9°F (5°C) below the minimum loop-design temperature.705.3 On Site Storage. Exterior piping shall be fittedwith end caps and protected from freezing, UV radiation,corrosion, and degradation. For DX systems, copper pipingand fittings shall be stored to prevent physical damage,contamination, and each pipe or tubing shall be pressurizedwith an inert gas and sealed with a cap.705.4 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces withinreach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C)unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves areinstalled, the sleeve insulation shall retain its full size overthe length of the material being protected.

706.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger Testing.706.1 Testing. Pressure-testing of the ground-heatexchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heatexchanger into the borehole, after the assembly of eachrunout, including connections to the boreholes or horizontalheat exchangers, connections to subheaders and after thecomplete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed,purged, and backfilled.

Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure-tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15minutes without pressure drop prior to the insertion into theboreholes. This pressure shall be maintained in the piping ortubing for not less than 1 hour after the completion oftremie-grouting the borehole.706.2 DX System Testing. For DX systems, each loopshall be tested with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172kPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop. Thepressure reading after grouting of the boreholes shall bemaintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2hours.

707.0 Heat Pump and Distribution System Design.707.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumpsshall comply with the testing and rating performancerequirements in accordance with ISO 13256-1. Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply with thetesting and rating performance requirements in accordancewith ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat pumps shallcomply with the testing and rating performance require-ments in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat pump equipmentused in DX systems shall comply with AHRI 870. Heatpumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that thecompressor is locked out.

707.2 Heat Pump Distribution System. The heat pumpdistribution system shall be designed as follows:(1) Selection for circulation pump(s) and boiler(s) shall be

in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.(2) Individual heat pumps shall have the capacity to

handle the peak load for each zone at its peak hour.(3) Reverse-return piping shall be installed to minimize

the need for balancing.(4) Distribution piping and fittings shall be insulated with

insulation that has a minimum R-3 value to preventcondensation.

(5) An isolation valve shall be installed on both supply andreturn of each unit.

(6) A balancing valve on the return shall be installed foreach heat pump.

(7) Condensate drains on heat pumps shall be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s installationinstructions.

(8) Air filters shall be installed for heat pump units.(9) Drain valves shall be installed at the base of each

supply and return pipe riser for system flushing.(10) Piping shall be supported in accordance with Section

310.0 and provisions for vibration, expansion, orcontraction shall be provided.

(11) Specifications for each heat pump, the heating andcooling capacity, the fluid flow rate, the airflow rate,and the external pressure or head shall be provided tothe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

(12) Manually controlled air vents shall be installed at thehigh points in the system and drains at the low points.Where the heat-transfer fluid is a salt or alcohol, auto-matic air vents shall not be installed.

(13) Means for flow balancing for the building loop shall beprovided.

(14) Supply and return header temperatures and pressuresshall be marked.

707.3 Circulating Pumps. The circulating pump shall besized in accordance with the heat pump manufacturer’sinstructions and minimum flow rates under operating condi-tions. The heat transfer fluid properties and minimum oper-ational temperatures shall be used where sizing the circu-lating pump. Where heat pumps are installed with integralcirculating pumps, the ground heat exchanger shall bedesigned to be compatible with the flow rate and developedhead of the integral circulating pump.

Circulating pumps that are activated automaticallywhere the main pump fails shall be designed into the system.707.4 Heat Pump and Distribution System Installa-tion. The heat pump and distribution system shall beinstalled in accordance with the system’s design, with thiscode, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.



PRE-PRINT

708.0 System Start-Up.708.1 General. The following requirements shall be veri-fied prior to system start-up.(1) Piping shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the

heat transfer medium.(2) The internal and the external heat exchanger loop shall

be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfermedium before connection of the loops.

(3) The air shall be purged from the piping system.(4) The method used for the removal of air and adding

additional heat transfer fluid (where necessary) shallbe provided.

(5) The heat pumps shall be operational and adjustmentsshall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions.

(6) Valves and operating controls shall be set, adjusted,and operating as required.

(7) The system shall be labeled at the loop charging valveswith a permanent-type label. Where antifreeze is used,the labels shall indicate the antifreeze type and concen-tration.

(8) DX systems shall have permanent type labels installedand affixed on the compressor unit with the refrigeranttype and quantity.

(9) Supply and return lines, as well as associated isolationvalves, from individual boreholes or water wells shallbe identified and tagged.

(10) For DX systems, refrigerant liquid and vapor linesfrom the loop system shall be identified and tagged.

(11) Supply and return lines on submerged systems shall beidentified in an approved manner, at the point of entryto a surface water resource.

708.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An opera-tion and maintenance manual for the geothermal systemshall be provided to the owner. The manual shall includeinformation on required testing and maintenance of thesystem. Training shall be provided on the system’s opera-tion, maintenance requirements, and on the content of theoperation and maintenance manual. The operation and main-tenance manual shall contain a layout of the ground-heatexchanger and building loop.



PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

1001.0 801.0 General.1001.1 801.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment. Elec-trical wiring and equipment shall comply with the require-ments of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or localordinances. This chapter does not provide all electrical infor-mation necessary for the installation of a photovoltaicsystem. Resort shall be had to the edition of NFPA 70adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.1001.2 801.2 Applicability. The provisions of this chapterapply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems,including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) forsuch systems [see Figure 1001.2(1) 801.2(1) and Figure1001.2(2) 801.2(2)]. Solar photovoltaic systems covered bythis chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electricalpower production sources or stand-alone, with or withoutelectrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shallbe permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA70:690.1]

1001.3 801.3 Other Articles.Where the requirements ofNFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of thischapter shall apply. Where the system is operated in parallelwith a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements inSection 1001.4 801.4 through Section 1001.7 801.7 shallapply.Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, orwiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shallalso comply with the applicable portions of Article 500through Article 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3]1001.4 801.4 Output Characteristics. The output of agenerator or other electric power production source oper-ating in parallel with an electrical supply system shall becompatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency ofthe system to which it is connected. [NFPA 70:705.14]1001.5 801.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit CurrentRating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of


Notes:1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections.

2 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by this Ccha-pter are not shown.

3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Section1011.0 811.0.

4 Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components areoptional.

FIGURE 1001.2(1) 801.2(1)IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC

SYSTEM COMPONENTS[NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(A)]

FIGURE 1001.2(2) 801.2(2)IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMCOMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS

[NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(B)]

CHAPTER 10 8ELECTRICAL

Notes:1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photo-voltaic system components, circuits, and connections.

2 Disconnecting means required by Section 1009.0 809.0 are not shown.3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Section1011.0 811.0 of this chapter.

PRE-PRINT

fault currents from all interconnected power sources for theinterrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipmenton interactive systems. [NFPA 70:705.16]1001.6 801.6 Ground-Fault Protection.Where ground-fault protection is used, the output of an interactive systemshall be connected to the supply side of the ground-faultprotection.Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to theload side of ground-fault protection, provided that there isground-fault protection for equipment from all ground-faultcurrent sources. [NFPA 70:705.32]1001.7 801.7 Synchronous Generators. Synchronousgenerators in a parallel system shall be provided with thenecessary equipment to establish and maintain a synchro-nous condition. [NFPA 70:705.143]

1002.0 802.0 Installation.1002.1 802.1 Photovoltaic Systems. Photovoltaicsystems shall be permitted to supply a building or otherstructure in addition to other electricity supply system(s).[NFPA 70:690.4(A)]1002.2 802.2 Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaicsource circuits and PV output circuits shall not be contained inthe same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction box,or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or branch circuits ofother non-PV systems, unless the conductors of the differentsystems are separated by a partition. The means of identifica-tion shall be permitted by separate color coding, marking tape,tagging, or other approved means. Photovoltaic systemconductors shall be identified and grouped as follows:(1) Photovoltaic source circuits shall be identified at points

of termination, connection, and splices.(2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input

and output circuits shall be identified at points of termi-nation, connection, and splices.

(3) Where the conductors of more than one PV systemoccupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment,the conductors of each system shall be identified attermination, connection, and splice points.Exception: Where the identification of the conductorsis evident by spacing or arrangement, further identifica-tion is not required.

(4) Where the conductors of more than one PV systemoccupy the same junction box or raceway with a remov-able cover(s), the ac and dc conductors of each systemshall be grouped separately by wire ties or similarmeans not less than once, and then shall be grouped atintervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).Exception: The requirements for grouping shall notapply where the circuit enters from a cable or racewayunique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious.[NFPA 70:690.4(B)]

1002.3 802.3 Module Connection Arrangement. Theconnection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that

removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic sourcecircuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor to other PVsource circuits. [NFPA 70:690.4(C)]1002.4 802.4 Equipment. Inverters, motor generators,photovoltaic modules, photovoltaic panels, ac photovoltaicmodules, source-circuit combiners, and charge controllersintended for use in photovoltaic power systems shall beidentified and listed for the application. [NFPA 70:690.4(D)]1002.5 802.5 Wiring and Connection. The equipmentand systems in Section 1002.1 802.1 through Section 1002.4802.4 and all associated wiring and interconnections shall beinstalled by qualified persons [NFPA 70:690.4(E)]. Forpurposes of this chapter a qualified person is defined as “onewho has skills and knowledge related to the construction andoperation of the electrical equipment and installations and hasreceived safety training to recognize and avoid the hazardsinvolved.” [NFPA 70:100]1002.6 802.6 Circuit Routing. Photovoltaic source and PVoutput conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of abuilding or structure, shall be routed along building structuralmembers such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns wherethe location of those structural members are determined byobservation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate,or membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by PVmodules and associated equipment, the location of circuitsshall be clearly marked. [NFPA 70:690.4(F)]1002.7 802.7 Bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum,without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages ofthe two monopole subarrays exceeds the rating of the conduc-tors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays in abipolar PV system shall be physically separated, and the elec-trical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall beinstalled in separate raceways until connected to the inverter.The disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devicesfor each monopole subarray output shall be in separate enclo-sures. Conductors from each separate monopole subarray shallbe routed in the same raceway.Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum voltagebetween circuits and containing a physical barrier separatingthe disconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall bepermitted to be used instead of disconnecting means in sepa-rate enclosures. [NFPA 70:690.4(G)]1002.8 802.8 Multiple Inverters. A PV system shall bepermitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters installedin or on a single building or structure. Where the inverters areremotely located from each other, a directory in accordancewith Section 1012.1 812.1 shall be installed at each dc PVsystem disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting means,and at the main service disconnecting means showing the loca-tion of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in thebuilding.Exception:A directory shall not be required where invertersand PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the mainservice disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.4(H)]1002.9 802.9 Photovoltaic Modules/Panels/Shingles.Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turer’s installation instructions and the building code.

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1003.0 803.0 Ground-Fault Protection.1003.1 803.1 General. Grounded dc photovoltaic arraysshall be provided with dc ground-fault protection in accor-dance with Section 1003.2 803.2 through Section 1003.4 803.4to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arraysshall comply with Section 1010.11 810.11.Exceptions:(1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays

with not more than two paralleled source circuits and withall dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildingsshall be permitted without ground-fault protection.

(2) Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than dwelling unitsshall be permitted without ground-fault protection whereeach equipment grounding conductor is sized in accor-dance with Section 1011.4 811.4. [NFPA 70:690.5]

1003.2 803.2 Ground-Fault Detection and Interrup-tion. The ground-fault protection device or system shall becapable of detecting a ground-fault current, interrupting theflow of the fault current, and providing an indication of thefault.

Automatically opening the grounded conductor of thefaulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall bepermitted. Where a grounded conductor is opened to interruptthe ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faultedcircuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened.

Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall notactivate the ground-fault protection device or result ingrounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA70:690.5(A)]1003.3 803.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faultedcircuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods:(1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be

automatically disconnected.(2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit

shall automatically cease to supply power to the outputcircuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)]

1003.4 803.4 Labels and Markings.A warning label shallappear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by theinstaller near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location,stating the following:

WARNINGELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED,NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORSMAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZEDWhere the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the

same warning shall also be applied by the installer in avisible location at the batteries. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)]

1003.4.1 803.4.1 Marking. The warning labelsrequired in Section 1003.4 803.4, Section 1005.5(3)805.5(3), Section 1008.4 808.4, Section 1010.11.6810.11.6, and Section 1013.5.4.7 813.5.4.7 shall be inaccordance with UL 969.

1003.4.2 803.4.2 Format. The marking requirementsin Section 1003.4.1 803.4.1 shall be provided in accor-dance with the following:(1) Red background.(2) White lettering.(3) Not less than 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(4) Capital letters.(5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material.

1004.0 804.0 Alternating-Current (ac) Modules.1004.1 804.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Therequirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaicsource circuits shall not apply to ac modules. The photo-voltaic source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall beconsidered as internal wiring of an ac module. [NFPA70:690.6(A)]1004.2 804.2 Inverter Output Circuit. The output of anac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit.[NFPA 70:690.6(B)]1004.3 804.3 Disconnecting Means. A single discon-necting means, in accordance with Section 1009.2.5 809.2.5and Section 1009.4 809.4, shall be permitted for thecombined ac output of one or more ac modules. Addition-ally, each ac module in a multiple ac module system shall beprovided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type discon-necting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)]1004.4 804.4 Ground-Fault Detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a singledetection device to detect only ac ground faults and todisable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s).[NFPA 70:690.6(D)]1004.5 804.5 Overcurrent Protection. The outputcircuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrentprotection and conductor sizing in accordance with thefollowing [NFPA 70:690.6(E)]:(1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15

240 mm) of run length.(2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet

(30 480 mm) of run length.(3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG.(4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG.(5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG.(6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA

70:240.5(B)(2)]

1005.0 805.0 Circuit Requirements.1005.1 805.1 Maximum Photovoltaic SystemVoltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or outputcircuit, the maximum photovoltaic system voltage for thatcircuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic modulescorrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the ratedopen-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correctionfactor provided in Table 1005.1 805.1. This voltage shall beused to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects,overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowestexpected ambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), orwhere other than crystalline or multicrystalline siliconphotovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjust-ment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions.

Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients aresupplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall beused to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage inaccordance with Section 302.1 instead of using Table 1005.1805.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)]

1005.2 805.2 Direct-Current Utilization Circuits. Thevoltage of dc utilization circuits shall comply with Section1005.2.1 805.2.1 through Section 1005.2.5 805.2.5. [NFPA70:690.7(B)]

1005.2.1 805.2.1 Occupancy Limitation. Indwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels,motels, and similar occupancies, the voltage shall notexceed 120 volts, nominal, between conductors thatsupply the terminals of the following:(1) Luminaires.(2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes,

nominal, or less than 1⁄4 hp (0.19 kW). [NFPA70:210.6(A)]

1005.2.2 805.2.2 One Hundred Twenty VoltsBetween Conductors. Circuits not exceeding 120volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permittedto supply the following:(1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their

voltage ratings.(2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps.(3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected

utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)]1005.2.3 805.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy SevenVolts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts,nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supplythe following:(1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting

diodetype luminaires.(2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at

120 volts or less from the output of a stepdownautotransformer that is an integral component ofthe luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electri-cally connected to a grounded conductor of thebranch circuit.

(3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shelllampholders.

(4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type,applied within their voltage ratings.

(5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps.(6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected

utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)]1005.2.4 805.2.4 Six Hundred Volts BetweenConductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal,to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal,between conductors shall be permitted to supply thefollowing:(1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge

lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaireswhere the luminaires are mounted in accordancewith one of the following:(a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on

poles or similar structures for the illuminationof outdoor areas such as highways, roads,bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots.

(b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) onother structures such as tunnels.

(2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connectedutilization equipment other than luminaires.

(3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systemswhere the luminaire contains a listed, dc-ratedballast that provides isolation between the dc powersource and the lamp circuit and protection fromelectric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA70:210.6(D)]

Exception: In industrial occupancies, infrared heatingappliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°F) FACTOR

76 to 68 1.0267 to 59 1.0458 to 50 1.0649 to 41 1.0840 to 32 1.1031 to 23 1.1222 to 14 1.1413 to 5 1.164 to -4 1.18-5 to -13 1.20-14 to -22 1.21-23 to -31 1.23-32 to -40 1.25

TABLE 1005.1 805.1VOLTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CRYSTALLINE

AND MULTICRYSTALLINE SILICON MODULES[NFPA 70: TABLE 690.7]1, 2

For SI units: °C=(°F-32)/1.8Notes:1 Correction factors for ambient temperatures below 77°F (25°C).2 Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correctionfactor shown above.

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground,provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is notless than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or stripcarrying a number of infrared lampholders (includingthe internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shallbe considered an appliance. The terminal connectionblock of each such assembly shall be considered anindividual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14]1005.2.5 805.2.5 Over 600 Volts BetweenConductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal,between conductors shall be permitted to supply utiliza-tion equipment in installations where conditions ofmaintenance and supervision ensure that qualifiedpersons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)]

1005.3 805.3 Photovoltaic Source and OutputCircuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaicsource circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do notinclude lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall bepermitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage notexceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximumphotovoltaic system voltage exceeding 600 volts shallcomply with Section 1015.1 815.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)]1005.4 805.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. Inone-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaicsource circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to other thanqualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)]1005.5 805.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits.For two wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, themaximum system voltage shall be the highest voltagebetween the conductors of the two wire circuit where thefollowing conditions apply:(1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is

solidly grounded.Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-faultdevices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to inter-rupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolararray becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each otherand the utilization equipment.

(2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray.(3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as

follows:WARNING

BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY.DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR

GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT INOVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER.

[NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]1005.6 805.6 Live Parts Guarded Against Acci-dental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment oper-ating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidentalcontact by approved enclosures or by one of the followingmeans:(1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is

accessible only to qualified persons.

(2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screensarranged so that qualified persons have access to thespace within reach of the live parts. Openings in suchpartitions or screens shall be sized and located so thatpersons are not likely to come into accidental contactwith the live parts or to bring conducting objects intocontact with them.

(3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platformelevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualifiedpersons.

(4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above thefloor or other working surface. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)]

1005.7 805.7 Prevent Physical Damage. In locationswhere electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to phys-ical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged andof such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA70:110.27(B)]1005.8 805.8 Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms andother guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shallbe marked with conspicuous warning signs forbiddingunqualified persons to enter. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)]

1006.0 806.0 Circuit Sizing and Current.1006.1 806.1 Calculation of Maximum CircuitCurrent. Where the requirements of Section 1006.1(1)806.1(1) and Section 1006.2(1) 806.2(1) are both applied,the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. Themaximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculatedas follows:(1) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel

module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125percent.

(2) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallelsource circuit maximum currents as calculated inSection 1006.1(1) 806.1(1).

(3) The maximum current shall be the inverter continuousoutput current rating.

(4) The maximum current shall be the stand-alone contin-uous inverter input current rating where the inverter isproducing rated power at the lowest input voltage.[NFPA 70:690.8(A)]

1006.2 806.2 Ampacity and Overcurrent DeviceRatings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered tobe continuous. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)] Overcurrent devices,where required, shall be rated in accordance with the following[NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)]:(1) Carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum

currents as calculated in Section 1006.1 806.1.Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, togetherwith its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for contin-uous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall bepermitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA70:690.8(B)(1)(a)]

(2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section302.1. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(b)] The temperature rating

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall beselected and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowesttemperature rating of a connected termination, conductor,or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higherthan specified for terminations shall be permitted to beused for ampacity adjustment, corrections, or both. [NFPA70:110.14(C)]

(3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104°F (40°C),the manufacturer’s temperature correction factors shallapply. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)]

(4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be per-mitted in accordance with Section 1006.3 806.3 throughSection 1006.5 806.5. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)] Circuitconductors shall be sized to carry not less than the largerof currents listed as follows [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]:(a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the

maximum currents calculated in Section 1006.1806.1 without any additional correction factors forconditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)]

(b) The maximum current calculated in Section 1006.1806.1 after conditions of use have been applied.[NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)]

(c) The conductor selected, after application of condi-tions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrentprotective device, where required. [NFPA70:690.8(B)(2)(c)]

1006.3 806.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800Amperes or Less. The next higher standard overcurrentdevice rating (above the ampacity of the conductors beingprotected) shall be permitted to be used, where the followingconditions are met:(1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch

circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads.

(2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspondwith the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuitbreaker without overload trip adjustments above itsrating (shall be permitted to have other trip or ratingadjustments).

(3) The next higher standard rating selected does notexceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)]

1006.4 806.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800Amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800amperes, the ampacity of the conductors it protects shall beequal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent devicedefined in Section 1007.3(1) 807.3(1). [NFPA 70:240.4(C)]1006.5 806.5 Small Conductors. Unless specificallypermitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed thatrequired by Section 1006.5(1) 806.5(1) through Section1006.5(7) 806.5(7) after correction factors for ambienttemperature and number of conductors have been applied.(1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following

conditions are met:(a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes.

(b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of thefollowing:1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and

marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire.2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked

for use with 18 AWG copper wire.3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses.

(2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the followingconditions are met:(a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes.(b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the

following:1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and

marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire.2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked

for use with 16 AWG copper wire.3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses.

(3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes.(4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15-

amperes.(5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes.(6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25-

amperes.(7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)]1006.6 806.6 Systems with Multiple Direct-CurrentVoltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multipleoutput circuit voltages and employs a common-returnconductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shallbe not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcur-rent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA70:690.8(C)]1006.7 806.7 Sizing of Module InterconnectionConductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used toprotect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits,the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductorsshall be not less than the sum of the rating of the single fuseplus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the otherparallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)]

1007.0 807.0 Overcurrent Protection.1007.1 807.1 Circuits and Equipment. Photovoltaicsource circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter outputcircuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipmentshall be protected in accordance with the requirements ofArticle 240 of NFPA 70. Circuits connected to more than oneelectrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so asto provide overcurrent protection from all sources.Exceptions:An overcurrent device shall not be required forPV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accor-dance with Section 1006.2 806.2 where one of the followingapplies:(1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected

source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters.

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

(2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do notexceed the ampacity of the conductors or the maximumovercurrent protective device size specified on the PVmodule nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)]

1007.2 807.2 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protec-tion for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall beprovided in accordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 byconsidering first one side of the transformer, then the otherside of the transformer, as the primary.Exception:A power transformer with a current rating on theside connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output,not less than the rated continuous output current of theinverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protectionfrom the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)]1007.3 807.3 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall bepermitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaicsource circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessiblebut shall not be required to be readily accessible.

Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devicesallowed by this section shall be in one ampere size incre-ments, starting at 1 ampere up to and including 15 amperes.Higher standard values exceeding 15 amperes for supple-mentary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standardsizes provided as follows [NFPA 70:690.9(C)]:(1) 807.3.1 Ampere Ratings. The standard ampere

ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shallbe considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80,90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350,400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000,2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additionalstandard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10,and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time circuitbreakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall bepermitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)]

1007.4 807.4 Direct-Current Rating. Overcurrentdevices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dcportion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for usein dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current,and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)]1007.5 807.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In PVsource circuits, a single overcurrent protection device shallbe permitted to protect the PV modules and the intercon-necting conductors. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)]

1008.0 808.0 Stand-Alone Systems.1008.1 808.1 General. The premises wiring system shallbe adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for asimilar installation connected to a service. The wiring on thesupply side of the building or structure disconnecting meansshall comply with NFPA 70 except as modified by Section1008.2 808.2 through Section 1008.6 808.6. [NFPA70:690.10]1008.2 808.2 Inverter Output. The ac output from astand-alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac powerto the building or structure disconnecting means at currentlevels less than the calculated load connected to that discon-

nect. The inverter output rating or the rating of an alternateenergy source shall be equal to or greater than the load posedby the largest single utilization equipment connected to thesystem. Calculated general lighting loads shall not beconsidered as a single load. [NFPA 70:690.10(A)]1008.3 808.3 Sizing and Protection. The circuitconductors between the inverter output and the building orstructure disconnecting means shall be sized based on theoutput rating of the inverter. These conductors shall beprotected from overcurrents in accordance with Article 240of NFPA 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located atthe output of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)]1008.4 808.4 Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverteroutput of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall bepermitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, three wire,120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels wherethere are no 240-volt outlets and where there are no multi-wire branch circuits. In installations, the rating of the over-current device connected to the output of the inverter shallbe less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equip-ment. This equipment shall be marked with the followingwords or equivalent:

WARNINGSINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT

MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! [NFPA 70:690.10(C)]

1008.5 808.5 Energy Storage or Backup PowerSystem Requirements. Energy storage or backup powersupplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)]1008.6 808.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in typeback-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone inverteroutput in either stand-alone or utility-interactive systemsshall be secured in accordance with Section 1008.6.1808.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked “line” and “load”shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)]

1008.6.1 808.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. Plug-in-typeovercurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lugassemblies that are back-fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall besecured in place by an additional fastener that requiresother than a pull to release the device from the mountingmeans on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)]

1008.7 808.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (DirectCurrent). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dcoutput circuits or both, on or penetrating a building oper-ating at a PV system maximum voltage of 80 volts orgreater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuitinterrupter, PV type, or other system components listed toprovide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protectionmeans shall comply with the following requirements:(1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults

resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of aconductor, connection, module, or other system compo-nent in the dc PV source and output circuits.

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

(2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of thefollowing:(a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the

fault circuit where the fault is detected.(b) System components within the arcing circuit.

(3) The system shall require that the disabled or discon-nected equipment be manually restarted.

(4) The system shall have an annunciator that provides avisual indication that the circuit interrupter has oper-ated. This indication shall not reset automatically.[NFPA 70:690.11]

1009.0 809.0 Disconnecting Means.1009.1 809.1 Conductors. Means shall be provided todisconnect current-carrying dc conductors of a photovoltaicsystem from other conductors in a building or other struc-ture. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not beinstalled in a grounded conductor where operation of thatswitch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked,grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state.Exceptions:(1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault

detection system in accordance with Section 1003.1803.1, or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruptionsystem in accordance with Section 1008.7 808.7, shallbe permitted to open the grounded conductor where thatswitch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as anormal function of the device in responding to groundfaults.

(2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a groundedconductor where the following conditions are met.(a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance.(b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons.(c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and

current that is present during operation, includingground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13]

1009.2 809.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Photo-voltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section1009.2.1 809.2.1 through Section 1009.2.4 809.2.4. [NFPA70:690.14]

1009.2.1 809.2.1 Disconnecting Means. Thedisconnecting means shall not be required to be suitableas service equipment and shall comply with Section1009.4 809.4. [NFPA 70:690.14(A)]1009.2.2 809.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such asphotovoltaic source circuit isolating switches, overcur-rent devices, and blocking diodes shall be permitted onthe photovoltaic side of the photovoltaic disconnectingmeans. [NFPA 70:690.14(B)]1009.2.3 809.2.3 Requirements for Discon-necting Means. Means shall be provided to discon-nect all conductors in a building or other structure fromthe photovoltaic system conductors as follows:

(1) The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall beinstalled at a readily accessible location either on theoutside of a building or structure or inside nearest thepoint of entrance of the system conductors.Exception: Installations that comply with Section1010.5 810.5 shall be permitted to have the discon-necting means located remote from the point ofentry of the system conductors.

The photovoltaic system disconnecting meansshall not be installed in bathrooms.

(2) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shallbe permanently marked to identify it as a photo-voltaic system disconnect.

(3) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shallbe suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipmentinstalled in hazardous (classified) locations shallcomply with the requirements of Article 500 throughArticle 517 of NFPA 70.

(4) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shallconsist of not more than six switches or six circuitbreakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a groupof separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard.

(5) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shallbe grouped with other disconnecting means for thesystem to be in accordance with Section1009.2.3(4) 809.2.3(4). A photovoltaic discon-necting means shall not be required at the photo-voltaic module or array location. [NFPA70:690.14(C)]

1009.2.4 809.2.4 Utility-Interactive InvertersMounted in Not-Readily-Accessible Locations.Utility-interactive inverters shall be permitted to bemounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are notreadily accessible. These installations shall comply withthe following:(1) A direct-current photovoltaic disconnecting means

shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter.(2) An alternating-current disconnecting means shall

be mounted within sight of or in the inverter.(3) The alternating-current output conductors from the

inverter and an additional alternating-currentdisconnecting means for the inverter shall complywith Section 1009.2.3(1) 809.2.3(1).

(4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance withSection 1012.1 812.1. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)]

1009.2.5 809.2.5 Disconnection of PhotovoltaicEquipment. Means shall be provided to disconnectequipment, such as inverters, batteries, chargecontrollers, and the like, from ungrounded conductorsof all sources. Where the equipment is energized frommore than one source, the disconnecting means shall begrouped and identified.

A single disconnecting means in accordance withSection 1009.4 809.4 shall be permitted for thecombined ac output of one or more inverters or acmodules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1009.3 809.3 Disconnecting and Servicing ofFuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to discon-nect a fuse from sources of supply where the fuse is ener-gized from both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaicsource circuit shall be capable of being disconnected inde-pendently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits.[NFPA 70:690.16(A)]

Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV outputcircuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must be servicedthat are isolated from energized circuits. The disconnectingmeans shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the locationof the fuse or integral with fuse holder and shall be in accor-dance with Section 1009.4 809.4. Where the disconnectingmeans are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from theovercurrent device, a directory showing the location of eachdisconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device loca-tion. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall bemarked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA 70:690.16(B)]1009.4 809.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker. The discon-necting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of amanually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) in accor-dance with the following requirements:(1) Located where readily accessible.(2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to

contact with live parts.(3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position.(4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal

circuit voltage and the current that is available at theline terminals of the equipment.Where terminals of the disconnecting means are ener-

gized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mountedon or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall beclearly legible and have the following words or equivalent:

WARNINGELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD.

DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALSON BOTH THE LINE AND

LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZEDIN THE OPEN POSITION.

Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as anac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in accor-dance with the requirements of Section 1010.9 810.9 and islisted and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.17]1009.5 809.5 Installation and Service of an Array.Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall beused to disable an array or portions of an array for installa-tion and service. [NFPA 70:690.18]

1010.0 810.0 Wiring Methods Permitted.1010.1 810.1 General. Raceway and cable wiringmethods included in this chapter, and other wiring systemsand fittings specifically intended and identified for use onphotovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices

with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cableshall be provided to facilitate replacement.

Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operatingat maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts areinstalled in readily accessible locations, circuit conductorsshall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)]1010.2 810.2 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cablelisted and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall bepermitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaicsource circuits for photovoltaic module interconnectionswithin the photovoltaic array.Exception: Raceways shall be used where required bySection 1010.1 810.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)]1010.3 810.3 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexiblecords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts oftracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 ofNFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard servicecord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, andsunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accor-dance with Section 400.5 of NFPA 70. For ambient temper-atures exceeding 86°F (30°C), the ampacities shall bederated by the appropriate factors given in Table 1010.3810.3. [NFPA 70:690.31(C)]

1010.4 810.4 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlightresistant and moisture resistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWGshall be permitted for module interconnections where suchcables comply with the ampacity requirements of Section1006.0 806.0. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used todetermine the cable ampacity adjustment and correctionfactors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)]1010.5 810.5 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Sourceand Output Circuits Inside a Building. Where dcphotovoltaic source or output circuits from a building-inte-grated or other photovoltaic systems are installed inside abuilding or structure, they shall be contained in metal race-

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°F) 140°F 167°F 194°F 221°F

86 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.0087–95 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.9796–104 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93105–113 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.89114–122 0.58 0.75 0.82 0.86123–131 0.41 0.67 0.76 0.82132–140 — 0.58 0.71 0.77141–158 — 0.33 0.58 0.68159–176 — — 0.41 0.58

TABLE 1010.3 810.3CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON

TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR[NFPA 70: TABLE 690.31(C)]

For SI units: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

ways, type MC metal-clad cable that is in accordance withSection 250.118(10) of NFPA 70 or metal enclosures fromthe point of penetration of the surface of the building or struc-ture to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. Thedisconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1809.2.1, Section 1009.2.2 809.2.2 and Section 1009.2.4809.2.4. The wiring methods shall comply with the additionalinstallation requirements in Section 1010.5.1 810.5.1 throughSection 1010.5.4 810.5.4. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)]

1010.5.1 810.5.1 Beneath Roofs. Installation ofwiring methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm)from the roof decking or sheathing except where directlybelow the roof surface covered by PV modules and asso-ciated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendicular tothe roof penetration point to supports not less than 10inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA70:690.31(E)(1)]1010.5.2 810.5.2 Flexible Wiring Methods.Whereflexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size 3⁄4of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm) or Type MC cable lessthan 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV powercircuit conductors is installed across ceilings or floorsjoists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substan-tial guard strips that are not less than the height of theraceway or cable. Where installed exposed, other thanwithin 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equip-ment, these wiring methods shall closely follow thebuilding surface or be protected from physical damageby an approved means. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(2)]1010.5.3 810.5.3 Marking or Labeling Required.The wiring methods and enclosures that contain PVpower source conductors shall be marked with thewording “Photovoltaic Power Source” by means ofpermanently affixed labels or other approved permanentmarkings as follows:(1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring

methods.(2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction

boxes.(3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused.

[NFPA 70:690.31(E)(3)]1010.5.4 810.5.4 Markings and LabelingMethods and Locations. The labels or markingsshall be visible after installation. Photovoltaic powercircuit labels shall appear on the section of the wiringsystem that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions,ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings,or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10feet (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall besuitable for the environment where installed. [NFPA70:690.31(E)(4)]

1010.6 810.6 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flex-ible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals,lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section1010.7 810.7. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)]

1010.7 810.7 Terminals. Connection of conductors toterminal parts shall be secured without damaging theconductors and shall be made by means of pressure connec-tors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices toflexible leads. Connection by means of wire-binding screwsor studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalentshall be permitted for not more than 10 AWG conductors.Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used toconnect aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA 70:110.14(A)]1010.8 810.8 Component Interconnections. Fittingsand connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time ofon-site assembly, where listed for such use, shall be permittedfor on-site interconnection of modules or other array compo-nents. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiringmethod employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effectsof the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32]1010.9 810.9 Connectors. The connectors permitted bythis chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1810.9.1 through Section 1010.9.5 810.9.5. [NFPA70:690.33]

1010.9.1 810.9.1 Configuration. The connectorsshall be polarized and shall have a configuration that isnoninterchangeable with receptacles in other electricalsystems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)]1010.9.2 810.9.2 Guarding. The connectors shall beconstructed and installed so as to guard against inadver-tent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA70:690.33(B)]1010.9.3 810.9.3 Type. The connectors shall be of thelatching or locking type. Connectors that are readilyaccessible and that are used in circuits operating at over30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dccircuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a toolfor opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)]1010.9.4 810.9.4 Grounding Member. Thegrounding member shall be the first to make and the lastto break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA70:690.33(D)]1010.9.5 810.9.5 Interruption of Circuit. Connec-tors shall comply with one of the following:(1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to

the operator.(2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and

marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Notfor Current Interrupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)]

1010.10 810.10 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, andoutlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be soinstalled that the wiring contained in them is rendered acces-sible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s)secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexiblewiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34]1010.11 810.11 Ungrounded Photovoltaic PowerSystems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted tooperate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

circuits where the system is in accordance with Section1010.11.1 810.11.1 through Section 1010.11.7 810.11.7.[NFPA 70:690.35]

1010.11.1 810.11.1 Disconnects. Photovoltaicsource and output circuit conductors shall have discon-nects in accordance with Section 1009.0 809.0. [NFPA70:690.35(A)]1010.11.2 810.11.2 Overcurrent Protection.Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shallhave overcurrent protection in accordance with Section1007.0 807.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)]1010.11.3 810.11.3 Ground-Fault Protection.Photovoltaic source and output circuits shall beprovided with a ground-fault protection device orsystem that is in accordance with the following:(1) Detects a ground fault.(2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred.(3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the

inverter or charge controller connected to the faultedcircuit to automatically cease supplying power tooutput circuits. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)]

1010.11.4 810.11.4 Conductors. The photovoltaicsource conductors shall consist of the following:(1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables.(2) Conductors installed in raceways.(3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic

(PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors.[NFPA 70:690.35(D)]

1010.11.5 810.11.5 Direct-Current Circuits. Thephotovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shallbe permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systemsin accordance with Section 1014.7 814.7. [NFPA70:690.35(E)]1010.11.6 810.11.6 Warning. The photovoltaicpower source shall be labeled with the followingwarning at each junction box, combiner box, discon-nect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuitsare exposed during service:

WARNINGELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT

CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THISPHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE

UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]

1010.11.7 810.11.7 Inverters or ChargeControllers. The inverters or charge controllers usedin systems with ungrounded photovoltaic source andoutput circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA70:690.35(G)]

1011.0 811.0 Grounding.1011.1 811.1 System Grounding. For a photovoltaicpower source, one conductor of a two-wire system with aphotovoltaic system voltage exceeding 50 volts and the

reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall besolidly grounded or shall use other methods that provideequivalent system protection in accordance with Section1011.1.1 811.1.1 through Section 1011.1.5 811.1.5 and thatutilize equipment listed and identified for the use.Exception: Systems that comply with Section 1010.11810.11. [NFPA 70:690.41]

1011.1.1 811.1.1 Electrical System Grounding.Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connectedto earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposedby lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact withhigher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage toearth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)]1011.1.2 811.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equip-ment. Normally non-current-carrying conductivematerials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment,or forming part of such equipment, shall be connectedto earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on thesematerials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)]1011.1.3 811.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equip-ment. Normally non-current-carrying conductivematerials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment,or forming part of such equipment, shall be connectedtogether and to the electrical supply source in a mannerthat establishes an effective ground-fault current path.[NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)]1011.1.4 811.1.4 Bonding of ElectricallyConductive Materials and Other Equipment.Normally non-current-carrying electrically conductivematerials that become energized shall be connectedtogether and to the electrical supply source in a mannerthat establishes an effective ground-fault current path.[NFPA 70:250.4(A)(4)]1011.1.5 811.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault CurrentPath. Electrical equipment and wiring and other elec-trically conductive material that become energized shallbe installed in a manner that creates a low-impedancecircuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrentdevice or ground detector for high-impedance groundedsystems. It shall be capable of safely carrying themaximum ground-fault current to be imposed on it fromany point on the wiring system where a ground faultoccurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shallnot be considered as an effective ground-fault currentpath. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)]

1011.2 811.2 Point of System Grounding Connec-tion. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made atany single point on the photovoltaic output circuit.Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device inaccordance with Section 1003.0 803.0 shall be permitted tohave the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond madeby the ground-fault protection device. This bond, whereinternal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be dupli-cated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1011.3 811.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipmentgrounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section1011.3.1 811.3.1 through Section 1011.3.6 811.3.6. [NFPA70:690.43]

1011.3.1 811.3.1 General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electricalequipment, and conductor enclosures shall be groundedin accordance with Section 1011.3.1.1 811.3.1.1 orSection 1011.3.1.2 811.3.1.2, regardless of voltage.[NFPA 70:690.43(A)]

1011.3.1.1 811.3.1.1 Equipment Fastened inPlace or Connected by Permanent WiringMethods (Fixed) — Grounding. Unlessgrounded by connection to the grounded circuitconductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section250.140 and Section 250.142 of NFPA 70, non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways,and other enclosures, where grounded, shall beconnected to an equipment grounding conductor byone of the following methods:(1) By connecting to an equipment grounding

conductors in accordance with by Section1011.3.7 811.3.7.

(2) By connecting to an equipment groundingconductor contained within the same raceway,cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conduc-tors.

Exceptions:(1) As provided in Section 1011.3.8 811.3.8, the

equipment grounding conductor shall bepermitted to be run separately from the circuitconductors.

(2) For dc circuits, the equipment groundingconductor shall be permitted to be run separatelyfrom the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70:250.134]

1011.3.1.2 811.3.1.2 Equipment ConsideredGrounded. Non-current-carrying metal parts of theequipment shall be considered grounded. [NFPA70:250.136] Where electrical equipment secured toand in electrical contact with a metal rack or structureprovided for its support and connected to an equip-ment grounding conductor by one of the means indi-cated in Section 1011.3.1.1 811.3.1.1. The structuralmetal frame of a building shall not be used as therequired equipment grounding conductor for acequipment. [NFPA 70:250.136(A)]

1011.3.2 811.3.2 Equipment GroundingConductor Required. An equipment groundingconductor between a PV array and other equipment shallbe required in accordance with the following conditions[NFPA 70:690.43(B)]:(1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet

(1524 mm) horizontally of ground or groundedmetal objects and subject to contact by persons.

(2) Where located in a wet or damp location and notisolated.

(3) Where in electrical contact with metal.(4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location.(5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an

equipment grounding conductor.(6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at over

150 volts to ground.Exceptions:(1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal

frame of electrically heated appliances that have theframe permanently and effectively insulated fromground shall not be required to be grounded.

(2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer andcapacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at aheight exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) above groundor grade level shall not be required to be grounded.

(3) Listed equipment protected by a system of doubleinsulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required tobe connected to the equipment groundingconductor. Where such a system is employed, theequipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA70:250.110]

1011.3.3 811.3.3 Structure as EquipmentGrounding Conductor. Devices listed and identifiedfor grounding the metallic frames of PV modules, orother equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposedmetal surfaces or other equipment to mounting struc-tures. Metallic mounting structures, other than buildingsteel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified asequipment-grounding conductors or shall have identi-fied bonding jumpers or devices connected between theseparate metallic sections and shall be bonded to thegrounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)]1011.3.4 811.3.4 Photovoltaic MountingSystems and Devices. Devices and systems usedfor mounting PV modules that are also used to providegrounding of the module frames shall be identified forthe purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA70:690.43(D)]1011.3.5 811.3.5 Adjacent Modules. Devices iden-tified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PVmodules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallicframes of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacentPV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)]1011.3.6 811.3.6 Combined Conductors. Equip-ment grounding conductors for the PV array and struc-ture (where installed) shall be contained within the sameraceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV arraycircuit conductors where those circuit conductors leavethe vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)]1011.3.7 811.3.7 Types of EquipmentGrounding Conductors. The equipment groundingconductor installed with or enclosing the circuit conduc-tors shall be one or more or a combination of thefollowing:

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

(1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminumconductor. This conductor shall be solid orstranded; insulated, covered, or bare; and in theform of a wire or a busbar of any shape.

(2) Rigid metal conduit.(3) Intermediate metal conduit.(4) Electrical metallic tubing.(5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following

conditions:(a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings.(b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit

are protected by overcurrent devices rated at20 amperes or less.

(c) The combined length of flexible metal conduitand flexible metallic tubing and liquidtightflexible metal conduit in the same ground-faultcurrent path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

(d) Where used to connect equipment where flex-ibility is necessary to minimize the transmis-sion of vibration from equipment or to provideflexibility for equipment that requires move-ment after installation, an equipmentgrounding conductor shall be installed.

(6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meetingthe following conditions:(a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings.(b) For trade sizes 3⁄8 of an inch through 1⁄2 of an inch

(9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conduc-tors contained in the conduit are protected byovercurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less.

(c) For trade sizes 3⁄4 of an inch through 11⁄4 of aninch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuitconductors contained in the conduit areprotected by overcurrent devices rated notmore than 60 amperes and there is no flexiblemetal conduit, flexible metallic tubing, orliquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes3⁄8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mmthrough 12.7 mm) in the ground-fault currentpath.

(d) The combined length of flexible metal conduitand flexible metallic tubing and liquidtightflexible metal conduit in the same ground-faultcurrent path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

(e) Where used to connect equipment where flex-ibility is necessary to minimize the transmis-sion of vibration from equipment or to provideflexibility for equipment that requires move-ment after installation, an equipmentgrounding conductor shall be installed.

(7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is termi-nated in listed fittings and meeting the followingconditions:(a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing

are protected by overcurrent devices rated at20 amperes or less.

(b) The combined length of flexible metal conduitand flexible metallic tubing and liquidtightflexible metal conduit in the same ground-faultcurrent path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

(8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance withSection 1011.1.5 811.1.5.

(9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable.

(10)Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more ofthe following:(a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equip-

ment grounding conductor in accordance withSection 1011.3.7(1) 811.3.7(1).

(b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulatedequipment grounding/bonding conductor ofinterlocked metal tape-type MC cable that islisted and identified as an equipmentgrounding conductor.

(c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallicsheath and equipment grounding conductors ofthe smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cablethat is listed and identified as an equipmentgrounding conductor.

(11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 andSection 392.60 of NFPA 70.

(12)Cable bus framework in accordance with Section370.3 of NFPA 70.

(13)Other listed electrically continuous metal racewaysand listed auxiliary gutters.

(14)Surface metal raceways listed for grounding.[NFPA 70:250.118]

1011.3.8 811.3.8 Nongrounding ReceptacleReplacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. Theequipment grounding conductor of a grounding-typereceptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall bepermitted to be connected to one of the following:(1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode

system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA70.

(2) An accessible point on the grounding electrodeconductor.

(3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within theenclosure where the branch circuit for the recep-tacle or branch circuit originates.

(4) For grounded systems, the grounded serviceconductor within the service equipment enclosure.

(5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminalbar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA70:250.130(C)]

1011.4 811.4 Size of Equipment GroundingConductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photo-voltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sizedin accordance with Section 1011.4.1 811.4.1 or Section1011.4.2 811.4.2. [NFPA 70:690.45]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1011.4.1 811.4.1 General. Equipment groundingconductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaicoutput circuits shall be sized in accordance with Table1011.4.1 811.4.1. Where no overcurrent protectivedevice is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrentdevice rated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuitcurrent shall be used in Table 1011.4.1 811.4.1.Increases in equipment grounding conductor size toaddress voltage drop considerations shall not berequired. The equipment grounding conductors shall benot smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)]1011.4.2 811.4.2 Ground-Fault Protection NotProvided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance withSection 1003.2 803.2 through Section 1003.4 803.4,each equipment grounding conductor shall have anampacity of not less than two times the temperature andconduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity.[NFPA 70:690.45(B)]

1011.5 811.5 Array Equipment Grounding Conduc-tors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaicmodules less than 6 AWG where not routed with circuitconductors in accordance with Section 1011.3.8 811.3.8 andSection 1011.3.1.1(2) 811.3.1.1(2), shall be protected fromphysical damage by an identified raceway or cable armorunless installed within hollow spaces of the framing

members of buildings or structures and where not subject tophysical damage. [NFPA 70:690.46 and NFPA70:250.120(C)]1011.6 811.6 Grounding Electrode System.

1011.6.1 811.6.1 Alternating-Current Systems.Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrodesystem shall be provided in accordance with Section250.50 through Section 250.60 of NFPA 70. Thegrounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.1.1 811.6.1.1 through Section1011.6.1.4 811.6.1.4. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)]

1011.6.1.1 811.6.1.1 Installation of Elec-trodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) andbonding jumpers interconnecting grounding elec-trodes shall be installed in accordance with one of thefollowing methods. The grounding electrodeconductor shall be sized for the largest groundingelectrode conductor required among the electrodesconnected to it.(1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be

permitted to be run to a convenient groundingelectrode available in the grounding electrodesystem where the other electrode(s), where any,is connected by bonding jumpers that areinstalled in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.2811.6.1.2 and Section 1011.6.1.3 811.6.1.3.

ELECTRICAL


RATING OR SETTING OF AUTOMATIC OVERCURRENTDEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC.,

NOT EXCEEDING (AMPERES)

SIZE (AWG or kcmil)

COPPER ALUMINUM OR COPPERCLAD ALUMINUM2

152060100

1412108

121086

200300400

643

421

500600800

211/0

1/02/03/0

100012001600

2/03/04/0

4/0250350

200025003000

250350400

400600600

400050006000

500700800

75012001200

TABLE 1011.4.1 811.4.1MINIMUM SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT1

[NFPA 70: TABLE 250.122]

Notes:1 Where necessary to comply with Section 1011.1.5 811.1.5, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table.2 See installation restrictions in Section 1011.6.1.2 811.6.1.2.

PRE-PRINT

(2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall bepermitted to be run to one or more groundingelectrode(s) individually.

(3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s)shall be permitted to be connected to analuminum or copper busbar not less than 1⁄4 ofan inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). Thebusbar shall be securely fastened and shall beinstalled in an accessible location. Connectionsshall be made by a listed connector or by theexothermic welding process. The groundingelectrode conductor shall be permitted to be runto the busbar. Where aluminum busbars areused, the installation shall be in accordance withSection 1011.6.1.2 811.6.1.2. [NFPA70:250.64(F)]

1011.6.1.2 811.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminumor copper-clad aluminum grounding electrodeconductors shall not be used where in direct contactwith masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosiveconditions. Where used outside, aluminum orcopper-clad aluminum grounding electrodeconductors shall not be terminated within 18 inches(457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)]1011.6.1.3 811.6.1.3 Protection AgainstPhysical Damage. Where exposed, a groundingelectrode conductor or its enclosure shall besecurely fastened to the surface on which it iscarried. Grounding electrode conductors shall bepermitted to be installed on or through framingmembers. A copper or aluminum grounding elec-trode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall beprotected where exposed to physical damage. A 6AWG grounding electrode conductor that is freefrom exposure to physical damage shall bepermitted to be run along the surface of the buildingconstruction without metal covering or protectionwhere it is securely fastened to the construction;otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metalconduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC),rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforcedthermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electricalmetallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor. Groundingelectrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall beprotected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, orcable armor. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)]1011.6.1.4 811.6.1.4 Continuous. Groundingelectrode conductor(s) shall be installed in onecontinuous length without a splice or joint. Wherenecessary, splices or connections shall be made inaccordance with the following:(1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode

conductor shall be permitted by irreversiblecompression-type connectors listed asgrounding and bonding equipment or by theexothermic welding process.

(2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to beconnected together to form a grounding elec-trode conductor.

(3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections ofstructural metal frames of building structures.

(4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping.[NFPA 70:250.64(C)]

1011.6.2 811.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Whereinstalling a dc system, a grounding electrode system shallbe provided in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1811.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 811.6.2.3 forgrounded systems or Section 1011.6.2.6 811.6.2.6 forungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductorshall be installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.1811.6.1.1 through Section 1011.6.1.4 811.6.1.4. Acommon dc grounding-electrode conductor shall bepermitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of thecommon grounding electrode and the tap conductorsshall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 811.6.2.1through Section 1011.6.2.3 811.6.2.3. The tap conductorsshall be connected to the common grounding-electrodeconductor by exothermic welding or with connectorslisted as grounding and bonding equipment in such amanner that the common grounding electrode conductorremains without a splice or joint. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)]

1011.6.2.1 811.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than theNeutral Conductor.Where the dc system consistsof a three-wire balancer set or balancer winding withovercurrent protection in accordance with Section445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrodeconductor shall be not smaller than the neutralconductor and shall not be smaller than 8 AWGcopper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(A)]1011.6.2.2 811.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than theLargest Conductor. Where the dc system isother than in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1811.6.2.1, the grounding electrode conductor shallbe not smaller than the largest conductor suppliedby the system, and be not smaller than 8 AWGcopper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA70:250.166(B)]1011.6.2.3 811.6.2.3 Connected to Rod,Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where connected torod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance withSection 1011.6.2.3.1 811.6.2.3.1 or Section1011.6.2.3.2 811.6.2.3.2, that portion of thegrounding electrode conductor that is the soleconnection to the grounding electrode shall not berequired to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(C)]

1011.6.2.3.1 811.6.2.3.1 Rod and PipeElectrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall benot less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length andshall consist of the following materials:(1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit

shall be not smaller than trade size 3⁄4 of an

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel, shallhave the outer surface galvanized or other-wise metal-coated for corrosion protection.

(2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stain-less steel and copper or zinc coated steelshall be not less than 5⁄8 of an inch (15.9mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA70:250.52(A)(5)]

1011.6.2.3.2 811.6.2.3.2 Plate Elec-trodes. A plate electrode shall expose not lessthan 2 square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exte-rior soil. Electrodes of bare or conductivelycoated iron or steel plates shall be not less than1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid,uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shallbe not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) inthickness. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)]

1011.6.2.4 811.6.2.4 Connected to aConcrete-Encased Electrode. Where connectedto a concrete-encased electrode in accordance withSection 1011.6.2.4.1 811.6.2.4.1, that portion of thegrounding electrode conductor that is that soleconnection to the grounding electrode shall not berequired to be more than 4 AWG copper wire.[NFPA 70:250.166(D)]

1011.6.2.4.1 811.6.2.4.1 Concrete-Encased Electrode. A concrete-encasedelectrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet(6096 mm) of one of the following:(1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized

or other electrically conductive coatedsteel reinforcing bars or rods of not lessthan 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter,installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096mm) length, or where in multiple piecesconnected together by the usual steel tiewires, exothermic welding, welding, orother effective means to create a length ofnot less than 20 feet (6096 mm).

(2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4AWG. Metallic components shall beencased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm)of concrete and shall be located horizon-tally within that portion of a concrete foun-dation or footing that is in direct contactwith the earth or within vertical founda-tions or structural components or membersthat are in direct contact with the earth.Where multiple concrete-encased elec-trodes are present at a building or structure,it shall be permissible to bond one into thegrounding electrode system.

Concrete installed with insulation,vapor barriers, films or similar items sepa-rating the concrete from the earth shall notbe considered to be in “direct contact” withthe earth. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)]

1011.6.2.5 811.6.2.5 Connected to a GroundRing. Where connected to a ground ring in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.2.5.1 811.6.2.5.1, thatportion of the grounding electrode conductor that isthe sole connection to the grounding electrode shallnot be required to be larger than the conductor usedfor the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)]

1011.6.2.5.1 811.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. Aground ring encircling the building or struc-ture, in direct contact with the earth, consistingof not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of barecopper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA70:250.52(A)(4)]

1011.6.2.6 811.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately Derived Systems. Exceptas otherwise permitted in Section 250.34 of NFPA70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, anungrounded dc separately derived system suppliedfrom a stand-alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrodeconductor connected to an electrode that is in accor-dance with Part III of Article 250 of NFPA 70 toprovide for grounding of metal enclosures, race-ways, cables, and exposed non-current-carryingmetal parts of equipment. The grounding electrodeconductor connection shall be to the metal enclosureat a point on the separately derived system from thesource to the first system disconnecting means orovercurrent device, or it shall be made at the sourceof a separately derived system that has no discon-necting means or overcurrent devices.

The size of the grounding electrode conductorshall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1811.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 811.6.2.3 andSection 1011.6.2.4 811.6.2.4. [NFPA 70:250.169]

1011.6.3 811.6.3 Systems with Alternating-Current and Direct-Current Grounding Require-ments. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and accircuits with no direct connection between the dcgrounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shallhave a dc grounding system. The dc grounding systemshall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of themethods in Section 1011.6.3.1 811.6.3.1 through Section1011.6.3.3 811.6.3.3.

This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Wheremethods in Section 1011.6.3.2 811.6.3.2 or Section1011.6.3.3 811.6.3.3 are used, the existing ac groundingelectrode system shall be in accordance with the appli-cable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70.[NFPA 70:690.47(C)]

1011.6.3.1 811.6.3.1 Separate Direct-CurrentGrounding Electrode System Bonded to theAlternating-Current Grounding ElectrodeSystem. A separate dc grounding electrode orsystem shall be installed, and it shall be bondeddirectly to the ac grounding electrode system. The

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dcsystems shall be based on the larger size of theexisting ac grounding electrode conductor or the sizeof the dc grounding electrode conductor in accor-dance with Section 1011.6.2.1 811.6.2.1 throughSection 1011.6.2.4 811.6.2.4. The dc grounding elec-trode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers tothe ac grounding electrode system shall not be usedas a substitute for required ac equipment groundingconductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(1)]1011.6.3.2 811.6.3.2 Common Direct-Currentand Alternating-Current Grounding Elec-trode. A dc grounding electrode conductor of thesize specified in Section 1011.6.2.1 811.6.2.1 throughSection 1011.6.2.4 811.6.2.4 shall be run from themarked dc grounding electrode connection point tothe ac grounding electrode. Where an ac groundingelectrode is not accessible, the dc grounding elec-trode conductor shall be connected to the acgrounding electrode conductor in accordance withSection 1011.6.1.4(1) 811.6.1.4(1). This dcgrounding electrode conductor shall not be used as asubstitute for required ac equipment groundingconductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(2)]1011.6.3.3 811.6.3.3 Combined Direct-Current Grounding Electrode Conductorand Alternating-Current EquipmentGrounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irre-versibly spliced, combined grounding conductorshall be run from the marked dc grounding elec-trode conductor connection point along with the accircuit conductors to the grounding busbar in theassociated ac equipment. This combined groundingconductor shall be the larger of the sizes specifiedin Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 or Section1011.6.2.1 811.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4811.6.2.4 and shall be installed in accordance withSection 250.64(E) of NFPA 70. [NFPA70:690.47(C)(3)]

1011.7 811.7 Continuity of Equipment GroundingSystems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects thebonding connection between the grounding electrodeconductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photo-voltaic source or output circuit equipment, a bonding jumpershall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA70:690.48]1011.8 811.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source andOutput Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where theremoval of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipmentdisconnects the bonding connection between the groundingelectrode conductor and the photovoltaic source, photo-voltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both. Abonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the systemgrounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed.[NFPA 70:690.49]1011.9 811.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. Equip-ment bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordancewith Section 1011.5 811.5. [NFPA 70:690.50]

1012.0 812.0 Marking.1012.1 812.1 Directory. A permanent plaque or directory,denoting the electrical power sources on or in the premises,shall be installed at each service equipment location and atlocations of electric power production sources capable ofbeing interconnected.Exception: Installations with large numbers of powerproduction sources shall be permitted to be designated bygroups. [NFPA 70:705.10]1012.2 812.2 Modules. Modules shall be marked withidentification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximumovercurrent device rating for module protection, and withthe following ratings:(1) Open-circuit voltage(2) Operating voltage(3) Maximum permissible system voltage(4) Operating current(5) Short-circuit current(6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51]1012.3 812.3 Alternating-Current PhotovoltaicModules. Alternating-current modules shall be markedwith identification of terminals or leads and with identifica-tion of the following ratings:(1) Nominal operating ac voltage.(2) Nominal operating ac frequency.(3) Maximum ac power.(4) Maximum ac current.(5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module

protection. [NFPA 70:690.52]1012.4 812.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic PowerSource. A permanent label for the direct-current photo-voltaic power source shall be provided by the installer at theaccessible location at the photovoltaic disconnecting meansas follows:(1) Rated maximum power-point current.(2) Rated maximum power-point voltage.(3) Maximum system voltage.(4) Short-circuit current.(5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller

(where installed). [NFPA 70:690.53]1012.5 812.5 Interactive System Point of Intercon-nection. Interactive system(s) points of interconnectionwith other sources shall be marked at an accessible locationat the disconnecting means as a power source and with therated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage.[NFPA 70:690.54]1012.6 812.6 Photovoltaic Power SystemsEmploying Energy Storage. Photovoltaic powersystems employing energy storage shall be marked with themaximum operating voltage, including any equalizationvoltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor.[NFPA 70:690.55]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1012.7 812.7 Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems.A structure or building with a photovoltaic power systemthat is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directoryinstalled on the exterior of the building or structure at areadily visible location acceptable to the Authority HavingJurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the loca-tion of system disconnecting means and that the structurecontains a stand-alone electrical power system. [NFPA70:690.56(A)]1012.8 812.8 Facilities with Utility Services and PVSystems. Buildings or structures with both utility serviceand a photovoltaic system shall have a permanent plaque ordirectory providing the location of the service disconnectingmeans and the photovoltaic system disconnecting means,where not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)]

1013.0 813.0 Connection to Other Sources.1013.1 813.1 Load Disconnect. A load disconnect thathas multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sourceswhere in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57]1013.2 813.2 Identified Interactive Equipment.Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactiveshall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60]1013.3 813.3 Loss of Interactive System Power. Aninverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaicsystem shall automatically de-energize its output to theconnected electrical production and distribution networkupon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in thatstate until the electrical production and distribution networkvoltage has been restored.

A normally interactive solar photovoltaic system shallbe permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supplyloads that have been disconnected from electrical productionand distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61]1013.4 813.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single-phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in inter-active hybrid systems shall not be connected to three-phasepower systems unless the interconnected system is designedso that significant unbalanced voltages cannot result. [NFPA70:705.100(A)]

Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules ininteractive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or morephases unless the interconnected system is designed so thatsignificant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA70:705.100(B)]1013.5 813.5 Point of Connection. The output of aninterconnected electrical power source shall be connected asspecified in Section 1013.5.1 813.5.1 through Section1013.5.4.7 813.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12]

1013.5.1 813.5.1 Supply Side. An electric powerproduction source shall be permitted to be connected tothe supply side of the service disconnecting means inaccordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The

sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connectedto power production sources shall not exceed the ratingof the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)]1013.5.2 813.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems.The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at apoint or points elsewhere on the premises where thesystem qualifies as an integrated electrical system andincorporates protective equipment in accordance withapplicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA70:705.12(B)]1013.5.3 813.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. Theoutputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at apoint or points elsewhere on the premises where thefollowing conditions are met:(1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity

has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours(kW•h) (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000volts.

(2) The conditions of maintenance and supervisionensure that qualified persons service and operatethe system.

(3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protectiveequipment are established and maintained. [NFPA70:705.12(C)]

1013.5.4 813.5.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters.The output of an utility-interactive inverter shall bepermitted to be connected to the load side of the servicedisconnecting means of the other source(s) at any distri-bution equipment on the premises. Where distributionequipment, including switchboards and panelboards, isfed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricityand one or more utility-interactive inverters, and wherethis distribution equipment is capable of supplyingmultiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the inter-connecting provisions for the utility-interactiveinverter(s) shall be in accordance with Section1013.5.4.1 813.5.4.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7813.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)]

1013.5.4.1 813.5.4.1 Dedicated Overcurrentand Disconnect. Each source interconnectionshall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusibledisconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)]1013.5.4.2 813.5.4.2 Bus or ConductorRating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcur-rent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbaror conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of therating of the busbar or conductor. Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has anenergy storage device to allow stand-alone opera-tion of loads, the value used in the calculation ofbus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of therated utility-interactive current from the inverterinstead of the rating of the overcurrent devicebetween the inverter and the bus or conductor.[NFPA 70:705.12(D)(2)] In systems with panel-boards connected in series, the rating of the first

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

overcurrent device directly connected to the outputof a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used inthe calculations for busbars and conductors.1013.5.4.3 813.5.4.3 Ground-Fault Protec-tion. The interconnection point shall be on the lineside of ground-fault protection equipment.Exception: Connection shall be permitted to bemade to the load side of ground-fault protection,provided that there is ground-fault protection forequipment from ground-fault current sources.Ground-fault protection devices used with suppliesconnected to the load-side terminals shall be iden-tified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA70:705.12(D)(3)]1013.5.4.4 813.5.4.4 Marking. Equipmentcontaining overcurrent devices in circuitssupplying power to a busbar or conductor suppliedfrom multiple sources shall be marked to indicatethe presence of sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(4)]1013.5.4.5 813.5.4.5 Suitable for Backfeed.Circuit breakers, where back-fed, shall be suitablefor such operation. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(5)]1013.5.4.6 813.5.4.6 Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers back-fed from utility-interac-tive inverters in accordance with Section 1013.2813.2 shall be permitted to omit the additionalfastener that requires other than a pull to release thedevice from the mounting means on the panel.1013.5.4.7 813.5.4.7 Inverter OutputConnection. Unless the panelboard is rated notless than the sum of the ampere ratings of the over-current devices supplying it, a connection in apanelboard shall be positioned at the opposite(load) end from the input feeder location or maincircuit location. The bus or conductor rating shallbe sized for the loads connected in accordance withArticle 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panel-boards connected in series, the rating of the firstovercurrent device directly connected to the outputof a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used inthe calculations for busbars and conductors. Apermanent warning label shall be applied to thedistribution equipment with the following or equiv-alent marking:

WARNINGINVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION

DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENTDEVICE

[NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)]

1014.0 814.0 Storage Batteries.1014.1 814.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solarphotovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with theprovisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected

battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photo-voltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section1011.1 811.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)]1014.2 814.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellingsshall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than 50volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellingsshall have not more than 24 two-volt cells connected inseries (48 volts, nominal).Exception: Where live parts are not accessible duringroutine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage inaccordance with Section 1005.0 805.0 shall be permitted.[NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)]

Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall beguarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects,regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)]1014.3 814.3 Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuitadjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuitcurrent from a battery or battery bank exceeds the inter-rupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in thatcircuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shallcomply with Section 1009.3 809.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)]1014.4 814.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases andConductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batterieswith more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48volts, nominal) shall not use or be installed in conductivecases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductivecases shall be permitted where no rack material is locatedwithin 6 inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductivecases.

This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regu-lated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealedbatteries that require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA70:690.71(D)]1014.5 814.5 Disconnection of Series BatteryCircuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, wheremore than 24 two-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts,nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 24 cells or less for main-tenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted orplug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA70:690.71(E)]1014.6 814.6 Battery Maintenance DisconnectingMeans. Battery installations, where there are more than 24two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shallhave a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualifiedpersons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s)in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This discon-necting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuitconductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electricalsystem. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted tobe used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)]1014.7 814.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts.On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consistsof more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

(exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall bepermitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, providedthe following conditions are met:(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall

comply with Section 1011.1 811.1.(2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.(3) Main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conduc-

tors shall be provided with switched disconnects andovercurrent protection.

(4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installedto monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA70:690.71(G)]

1014.8 814.8 Battery Locations. Battery locations shallcomply with the following:(1) Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and

ventilation of the gases from the battery to prevent theaccumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA70:480.9(A)]

(2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate ofnot less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot[(ft3/min)/ft2] [0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the roomto prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Suchexhaust shall discharge directly to an approved locationat the exterior of the building.

(3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the ratethat air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup airintakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation ofcontaminated air.

(4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage.(5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use,

handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, orexplosive materials occurs.

(6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible materialto constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance ofnot less than 12 inches (305 mm) from combustiblematerial.

1014.9 814.9 Charge Control. Equipment shall beprovided to control the charging process of the battery.Charge control shall not be required where the design of thephotovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage ratingand charge current requirements of the interconnectedbattery cells and the maximum charging current multipliedby 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacityexpressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by thebattery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of thecharging process shall be accessible only to qualifiedpersons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shallcomply with UL 1741.

1014.9.1 814.9.1 Diversion Charge Controller. Aphotovoltaic power system employing a diversioncharge controller as the sole means of regulating thecharging of a battery shall be equipped with a secondindependent means to prevent overcharging of thebattery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)]

1014.9.2 814.9.2 Circuits with Direct-CurrentDiversion Charge Controller and DiversionLoad. Circuits containing a dc diversion chargecontroller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordancewith the following:(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less

than or equal to the current rating of the diversionload charge controller. The voltage rating of thediversion load shall exceed the maximum batteryvoltage. The power rating of the diversion loadshall be not less than 150 percent of the powerrating of the photovoltaic array.

(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the over-current device for this circuit shall be not less than150 percent of the maximum current rating of thediversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)]

1014.9.3 814.9.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Inter-active Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems usingutility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility systemshall be in accordance with the following:(1) These systems shall not be required to be in accor-

dance with Section 1014.9.2 814.9.2. The chargeregulation circuits used shall be in accordance withthe requirements of Section 1006.0 806.0.

(2) These systems shall have a second, independentmeans of controlling the battery charging processfor use where the utility is not present or where theprimary charge controller fails or is disabled.[NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)]

1014.9.4 814.9.4 Buck/Boost Direct-CurrentConverters. Where buck/boost charge controllers andother dc power converters that increase or decrease theoutput current or output voltage with respect to the inputcurrent or input voltage are installed, the requirementsshall comply with the following:(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits

shall be based on the maximum rated continuousoutput current of the charge controller or converterfor the selected output voltage range.

(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall bebased on the maximum voltage output of the chargecontroller or converter for the selected outputvoltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)]

1014.10 814.10 Battery Interconnections. Flexiblecables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes notless than 2/0 AWG shall be permitted within the batteryenclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction boxwhere they shall be connected to an approved wiringmethod. Flexible battery cables shall also be permittedbetween batteries and cells within the battery enclosure.Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identi-fied as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shallbe terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors inaccordance with Section 1010.7 810.7. [NFPA 70:690.74]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

1015.0 815.0 Systems Over 600 Volts.1015.1 815.1 General. Solar photovoltaic systems with asystem voltage exceeding 600 volts dc shall comply withSection 1015.3 815.3 through Section 1015.9 815.9, Article490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable to instal-lations with a system voltage exceeding 600 volts. [NFPA70:690.80]1015.2 815.2 Definitions. For the purposes of thissection, the voltages used to determine cable and equipmentratings are as follows:(1) In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced

under charging or equalizing conditions.(2) In dc photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic

output circuits, the maximum system voltage. [NFPA70:690.85]

1015.3 815.3 Guarding of High-Voltage EnergizedParts Within a Compartment. Where access for otherthan visual inspection is required to a compartment thatcontains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall beprovided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, orother equipment with energized parts. Exposed live partsshall be permitted in compartments accessible to qualifiedpersons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable futurereplacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall bepermitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32]1015.4 815.4 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors thatwould provide unqualified persons access to high-voltageenergized parts shall be locked. [NFPA 70:490.35(A)]1015.5 815.5 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakersinstalled indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosedunits or fire-resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall bepermitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible toqualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(1)(a)]1015.6 815.6 Operating Characteristics. Circuitbreakers shall have the following equipment or operatingcharacteristics:(1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for

manual tripping, independent of control power.(2) Be release free (trip free).(3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually

while energized, main contacts that operate independ-ently of the speed of the manual operation.

(4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker toshow the open or closed position of the main contacts.

(5) A means of indicating the open and closed position ofthe breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated.[NFPA 70:490.21(A)(2)]

1015.7 815.7 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have apermanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’sname or trademark, manufacturer’s type or identificationnumber, continuous current rating, interrupting rating inmegavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximumvoltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting itsrating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change ofnameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)]

1015.8 815.8 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosedswitchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fusesshall be provided with a gang-operated disconnectingswitch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall beprovided by either connecting a switch between the sourceand the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-typeconstruction. The switch shall be of the load-interruptertype, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with aload-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to theinterrupting capacity of the switch.Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as thedisconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switchesare installed to provide connection to more than a set ofsupply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically orelectrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses whereall switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed atthe fuses identifying the presence of more than one source.[NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)]1015.9 815.9 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltagerating of power fuses shall not be less than the circuitvoltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimumrecommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(3)]

ELECTRICAL


PRE-PRINT

ELECTRICAL


CHAPTER 8THERMAL INSULATION

PRE-PRINT

1201.0 901.0 General.1201.1 901.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table1201.1 901.1 are intended for use in the design, testing, andinstallation of materials, devices, appliances, and equipmentregulated by this code. These standards are mandatory where

required by sections in this code. Organization abbreviationsreferred to in Table 901.1 are defined in a list found at theend of the table.


TABLE 1201.1 901.1REFERENCED STANDARDS4

STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION REFERENCEDSECTIONS

AHRI 870-2005* Performance Rating of Direct Geoexchange Heat Pumps Equipment 707.1ASCE 25-2006* Earthquake Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2ASHRAE 34-2010* Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants Refrigerant

Classifications705.2

ASHRAE 90.1-2010* Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise ResidentialBuildings

Energy 302.1.2, 302.2

ASHRAE 93-2010* Methods of Testing to Determine the Thermal Performance ofSolar Collectors

Testing Useful Tables

ASHRAE 95-1981* Thermal Testing of 32 Residential Solar Water Heating Systems Testing 302.1.2, 302.2ASHRAE 96-1980 (R1989)* Thermal Performance of Unglazed Flat-Plate Liquid-Type

Solar CollectorsTesting, Collector 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME A13.1-2007* Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems Piping 302.1.2, 302.2ASME A112.1.2-2004 2012* Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and

Water-Connected Receptors)Fittings Table 405.2(1)

ASME A112.1.3-2000 (R2010)* Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances,and Appurtenances

Fittings Table 405.2(1)

ASME A112.18.1-20052012/CSA B125.1-2005 2012

Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME A112.18.2-20052011/CSA B125.2-2005 2011

Plumbing Waste Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME A112.18.6-2009/CSA B125.6-2009*

Flexible Water Connectors Piping 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B1.20.1-1983 (R2006)* Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch Joints 503.2.3, 503.3.5,503.6.2, 503.13.3

ASME B16.3-2006 2011* Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.4-2006* Gray Iron Threaded Fittings (Classes 125 and 250) Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.5-2009 2013* Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1⁄2 through NPS 24

Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.9-2007* Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.11-2009* Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.12-2009* Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.15-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table 407.1ASME B16.18-2001 (R2005)2012*

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1

ASME B16.21-2005 2011* Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.22-2001 (R2010)2012*

Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint PressureFittings


ASME B16.23-2002 (R2006)2011*

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.24-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500

Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.26-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings Table 407.1

CHAPTER 12 9REFERENCED STANDARDS

*Note: Referenced sections will be updated before publishing.

PRE-PRINT

REFERENCED STANDARDS



ASME B16.29-2007 2012* Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-JointDrainage Fittings-DWV

Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.33-2002 (R2007)2012*

Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for use in Gas PipingSystems up to 125 psi (Sizes NPS 1⁄2 – NPS 2)

Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.34-2009 2013* Valves – Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End Valves 302.1.2, 302.2ASME B16.47-2006 2011* Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 Through NPS 60

Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

ASME B16.51-2011* Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1ASME BPVC Section IV-2010* Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2ASME BPVC Section VIII-2010*

Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1 Miscellaneous 603.6

ASME BPVC Section IX-2010* Welding and Brazing Qualifications Certification 302.1.2, 302.2ASME BPVC Section X-2007* Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels Pressure Vessel

Construction,Pressure Vessels

603.7

ASME SA194-2010* Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure orHigh-Temperature Service or Both

Mounting 703.5.1

ASSE 1001-2008* Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)ASSE 1002-2008* Anti-Siphon Fill Valves for Water Closet Tanks Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2ASSE 1003-2009* Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Domestic Water

Distribution SystemsValves 302.1.2, 302.2

ASSE 1010-2004* Water Hammer Arrestors Water SupplyComponent

302.1.2, 302.2

ASSE 1013-2009* Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and ReducedPressure Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers

Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

ASSE 1015-2009* Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and DoubleCheck Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies

Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

ASSE 1017-2009* Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot WaterDistribution Systems

Valves 315.3

ASSE 1018-2001* Trap Seal Primer Valves–Potable Water Supplied Valves 302.1.2, 302.2ASSE 1019-2004* Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic

Draining TypeBackflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

ASSE 1020-2004* Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)ASSE 1022-2003* Backflow Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2ASSE 1044-2001* Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic

Design TypesDWV Components 302.1.2, 302.2

ASSE 1047-2009* Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection BackflowPrevention Assemblies

Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2

ASSE 1048-2009* Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow PreventionAssemblies

Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2

ASSE 1052-2004* Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2ASSE 1056-2001* Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)ASSE 1061-2006* Push-Fit Fittings Fittings 503.3.3.3,

503.4.1, Table407.1

ASSE 1079-2005 Dielectric Pipe Unions Joints 503.16, 503.17.1,503.17.3

ASSE Series 5000-2009* Cross-Connection Control Professional Qualifications Certification 405.2ASTM A53/A53M-2010 2012 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded, and

SeamlessPiping, Ferrous Table 407.1

ASTM A74-2009 2013a Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM A106/A106M-2011 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1ASTM A 126-2004 (R2009) Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM A254-1997 (R2007) Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1

PRE-PRINT




ASTM A269-2010 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing forGeneral Service


ASTM A312-2009A312/A312M-2013a

Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold WorkedAustenitic StainlessSteel Pipes


ASTM A377-2003 (R2008)e1 Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM A420/420M-2010a Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel forLow-Temperature Service


ASTM A518-1999 (R2008)A518/A518M-1999 (R2012)

Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM A733-2003 (R2009)e1 Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic StainlessSteel Pipe Nipples

Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM A861-2004 (R2008) High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM B32-2008 Solder Metal (Note 2) Joints 503.3.4ASTM B42-2010 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B43-2009 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B75-2002 (R2010)B75/B75M-2011

Seamless Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1

ASTM B88-2009 Seamless Copper Water Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B135-2010 Seamless Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B251-2010 General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and

Copper-Alloy TubePiping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1

ASTM B280-2013 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and RefrigerationField Service

Piping, Ferrous 703.6

ASTM B302-2007 2012 Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B306-2009 2013 Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM B447-2007 2012a Welded Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1ASTM B584-2009a 2013 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications (Note 3) Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM B587-2008 2012 Welded Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM B687-1999 (R2005)e1(R2011)

Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM B813-2010 Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and CopperAlloy Tube

Joints 503.3.4

ASTM B828-2002 (R2010) Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and CopperAlloy Tube and Fittings

Joints 503.3.4

ASTM C296-2000 (R2009)e1 Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Piping, Non-Metallic Table 407.1ASTM C411-2005 2011 Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal

InsulationThermal InsulatingMaterials

702.6.1, 802.4

ASTM C425-2004 (R2009) Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM C443-2010 2012 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM C564-2009a 2012 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM C700-2011 2013 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and

PerforatedPiping, Non-Metallic 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM C1277-2009a 2012 Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe andFittings

Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM D56-2005 (R2010)* Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0ASTM D93-2010a 2012 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0ASTM D635-2006 2010 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics

in a Horizontal PositionTesting 218.0

ASTM D1527-1999 (R2005)* Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules40 and 80


ASTM D1693-2012 Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D1785-2006 2012* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,and 120


PRE-PRINT




ASTM D1869-1995 (R2010) Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Joints 503.1.1ASTM D 2235-2004 (R2011)* Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)

Plastic Pipe and FittingsJoints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM D2239-2003* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SDR-PR) Based on ControlledInside Diameter


ASTM D2241-2009* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) Piping, Plastic Table 407.1ASTM D2464-2006 2013* Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,

Schedule 80 (Note 1)Fittings Table 407.1

ASTM D2466-2006* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule40 (Note 1)


ASTM D2467-2006 2013* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule80 (Note 1)


ASTM D2513-2011 2013* Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings(Note 1)


ASTM D2564-2004 (R2009)2012*

Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) PlasticPiping Systems

Joints 503.13.2

ASTM D2609-2002 (R2008)* Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1ASTM D2657-2007* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Joints 503.7.1ASTM D2672-1996a (R2009)* Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement Joints 302.1.2, 302.2ASTM D2683-2010e1* Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-

Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and TubingFittings Table 407.1

ASTM D 2737-2003* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1ASTM D2837-2011 Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe

Materials or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic PipeProducts


ASTM D2846/D2846 M-2009be1*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- andCold-Water Distribution Systems

Piping, Plastic Table 407.1,503.4.2

ASTM D2855-1996 (R2010)* Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Pipe and Fittings

Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM D3035-2010 2012e1* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on ControlledOutside Diameter


ASTM D3139-1998 (R2011)* Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible ElastomericSeals

Joints 503.13.1

ASTM D3261-2010a 2012* Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings forPolyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing


ASTM D3278-1996 (R2011)* Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus Testing 208.0ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Piping, Plastic Table 407.1,

703.5.1ASTM E84-2010b 2013a* Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6,

802.4ASTM E2231-2009 Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct

Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning CharacteristicsPipe Insulation 802.4

ASTM F402-2005 (R2012)* Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and CleanersUsed for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM F437-2009* Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic PipeFittings, Schedule 80


ASTM F438-2009* Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40


ASTM F439-2009 2012* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic PipeFittings, Schedule 80


ASTM F441-2009F441/F441M-2013*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe,Schedules 40 and 80


ASTM F442-2009 F442/F442M-2013*

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)


ASTM F480-2006be1 2012* Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Stand-ard Dimension Ratios (SDR), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80


PRE-PRINT




ASTM F493-2010* Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

Joints 503.4.2

ASTM F628-2008 F628-2012e1* Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 PlasticDrain, Waste, and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core (Note 1)


ASTM F656-2010* Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (VinylChloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

Joints 503.4.2,503.13.2

ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on OutsideDiameter

Piping, Plastic 703.5.1

ASTM F876-2010 2013* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic 503.10.1, Table407.1

ASTM F877-2007 2011a* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-WaterDistribution Systems


ASTM F891-2010* Coextruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe with aCellular Core


ASTM F1055-1998 (R2006)2013*

Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside DiameterControlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX)Pipe and Tubing


ASTM F1281-2007 2011* Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/CrosslinkedPolyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe


ASTM F1282-2010* Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) CompositePressure Pipe


ASTM F1290-1998a (R2011)* Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipeand Fittings

Joints 408.7(2)

ASTM F1807-2010e1 2013* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing


ASTM F1960-2010 2012* Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Usewith Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing


ASTM F1961-2009* Metal Mechanical Cold Flare Compression Fittings with DiscSpring for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing


ASTM F1970-2005 2012* Special Engineered Fittings, Appurtenances or Valves for Usein Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (VinylChloride) (CPVC) Systems


ASTM F1974-2009* Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethyleneand Crosslinked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/CrosslinkedPolyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe

Fittings 503.8.1,503.11.1, Table407.1

ASTM F2080-2009 2012* Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression Sleeves forCrosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe


ASTM F2098-2008* Stainless Steel Clamps for Securing SDR9 Cross-linkedPolyethylene (PEX) Tubing to Metal Insert and Plastic InsertFittings

Joints Table 407.1

ASTM F2159-2010 2011* Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring forSDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing

Joints Table 407.1

ASTM F2262-2009 2011* Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ CrosslinkedPolyethylene Tubing OD Controlled SDR9


ASTM F2389-2010 Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems Piping, Plastic 503.12.1, Table407.1

ASTM F2434-2009* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-linked Polyethylene(PEX-AL-PEX) Tubing

Pipe Fittings 503.11.1, Table407.1

ASTM F2620-2012* Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of PolyethylenePipe and Fittings

Joints 409.7(1),409.7(3),703.5.1.1

ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

PRE-PRINT




ASTM F2735-2009 Plastic Insert Fittings for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene(PEX) and Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT)Tubing


ASTM F2769-2009 2010* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot andCold-Water Tubing and Distribution Systems

Piping and Fittings,Plastic

Table 407.1

AWS A5.8-2004 A5.8/A5.8M-2011*

Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding Joints 503.2.1, 503.3.1

AWS A5.9-2006* Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints 503.14.2AWS B2.2/B2.2M-2010* Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification Certification 302.1.2, 302.2AWWA C110-2008 2012* Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Fittings Table 407.1AWWA C111-2007 2012* Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and

Fittings (same as ANSI A 21.11)Joints 503.5.1, 503.5.2

AWWA C115-2011* Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-IronThreaded Flanges

Piping Table 407.1

AWWA C151-2009* Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1AWWA C153-2006 2011* Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Fittings Table 407.1AWWA C203-2008* Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water

Pipelines -Enamel and Tape -Hot AppliedMiscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2

AWWA C213-2007* Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior ofSteel Water Pipelines

Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2

AWWA C215-2010* Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel WaterPipelines

Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2

AWWA C500-2009* Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service Valves 302.1.2, 302.2AWWA C507-2005 2011* Ball Valves, 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm) Valves 302.1.2, 302.2AWWA C510-2007* Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)AWWA C511-2007* Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)AWWA C900-2007* Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated

Fittings, 4 in. through 12 in. (100 mm through 300 mm), forWater Transmission and Distribution


AWWA C901-2008* Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1⁄2 in. (13 mm)through 3 in. (76 mm), for Water Service


AWWA C 904-2006* Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipe, 1⁄2 in. (12mm) through 3 in. (76 mm), for Water Service


BS EN 12975-1-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Solar Collectors(Part 1: General Requirements)

Collector 302.1.2, 302.2

BS EN 12975-2-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Solar Collectors(Part 2: Test Methods)

Collector 302.1.2, 302.2

BS EN 12976-1-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Factory MadeSystems (Part 1: General Requirements)

Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2

BS EN 12976-2-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Factory MadeSystems (Part 2: Test Methods)


BS EN ISO 9488-2000 Solar Energy – Vocabulary Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2CSA B64.1.1-2007 2011 Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.1.2-2007 2011 Pressure Vacuum Breakers (PVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.2.1.1-2007 2011 Hose Connection Dual Check Vacuum Breakers (HCDVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.4-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.4.1-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire

Protection Systems (RPF)Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

CSA B64.5-2007 2011 Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)CSA B64.5.1-2007 2011 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection

Systems (DVCAF)Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1)

CSA B137.1-2009 Polyethylene (PE) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold-WaterPressure Services


CSA B137.5-2009 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for PressureApplications


PRE-PRINT




CSA B137.9-2009 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) CompositePressure-Pipe Systems


CSA B137.10-2009 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene(PEX-AL-PEX) Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems


CSA B137.11-2009 Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic 503.12.1, Table407.1

CSA Z21.10.1a-2009 2013* Gas Water Heaters -Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with InputRatings of 75 000 Btu Per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1a)

Fuel Gas, Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2

CSA Z21.10.3b-2008 (R2010)2013*

Gas Water Heaters -Volume III, Storage Water Heaters withInput Ratings Above 75 000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating andInstantaneous (same as CSA 4.3b)


CSA Z21.13ab-2010 2012* Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boiler (same asCSA 4.9ab)


CSA Z21.22b-2001 (R2008)* Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems (same as CSA4.4b)

Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

CSA Z21.24a-2009 (R2011)* Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2CSA Z21.56a-2008 2013* Gas-Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7a) Fuel Gas, Swimming

Pools and Spas, andHot Tubs

302.1.2, 302.2,USPSHTC

DD ENV 12977-1-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom BuiltSystems (Part 1: General Requirements)


DD ENV 12977-2-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom BuiltSystems (Part 2: Test Methods)


DD ENV 12977-3-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom BuiltSystems (Part 3: Performance Characterization of Stores forSolar Heating Systems)


IAPMO IS 8-2006 PVC Cold Water Building Supply and Yard Piping Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO IS 13-2006 Protectively Coated Pipe Pipe Coatings 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO IS 20-2010e1 CPVC Solvent Cemented Hot and Cold Water Distribution

SystemsPiping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2

IAPMO PS 25-2002 Metallic Fittings for Joining Polyethylene Pipe for WaterService and Yard Piping

Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

IAPMO PS 64-2007 2012ae1 Roof Pipe Flashings Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO PS 72-2007e1 Valves with Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Valves 302.1.2, 302.2IAPMO PS-117-2008 2012ae1 Press and Nail Copper and Copper Alloy Tubing System

Incorporating Press-Type or Nail-Type ConnectionsFittings 302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 937-2007 Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries forPhotovoltaic (PV) Systems

Installation andMaintenance,Photovoltaic

302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 1013-2007 Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)Systems

Photovoltaic, Sizing 302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 1361-2003 Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)Systems

Testing, Evaluation 302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 1526-2003 Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Testing, Photovoltaic 302.1.2, 302.2IEEE 1547-2003 Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power

SystemsConnections,Photovoltaic

302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 1562-2007 Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)Systems

Array, Battery,Photovoltaic

302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 1661-2007 Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid PowerSystems

Testing andEvaluation,Photovoltaic

302.1.2, 302.2

ISO 13256-1-1998 (RA 2012)* Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating forPerformance-Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps

Equipment 707.1

ISO 13256-2-1998* Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating forPerformance-Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps

Equipment 707.1

ISO 9459-1-1993 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems – Part 1 Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2ISO 9459-2-1995 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2

PRE-PRINT




ISO 9806-1-1994 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 1 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2ISO 9806-2-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 2 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2ISO 9806-3-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 3 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2ISO TR 10217-1989 Solar Energy – Water Heating Systems – Guide to Material

Selection with Regard to Internal CorrosionSolar System 302.1.2, 302.2

MSS SP-58-2009* Pipe Hangers and Supports – Materials, Design, Manufacture,Selection, Application, and Installation

Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2

MSS SP-80-2008 2013* Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves Valves 302.1.2, 302.2NFPA 70-2011* National Electrical Code Electrical 310.1, 1001.1,

1001.3, 1007.1,1007.2, 1008.1,1008.3,1009.2.3(3),1010.3, 1010.4,1010.5,1011.3.7(11),1011.3.7(12),1011.3.8(1),1011.6.1,1011.6.2.1,1011.6.2.6,1011.6.3,1011.6.3.3,1013.5.1,1013.5.2,1013.5.4.7,1014.1, 1015.1,B 4.1, C 1.9(7)

NFPA 274-2009 2013* Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics ofPipe Insulation

Pipe Insulation 802.4

NSF 14-2010 2012* Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2NSF 60-2012* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 703.4.1NSF 61-2010a 2012* Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects Water Supply

Components302.1.2, 302.2

SAE J512-1997 Automotive Tube Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2SRCC 100-2005 2013 Operating Guidelines for Certifying Solar Collectors Solar

Thermal CollectorsCollectors 702.5

SRCC 150-2008 (D) Test Methods and Minimum Standards for CertifyingInnovative Solar Collectors (Discontinued)

Testing 302.1.2, 302.2

SRCC 300-2008 2013 Operating Guidelines and Minimum Standards for CertifyingSolar Water Heating Systems Solar Water Heating Systems


UL 174-2004* Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revi-sions through April 22, 2009 September 21, 2012)


UL 723-2008* Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials(with revisions through September 13, 2010)

Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6,802.4

UL 778-2010* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through August25, 2011 May 25, 2012)

Pumps 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 873-2007 Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revi-sions through January 6, 2010 July 27, 2012)


UL 916-2007 Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through June4, 2010 March 12, 2012)


UL 969-1995* Safety Marking and Labeling System (with revisions throughNovember 24, 2008)

Marking, Labeling 1003.4.1, B 2.1

UL 1279-2010 Outline of Investigation for Solar Collectors Electrical 702.5UL 1453-2004* Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water

Heaters (with revisions through December 4, 2009 July 15,2011)


PRE-PRINT




UL 1703-2002* Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisionsthrough May 23, 2011 8, 2012)

Electrical 1002.9

UL 1741-2010 Inverters, Converters, Controllers and InterconnectionSystem Equipment for Use With Distributed EnergyResources

Electrical 1014.9

UL 4703-2010 Outline of Investigation for Photovoltaic Wire Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2UL 6703 -2010 2011 Outline for Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2UL 8703-2008 2011 Outline for Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and

AssembliesElectrical 302.1.2, 302.2

UL 60730-1A-2002 2009* Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and SimilarUse, Part 1: General Requirements (with revisions throughMarch 29, 2013)


* ANSI designated as an American National Standard. Italic/Bold referenced standards indicate where such standards are located in the narrative of the code.Notes:1 Although this standard is referenced in Table 1201.1 901.1, some of the pipe, tubing, fittings, valves, or fixtures included in the standard are not accept-able for use under the provisions of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code.

2 See Section 503.3.4 409.3(6) for restrictions.3 Alloy C85200 for cleanout plugs.4 Standards for materials, Equipment, joints and connections. Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevantportions of all such standards shall apply.

PRE-PRINT



ABBREVIATIONS IN TABLE 1201.1 901.1

ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 W. 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400.

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE,Atlanta, GA 30329-2305.

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury, Suite A, Westlake, Ohio 44145.

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, WestConshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

AWS American Welding Society, 550 NW LeJeune Road, Miami, FL, 33126.

AWWA American Water Works Association, 6666 W. Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235.

BSI (BS EN) British Standard International, 389 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 4AL United Kingdom.

CSA Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, L4W 5N6.

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 5001 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA91761-2816.

IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854.

ISO International Organization for Standardization, 1 ch. de la Voie-Creuse, Casa Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva20, Switzerland.

MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, 127 Park Street, NE, Vienna, VA22180.

NFPA National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NSF NSF International, 789 Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140.

SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.

SRCC Solar Rating and Certification Corporation, 400 High Point Drive, Suite 400, Cocoa, FL 32926.

UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

CHAPTER 9SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS FOR A SWIMMING POOL

PRE-PRINT

1101.0 General.1101.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the instal-lation, sizing, and operation of circulating pumps used insolar thermal systems.


CHAPTER 11 PUMPS

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

The appendices are intended to supplement the provisions of the installation requirements of this Code. The defini-tions in Chapter 2 are also applicable to the appendices.

CONTENTS

PageAppendix A

Engineered Solar Energy Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Appendix BSolar Photovoltaic System Installation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Appendix CSupplemental Checklist for Solar Photovoltaic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105


APPENDICES

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

A 1.0 General.A 1.1 Applicability. The provisions of this appendix shallapply to the design, installation, and inspection of an engi-neered solar energy system, alternate materials, and equipmentnot specifically covered in other parts of the code.A 1.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction has the right to require descriptive detailsof an engineered solar energy system, alternate material, orequipment including pertinent technical data to be filed.A 1.3 Conformance. Components, materials, and equip-ment shall comply with standards and specifications listed inTable 1201.1 of this code and other national consensus stan-dards applicable to solar energy systems and materials.A 1.4 Alternate Materials and Equipment. Where suchstandards and specifications are not available, alternate mate-rials and equipment shall be approved in accordance withSection 302.2 of this code.

A 2.0 Engineered Solar Energy Systems.A 2.1 Definition. For purposes of this appendix, the followingdefinition shall apply:Engineered Solar Energy System.A system designed fora specific building project with drawings and specificationsindicating materials to be installed, all as prepared by a personregistered or licensed to perform solar energy system designwork.A 2.2 Inspection and Installation. In other than one- andtwo-family dwellings, the designer of the system shall provideperiodic inspection of the installation on a schedule found suit-able to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Prior to the finalapproval, the designer shall verify to the Authority HavingJurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with theapproved plans, specifications, and data and such amendmentsthereto. The designer shall also certify to the Authority HavingJurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with theapplicable engineered design criteria.A 2.3 Owner Information. The designer of the system shallprovide the building owner with information concerning thesystem, considerations applicable for subsequent modifica-tions to the system, and maintenance requirements.

A 3.0 Water Heat Exchangers.A 3.1 Protection of Potable Water System. Heatexchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or othersolar thermal purposes shall protect the potable water systemfrom being contaminated by the heat-transfer medium.A 3.2 Where Permitted. Single-wall heat exchangers shallbe permitted where they satisfy the following requirements:(1) The heat-transfer medium is either potable water or

contains nontoxic fluids recognized as safe by the Foodand Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade.

(2) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium is maintainedat less than the average minimum operating pressure ofthe potable water system.Exception: Steam complying with Section A 3.2(1).

(3) The equipment is permanently labeled to indicate thatonly additives recognized as safe by the FDA shall beused in the heat-transfer medium.

A 3.3 Other Designs. Other heat exchanger designs shallbe permitted where approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction.


APPENDIX AENGINEERED SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT


B 1.0 General.B 1.1 Applicability. Provisions contained in these guide-lines shall not apply unless specifically adopted by local ordi-nance in accordance with Section 102.8.

These guidelines shall not apply to non-habitable struc-tures (e.g., parking shade structures, solar trellises, etc.).B 1.2 Alternate Materials and Methods. Alternatematerials and methods shall be approved in accordance withSection 302.2.

B 2.0 Marking.B 2.1 General. Photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be marked.Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant inaccordance with UL 969.B 2.2 Main Service Disconnect. For residential applica-tions, the marking shall be permitted to be placed within themain service disconnect. Where the main service disconnectis operable with the service panel closed, the marking shallbe placed on the outside cover.

For commercial applications, the marking shall beplaced adjacent to the main service disconnect in a locationvisible from where the lever is operated.

B 2.2.1 Marking Content and Format. Markingcontent and format for main service disconnects shallcomply with the following:(1) Marking content:

CAUTION: SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM

CONNECTED.(2) Red background.(3) White lettering.(4) Minimum 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(5) Capital letters.(6) Arial or similar font, non-bold.(7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable

adhesive materials shall meet this requirement).B 2.3 Marking for Direct Current Conduit, Race-ways, Enclosures, Cable Assemblies, and JunctionBoxes. Markings shall be required on interior and exteriordc conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, andjunction boxes. Markings shall be placed on interior andexterior dc conduit, raceways, enclosures, and cable assem-blies every 10 feet (3048 mm), at turns; on both sides of apenetration; and at dc combiner and junction boxes.

B 2.3.1 Marking Content and Format. Markingcontent and format for direct current conduit, raceways,enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes shallcomply with the following:

(1) Marking content: CAUTION:

SOLAR CIRCUIT.(2) Red background.(3) White lettering.(4) Minimum 3⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height.(5) Capital letters.(6) Arial or similar font, non-bold.(7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable

adhesive materials shall meet this requirement).B 2.4 Inverters. Markings shall not be required for theinverter.

B 3.0 Access, Pathways, and Smoke Ventilation.B 3.1 General. Access and spacing of PV modules shallcomply with Section B 3.2 through Section B 3.3.3.B 3.2 Residential Systems—Single and Two-UnitResidential Dwellings. Plan review shall be requiredwhere a system is installed on more than 50 percent of theroof area of a residential building. See Figure B 3.2(a)through Figure B 3.2(d).

B 3.2.1 Access or Pathways. Access or pathwayson the roof shall be provided in accordance with thefollowing:(1) Modules, on a hip roof, shall be located in a manner

that provides one 3 foot (914 mm) wide clearaccess pathway from the eave to the ridge on eachroof slope where modules are located. The accesspathway shall be located over structural members.

(2) Modules, on a roof with a single ridge, shall belocated in a manner that provides two 3 foot (914mm) wide access pathways from the eave to theridge on each roof slope where modules arelocated.

(3) Modules, adjacent to hips and valleys, shall belocated not less than 18 inches (457 mm) from a hipor a valley where modules are to be placed on bothsides of a hip or valley. Where modules are to belocated on one side of a hip or valley that is of equallength, modules shall be permitted to be placeddirectly adjacent to the hip or valley.

B 3.2.2 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shallbe provided by locating modules not more than 3 feet(914 mm) from the lowest level of the ridge.

B 3.3 Commercial Buildings and ResidentialHousing Comprised of Three or More Units. Where theAuthority Having Jurisdiction determines that the roofconfiguration is similar to residential (such as in the case of

APPENDIX BSOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

PRE-PRINT

townhouses, condominiums, or single family attached build-ings), the access and ventilation requirements of Section B3.2 through Section B 3.2.2 shall be permitted. See Figure B3.3(a) through Figure B 3.3(d).

B 3.3.1 Access. There shall be not less than a 6 feet(1829 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of theroof. Where either axis of the building is 250 feet (76200 mm) or less, there shall be not less than a 4 feet(1219 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of theroof.B 3.3.2 Pathways. Pathways shall be established inthe design of the solar installation. Pathways shall beprovided in accordance with the following:(1) Pathways shall be located over structural members.(2) Centerline axis pathways shall be provided in both

axis of the roof. Centerline axis pathways shall run onstructural members or over the next closest structuralmember nearest to the center lines of the roof.

(3) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm)clear to skylights, ventilation hatches, or both.

(4) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm)clear to roof standpipes.

(5) There shall be not less than a 4 foot (1219 mm) clear-ance around roof access hatches, skylights, ventila-tion hatches, roof standpipes, and similar obstruc-tions.

(6) There shall be not less than one 4 foot (1219 mm)clear pathway to parapets or roof edges.

B 3.3.3 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shallbe provided in accordance with the following:(1) Arrays shall not exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm) by

150 feet (45 720 mm) in distance in either axis.(2) Ventilation between array sections shall be provided

with one of the following:(a) A pathway 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in

width.(b) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in

width that borders existing roof skylights orventilation hatches.

(c) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater inwidth that borders 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet(2438 mm) venting cutouts every 20 feet (6096mm) on alternating sides of the pathway.

B 4.0 Location of Direct Current (dc) Conductors.B 4.1 General. Conduit, wiring systems, and raceways forphotovoltaic circuits shall comply with NFPA 70 and belocated as close as possible to a ridge, hip, or valley; andfrom the hip or valley as directly as possible to an outsidewall.

Conduit runs between subarrays and dc combiner boxesshall be the shortest path from the array to the dc combinerbox. The dc combiner boxes shall be located such thatconduit runs are minimized in the pathways between arrays.

Direct Current (dc) wiring shall be ran in metallicconduit or raceways where located within enclosed spaces ina building and shall be ran along the bottom of structuralmembers.

B 5.0 Ground Mounted Photovoltaic Arrays.B 5.1 General. Setback requirements shall not apply toground-mounted and freestanding photovoltaic arrays. Aclearance of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall berequired around ground-mounted photovoltaic arrays.


APPENDIX B

PRE-PRINT


For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.2(a)SOLAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABLE ROOF – SINGLE AND TWO–UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING


FIGURE B 3.2(b)SOLAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABLE ROOF WITH VALLEY – SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

APPENDIX B

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feetPRE-PRINT


FIGURE B 3.2(c)SOLAR SYSTEM ON FULL GABLE ROOF SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING


FIGURE B 3.2(d)SOLAR SYSTEM ON FULL HIP ROOF – SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING


APPENDIX B

3 feet3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

3 feet

PRE-PRINT



FIGURE B 3.3(a)SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WALKWAYS


FIGURE B 3.3(b)SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 4 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOT VENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT LENGTH

APPENDIX B

478 feetSkylight (typical)150 feet

6 feet 8 feet 4 feet 6 feet 6 feet

Roof hatch

8 feet

150 feet

324 feetStructuralmember

Structural member Structural member

478 feetSkylight (typical)150 feet

6 feet 6 feet6 feet

150 feet

300 feetStructuralmember

Structural member Structural member

Roof hatchPRE-PRINT

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.3(c)SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON SMALL COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS

WITH 4 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOT VENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT LENGTH


FIGURE B 3.3(d)SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON SMALL COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS


APPENDIX B

»

200 feet4 feet

4 feet

4 feet

4 feet19 feet 2 inches

100 feet

5 feet3 inches

8 feet 3 inchesStructural member

Structural member

200 feetStructural member

8 feet4 feet

4 feet

8 feet

100 feet

Structural memberPRE-PRINT

C 1.0 Plan Details.C 1.1 General. The following shall be provided with theplan details of a photovoltaic (PV) system:(1) Scope of the project, including the system kW•h(J))

rating.(2) Complete single line diagram and utility interconnect.(3) Site plan, including location of system components.(4) Type of system (i.e. alternating-current modules, bipolar,

grounded, ungrounded, hybrid, isolated, interactive,stand-alone, etc).

(5) Utility service operating voltage or class.(6) Information on the size, type, and insulation ratings

(voltage, temperature, etc) of conductors and associatedwiring components of the direct current (dc) and alter-nating current (ac) side of the PV system.

(7) Type, size, and material of raceway(s).(8) Roof plan, including roof access and roof mounted

equipment.(9) The following information shall be provided for the dc

side of the PV system:(a) Number of series connected modules for each PV

source circuit.(b) Number of parallel connected module or panel PV

source circuits for each array or PV power source.(c) Number of combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV

power centers for each array, subarray, or PV powersource.

(d) Number of PV output circuits.(e) PV source circuit module or panel connection

arrangements.(f) Operating and open-circuit voltage for each module

or panel.(g) Operating voltage for each array or PV power

source.(h) Operating current for each PV source circuit.(i) Operating current for each array.(j) Maximum array, panel, or module system voltage.(k) Short circuit current of modules or panels.(l) Short circuit current of array and subarrays.(m) Short circuit current of battery system.(n) Disconnecting means electrical ratings.(o) Disconnecting means wiring diagram.(p) Disconnecting means rated short-circuit current per

pole.(10) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for the

PV modules or panels. The manufacturer’s instructionsshall include the manufacturer’s name, catalog numbers,complete electrical information, required marked accept-

able series backfeed fuse protection rating, and installa-tion instructions.

(11) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided forinverters, converters, charge controllers, and ac modules,indicating the following ratings:(a) Maximum input ac and dc voltage, and the range of

operating voltage(s).(b) Nominal ac output voltage.(c) Nominal dc voltage and operating range for utility

interactive or stand-alone systems with chargecontroller.

(d) Maximum input ac and dc current, and maximuminput short circuit current.

(e) Maximum inverter output short circuit current andduration.

(f) Maximum utility source backfeed current, short oropen circuit, for utility interactive system with orwithout charge controller.

(g) Maximum continuous ac output current and power.(h) Normal operation temperature range.

(12) Information indicating where the inverter(s) or chargecontroller(s) contains current limiting devices thatlimits the output circuit current to the maximum inverterinput dc current rating.

(13) The manufacturer’s wiring details shall be provided forcombiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers. Itshall contain the manufacturer’s name, model designa-tion, and listing.

(14) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided foreach connector indicating configuration, construction,type, grounding member, and circuit current interrup-tion capability and method.

(15) Where the PV system uses a diversion charge controlleras the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery.

(16) Methods of access to the junction, pull, or outlet boxesbehind the modules or panels.

C 1.2 Circuits. Circuit requirements shall be indicated inthe detail plans in accordance with the following:(1) Circuit conductors and overcurrent protective devices

shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of themaximum current in accordance with Section 1006.0806.0.

(2) Overcurrent protection of output circuits with internalcurrent limiting devices shall be not less than 125percent of the maximum limited current of the outputcircuit. The conductors in such an output circuit shall besized in accordance with Section 1006.0 806.0.

(3) Common-return conductor of systems with multiplevoltages shall not be smaller than the sum of the ampereratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual


APPENDIX CSUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

PRE-PRINT

output circuits.(4) Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a

set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits,the ampacity of each of the module interconnectionconductors shall be not less than the sum of the fuserating and 125 percent of the short-circuit from the otherparallel-connected modules.

C 1.3 Overcurrent Protection. Circuits connected tomore than one electrical source shall have overcurrentprotective devices that provide overcurrent protection fromsources indicated on the plan details.C 1.4 Disconnecting Means. Disconnecting means shallbe provided in the plan details for the following:(1) PV source circuits (isolating switches)(2) Overcurrent devices(3) Blocking diodes(4) Inverters(5) Batteries(6) Charge controllers

The PV disconnecting means shall be grouped togetherand the number of disconnects shall not exceed six.C 1.5 Wiring Method. Wires used in a PV system shall bein accordance with Section 1010.0 810.0. Ungroundedsource and output circuits shall be installed with discon-nects, overcurrent protection, ground-fault protection, andinverter or charge controllers and shall be listed for suchpurpose in accordance with Section 1010.11 810.11.Ungrounded sources and circuit conductors shall consist ofsheathed multi-conductor cable or shall be located in anapproved raceway.C 1.6 Grounding. Grounding shall be indicated in the plandetails as follows:(1) Where components of the system are negatively or posi-

tively grounded.(2) The dc circuit grounding shall be made at a single point

on the PV output circuit.(3) The equipment-grounding conductor for a PV source

and PV output circuits for a roof-mounted dc PV arrayin dwellings shall be sized in accordance with Section1011.4 811.4.

(4) Grounding electrode system used for the ac, dc, orcombined ac/dc systems.

(5) The method used to ensure the removal of equipmentfrom the system that shall not disconnect the bondingconnection between the grounding electrode conductorsand exposed conducting surfaces.

(6) The method used to ensure the removal of an utility-interactive inverter or other equipment that shall notdisconnect the bonding connection between thegrounding electrode conductor and the PV source andthe output circuit grounded conductor, or both.

C 1.7 Ground Fault Protection. Direct current ground-fault protection for dwellings with roof mounted dc-PVarrays shall be provided on the plan details.

C 1.8 Systems Over 600 Volts. Plan details for PVsystems over 600 volts shall indicate the following:(1) The PV system is in accordance with Section 1015.0,

and other applicable installation requirements.(2) The voltage rating of a battery circuit cable shall not be

smaller than the charging or equalizing condition of thebattery system.

C 1.9 Calculations. Calculations shall be provided forsolar PV systems in accordance with the following:(1) The maximum system voltage calculation shall be based

on the expected ambient temperature.(2) The maximum system open-voltage calculation shall be

based on manufacturer’s instructions for PV powersource modules made of materials other than crystallineor multi-crystalline silicon.

(3) The maximum dc circuit current calculation for each PVsource circuit.

(4) The maximum dc current calculation for each PV outputcircuit.

(5) The fault current calculation from the utility side to theac disconnect(s) and inverter(s).

(6) Calculations to determine the minimum overcurrentprotection device rating for the dc side. Photovoltaicsystem currents shall be considered as continuous.

(7) Where conductors are exposed to direct sunlight, theampacities shall be derated by the correction factors inaccordance with NFPA 70.

(8) Calculations showing the size of equipment-groundingconductor for the PV source and PV output circuit sizeshall be not less than 125 percent of the short circuitcurrent from the PV source.

(9) Calculations showing the required maximum chargingcurrent of the interconnected battery cells.

(10) Calculations for the ampacity of the neutral conductorof a two-wire inverter output connected to theungrounded conductors of a three-wire or a three-phase,four-wire system.

(11) Calculations showing that the total dc leakage current inthe dc ground or dc grounded circuits in non-isolatedPV systems do not exceed the equipment ground-faultprotective device leakage current trip setting.

(12) Calculations showing the required current and voltageratings of dc diversion charge controllers and diversionloads in a circuit.

(13) Calculations showing the required conductor ampacityand overcurrent protective device rating for circuitscontaining dc diversion charge controllers and diversionloads.

(14) Calculations showing where expansion fittings are notrequired for the roof mounted raceways due to thermalexpansion or building expansion joints where theraceway is used as an equipment grounding conductor.


APPENDIX C

PRE-PRINT

ACCELERATION1 ft/s2 = 0.3048 m/s2

AREA1 square foot = 0.09290304 m2

1 square inch = 6.4516 E-04 m2

DENSITY1 lb/ft3 = 16.01846 kg/m3

ENERGY1 ft•lbf = 1.355818 J1 Btu = 1055.056 J

FORCE1 lbf = 4.448222 N

HEAT TRANSFER1 [Btu•in(h•ft2•°F)] = 0.1442279 [W/(m•K)]1 [Btu/(ft2•h)] = 3.154591 W/m2

LENGTH1 foot = 305 mm1 inch = 25.4 mm

MASS1 lb = 0.4535924 kg1 ounce = 28.34952 g

MASS FLOW RATE1 lb/s = 0.4535924 kg/s1 lb/m = 7.559873 E-03 kg/s1 lb/h = 1.259979 E-04 kg/s

PLANE ANGLE1 degree = 0.01745329 radians

POWER1 Btu/h = 2.930711 E-04 kW

PRESSURE1 lbf/in2 = 6.894757 kPa1 lbf/ft2 = 47.88026 Pa1 ft of water (39.2°F) = 2.98898 kPa (at 4°C)1 in of water (39.2°F) = 0.249082 kPa (at 4°C)1 in mercury (39.2°F) = 3.38638 kPa (at 0°C)

SOLAR RADIATION1 langley = 4.184 E+04 J/m2

SPECIFIC VOLUME1 ft3/lb = 0.06242796 m3/kg

TEMPERATURE°C = (°F - 32)/1.8

VELOCITY1 ft/s = 0.3048 m/s1 ft/m = 0.00508 m/s

VOLUME1 cubic foot = 0.02831685 m3

1 cubic inch = 1.638706 E-05 m3

1 gallon = 3.785412 E-03 m3

VOLUME FLOW RATE1 ft3/min = 4.719474 E-04 m3/s1 ft3/s = 0.02831685 m3/s1 gallon/min = 6.309020 E-05 m3/s1 gallon/min = 0.06309020 L/s


USEFUL TABLESUNIT CONVERSIONS

Note: The information contained in these tables are not part of this American National Standard (ANS) and have not beenprocessed in accordance with ANSI’s requirements for an ANS. As such, these tables may contain material that has not beensubjected to public review or a consensus process. In addition, they do not contain requirements necessary for conformance tothe standard.

PRE-PRINT

a, b, a', b' = constants used in incident angle modifierequation, dimensionless

A = cross-sectional area, ft2 (m2)Aa = transparent frontal area for a nonconcen-

trating collector or the aperture area of aconcentrating collector, ft2 (m2)

Ag = gross collector area, ft2 (m2)Ar = absorbing area of a nonconcentrating collector

or the receiving area of a concentratingcollector, ft2 (m2)

bo = constant used in incident angle modifier equa-tion, dimensionless

B = effective angle for determining the equation oftime, degrees

CA = effective heat capacity of the solar collector,[Btu/(lbm•°F)] [J/kg•K)

cp = specific heat of the heat transfer fluid,Btu/(Lbm•°F) [J/(kg.•K)]

E = equation of time, minutesEλi = solar spectral irradiance averaged over ∆λ

centered at λi at air mass 1.5 W/(m2.μm)[Btu/(ft2•h•μm)]

F' = absorber plate efficiency factor, dimensionlessFR = solar collector heat removal factor, dimension-

lessG = solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)Gbp = direct solar irradiance component in the aper-

ture plane, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)GDN = direct normal solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft2•h)]

(W/m2)Gd = diffuse solar irradiance incident upon the aper-

ture plane of collector, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)Gsc = solar constant, 429.2 [Btu/(ft2•h)] (1353 W/m2)Gt = global solar irradiance incident upon the aper-

ture plane of collector, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2)ha = enthalpy of the ambient air-water vapor

mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hf,e = enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the

exit of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hf,i = enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the

inlet of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg)hL = enthalpy of the leaking air-water vapor

mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg)K = factor defined by ASHRAE 93, dimensionlessKατ = incident angle modifier, dimensionlessKd = diffuse irradiance incident angle modifier,

dimensionless

K1 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector,dimensionless

K2 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector,dimensionless

Lloc = longitude, degrees westLst = standard meridian for local time zone, degrees

westLST = local standard time, decimal hoursLSTM = local standard time meridian, degrees westAST = apparent solar time, decimal hoursm = air mass, dimensionless·m = mass flow rate of the heat-transfer fluid, lbm/h

(kg/s)·me = downstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)·mi = upstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)·mL = leakage air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s)n = day of year, beginning with January 1 = 1ηr = collector efficiency based upon absorber area

and inlet temperature,%P = optical property, dimensionlessPf,e = static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the outlet

to the solar collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)Pf,i = static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the inlet

to the solar collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)∆P = sressure drop across the collector, lbf/in2 (Pa)Qmi = measured volumetric airflow rate at the

collector inlet, ft3/min (m3/s)Qs = airflow rate corrected to standard conditions,

ft3/min (m3/s)qu = rate of useful energy extraction from the

collector, Btu/h (W)ta = ambient air temperature, °F (°C)tf = average fluid temperature, °F (°C)tf,e = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving

the collector, °F (°C)tf,eT = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving

the collector at a specified time, °F (°C)tf,e,initial = temperature leaving the collector at the begin-

ning of time constant test period, °F (°C)tf,i = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid entering

the collector, °F (°C)tp = average temperature of the absorbing surface

for a nonconcentrating collector, °F (°C)


SYMBOLS»

USEFUL TABLES

The following is a list of symbols commonly utilized in solar energy applications and are provided herein for theconvenience of the users of this code. This list is based on ASHRAE 93.

PRE-PRINT

tr = average temperature of the absorbing surfacefor a concentrating collector, °F (°C)

-t = effective temperature defined by ASHRAE 93,°F (°C)

-tHHL = effective temperature for a given header heatloss test flow rate, °F (°C)

T = time, decimal hours or secondsT1, T2 = time at the beginning and end of a test period,

decimal hours or seconds∆t = temperature difference, °F (°C)∆tss = temperature difference, of inlet and outlet

transfer fluid at steady state, °F (°C)UL = solar collector heat-transfer loss coefficient,

[Btu/(h•ft2•F)] [W/(m2•K)]Wn = humidity ratio at the nozzle, lbm H2O/lbm dry

air (kg H2O/kg dry air)α = absorptance of the collector absorber surface

for solar radiation, dimensionlessγ = fraction of specularly reflected radiation from

the reflector or refracted radiation that isintercepted by the solar collector receivingarea, dimensionless

θ = angle of incidence between director solar raysand the normal, to the collector surface or tothe aperture, degree

β = solar altitude angle, degreesϕ = solar azimuth angle, degreesηg = collector efficiency based on gross collector, %λ = wavelength, μ(μm)λi = specific wavelength, μ(μm)∆λi = wavelength interval, μ(μm)ρ = reflectance of a reflecting surface for solar

radiation, dimensionlessρλ = spectral reflectance of a reflecting surface for

solar energy, dimensionlessτ = transmittance of the solar collector cover

plate, dimensionless(τα)e = effective transmittance-absorptance product,

dimensionless(τα)e,n = effective transmittance-absorptance product

at normal incidence, dimensionlessΣ = collector tilt form the horizontal, degree


USEFUL TABLES

PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT

– A –ABANDONED SYSTEM ....................................313.1, 313.2ABSORBER ..............................................203.0, 402.1.8(5)ABSORPTANCE, DEFINITION ....................................203.0ACCESSIBLE, DEFINITION ........................................203.0ACCESSIBLE, READILY ....................203.0, 407.4, 1007.3,

1009.2.3, 1009.2.4, 1009.4, 1010.1, 1010.9.3, 1012.7

ACCESSIBILITY OFAttic installations ....................................................305.5Boxes ................................................1010.10, C 1.1(16)Busbar........................................................1011.6.1.1(3)Circuits ..................................1005.4, 1015.5, 1015.6(1)Charge control......................................................1014.9Collectors ..............................................................703.2Connectors ........................................................1010.9.3Cross-connections control......................................405.6Devices ....................................................602.8, 1007.3Disconnecting means ........1009.1, 1009.2.3(1), 1009.3, 1009.4, 1010.5, 1014.6Expansion joints ..................................................503.18Flexible connectors ................................................407.4Grounding electrode ......................1011.3.8, 1011.6.3.2High voltage ............................................1015.4, 1015.8Inspections............................................105.2.3, 105.2.6 Live parts, electrical equipment ......................1005.6(1), 1014.2, 1015.3Label ....................................................................1012.4Locations ....................................................305.1, 312.2Overcurrent devices ............................................1007.3Photovoltaic (PV) modules ......................B 3.0, C 1.1(8)Point of interconnections ........................1012.4, 1012.5Inverters ............................................................1009.2.4Wiring ..................................................................1010.1Valves ....................................................................408.5

ACCIDENTAL CONTACT ................1005.6, 1014.2, 1015.3ADDITIONS ..................................................................102.4AIR COLLECTOR ..........................................702.6, 702.6.1AIR MASS, DEFINITION ..............................................203.0AIR BREAK, DEFINITION ............................................203.0

AIR GAPDrainage ....................................................203.0, 315.1, 602.4, 602.5, 604.2Water distribution ......................................203.0, 405.2, 405.7, 405.9, 406.2, Table 405.2(1), Table 405.2(2)

AIR TESTSolar energy system ..............................................105.3Solar thermal system ............................................309.0Sanitary drainage................................................105.3.1

ALTERATIONS ......................................101.2, 102.4, 102.5, 104.1, 105.3.1, 401.1

ALTERNATE MATERIAL ....................302.2, A 1.1 through A 1.4, B 1.2

ALTERNATING-CURRENT MODULES....................(see Modules, Alternating current)

AMPACITY ......................................1006.2 through 1006.7, 1007.1(2), 1010.3, 1010.4, 1011.4.2, 1014.9.2(2), 1014.9.4(1), C 1.2(4), C 1.9(10)

ANCHORING OFCollectors ................................................703.1, 703.1.1Piping ....................................................................307.2Tanks......................................................................302.3

ANGLE OF INCIDENCE, DEFINITION ..............................................................203.0

APPEALS......................................................................107.0APPLIANCES

Connections to drainage ........................................311.2Definition ................................................................203.0Electrical ..........................................1005.2.4, 1011.3.2, In attics ..................................................................305.5Markings..............................................................302.1.1Referenced standards ..................................Chapter 12Scope ....................................................................101.2Shutoff valves ........................................................408.3Wiring ....................................................................310.1

APPLICABLE STANDARDS ............................102.1, 302.1, 302.2.1.1, 304.4, 407.1, 407.3, 503.3.2, 503.10.1, 604.3


INDEXNote: Content and section numbers will be updated before publishing.

© 2012 International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. All rights reserved.The copyright in this index is separate and distinct from the copyright in the document that it indexes. The licensing provisions set forthfor the document are not applicable to this index. This index may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any means without the expresswritten permission of IAPMO.

PRE-PRINT

APPLICATIONFor permit ........................................103.3, 104.3, 104.4For reinspection ..................................................105.2.6

APPROVAL REQUIREDAlternate materials ................................................302.2Minimum standards................................................302.1 Storage tanks......................................................309.3.2Testing..............................................................302.2.1.2 Welding ..................................................................314.1

APPROVED, DEFINITION ............................................203.0APPROVED STANDARDS..................302.1.1, 603.7, 603.8APPROVED TESTING AGENCY ..................................................203.0, 302.2.1.1

APPURTENANCE ......................102.3, 203.0, 306.2, 311.2APPURTENANCE, SOLAR, DEFINITION ..............................................................203.0

ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT PROTECTION ........................1008.7AREA, ABSORBER, DEFINITION ..............................203.0AREA, APERTURE, DEFINITION ................................203.0AREA, GROSS COLLECTOR, DEFINITION ......................................203.0

ARRAYS ............................................203.0, 1001.2, 1003.1, 1005.5, 1009.5, 1010.1, 1011.5, B 3.3.3, B 4.1, B 5.0, C 1.7

ASBESTOS CEMENTPIPING AND JOINTS................................................503.1

ATTIC, INSTALLATIONSPassageway..........................................305.5.1, 305.5.2 Receptacle ..........................................................305.5.4Watertight pan......................................................602.10 Work platform......................................................305.5.3

AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION ........................203.0AUTHORITY TO DISCONNECT ..................................106.5AUTHORIZED AGENT ....................................102.3, 102.5,

104.3(5), 105.2, 106.2AUTOMATIC

Air vent ..................................................................408.8 Control system ......................................................408.6Control valves ........................................................408.6

AUXILIARY ENERGYSYSTEM, DEFINITION..............................................203.0

– B –BACKFLOW, DEFINITION ..........................................204.0 BACKFLOW PREVENTER,DEFINITION ..............................................................204.0

BACKFLOW PREVENTION ............................404.2, 404.3, 405.2 through 405.5, 406.3, 406.4, 604.1, Table 405.2(1)

BACKUP POWER ......................................................1008.5BALANCING VALVES ......................................204.0, 408.4BATTERIES ....................................1001.2, 1003.4, 1007.1,

1009.2.5, 1014.0, C 1.4(5)BIPOLAR

Photovoltaic (PV) array ............................204.0, 1005.5Photovoltaic (PV) system ......................1002.7, 1005.5, 1011.1, C 1.1Source and output circuit ....................................1005.5

BLOCKING DIODE ............................204.0, 1009.2.2, C 1.4BONDING

Connections ............................................1011.7, 1011.8Jumpers 1011.3.3, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.3.1, 1011.7, 1011.8, 1011.9Of electrically conductive materials and other equipment ......................1011.1.4

Of equipment....................................1011.1.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7(10) (b), 1011.6.1.4, 1011.9, C 1.6(5), C 1.6(6)

BONDING JUMPER ..........................1011.7, 1011.8, 1011.9BOARD OF APPEALS ................................................107.0BRACES ......................................................................702.1BRASS PIPE AND JOINTS ............................318.1, 503.2,

503.2.1, Table 407.1BRAZED JOINTS....................503.2.1, 503.3.1, Table 307.3BRAZED TANK ............................................................603.5BRAZING ........................................304.2, 503.2.1, 503.3.1,

503.3.3.1, 603.6BUILDING INTEGRATEDPHOTOVOLTAICS, DEFINITION ..............................204.0

BUSBAR ..............................................................1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1013.5.4.2, 1013.5.4.4, 1013.5.4.7

BUTT-FUSION JOINTS ..........................................503.7.1.1

– C –CABLES ............................................1010.0 through 1010.6CABLE TRAY..............................1002.2, 1010.5.3, 1011.3.7CALCIUM HARDNESS ............................205.0, Table 902.2CERTIFIED BACKFLOWASSEMBLY TESTER..........................205.0, 405.2, 405.5


PRE-PRINT

CONDENSATION..........................................................702.2CONFLICTS BETWEEN CODES ................................102.1CHANGE IN BUILDING OCCUPANCY........................102.6CHANGE IN DIRECTION ............................................305.3CHECK VALVES ..............................................408.7, 602.5,

604.1, Table 405.2(1)CHEMICALS ................................404.2, 405.1, 406.4, 902.2CIRCUITS

Breaker ............................................1008.6, 1013.5.4.1, 1013.5.4.5, 1013.5.4.6, 1015.5 through 1015.7Bipolar source ......................................................1005.5Direct utilization....................................................1005.2Exceeding 120 volts..........................................1005.2.3Exceeding 277 volts..........................................1005.2.4Exceeding 600 volts..........................................1005.2.5From monopole subarray ....................................1002.7Ground-fault protection ........................................1003.3Identification and grouping......................1002.2, 1015.7Inverter output ..............................211.0, 1004.2, 1007.1Markings and labeling..........................1002.2, 1010.5.4Multiple outputs....................................................1006.6Not exceeding 120 volts ..................................1005.2.2Overcurrent protection ........................................1004.5Photovoltaic (PV) output ..........................218.0, 1002.2, 1005.1, 1005.3, 1005.4, 1011.2, 1011.4, 1011.7, 1011.8Photovoltaic (PV) source ........................218.0, 1002.2, 1002.3, 1002.4, 1002.6, 1004.1, 1005.1, 1005.3, 1005.4, 1011.4, 1011.7, 1011.8Requirements ......................................................1005.0Sizing ..................................................................1006.0Ungrounded ....................................................1010.11.6

CIRCULATING PUMP ........................218.0, 1101.1, 1102.0CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM ............................205.0, 309.2.3,

408.9, 604.3, 604.4CLOSED TYPE TANK ......................................604.3, 604.4COLD CLIMATE............................................402.1.8, 405.11COLLECTORS..............................205.0, 408.4.1, Chapter 7COMBINER BOX ..................1010.11.6, B 2.3, B 4.1, C 1.1COMPRESSION JOINTS ....................503.8.1.1, 503.11.1.1CONCENTRATION RATIO, DEFINITION ..............................................................205.0

CONCENTRATOR, DEFINITION..................................205.0CONCRETE, INSTALLATIONS..................402.1.3, 402.1.4,

402.1.5, 603.4, 1011.6.2.4CONCRETE SLAB ......................................402.1.1, 402.1.2CONDENSATION..........................................................702.2CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ......1011.1.2, 1011.1.3, 1011.1.4CONDUCTORS

Alternating-current modules....................1004.1, 1004.5Ampacity and overcurrent devices ................1006.2 through 1006.7

Circuit requirements ............1005.2.1 through 1005.2.5, 1005.5Connections to terminals ....................................1010.7Correction factor..........................C 1.9(7), Table 1010.3Disconnecting means of ....................1009.1, 1009.2.3, 1009.2.4, 1009.2.5, 1009.4Ground-fault protection ..........................1003.1, 1003.2, 1003.3, 1003.4, 1010.11.3Grounding ..................................1011.1 through 1011.5, Table 1011.4.1Installation..............................................1002.2, 1002.3, 1002.6, 1002.7, B 4.0Markings and labeling ......................................1010.5.3Overcurrent protection ..........1007.1, 1007.5, 1010.11.2Photovoltaic power circuit ................................1010.5.2Photovoltaic power source ............1010.5.3, 1010.11.1, 1010.11.4, 1011.1Stand-alone systems ..............1008.3, 1008.6.1, 1008.7Single ..................................................................1010.2Small ....................................................................1010.4Wiring methods ........................1010.1, 1010.2, 1010.4, 1010.5.2, 1010.5.3, 1010.7, 1010.11.1 through 1010.11.4Undergrounded ......................1003.2, 1003.3, 1008.6.1, 1009.1, 1009.2.5, 1009.4, 1014.7

CONDUIT ........................................404.2, 1002.6, 1010.5.2, 1010.5.3(3), 1011.3.7, 1011.4.2, 1011.6.1.3, 1011.6.2.3.1(1), Table 1011.4.1

CONFLICTSBETWEEN CODES ..................................................102.1

CONNECTION TO OTHER SOURCES ................................................1013.0

CONNECTORS ................................................407.3, 407.4, 1010.9 through 1010.9.5

CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ......................................603.2CONTAMINATION ............................................205.0, 401.1


PRE-PRINT

CONTROLLER............................................................1001.2CONTROL VALVES......................................................408.6 CONTROLS ..................................................................310.2COPPER COLLECTOR ................................................903.1COPPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS ..........................407.3COPPER PIPE,TUBING AND JOINTS ................402.1.7, 503.3, 503.17.1

CORDS AND CABLES, FLEXIBLE ..............................................1010.3

CORRECTION FACTORS........................1005.1, 1006.2(3), 1006.5, C 1.9(7), Table 1005.1, Table 1010.3

COVER, COLLECTOR (GLAZING) ..................205.0, 903.1CPVC PLASTIC PIPEAND JOINTS ............................................................503.4

CROSS-CONNECTION ..........................205.0, 404.3, 405.0CROSS-CONTAMINATION ..........................................404.2

– D –DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS ........................302.3.2DECAY, PROTECTION OF ..........................................306.4DEFINITIONS ........................................................Chapter 2DELETERIOUS WASTE ..............................................311.1DESIGN FLOODELEVATION ................................................206.0, 302.3.2

DESIGN PRESSURE......................................206.0, 406.1.1DESIGN TEMPERATURE,DEFINITION ..............................................................206.0

DEVELOPED LENGTH,DEFINITION ..............................................................206.0

DIELECTRIC FITTING ............................503.17.1, 503.17.3DIELECTRIC INSULATOR ..........................................305.1DIELECTRIC UNION ..................................................503.16 DIRECT-CURRENT ..................................1005.2, 1005.2.4,

1006.6, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1009.2.4(1), 1010.5, 1010.11.5, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.6, 1011.6.3, 1012.4, 1014.9.2, 1014.9.4, B 2.3, B 4.0, C 1.1(6), C 1.7

DISCONNECTAuthority to ............................................................106.5Abandoned system ................................................313.0Battery circuits ........................................1014.5, 1014.6Photovoltaic (PV) equipment ..............1009.2.5, 1011.8Fuses ......................................................1009.3, 1015.8

Load ....................................................................1013.1Main service ..........................................................B 2.2Means for..................................1002.7, 1002.8, 1004.3, 1008.1, 1008.2, 1008.3, 1009.0, 1010.5, 1011.6.2.6, 1012.5, 1012.7, 1012.8, 1013.5.1, C 1.4Photovoltaic (PV)..........1009.2, 1009.3, 1012.4, 1014.6

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM,DEFINITION ..............................................................206.0

DIVERSION CHARGECONTROLLER, DEFINITION ..................................206.0

DRAINBACK SYSTEM ....................................206.0, 1103.1DRAINDOWN, DEFINITION ........................................206.0DUCTS ..................................................317.1, 605.5, 801.1,

803.1, Table 803.1DUCTS, INSULATION OF ......................803.1, Table 803.1DUCTILE IRONPIPE AND JOINTS ....................................................503.5

DYNAMIC LOAD ..........................................................307.2

– E –ELECTRICAL............................................310.0, Chapter 10ELECTRICAL (AUXILIARY) HEATING, DEFINITION ............................................207.0

ELECTRICAL PRODUCTIONAND DISTRIBUTIONNETWORK, DEFINITION ......................................207.0

ELECTRODES ............................................................1011.6ELECTRO-FUSION JOINT ....................................503.7.1.2EMITTANCE, DEFINITION ..........................................207.0ENERGY COLLECTORFLUID, DEFINITION..................................................207.0

ENERGY STORAGE FLUID(OR MEDIA), DEFINITION ........................................207.0

ENERGY STORAGE, PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) ............1012.6ENERGY TRANSFER FLUID,DEFINITION ..............................................................207.0

EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS ....................1009.2.5, 1011.8EQUIPMENT GROUNDING ..........................Table 1011.4.1ESSENTIALLY NONTOXICTRANSFER FLUID, DEFINITION ............................207.0

EXCAVATIONS ............................................................308.4EXEMPT BY SPECIAL PERMISSION ....................1011.3.2EXEMPT FROMCOMPLIANCE ......................(see Grounding, Equipment)

EXEMPT WORK ..........................................................104.2


PRE-PRINT

EXISTING BUILDINGS ..............................................302.1.3EXISTING EQUIPMENT ............................................105.2.1EXISTING INSTALLATION ..........................................102.2EXPANSION JOINTS ................................................503.18EXPANSION TANKS ........................408.3(2), 601.1, 604.0,

Table 604.4(1), Table 604.4(2)EXTERNAL AUXILIARYHEATING, DEFINITION ............................................207.0

– F –FASTENERS ..................................................703.5, 1010.10FEES ....................................104.3.2, 104.4, 104.5, 104.5.2,

104.5.3, 105.2.6, Table 104.5FIBER REINFORCE TANK ..........................................603.8FILTER ............................................................902.3, 902.3.1FILTERED WATER ......................................................902.1FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ................................704.0FITTINGS

Dielectric ..........................................503.17.1, 503.17.3Materials ......................................................Table 407.1Mechanically formed tee ..................................503.3.3.1PE-RT ................................................................503.9.1PEX ..................................................................503.10.1PP ....................................................503.12.1, 503.12.3Pressed ............................................................503.3.3.2Push fit ..............................................503.3.3.3, 503.4.1Screwed ................................................................407.2Threaded ............................................................503.4.3

FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, DEFINITION..........................208.0FLAMMABLE LOCATIONS ........................310.2, 1014.8(5)FLAME SPREAD INDEX........................605.5, 702.6, 802.4FLARED JOINTS ......................................................503.3.2FLASH POINT ................................................208.0, 314.3.2FLAT PLATE COLLECTOR,DEFINITION ..............................................................208.0

FLOOD HAZARD AREA ..................................208.0, 302.3FLOOD-LEVEL RIM ............................208.0, Table 405.2(1)FLOOD RESISTANT MATERIALS ............................302.3.2FLOW DIRECTIONS ....................................................403.4FRAMES ......................................................................702.1FREEZE PROTECTION..................................402.1.8, 604.1FULLWAY VALVE ..............................................408.2, 408.5FUSES ................................1006.5, 1007.3, 1007.4, 1009.3,

1014.3, 1015.3, 1015.8, 1015.9

– G –GALVANIZED STEELPIPE AND JOINTS ....................................................503.6

GENERATOR ................................................1001.4, 1001.7GLASS COLLECTORS ................................................702.3GLAZING OF COLLECTORS ..........................702.2, 903.1GRADE, DEFINITION ..................................................209.0GRAVITY TANKS..........................................................602.2GROUND-FAULTPROTECTION ........................1001.6, 1003.0, 1010.11.3,

1011.2, 1011.4.2, 1013.5.4.3, C 1.5, C 1.7, C 1.9(11)

GROUNDING ..............................................................1011.0GROUNDING,CONDUCTORS....................(see Conductors, Grounding)

GROUNDING ELECTRODE ......................................1011.6GROUNDING OF MODULES ................1011.3.3, 1011.3.4,

1011.5, 1011.6.3GROUNDING EQUIPMENT..........................1003.1, 1011.3,

1011.4, 1011.5, 1011.6.3.1 through 1011.6.3.3, 1011.7, C 1.6(3), C 1.9(8), C 1.9(14), Table 1011.4.1

– H –HANGERS AND SUPPORTS................210.0, 221.0, 307.0,

Table 307.3, Table 307.6HAZARDOUS HEAT-TRANSFER MEDIUM ....................................314.3

HEALTH AND SAFETY ........................101.3, 102.2, 102.5, 106.6, 107.1, 302.1.3

HEAT EXCHANGER ........................................210.0, 406.1, 601.1, 902.3, 903.1

HEAT-FUSION JOINTS ............................503.7.1, 503.12.1HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM ..............210.0, 309.1, 403.2.3,

407.1, 408.1, 408.4.2HELIOSTAT, DEFINITION ............................................210.0HIGH-VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT ..................................1015.4HOSE BIBB ..................................................................408.9HYBRID SYSTEMS ........................................210.0, 1013.4

– I –IDENTIFICATION

Circuits ....................................................1002.2, 1015.7Photovoltaic system ............................................1012.0Piping systems ......................................................403.0

IGNITION SOURCE, DEFINITION ................................211.0IMMERSED HEAT EXCHANGER,DEFINITION ..............................................................211.0


PRE-PRINT

INSANITARY..........................................102.4, 102.5, 103.4, 105.3.1, 106.6, 211.0

INSOLATION, DEFINITION ..........................................211.0INSPECTION ........................................103.4. 105.0, 308.4,

309.3.2, 1015.3, A 2.2, Table 104.5INSTALLATION

Accessible ..................................................305.1, 405.6Attic ........................................................................305.5Automatic air vents ................................................408.8Backflow ....................................................404.3, 405.2, 405.3, 405.5, 405.6Circulating pump ....................................1101.1, 1102.0Collectors ....................................................701.1, 703.0Controls..................................................................310.2Electrodes ......................................................1011.6.1.1Existing ....................................................102.2, 302.1.3Freeze protection ................................................402.1.8Insulation................................................................802.3Permit required ......................................................104.1Practices ................................................................304.4Prohibited..................................................404.1, 405.10Pumps ....................................................1101.1, 1102.0Storage batteries..................................................1014.1Storage tanks ......................601.1, 602.5, 602.6, 602.7Underground ..........................................................307.5

INSTANTANEOUSEFFICIENCY, DEFINITION ........................................211.0

INSULATIONDucts ................................................803.0, Table 803.1Piping ....................................................................802.0, Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(4)Tank ..................................................804.1, Table 804.1Universal pipe ..........................................Table 802.1(3)Wiring ..................................................................1010.8

INTERACTIVESYSTEM ......................................................211.0, 1012.5, 1013.2 through 1013.4

INTERCONNECTION ..................................1012.5, 1014.10INTERPRETATION OF CODE ......................................103.1INVERTERS ......................................211.0, 1001.2, 1002.4,

1002.8, 1003.3, 1003.4, 1004.2, 1008.2, 1008.3, 1008.4, 1009.2.4, 1010.11.7, 1013.2, 1013.5.4, 1014.9.3

INVERTER INPUT CIRCUIT........................211.0, 1002.2(2)

INVERTER OUTPUT CIRCUIT....................211.0, 1002.2(2) 1004.2, 1007.1

INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION ..................................................1013.5.4.7

INVERTER, UTILITY INTERACTIVE ..........................................1002.8, 1003.4, 1008.6, 1009.2.4, 1011.8, 1013.5.4, 1014.9.3

IRON PIPE SIZE PIPE ..................................................318.0IRRADIATION, INSTANTANEOUS,DEFINITION ..............................................................211.0

IRRADIATION, INTEGRATEDAVERAGE, DEFINITION ..........................................211.0

– J –JOINTS

Asbestos cement ..................................................503.1Brass ....................................................................503.2Brazed........................................212.0, 503.2.1, 503.3.1Butt-fusion........................................................503.7.1.1Compression ................503.8.1.1, 503.11.1.1, 503.12.2Copper ..................................................503.3, 503.17.1CPVC ....................................................................503.4Ductile iron ............................................................503.5Electro-fusion ..................................................503.7.1.2Expansion ............................................................503.18Flared..................................................................503.3.2Galvanized steel ....................................................503.6Heat-fusion..........................................503.7.1, 503.12.1Mechanical ............................503.1.1, 503.2.2, 503.3.3, 503.4.1, 503.5.1, 503.6.1, 503.7.2, 503.8.1, 503.10.2, 503.11.1, 503.12.2, 503.13.1, 503.14.1PE ..........................................................................503.7PE-AL-PE ..............................................................503.8PEX......................................................................503.10PEX-AL-PEX ........................................................503.11Plastic pipes to other materials ........................503.17.2Polypropylene (PP) ..............................................503.12Push-on ..............................................................503.5.2 PVC......................................................................503.13Slip ......................................................................503.15Socket-fusion ..................................................503.7.1.3Soldered ..................................................212.0, 503.3.4Solvent cement ..................................503.4.2, 503.13.2


PRE-PRINT

Stainless steel......................................503.14, 503.17.3Threaded ..............................503.2.3, 503.3.5, 503.4.3, 503.6.2, 503.12.3, 503.13.3, 503.17.1Various materials ................................................503.17Welded ..................................................212.0, 503.14.2

JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS ..............................Chapter 5JUNCTION BOX ........................................1002.2, 1010.10,

1010.11.6, 1014.10, B 2.3, B 2.3.1

– L –LABELED, DEFINITION ..............................................214.0LANGELIER SATURATIONINDEX, DEFINITION..................................................214.0

LIGHTING IN ATTIC ..................................................305.5.4LISTED, DEFINITION ..................................................214.0LOAD DISCONNECT ................................................1013.1LOAD, DEFINITION ......................................................214.0LUMINAIRES ..............................................................1005.2

– M –MAINTENANCE ....................................101.2, 102.2, 102.3,

107.1, 405.6, 703.2, 1005.2.5, 1013.5.3(2), 1014.2, 1014.5, 1014.6, 1102.2, A 2.3

MARKINGS..........................................302.2, 408.3, 1002.2, 1003.4, 1003.4.1, 1003.4.2, 1010.5.3, 1010.5.4, 1012.0, 1013.5.4.4, 1013.5.4.7

MATERIALSAlternate..................................302.2, A 1.1, A 1.4, B 1.2Circulating pump ....................................1102.1, 1103.2Collectors ..................306.4, 702.1, 702.6, 703.6, 704.2Combustible..........................................605.5, 1014.8(5)Conductive ........................1011.1.2, 1011.1.3, 1011.1.4Electrodes ..................................................1011.6.2.3.1Excavation..............................................................308.4Fasteners ..............................................................703.5Flood resistant ....................................................302.3.2Hangers ............................................307.2, Table 307.3Imperfections..........................................................304.2Insulation ......................................802.4, Table 802.1(4)Joints....................................................................503.17Maintenance ..........................................................102.3Marking ..............................B 2.1, B 2.2.1(7), B 2.3.1(7)

Minimum standards ....................................302.1, A 1.3Modules ................................................1005.1, C 1.9(2)Piping ........................................308.5, 407.0, 503.17.2, 503.17.3, 602.4, Table 407.1Pumps ....................................................1102.1, 1103.2Roofing ................................................................1002.6System components ..............................................316.1Tanks ..........................................................603.0, 605.4Watertight pan......................................................602.10

MECHANICALLY FORMEDTEE FITTING ......................................................503.3.3.1

METAL CONDUIT ................1010.5.2, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.3MODULES

Access ....................................................1010.10, B 3.1Alternating current ..................203.0, 1004.0, 1009.2.5, 1012.3, 1013.2, 1013.3, 1013.4, C 1.1(4), C 1.2(4)Bonding ............................................................1011.3.5Correction factors..........................1005.1, Table 1005.1Equipment ..............................1002.4, 1011.3.4, 1011.5Definition ................................................................215.0Disconnecting means........................................1009.2.5Grounding ............................1011.3.3, 1011.3.4, 1011.5Interactive ..............................1009.2.5, 1013.2, 1013.3Interconnection ......................................1006.7, 1010.8Marking ..................................................1012.2, 1012.3Mounting............................................................1011.3.4Overcurrent protection ........................................1007.5Photovoltaic (PV) ......................1002.4, 1002.6, 1002.9, 1005.1, 1007.1, 1010.5.1Sizing ..................................................................1006.7Smoke ventilation ................................................B 3.2.2

MONOPOLE SUBARRAY ..............................215.0, 1002.7MOTOR GENERATORS ............................................1002.4MOUNTING............................703.0, 1011.3.4, 1102.3, B 5.0

– N –NONCOMBUSTIBLE ........................................605.5, 702.6,

703.6, 704.2(2)NON-FIBERGLASS TANK ..........................................603.7NONPOTABLE WATER ............................................403.2.2

– O –ODOR AND PARTICULATECONTROL ................................................................605.4

OPEN LOOP SYSTEM ....................217.0, 309.2.1, 309.2.2


PRE-PRINT

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ..................................304.4.1OTHER SYSTEMS........................................309.2.3, 1103.1OUTLET BOX ..............................................1002.2, 1010.10OVERCURRENT DEVICES ............1006.2, 1006.3, 1006.4,

1006.7, 1007.0, 1008.4, 1011.4.1, 1013.5.1, 1013.5.4.2, 1013.5.4.7, 1014.3

OVERCURRENTPROTECTION......................(see Protection, Overcurrent)

– P –PAN, WATERTIGHT....................................................602.10PANELBOARD ....................................................1013.5.4.7PANELS ..............................................218.0, 1002.4, 1002.9PASSIVE SOLAR SYSTEMS,DEFINITION ..............................................................218.0

PENALTIES ..............................104.5.2, 106.0, 106.2, 106.3PERMITS

Application for ............................................103.3, 104.3Exempt work ..........................................................104.2Expiration ............................................................104.4.3Extensions ..........................................................104.4.4Fees ..................................................104.5, Table 104.5Issuance of ..................................103.3, 104.4, 104.4.1Plans and specifications ........104.3.1, 104.3.2, 104.4.6Refund ................................................................104.5.3Required ................................................................104.1Responsibility ......................................................105.2.5Suspension or Revocation..................................104.4.5Validity of ............................................................104.4.2Work done before ..................................................104.1

PE-RT FITTINGS..................................(see Fittings, PE-RT)PEX FITTINGS ........................................(see Fittings, PEX)PHOTOLYSIS, DEFINITION ........................................218.0PHOTOSYNTHESIS, DEFINITION ..............................218.0PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV)

Alternating current................................................1012.3Arc-Fault circuit protection ..................................1008.7Arrays ......................................1001.2, 1003.1, 1005.5, 1009.5, 1010.1, 1011.5, B 3.3.3, B 4.1, B 5.0, C 1.7Charge controller ........................205.0, 1002.4, 1003.3, 1008.7, 1009.2.5, 1010.11.3(3), 1010.11.7, 1012.4(5), 1014.9, C 1.1(11), C 1.1(12), C 1.1(15), C 1.4(6), C 1.5

Circuit labels ........................................1002.2, 1010.5.4Conductor............................................(see Conductors)Definition ................................................................218.0Direct current ..................................(see Direct current)Disconnecting ................(see Disconnect, Photovoltaic)Fuse ............................................................(see Fuses)Ground fault protection ..............(see Ground-fault protection)

Interactive ................................(see Interactive system)Inverters ..................................................(see Inverters)Marking......................................................1002.2, B 2.1Modules ................................................1002.4, 1002.6, 1002.9, 1005.1, 1007.1, 1010.5.1Mounting ................................................1011.3.4, B 5.0Output circuit ............(see Circuits, Photovoltaic output)Overcurrent devices ..............(see Overcurrent devices)Panel............................................218.0, 1002.4, 1002.9Plaque..................................................................1012.8Power source ......................................218.0, 1010.11.6Power systems ........................1010.11, 1012.6, 1012.7Source circuits..........(see Circuits, Photovoltaic source)Storage batteries ....................................(see Batteries)System voltage, definition....(see Voltage, Photovoltaic)Wiring methods ....................................................1010.0

PHYSICAL DAMAGE ................................................1005.7PIPEINSULATION ................................................802.3, 802.4, Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(3), Table 802.1(4)

PIPINGAsbestos cement ..................................................503.1Brass......................................................................503.2Check valves..........................................................408.7Connectors to storage tanks..................407.3, 503.17.2Copper ..................................................503.3, 503.17.1CPVC ....................................................................503.4Cross-connection control ................................Chapter 4Cross-contamination ..............................................404.2Dielectric insulator..................................................305.1Ductile iron ............................................................503.5Galvanized steel ....................................................503.6Hanger and supports ............................................307.0Identification ..........................................................403.0Improper location ..................................................305.4In ground ..............................307.5, 308.3, 308.4, 308.5


PRE-PRINT

Inspections of........................................................105.2, Insulation of................................................801.1, 802.0, Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(3)Material..............................................407.1, Table 407.1PE ........................................................................503.7PE-AL-PE ..............................................................503.8PE-RT ....................................................................503.9PEX......................................................................503.10PEX-AL-PEX ........................................................503.11Polypropylene (PP) ..............................................503.12Prohibited installation ............................................404.1Protection of ..........................................................402.0Pumps ..................................................................1102.3PVC......................................................................503.13Stainless steel......................................503.14, 503.17.3Testing....................................................................309.0Vacuum relief valve................................................315.2Valves ....................................................................408.1

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................103.3, 104.3.1, 104.3.2, 104.3.3, 104.4, 104.4.2, 104.4.3, 104.4.6, 602.1, A 2.2

PLASTICBalancing valve ..................................................408.4.2Collectors ....................................................702.4, 704.2Penetrating members..........................................402.1.7CPVC ....................................................................503.4PE ..........................................................................503.7PE-AL-PE ..............................................................503.8PE-RT ....................................................................503.9PEX......................................................................503.10PEX-AL-PEX ........................................................503.11Piping ................................................................503.17.2PVC......................................................................503.13Testing of................................................................309.1

PLENUMS ..........................................................218.0, 605.5POTABLE WATER ........................................403.2.1, 404.1,

405.1, 406.1POWER SOURCES ......................................1012.1, 1012.4PRESSED FITTING ................................................503.3.3.2PRESSURE-LIMITINGDEVICE, DEFINITION ..............................................218.0

PRESSURE-RELIEFDEVICE, DEFINITION ..............................................218.0

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES................315.1, 602.4, 602.5

PRESSURE TYPESTORAGE TANK ............................309.3.1, 602.4, 602.7

PROTECTIONDecay ....................................................................306.4Freeze ................................................................402.1.8Ground-fault ......................(see Ground-fault protection)Overcurrent ......................1002.7, 1004.5, 1006.2(4)(c), 1006.5, 1007.0, 1007.1, 1007.3, 1007.5, 1008.3, 1008.6.1, 1011.4.1, 1011.6.2.1, 1014.7(3), C 1.2(1), C 1.2(2), C 1.3, C1.5, C 1.9(6)Piping, materials and structures ....................................................402.0

Rodentproofing ......................................................306.3Water hammer ....................................................402.1.9Water supply ..................................401.1, 404.3, 405.1, 405.2, 406.2, 406.3, 406.4

PULL BOX............................................1010.5.3(2), 1010.10PUMPS ................................................................Chapter 11PUSH FIT FITTING ..................................503.3.3.3, 503.4.1PYRANOMETER, DEFINITION ....................................218.0PYRHELIOMETER, DEFINITION ................................218.0

– Q –QUALIFIED PERSON ..................1002.5, 1005.2.5, 1005.4,

1005.6, 1005.8, 1009.1, 1013.5.3(2), 1014.5, 1014.6, 1014.9, 1015.3, 1015.5

QUASI-STEADYSTATE, DEFINITION ................................................219.0

QUICK-ACTINGVALVE, DEFINITION ................................................219.0

– R –RACEWAYS ....................................1002.2, 1002.7, 1010.1,

1010.2, 1010.5, 1011.3.1.1, 1011.5, 1011.6.2.6, Table 1011.4.1

RADIANT HEATER,DEFINITION ..............................................................220.0

RECEPTOR ............................................311.2, 404.1, 406.2RECOGNIZED STANDARDS ..........................302.1, 314.1,

402.1.2(1), 405.2, 602.7, 603.3, 604.3

REFERENCE STANDARDS ................................Chapter 12REINSPECTIONS ......................................................105.2.6


PRE-PRINT

RELIEF VALVE, VACUUM ....................220.0, 315.2, 602.4RENOVATIONS ............................................................102.4REPAIRS ..........................................................102.4, 102.5,

104.2, 105.3, 602.8REPLACEMENT ....................................101.2, 104.1, 104.2,

105.1, 105.2.1, 503.19, 602.8, 1010.1, 1011.3.8, 1015.3

RETEST ....................................................................105.3.2ROCK STORAGE, DEFINITION ..................................220.0ROCK AS STORAGE MATERIAL................................605.3RODENTPROOFING ....................................................306.3ROOF DRAINAGE ....................................................703.1.1

– S –SAFETY DEVICES ......................................................315.0SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ..........................102.5, 302.1.3,

314.0, 602.7, 704.0, 1002.5SCREWED FITTINGS ..................................................407.2SELECTIVE SURFACE, DEFINITION ..............................................................221.0

SHALL, DEFINITION ....................................................221.0SHINGLES ..................................................................1002.9SIGHT GLASS ..............................................................605.2SINGLE WALL HEATEXCHANGER ..............................................406.1.1, A 3.2

SOLAR CELL, DEFINITION ........................................221.0SOLAR COLLECTOR ................................221.0, Chapter 7SOLAR CONSTANT,DEFINITION ..............................................................221.0

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMCOMPONENTS, DEFINITION ......................221.0, 302.3, 303.1, 305.5, 307.1, 315.1, 315.2, 316.0

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS ..................221.0, Appendix ASOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICSYSTEM ..............................................221.0, Chapter 10, Appendix B, Appendix C

SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMAbandonment ........................................................313.1Accessible locations ..............................................305.1Attic installations ....................................................305.5Collectors ........................................................Chapter 7Cross-connection control ......................................405.0Definition ................................................................221.0Disposal of liquid waste ........................................311.1Ducts ............................................................(see Ducts)Expansion tanks..........................(see Expansion tanks)

Freeze protection ......................(see Freeze protection)Heat exchangers ........................(see Heat exchangers)Improper locations ................................................305.4Joints and connections ..................................Chapter 5Materials ................................................................407.0Piping and cross-connection control ..............Chapter 4Protection of components ......................................316.0Pumps ..........................................................Chapter 11Storage tanks ..................................(see Storage tanks)Testing....................................................................309.0Thermal insulation ..........................................Chapter 8Thermal storage..............................................Chapter 6Valves ....................................................................408.0Swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs ..............Chapter 9

SPACE HEATING ..................................101.2, 315.3, 804.2STAGNATION CONDITION ............................314.3.2, 703.3STAINLESS STEELFLEXIBLE CONNECTORS ......................................407.3

STAND-ALONE SYSTEMS ............................221.0, 1008.0, 1012.7, 1013.3, C 1.1(11)(c)

STATIC LOAD ..............................................................307.2STORAGE BATTERIES..............................................1014.0STORAGE TANKS ................................309.3, 313.2, 315.2,

407.3, Chapter 6, 801.1STORAGE TANK TESTING ........................................309.3STORAGE TEMPERATURE,DEFINITION ..............................................................221.0

STORAGE WATER HEATINGEQUIPMENT..............................................................604.1

STORED ENERGY, DEFINITION ................................221.0STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS ................................303.0STRUCTURAL MEMBER ................................1002.6, B 4.1SUBARRAY ....................................................221.0, 1002.7,

1005.5, B 4.1, C 1.1(9)SULFATE RESISTANT ................................................603.4SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS ..............................103.1SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS,AND HOT TUBS ................................................Chapter 9

– T –TANKLESS WATERHEATING EQUIPMENT ............................................604.1

TANKS ......................................................................302.3(2)Brazed ..................................................................603.5Closed type ............................................................604.4Concrete ................................................................603.4Construction ....................................603.2, 603.6, 603.7Covers....................................................................602.9


PRE-PRINT

Expansion tanks..........................(see Expansion tanks)Fiber reinforced......................................................603.8Gravity....................................................................602.2Insulation of ......................................804.1, Table 804.1Prefabricated..........................................................602.3Supports ................................................................604.1Test pressure ........................................................601.2Underground ..............................................313.2, 602.6

TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE ......................602.4, 602.5TERMINALS ..................................1005.2.2(1), 1005.2.3(2),

1005.2.4, 1006.2(2), 1009.4, 1010.7, 1012.2, 1012.3

TEST PRESSURE ........................................................601.2TESTING ............................................105.0, 105.3, 105.3.1,

105.3.2, 105.4, 302.2.1, 302.2.1.1, 309.0, 405.2, 405.5, 405.6, 702.6, 702.6.1, 802.4

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ..........................Table 802.1(4)THERMAL EXPANSION ..............................................604.1THERMAL INSULATION ......................................Chapter 8THERMAL STORAGE ..........................................Chapter 6THERMAL STRATIFICATION,DEFINITION ..............................................................222.0

TILT ANGLE, DEFINITION ..........................................222.0TIME CONSTANT,DEFINITION ..............................................................222.0

TOTAL ALKALINITY................................222.0, Table 902.2TOTAL INCIDENT IRRADIATION, DEFINITION ..............................................................222.0

TRANSFER SYSTEM, DEFINITION ..............................................................222.0

TRANSFORMER, POWER ........................................1007.2TRENCHING ................................................................308.0TRICKLING COLLECTOR,DEFINITION ..............................................................222.0

– U –UNBALANCEDINTERCONNECTIONS............................................1013.4

UNDERGROUND TANK ....................................313.2, 602.6UNGROUNDED

Battery systems ..............................................1010.11.5Conductors ....................(see Conductors, Ungrounded)Circuits ................................(see Circuits, Ungrounded)Direct-current systems ......................1003.1, 1011.6.2.6

Photovoltaic (PV) power systems ............................1010.11, 1010.11.7, 1012.6, C 1.1(4), C 1.5

UNIONS ......................................................................503.19UNIVERSAL PIPEINSULATION THICKNESS ........................Table 802.1(3)

– V –VALVES

Balancing ..............................................................408.4Check ..............................................408.7, 602.5, 604.1Control....................................................................408.6Fullway........................................................408.2, 408.5Pressure reducing..................................................604.1Pressure relief..................................315.1, 602.4, 602.5Quick-acting ........................................................402.1.9Shutoff..............................................408.3, 408.5, 602.5Vacuum relief ..................................220.0, 315.2, 602.4

VOLTAGE, PHOTOVOLTAIC ........................218.0, 1005.1, 1005.3, 1008.7, 1014.9.4, 1015.7, 1015.9

– W –WARNING LABEL..........................406.1.1, 1003.4, 1005.5,

1008.4, 1010.11.6, 1012.4, 1013.5.4.7

WARNING SIGN ............................................1005.8, 1009.4WATER CHEMISTRY ..............................902.0, Table 902.2WATER-DISTRIBUTIONPIPING, DEFINITION ................................................225.0

WATER HAMMER......................................................402.1.9WATER HEATING ......................(see Solar thermal system)WATER PRESSURE............................309.2.1, 601.2, 602.4WATER SUPPLY ........................105.4, 225.0, 401.1, 404.3,

405.1, 405.2, 406.1, 406.2, 406.3, 406.4, 408.2, 604.1, 604.2

WATERPROOFING ................................306.2, 605.1, 703.4WATERTIGHT PAN ....................................................602.10WAVE ACTION ..............................................208.0, 302.3.1WEATHER-PROOFED ......................316.2, 402.1.1, 407.1,

702.1, 802.3, 1003.4.2(5), B 2.1, B 2.2.1, B 2.3.1

WELDED JOINT ..........................................212.0, 503.14.2WIRE TIES ..................................................802.3, 1002.2(4)WIRING METHODS ....................................................1010.0WIRING SYSTEMS ..........................1010.1, 1010.5.4, B 4.1WORK PLATFORM IN ATTIC ..................................305.5.3WORKMANSHIP ..........................................................304.0


PRE-PRINT


PRE-PRINT